284
37 Achtung! Dies ist eine Internet-Sonderausgabe des Buchs „The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of Maldivian and Its Dialects. Vol. II: Materials“ von Sonja Fritz (2002). Sie sollte nicht zitiert werden. Zitate sind der Originalausgabe zu entnehmen, die als Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, 191 erschienen ist (Würzburg: Ergon Verlag 2002 / Heidelberg: Südasien-Institut). Attention! This is a special internet edition of the book “ The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of Maldivian and Its Dialects. Vol. II: Materials” by Sonja Fritz (2002). It should not be quoted as such. For quotations, please refer to the original edition which appeared as Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, 191 (Würzburg: Ergon Verlag 2002 / Heidelberg: Südasien-Institut). Alle Rechte vorbehalten / All rights reserved: Sonja Fritz, Frankfurt 2012

The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    9

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

37

Achtung! Dies ist eine Internet-Sonderausgabe des Buchs

„The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of Maldivian and Its Dialects. Vol. II: Materials“

von Sonja Fritz (2002). Sie sollte nicht zitiert werden. Zitate sind der Originalausgabe zu entnehmen, die als

Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, 191 erschienen ist

(Würzburg: Ergon Verlag 2002 / Heidelberg: Südasien-Institut).

Attention!

This is a special internet edition of the book “ The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of Maldivian and Its Dialects.

Vol. II: Materials” by Sonja Fritz (2002).

It should not be quoted as such. For quotations, please refer to the original edition which appeared as Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, 191

(Würzburg: Ergon Verlag 2002 / Heidelberg: Südasien-Institut).

Alle Rechte vorbehalten / All rights reserved: Sonja Fritz, Frankfurt 2012

Page 2: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

The Dhivehi Language

A Descriptive and Historical Grammar

of Maldivian and Its Dialects

II. Material

by

Sonja Fritz

Heidelberg

2001

Page 3: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

Table of contents

Abbreviations and symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIList of figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI

Texts with interlinear analysis:T1: Findana bon ˙dana (A ˙d ˙du, Fua

c

Mulaku, Male) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1T2: Makana (A ˙d ˙du, Fua

c

Mulaku, Huvadu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43T3: Mo ˙logan ˙da (A ˙d ˙du) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79T4: Be ˙lal (Fua

c

Mulaku) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97T5: Rakko ˙lu Mameli Daita (Fua

c

Mulaku) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107T6: A ˙like ˙dea derike ˙dea (Fua

c

Mulaku) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113T7: Kaisaki naisa

c

(Fua

c

Mulaku) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Texts without interlinear analysis:Short stories (Male):

T8: Mu ˙hammad Wa ˙hıd (Ma ˙dulu): Fini mendamegge ma ˙du hunu . . . . . . . . . . . . 135T9: ˙Habıba ˙Hussain ˙Habıb: Nimun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151T10: cAbdullah ˙Sadiq: Mudarris vantakamuge lobi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Fairy tales and fables:T11: Anga gada miturai, anga ma ˙du mituru (1) (Male / A ˙d ˙du) . . . . . . . . . . . . 171T12: Anga gada miturai, anga ma ˙du mituru (2) (Male) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175T13: Fu ˙lu digu han ˙dige vahaka (Male / Fua

c

Mulaku) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181T14: Makana findana (Male) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189T15: Fileima ˙di (A ˙d ˙du) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197T16: Nadalla Takuru (A ˙d ˙du) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201T17: Juha (A ˙d ˙du) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207T18: Buddiveri musa ˙lo (Fua

c

Mulaku) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Survey of the historical documents having been analysed:Copper-plate documents in Evela- and Dives-akuru (Lomafanu, L1-8) . . . . . . . . . . 215Documents in Dives-akuru on paper and wood (Fatko ˙lu, F1-13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217The chronicle (Radava ˙li, RA-RC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Inscriptions in Dives-akuru:

Inscriptions from A ˙d ˙du (IDAH, IDAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Inscriptions from Male (IDMBM, IDMDM, IDMEM, IDMHM, IDMMM) . . . . . 219

Inscriptions in Tana:Inscriptions from A ˙d ˙du (ITAG, ITAH, ITAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Inscriptions from Fua

c

Mulaku (ITFM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Inscriptions from Male (ITMHM, ITMKM, ITMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Survey map of the Maldivian atolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Additional indexes (to vol. I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Text passages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Word forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Page 4: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

Abbreviations and symbols*

A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A ˙d ˙du (version)ABL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ablativeABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . absolutiveADJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adjektiveADV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . adverbAFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . affirmativeATTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . attribute (form)CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cardinalCAUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . causalCOMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . comparationalCONC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . concessiveCOND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . conditionalCONJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . conjunctionCOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . co-ordinatingDAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dativeDEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . definiteDIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dimiminutive (suffix)DISTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . distributionalDPRON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . demonstrative pronounEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . external quotationF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fua

c

Mulaku (version)FOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . focus (marker)FUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . futureGEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . genitiveGRND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gerundH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Huvadu (version)HON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . honorific (suffix)IMPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . imperativeINDEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . indefiniteINF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . infinitiveINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . internal quotationINTJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . interjectionIPARTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . interrogative particleIPRON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . interrogative pronounLOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . locativeM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Male (version)MOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . modal

NEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . negatedNOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nominativeNOUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nounOBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oblique caseORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ordinalPART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . participlePARTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . particlePASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . passivePL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pluralPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . personal namePOSTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . postpositionPOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . potentialPPRON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . personal pronounPRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . predicativePRON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pronounPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . present tensePT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . preteriteQPARTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quotation particleRABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduplicated absolutiveRGRND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reduplicated gerundSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . singularSOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sociativeTEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . temporalTOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . toponymVB.NOUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . verbal nounVERB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . verb(al form)VOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vocative

⟨xxx⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . Standard language (transcribed)/xxx\ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . id., phonologicallyxxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A ˙d ˙du-Dialectxxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . id., phonologicallyxxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dialect of Fua

c

Mulakuxxx * . . . . . . . . . Quotation in standard languagexxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . id., phonologically

>xxx< . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Huvadu dialect*xxx* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rearranged text passages

List of figures

Fig. 1: Findana bon ˙dana (Ibrahım Mansur) . . 130Fig. 2: Anga gada mitura, anga ma ˙du mitura

(1 and 2) (cAbdullah ˙Sadiq) . . . . . . . . 174Fig. 3: . . . . . . . . .Fu ˙lu digu han ˙di (cAbdullah ˙Sadiq) . . . 188Fig. 4: Makana findana (cAbdullah ˙Sadiq) . . . 196Fig. 5: Fatko ˙lu F6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Fig. 6: Fatko ˙lu F9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Fig. 7: Lomafanu L1, pl. d1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Fig. 8: Lomafanu L2, pl. 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Fig. 9: Lomafanu L3, pl. 3/1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Fig. 10: Lomafanu L4, pl. g/1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Fig. 11: Maldivian Atolls . . . . . . . . . . . 225

* The present list contains the abbreviations and symbols used in the interlinear analysis of texts. For otherabbreviations cf. vol I, p. XII.

Page 5: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

Textswith interlinear analysis

T1: Findana bon ˙dana

The findana bird and the bon ˙dana bird

A ˙d ˙du: cAlı Ma ˙nikufanu; Fua

c

Mulaku: N.N.; Male: Ibrahım Mansur*

* For a reproduction of the Male version as printed in a newspaper, cf. fig. 1, p. 130.

Page 6: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

2 Texts with interlinear analysis

1 M⟨c eb

a

c u

˙ le

c eba

c u

˙ lefi

danf

u

˙ laka

bo

˙ danf

u

˙ le

c .⟩u

˙ leeb

au

˙ lefi

ndan

fu

˙ lak

abo

n

˙ danf

u

˙ lek

ther

eliv

esth

ere

lives

af.

-bir

dan

da

b.-b

ird

AD

VV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

LO

C.

LO

C.

PRS.

3SG

.O

BL

.SG

.SO

C.

NO

M.S

G.

Som

ewhe

re,

ther

eliv

e(d)

afi

ndan

u(-b

ird)

and

abo

n

˙ danu

(-bi

rd).

Aed

duva

hied

duva

hifi

ndan

aibo

n

˙ dana

ide

veri

nm

ašva

rako

ffei

gee

˙ da

c

nim

mal

ie.

ekdu

vahi

ekdu

vahi

find

ana

aibo

n

˙ dana

aide

veri

nm

ašva

rako

ffei

gee

˙ das

nim

mal

ieon

eat

day

one

atda

yth

ef.

-bir

dw

ithth

eb.

-bir

dw

ithtw

ope

ople

cons

ulta

tion

mak

ing

hous

eto

build

they

fini

shed

CA

RD

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

CO

NJ

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AT

TR

.L

OC

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

NO

M.(

DE

F.)

SOC

.N

OM

.(D

EF.

)SO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

IN

OM

.IN

F.PT

.II.

3PL

.

Onc

eup

ona

time,

both

the

f.-b

ird

and

the

b.-b

ird,

havi

ngco

nsul

ted

each

othe

r,fi

nish

edbu

ildin

gth

eir

hous

es.

Fed

duva

heki

eddu

vahe

kifi

ndan

u-a

bon

˙ danu

-ade

veri

neb

age-

aida

n

˙ dika

n

˙ dann

aha.

ekdu

vahe

kiek

duva

heki

find

anu

abo

n

˙ danu

ade

veri

neb

age

aida

n

˙ dika

n

˙ dann

aha

one

day

one

day

f.-b

ird

with

b.-b

ird

and

two

peop

leth

eyw

ent

off

they

say

woo

dstic

kto

cut

CA

RD

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

CO

NJ

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

B

AT

TR

.L

OC

.IN

DE

F.A

TT

R.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

SOC

.N

OM

.SO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.PT

.3PL

.IN

T.

NO

M.

INF.

One

day,

one

day,

the

f.-b

ird

and

the

b.-b

ird,

two

peop

le,

wen

taw

ayin

orde

rto

cut

woo

d.

2 M⟨c u

˙ lem

ungo

sfi

danf

u˙ lu

c a˙ la

c ifiy

efı

c ilosi

nge

c ec ,

bo˙ da

nfu

˙ luc a

˙ lac if

iye

hac i

vaka

run

gec e

c .⟩u

˙ lem

ungo

sfi

ndan

fu

˙ lua

˙ laif

ıe

fıilo

sin

geek

bon

˙ danf

u

˙ lua

˙ laif

ıe

hai

vaka

run

geek

livin

ggo

ing

f.-b

ird

wha

tbu

iltw

asth

eysa

yro

tten

from

brus

hwoo

da

hous

eb.

-bir

dw

hat

built

was

they

say

all

from

woo

da

hous

eV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

GR

ND

.A

BS.

NO

M.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.I

+FO

C.

EX

T.

PAR

T.P

T.

AB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.I

+FO

C.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.A

BL

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.IN

DE

F.

As

time

wen

tby

,th

ef.

-bir

dbu

ilta

hous

efr

omro

tten

brus

hwoo

d,th

eb.

-bir

dbu

ilta

hous

eal

lfr

omtim

ber.

Age

e

˙ da

c

vaka

raka

n

˙ da

c

goss

ei,

bon

˙ dana

ken

˙ dıha

iva

kara

,fi

ndan

ake

n

˙ dıfı

liesi

.ge

e

˙ das

vaka

raka

n

˙ das

gosf

eibo

n

˙ dana

ken

˙ dıha

iva

kara

find

ana

ken

˙ dıfı

liesi

hous

eto

build

woo

dto

cut

havi

nggo

neth

eb.

-bir

dw

hat

itcu

tw

aste

akw

ood

the

f.-b

ird

wha

tit

cut

was

rotte

nbr

ushw

ood

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

M.

INF.

NO

M.

INF.

AB

S.I

OB

L.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.O

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

Hav

ing

gone

tocu

tw

ood

for

build

ing

the

hous

e,th

eb.

-bir

dcu

tte

akw

ood

(whi

le)

the

f.-b

ird

cut

rotte

nbr

ushw

ood.

Fgo

hofe

,fi

ndan

uke

n

˙ dıfı

liesi

-ai,

bon

˙ danu

ken

˙ dıha

iva

kar-

ai.

goho

fefi

ndan

uke

n

˙ dıfı

liesi

aibo

n

˙ danu

ken

˙ dıha

iva

karo

aiha

ving

gone

f.-b

ird

wha

the

cut

was

rotte

nbr

ushw

ood

they

say

b.-b

ird

wha

the

cut

was

all

timbe

rth

eysa

yV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.E

XT

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.E

XT

.

Hav

ing

gone

,th

ef.

-bir

dcu

tro

tten

brus

hwoo

d(w

hile

)th

eb.

-bir

dcu

tal

ltim

ber.

Page 7: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

3T1 Findana bon ˙dana

3 Aka

n

˙ dage

nas

deve

rie

dege

e

˙ dafi

e.ka

n

˙ dage

nas

deve

rie

dege

e

˙ dafi

ecu

tting

com

ing

two

peop

letw

oho

use

they

built

VE

RB

VE

RB

CA

RD

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.

PT.I

.3PL

.

Hav

ing

com

eba

ckfr

omcu

tting

(woo

d),

they

built

thei

rtw

oho

uses

.F

find

anu

gee

˙ dıra

˙ loja

hafa

si-a

i.fi

ndan

uge

e

˙ dıra

˙ loja

hafa

siai

f.-b

ird

hous

ew

here

hebu

iltw

asw

ave

hitti

ngbe

ginn

ing

(pla

ce)

they

say

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

EX

T.

The

f.-b

ird

built

his

hous

eat

the

plac

eju

stw

here

the

wav

esre

ach.

3a Fbo

nda

˙ nuge

e

˙ dıeg

gam

i-ai

.bo

nda

˙ nuge

e

˙ dıeg

gam

iai

b.-b

ird

hous

ew

here

hebu

iltw

asw

ithin

the

popu

late

dar

eath

eysa

yN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.L

OC

.E

XT

.

The

b.-b

ird

built

his

hous

ein

side

the

land

.

4 M⟨c a

˙ la

c igen

c u

˙ leni

kos

c e

c

re

c aku

c a

c ivi

laga

˙ de

c ga

c ifi

danf

u

˙ luge

ve

c˙ ti

c je

c eve.

⟩a

˙ laig

enu

˙ leni

kos

ekre

aku

aivi

laga

˙ degg

aifi

ndan

fu

˙ luge

ve

˙ t˙ tijje

eve

Hav

ing

built

livin

gm

akin

gon

ein

nigh

tha

ving

com

ein

ara

incl

oud

f.-b

ird

hous

eco

llaps

edth

eysa

yV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.A

BS.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.SG

.IN

DE

F.O

BL

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Aft

erha

ving

built

(the

hous

es)

and

havi

ngliv

edon

(lik

eth

is),

ina

rain

show

erw

hich

had

com

eon

eni

ght,

the

f.-b

ird’

sho

use

colla

psed

.A

edre

aki,

gada

viss

ara

asei

,fi

ndan

afı

liesi

ne

˙ dige

uduh

ige.

ekre

aki

gada

viss

ara

asei

find

ana

fılii

esin

e

˙ dige

uduh

ige

one

ata

nigh

tst

rong

rain

com

ing

the

f.-b

ird

rotte

nfr

ombr

ushw

ood

built

hous

eit

flew

upC

AR

DN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

AT

TR

.L

OC

.IN

DE

F.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

AB

S.I

OB

L.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

AB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

One

nigh

t,w

hen

ahe

avy

rain

cam

e,th

eho

use

the

f.-b

ird

had

built

with

rotte

nbr

ushw

ood

flew

away

.F

find

anu

gee

˙ dage

n,ni

dann

aov

vela

i,ra

˙ loja

ham

iubo

laha

geve

˙ t

˙ tıge

-ai.

find

anu

gee

˙ dage

nni

dann

aot

vela

ira

˙ loja

ham

iubo

laha

geve

˙ t˙ tıge

aif.

-bir

dho

use

havi

ngbu

iltto

slee

pbe

ing

attim

ew

ave

hitti

ngth

ison

e’s

tohe

adho

use

fell

they

say

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

INF.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.O

BL

.D

AT

.N

OM

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nth

ef.

-bir

dw

asab

out

tosl

eep

afte

rha

ving

built

his

hous

e,a

wav

est

ruck

and

soth

eho

use

fell

onhi

she

ad.

Page 8: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

4 Texts with interlinear analysis

5 M⟨f

idan

fu

˙ ludu

vam

undu

vam

ungo

sgo

vali

c eve.

⟩fi

ndan

fu

˙ ludu

vam

undu

vam

ungo

sgo

vali

eve.

f.-b

ird

goin

ggo

ing

goin

gcr

ied

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.S

G.

GR

ND

.G

RN

D.

AB

S.PT

.II.

3SG

.E

XT

.

Run

ning

arou

ndan

dar

ound

,th

ef.

-bir

dcr

ied:

Afi

ndan

abo

hial

a

c

neti

gen,

ere

ibo

n

˙ dana

geeb

ege.

find

ana

bohi

alak

netig

ene

rei

bon

˙ dana

geeb

ege

the

f.-b

ird

head

shel

ter

not

exis

ting

that

nigh

tth

eb.

-bir

dho

use

hew

ent

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

M.D

EF.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

TT

R.

OB

L.

OB

L.D

EF.

OB

L.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

The

f.-b

ird,

havi

ngno

shel

ter

for

(his

)he

ad(a

nym

ore)

,w

ent

toth

eb.

-bir

d’s

hous

eth

atni

ght.

Fve

˙ t

˙ tunu

mm

afi

ndan

ueb

age-

ai.

ve

˙ t˙ tunu

nm

afi

ndan

ueb

age

aifa

lling

whe

nf.

-bir

dhe

wen

tof

fth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

n(t

heho

use)

had

falle

n,th

ef.

-bir

dw

ent

away

.

6 M⟨c e!

bebe

!be

be!!

tim

ange

gega

˙ duve

c˙ ti

c je

c eve.

⟩e!

bebe

!be

be!!

timan

gege

ga

˙ duve

˙ t˙ tijje

eve

oh!

(eld

er)

brot

her!

(eld

er)

brot

her!

own’

sho

use

colla

psed

sayi

ngIN

TJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

=N

OM

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.G

EN

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

‘Oh,

(eld

er)

brot

her,

(eld

er)

brot

her,

my

hous

eha

sco

llaps

ed!’

Aha

udah

aide

rai_

e,ra

hum

atte

ria,

rei

ma

e

˙ dige

uduh

ige.

haud

ahai

dera

ie

rahu

mat

teri

aire

im

ae

˙ dige

uduh

ige

tota

llypi

tiful

sayi

ngfr

iend

sayi

ng(t

o)ni

ght

Ibu

iltho

use

flew

upA

DV

AD

JQ

PAR

TC

(M!)

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

MO

D.

PRE

D.

INT

.N

OM

.VO

C.

INT

.O

BL

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.

‘How

very

pitif

ul,

(my)

frie

nd,

(to)

nigh

tth

eho

use

Ibu

iltha

sfl

own

away

.F

goho

be

˙ ni-a

i,bo

ndam

bebe

,ni

dann

aov

vela

i,bo

laha

geve

˙ t

˙ tıge

-ai.

goho

be

˙ niai

bond

anbe

beni

dann

aot

vela

ibo

laha

geve

˙ t˙ tıge

aigo

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yb.

-bir

dbr

othe

rto

slee

pbe

ing

attim

eto

head

hous

efe

llsa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.N

OM

.IN

F.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.D

AT

.N

OM

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.

Goi

nghe

said

,‘b

.-bi

rd,

(eld

er)

brot

her,

just

whe

nI

was

abou

tto

slee

p,(m

y)ho

use

fell

upon

(my)

head

.

Page 9: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

5T1 Findana bon ˙dana

7 M⟨n

idal

ane

tank

o

˙ le

c

dıba

las_

eve.

⟩ni

dala

neta

nko

˙ lek

dıba

las

eve

Goi

ngto

slee

pa

plac

egi

ving

tolo

oksa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.F

UT

.II

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.IN

F.E

XT

.

‘Ple

ase

give

me

apl

ace

for

slee

ping

.’A

ma

c

nida

˙ neta

nlib

iesı

?m

asni

da

˙ neta

nlib

iesı

?to

me

goin

gto

slee

ppl

ace

will

bere

ceiv

able

PPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.N

OM

.FU

T.3

SG.

Can

Ire

ceiv

ea

plac

efo

rsl

eepi

ng?’

Fti

ma

nida

nna

tan

ke

˙ da

c

denn

ake

.tim

ani

dann

ata

nke

˙ dak

denn

ake

self

tosl

eep

plac

epi

ece

togi

vesa

ying

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

OB

L.

INF.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

AB

S.

You

(sho

uld)

give

me

a(p

iece

of)

plac

efo

rsl

eepi

ng.’

8 M(1

)⟨b

o˙ da

nfu

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

bo˙ du

c asıg

ac on

nas_

eve.

⟩bo

n

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

bo

˙ duas

ıga

onna

sev

eb.

-bir

dsa

idth

eysa

ybi

gon

tabl

eto

liedo

wn

sayi

ngN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AD

JN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.S

G.

INF.

The

b.-b

ird

told

him

tosl

eep

onth

ebi

gta

ble.

A(2

)bo

n

˙ dana

be

˙ nafi

,bo

n

˙ daas

eve

sion

na

c

kei.

bon

˙ dana

be

˙ nafi

bon

˙ daas

eve

sion

nas

kei

the

b.-b

ird

hesa

idbi

gon

tabl

eto

liete

lling

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

OB

L.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.I

AT

TR

.L

OC

.IN

F.A

BS.

The

b.-b

ird

said

,‘s

leep

onth

ebi

gta

ble.

’F

(1)

be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,bo

n

˙ doas

im

atte

vesi

onna

hake

.be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

bon

˙ doas

im

atte

vesi

onna

hake

.sa

ying

hesa

idth

eysa

ybi

gta

ble

upon

tolie

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

LO

C.

INF.

AB

S.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o,th

eb.

-bir

d)to

ldhi

mto

liedo

wn

onth

ebi

gta

ble.

Page 10: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

6 Texts with interlinear analysis

8a F(1

)be

˙ nabo

ndo

asie

vesi

ot-a

i.be

˙ nabo

ndo

asie

vesi

otai

sayi

ngbi

gon

tabl

ela

yth

eysa

yV

ER

BA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o,th

ef.

-bir

d)la

ydo

wn

onth

eta

ble.

9 M(1

)⟨f

idan

fu

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

bo

˙ duka

mun

nuke

rene

i_e.

⟩fi

ndan

fu

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

bo

˙ duka

mun

nuke

rene

ie

f.-b

ird

said

they

say

from

size

not

will

dare

sayi

ngN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

BL

.SG

.N

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INT

.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘I

dare

not

(sle

epth

ere)

beca

use

ofth

esi

ze(o

fth

eta

ble)

.’A

(2)

eta

niof

ei,

find

ana

be

˙ ni,

mad

iri

kai

kai

niov

esi-

au.

eta

niof

eifi

ndan

abe

˙ nim

adir

ika

ika

ini

oves

iau

that

inpl

ace

havi

ngla

idth

ef.

-bir

dw

hat

itsa

idw

asm

osqu

itos

eatin

gea

ting

not

will

bely

able

sayi

ngD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BPA

RT

CV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.L

OC

.A

BS.

IO

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.(+

FOC

.)N

OM

.R

AB

S.R

AB

S.N

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INT

.

Hav

ing

laid

dow

nth

ere,

the

f.-b

ird

said

,‘I

cann

otlie

(her

e)be

ing

eate

nby

mos

quito

sag

ain

and

agai

n.’

F(1

)ve

sife

ovef

e,be

˙ ni-a

i,m

adir

im

aka

nta

m,

fa

˙ nika

n*t

an*,

mi

tana

kunu

oven

e.ve

sife

ovef

ebe

˙ niai

mad

iri

ma

kan

tan

fa

˙ nika

nta

nm

ita

naku

nuov

ene

lyin

gha

ving

been

hesa

idth

eysa

ym

osqu

itom

eea

ting

plac

ew

orm

eatin

g(p

lace

)th

isa

plac

eno

tis

poss

ible

tolie

dow

nV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

PPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

AB

S.I

AB

S.I

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.N

EG

.PA

RT

.PT

.PO

T.

Hav

ing

laid

dow

n,he

said

,‘(

this

is)

apl

ace,

whe

reI

amea

ten

bym

osqu

itos,

(apl

ace)

,w

here

Iam

eate

nby

wor

ms,

onsu

cha

plac

e(I

)ca

nnot

lie.

9a F(1

)m

atig

ea

c

*ara

nna

tai*

.m

atig

eas

aran

nata

ito

upho

use

tocl

imb

upw

heth

erN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

DA

T.

INF.

INT

.

(Sho

uld

I)go

toth

eup

hous

e?’

Page 11: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

7T1 Findana bon ˙dana

10 M(2

)⟨b

o

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

_e.

tia

hen

vi

c yadi

ma

c edug

a

c i

c onna

s_ev

e.⟩

bon

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefı

etia

hen

via

dim

aen

duga

ion

nas

eve

b.-b

ird

wha

tsa

idw

asth

eysa

yth

isw

ayit

beif

dire

ctio

non

bed

tolie

dow

nsa

ying

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BC

ON

JN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.I

V+

FOC

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.

CO

ND

.O

BL

.SG

.L

OC

.SG

.IN

F.IN

T.

The

b.-b

ird

said

,‘i

fit

islik

eth

is,

slee

pon

the

gues

ts’

bed

(lit.

"dir

ectio

nbe

d",

i.e.

"bed

stan

ding

inyo

nder

dire

ctio

n")’

.A

(1)

me

hen

be

˙ nim

ei,

bon

˙ dana

be

˙ nım

ige

dim

ahi

sien

dee

hisi

-au.

me

hen

be

˙ nim

eibo

n

˙ dana

be

˙ nım

ige

dim

ahi

sien

dee

hisi

auth

isso

rtsa

idw

hen

the

b.-b

ird

wha

tit

said

was

this

hous

edi

rect

ion

bein

gbe

dth

ere

issa

ying

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.O

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.IN

T.

As

hesa

idso

,th

eb.

-bir

dan

swer

ed,

‘the

gues

ts’

bed

(lit.

"bed

stan

ding

inth

edi

rect

ion"

)of

this

hous

eis

over

ther

e.’

11 M(2

)⟨f

idan

fu

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

dim

akam

unnu

kere

ne

c eve.

⟩fi

ndan

fu

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

dim

akam

unnu

kere

neev

ef.

-bir

dsa

idth

eysa

yfr

omdi

rect

edne

ssno

tw

illda

resa

ying

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

BL

.SG

.N

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INT

.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘b

ecau

seof

itsbe

ing

the

gues

ts’

bed

(lit.

"of

the

dire

ctio

nit

stan

dsin

")I

dare

not

(sle

epin

it).’

A(1

)fi

ndan

ago

sen

dau

arai

vesi

ove

vela

ke

˙ daku

nbe

˙ nafi

,m

aku

˙ nuda

ida

ini

oves

i-au

.fi

ndan

ago

sen

das

arai

vesi

ove

vela

ke˙ da

kun

be˙ na

fim

aku

˙ nuda

ida

ini

oves

iau

the

f.-b

ird

goin

gto

bed

clim

bing

lyin

gw

hile

with

api

ece

wha

the

said

was

bugs

bitin

gbi

ting

not

will

bely

able

sayi

ngN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BPA

RT

CV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.D

EF.

AB

S.D

AT

.A

BS.

AB

S.O

BL

.A

BL

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.I(+

FOC

.)O

BL

.R

AB

S.R

AB

S.N

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INT

.

Aft

erth

ef.

-bir

dha

dgo

neth

ere

and

clim

bed

into

the

bed

and

lain

dow

n,he

said

afte

ra

whi

le,

‘Ica

nnot

not

lie(h

ere)

bein

gbi

tten

and

bitte

nby

bugs

.’

12 M(3

)⟨b

o

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

ku

˙ da

c asıg

a

c i

c onna

s_ev

e.⟩

bon

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

ku

˙ daas

ıgai

c onna

sev

eb.

-bir

dsa

idth

eysa

ysm

all

onta

ble

tolie

dow

nsa

ying

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OM

.SG

.PT

.I.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.SG

.IN

F.IN

T.

The

b.-b

ird

told

him

tosl

eep

onth

esm

all

tabl

e.A

(3)

me

hen

be

˙ nim

ei,

bon

˙ dana

be

˙ nafi

,e

˙ lage

n

˙ deve

sion

na

c

kei.

me

hen

be

˙ nim

eibo

n

˙ dana

be

˙ nafi

e

˙ lage

n

˙ deve

sion

nas

kei

this

sort

said

whe

nth

eb.

-bir

dw

hat

itsa

idw

ason

thre

shol

dto

slee

pte

lling

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.O

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.I(+

FOC

.)L

OC

.IN

F.A

BS.

Aft

er(h

is)

sayi

ngso

,th

eb.

-bir

dsa

id,

‘lie

dow

non

the

thre

shol

d.’

Page 12: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

8 Texts with interlinear analysis

13 M(3

)⟨f

idan

fu

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

ku

˙ daka

mun

nuke

rene

c eve.

⟩fi

ndan

fu

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

ku

˙ daka

mun

nuke

rene

eve

f.-b

ird

said

they

say

from

smal

lnes

sno

tw

illda

resa

ying

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

BL

.SG

.N

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INT

.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘b

ecau

seof

itssm

all

size

,(I

)da

reno

t(s

leep

onit)

.A

(3)

be

˙ nim

ei,

e

˙ lage

n

˙ deve

siof

eibe

˙ nanı

,m

adir

i-ai

mak

u

˙ nai

kai

kai

niov

esi-

au.

be

˙ nim

eie

˙ lage

n

˙ deve

siof

eibe

˙ nanı

mad

iri

aim

aku

˙ nuai

kai

kai

niov

esi

ausa

idw

hen

onth

resh

old

havi

ngla

idw

hat

hesa

ysis

mos

quito

sw

ithbu

gsw

ithea

ting

eatin

gno

tca

nlie

dow

nsa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

CO

NJ

VE

RB

VE

RB

PAR

TC

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.L

OC

.A

BS.

IPA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.O

BL

.SO

C.

OB

L.

SOC

.R

AB

S.R

AB

S.N

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INT

.

Hav

ing

said

so,

(the

f.-b

ird)

,ha

ving

lain

dow

non

the

thre

shol

d,sa

id,

‘Ica

nnot

lie(h

ere)

bein

gea

ten

bym

osqu

itos

and

bugs

agai

nan

dag

ain.

14 M(4

)⟨t

iahe

nvi

c ya,

c utur

u

c edug

a

c i

c onna

s_e

bo

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

⟩tia

hen

via

c utur

uen

duga

c ion

nas

ebo

n

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

this

way

havi

ngbe

com

eif

uppe

ron

bed

tosl

eep

sayi

ngb.

-bir

dsa

idth

eysa

yD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BC

ON

JA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.C

ON

D.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.SG

.IN

F.IN

T.

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.

‘If

itis

like

this

,sl

eep

onth

eup

per

bed’

,th

eb.

-bir

dsa

id.

F(2

)be

˙ num

ma,

be

˙ ni-a

i,m

atig

esa

ara

vesi

onna

hake

.be

˙ num

ma

be˙ ni

aim

atig

esa

ara

vesi

onna

hake

sayi

ngw

hen

hesa

idth

eysa

yto

upho

use

clim

bing

tolie

dow

nsa

ying

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BO

BL

.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.D

AT

.A

BS.

INF.

AB

S.

Aft

er(h

is)

sayi

ngso

,(t

heb.

-bir

d)sa

id,

‘lie

dow

non

the

grill

inth

eki

tche

n.’

15 M(4

)⟨c ut

uruk

amun

nuke

rene

c eve.

⟩ut

uruk

amun

nuke

rene

eve

from

uppe

rnes

sno

tw

illda

resa

ying

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

BL

.SG

.N

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INT

.

(The

f.-b

ird

answ

ered

,)‘b

ecau

seof

itsbe

ing

loca

ted

upst

airs

,(I

)da

reno

t(s

leep

onit)

.’F

(2)

be

˙ num

ma,

eum

atig

esa

ara

vesi

ot-a

ibe

˙ num

ma

eum

atig

esa

ara

vesi

otai

sayi

ngw

hen

that

one’

sto

upho

use

clim

bing

hela

ydo

wn

they

say

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.L

OC

.O

BL

.D

AT

.A

BS.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

f.-b

ird)

lay

dow

ncl

imbi

ngup

to(t

heb.

-bir

d’s)

upho

use.

Page 13: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

9T1 Findana bon ˙dana

16 M(5

)⟨b

o

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

badi

gedu

mas

im

atıg

a

c i

c onna

nda

s_ev

e.⟩

bon

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

badi

gedu

mas

im

atıg

aion

nas

das

eve

b.-b

ird

said

they

say

kitc

hen

hous

esm

oke

tabl

eup

onto

slee

pto

gosa

ying

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.O

BL

.SG

.O

BL

.SG

.O

BL

.SG

.O

BL

.SG

.L

OC

.SG

.IN

F.IN

F.IN

T.

The

b.-b

ird

told

him

togo

tosl

eep

onth

ehe

arth

(lit.

"sm

oke

tabl

e")

ofth

eki

tche

n.A

(4)

ehe

nbe

˙ nim

ei,

bon

˙ dana

be

˙ nafi

,ba

dige

asim

ate

vesi

onna

c

kei.

ehe

nbe

˙ nim

eibo

n

˙ dana

be

˙ nafi

badi

geas

imat

eve

sion

nas

kei

that

sort

said

whe

nth

eb.

-bir

dw

hat

itsa

idw

aski

tche

ngr

illto

liete

lling

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.O

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.I(+

FOC

.)O

BL

.L

OC

.IN

F.A

BS.

Aft

erha

ving

said

so,

the

b.-b

ird

told

(him

)to

liedo

wn

onth

egr

illof

the

kitc

hen.

17 M(5

)⟨f

idan

fu

˙ lubu

nñ_

eve.

dum

asik

amun

nuke

rene

c eve.

⟩fi

ndan

fu

˙ lubu

niev

edu

mas

ikam

unnu

kere

neev

ef.

-bir

dsa

idth

eysa

yfr

ombe

ing

hear

thno

tw

illda

resa

ying

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.S

G.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AB

L.S

G.

NE

G.

FUT

.3SG

.IN

T.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘b

ecau

seof

itsbe

ing

ahe

arth

(lit.

"sm

oke-

tabl

e"),

(I)

dare

not

(sle

epon

it).’

A(4

)e

tani

vesi

ofei

find

ana

be

˙ nafi

,du

mbu

˙ liei

mak

u

˙ nai

kai

kai

niov

esi-

au.

eta

nive

siof

eifi

ndan

abe

˙ nafi

dum

bu˙ li

aim

aku

˙ nuai

kai

kai

niov

esi

auth

atin

plac

eha

ving

laid

the

f.-b

ird

wha

tit

said

was

soot

with

bugs

with

eatin

gea

ting

not

will

bely

able

sayi

ngD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NC

ON

JN

OU

NC

ON

JV

ER

BV

ER

BPA

RT

CV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.L

OC

.A

BS.

IO

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.I(+

FOC

.)O

BL

.SO

C.

OB

L.

SOC

.R

AB

S.R

AB

S.N

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INT

.

Hav

ing

laid

dow

nth

ere,

the

f.-b

ird

said

,‘I

cann

otlie

(her

e)be

ing

eate

nby

soot

and

bugs

agai

nan

dag

ain.

18 M(6

)⟨b

o

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

tia

hen

vi

c yaba

tta

vafi

anm

atıg

a

c i

c onna

nda

s_ev

e.⟩

bon

˙ danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

tiahe

nvi

aba

tta

vafi

anm

atıg

aion

nas

das

eve

b.-b

ird

said

they

say

this

way

havi

ngbe

com

eif

rice

cook

ing

pan

lidup

onto

liedo

wn

togo

sayi

ngN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

CO

NJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OM

.SG

.PT

.I.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.C

ON

D.

OB

L.S

G.

OB

L.S

G.

OB

L.S

G.

LO

C.S

G.

INF.

INF.

INT

.

The

b.-b

ird

said

,‘i

fit

islik

eth

is,

go(a

nd)

liedo

wn

onth

elid

ofth

eri

ceco

okin

gpa

n.’

A(5

)e

hen

be

˙ nim

ei,

bon

˙ dana

be

˙ nafi

,ba

tta

vafa

tim

atte

vesi

onna

c

kei.

ehe

nbe

˙ nim

eibo

n

˙ dana

be

˙ nafi

bat

tava

fati

mat

teve

sion

nas

kei

that

sort

said

whe

nth

eb.

-bir

dsa

idri

ceco

okin

gpa

nof

lidon

top

tolie

dow

nte

lling

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.N

OM

.DE

F.PT

.3SG

.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PR

S.G

EN

.L

OC

.IN

F.A

BS.

Aft

er(h

is)

sayi

ngso

,‘t

heb.

-bir

dsa

id,

liedo

wn

onth

elid

ofth

eri

ceco

okin

gpa

n’.

Page 14: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

10 Texts with interlinear analysis

19 M⟨m

ihe

nha

ma

bunu

mun

heva

c la,

ta

c yar_

eki

afa

c i,fi

dana

duve

fa

c igo

s,ba

tta

vafi

anm

atıg

a

c i,

c osov

e

c je

c eve.

⟩m

ihe

nha

ma

bunu

mun

heva

llata

yyar

ue

kiaf

aifi

ndan

adu

vefa

igo

sba

tta

vafi

anm

atıg

aios

ovej

jeev

eth

isw

ayju

stsp

eaki

ngha

ving

been

awak

ere

ady

sayi

ngha

ving

said

f.-b

ird

havi

ngru

ngo

ing

rice

pan

cove

rup

onla

ydo

wn

they

say

DPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DJ

QPA

RT

CV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.M

OD

.G

RN

D.

AB

S.II

PRE

D.

INT

.A

BS.

IN

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

IA

BS.

OB

L.S

G.

OB

L.S

G.

OB

L.S

G.

LO

C.S

G.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

Aft

erth

eyha

dfi

nish

edsp

eaki

nglik

eth

is,

the

f.-b

ird,

havi

ngsa

id‘(

Iam

)re

ady’

,la

ydo

wn

upon

the

lidof

the

rice

cook

ing

pan.

20 M⟨b

o

˙ danf

u

˙ las

ves,

nidi

fa

c iru

ko

˙ laku

nhe

levu

nuta

nafi

danf

u

˙ lu,

bat

fuke

c

kala

fa

c i,gu

c ifu

ke

c

jaha

li

c a

˙ dubo

˙ danf

u

˙ las

c ivig

engo

vala

c ifi

c eve.

⟩bo

n

˙ danf

u

˙ las

ves

nidi

fair

uko

˙ laku

nhe

levu

nuta

na

find

anfu

˙ luba

tfu

kek

kala

fai

gui

fuke

kja

hali

a

˙ dubo

n

˙ danf

u

˙ las

ivig

engo

vala

ifi

c eve

tob.

-bir

dal

sosl

ept

time

for

piec

eaw

aken

edpl

ace

with

f.-b

ird

rice

api

ece

havi

ngea

ten

drop

ping

api

ece

laid

nois

eto

b.-b

ird

hear

ing

shou

ted

they

say

NO

UN

CO

NJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

DA

T.S

G.

MO

D.

AB

S.I

OB

L.S

G.

AB

L.S

G.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.P

ASS

.O

BL

.SG

.SO

C.

OB

L.S

G.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

+I

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IN

OM

.SG

.D

AT

.SG

.A

BS.

III

PT.I

I+I.

3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nth

eb.

-bir

daw

oke

afte

rha

ving

slep

tfo

ra

whi

le,

hehe

ard

the

nois

eth

ef.

-bir

d(p

rodu

ced

by)

layi

nga

(pie

ceof

)dr

oppi

ngaf

ter

havi

ngea

ten

api

ece

ofri

ce,

and

(he)

shou

ted:

Ave

siov

efei

vela

ke˙ da

kun,

bat

tava

fati

mat

ina

gafe

i,ka

cfe

˙ t˙ ti

a˙ da

ivei

bon

˙ dana

ahaf

i:ve

siov

efei

vela

ke

˙ daku

nba

tta

vafa

tim

ati

naga

fei

kas

fe

˙ t˙ tia

˙ daiv

eibo

n

˙ dana

ahaf

i:ly

ing

whi

lew

itha

piec

eri

ceco

okin

gpa

nof

lidto

pha

ving

lifte

dto

eat

begu

nno

ise

hear

ing

the

b.-b

ird

aske

dV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

AB

S.I

OB

L.

AB

L.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

GE

N.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

INF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PT

.I

Hav

ing

spen

tso

me

time

lyin

gth

ere,

havi

nglif

ted

the

lidof

the

cook

ing

pan,

the

b.-b

ird

hear

dth

eso

und

of(s

omeo

ne)

star

ting

toea

tan

das

ked:

Fov

efe,

bon

˙ danu

nidu

num

ma

hedi

va

˙ dam

akı,

tel

e

˙ lial

aru

mba

yye

mat

im

uhal

aan

gasa

lage

nha

faga

t-ai

.ov

efe

bon

˙ danu

nidu

num

ma

hedi

va

˙ dam

akı

tel

e

˙ lial

aru

mba

yye

mat

im

uhal

aan

gasa

lage

nha

faga

tai

havi

ngla

idb.

-bir

dsl

eepi

ngw

hen

done

am

anne

ris

oil

frie

dya

ms

pot

top

rem

ovin

gto

mou

thla

ying

hego

tch

ewed

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.I

OB

L.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

GE

N.

OB

L.

AB

S.II

DA

T.

AB

S.II

IPT

.III

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Aft

erha

ving

lain

dow

nan

daf

ter

the

b.-b

ird

had

falle

nas

leep

,(t

hef.

-bir

dst

arte

d)ch

ewin

goi

lfr

ied

yam

root

s(t

aro)

bypu

tting

them

into

his

mou

thta

king

them

(fro

m)

the

pan.

Page 15: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

11T1 Findana bon ˙dana

20a

M⟨k

o

c koko

n

c a

˙ de

c

he

c y_ev

e.⟩

kokk

oko

na

˙ dek

heyo

eve

(you

nger

)br

othe

rw

hat

ano

ise

wel

lsa

ying

NO

UN

IPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

VQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.S

G.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.SG

.IN

DE

F.M

OD

.IN

T.

‘(Y

oung

er)

brot

her,

wha

ta

nois

em

ight

(thi

sbe

)?’)

Afi

ndan

u,fi

ndan

u,e

kon

a

˙ da?

find

anu

find

anu

eko

na

˙ daf.

-bir

df.

-bir

dth

atw

hat

ano

ise

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

IPR

ON

NO

UN

OB

L.

OB

L.

NO

M.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.

‘F.-

bird

,f.

-bir

d,w

hat

aso

und

isth

is?’

Fha

faga

tta

,bo

n

˙ danu

be

˙ ni-a

i,fi

ndan

,fi

ndan

,ko

na

˙ de

c ?ha

faga

tta

bon

˙ danu

be

˙ niai

find

anfi

ndan

kon

a

˙ dek

chew

ing

atm

omen

tb.

-bir

dhe

said

they

say

f.-b

ird

f.-b

ird

wha

ta

nois

eV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

IPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIO

BL

.N

OM

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

Just

whe

nhe

was

chew

ing,

the

b.-b

ird

said

,‘f

.-bi

rd,

f.-b

ird,

wha

ta

nois

eis

this

?’

21 M⟨f

idan

fu˙ lu

bune

fic ev

e.c e

c ım

agu

mat

indi

am

ıhak

u,di

nfo

cfo

c cec

hafa

lic a

˙ d_ev

e.⟩

find

anfu

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

eım

agu

mat

indi

am

ıhak

udi

nfo

kfo

ccek

hafa

lia

˙ duev

ef.

-bir

dsa

idth

eysa

yth

is-i

sro

adup

onw

alki

nga

man

give

nbe

teln

uta

piec

ech

ewin

gno

ise

sayi

ngN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

OB

L.S

G.

AB

L.S

G.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.S

G.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IN

OM

.SG

.IN

T.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘t

his

isth

eno

ise

(whi

ch(I

)am

prod

ucin

gby

)ch

ewin

ga

piec

eof

bete

lnut

whi

ch(I

)w

asgi

ven

bya

man

wal

king

onth

est

reet

.’A

find

ana

be

˙ ni,

eım

agun

gem

ıhak

afu

a

c

ke

˙ da

c

din

a

˙ da.

find

ana

be

˙ nieı

mag

unge

mıh

aka

fuak

ke

˙ dak

din

a

˙ dath

ef.

-bir

dsa

idth

isis

onst

reet

goin

ga

man

with

arec

anut

api

ece

give

nno

ise

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.3

SG.

NO

M.+

FOC

.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

OB

L.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘t

his

isth

eso

und

prod

uced

(lit.

give

n)by

api

ece

ofar

ecan

utan

da

pers

onw

alki

ngon

the

road

.’F

be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,e

mag

eef

faiv

an-f

u

˙ luda

mal

ia

˙ d-ai

.be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

em

age

ekfa

ivan

-fu

˙ luda

mal

ia

˙ daai

sayi

nghe

said

they

say

that

my

one

foot

-par

tst

retc

hed

soun

dsa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NPP

RO

NC

AR

DN

OU

N+

HO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.G

EN

.(M

!)A

TT

R.

NO

M.(

M.)

PAR

T.P

T.I

IN

OM

.IN

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

f.-b

ird)

said

,‘t

hat

isth

eso

und

ofm

yon

efo

otst

retc

hed.

Page 16: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

12 Texts with interlinear analysis

21a

Fke

fe,

mi

otı-

aiva

goja

han.

kefe

mi

otı

aiva

goja

han

Hav

ing

said

now

wha

the

was

isth

eysa

yth

ief

hitti

ngV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

B

AB

S.I

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

EX

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

I

Hav

ing

said

(so)

,he

now

was

(aga

in)

doin

gso

met

hing

secr

et(l

it"a

ctin

glik

ea

thie

f").

22 M⟨c an

e

c kaba

tfu

ke

c

kala

fa

c igu

c ifu

ke

c

jaha

li

c a

˙ du

c ivic je

c eve.

⟩an

ekka

bat

fuke

kka

lafa

igu

ifu

kek

jaha

lia

˙ duiv

ijje

eve

agai

nri

cea

piec

eha

ving

eate

ndr

oppi

nga

piec

eha

ving

laid

nois

ew

ashe

ard

they

say

AD

VN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

+I

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IN

OM

.SG

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Aga

in,

the

nois

e(p

rodu

ced

by)

layi

nga

(pie

ceof

)dr

oppi

ngaf

ter

havi

ngea

ten

api

ece

ofri

cew

ashe

ard.

Ave

lake

˙ daku

n,en

e

c

kala

ia

˙ da

c

kefi

.ve

lake

˙ daku

nen

ekka

lai

a

˙ dak

kefi

whi

lew

itha

piec

ean

othe

rtim

ew

itha

nois

eut

tere

dN

OU

NN

OU

NPR

ON

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.

AB

L.I

ND

EF.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SO

C.

NO

M.

PT.I

.3SG

.

Aft

erso

me

time,

anot

her

time

ano

ise

(was

)ut

tere

d.F

ene

c

kala

habo

n

˙ danu

nidu

num

ma

hafa

gat-

ai.

enek

kala

habo

n

˙ danu

nidu

nun

ma

hafa

gat

aian

othe

rto

time

b.-b

ird

slee

ping

whe

nhe

chew

edth

eysa

yPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.D

AT

.O

BL

.O

BL

.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

(And

)an

othe

rtim

ehe

star

ted

chew

ing

afte

rth

eb.

-bir

dha

dfa

llen

asle

ep.

Page 17: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

13T1 Findana bon ˙dana

23 M⟨b

o

˙ danf

u

˙ lugo

vali

c eve.

ko

c koko

n

c a

˙ de

c

he

c y_ev

e.⟩

bon

˙ danf

u

˙ lugo

vali

eve

kokk

oko

na

˙ dek

heyo

eve

b.-b

ird

shou

ted

they

say

brot

her

wha

ta

nois

ew

ell

sayi

ngN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

IPR

ON

NO

UN

IPA

RT

CQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

EX

T.

NO

M.S

G.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.SG

.IN

DE

F.M

OD

.IN

T.

The

b.-b

ird

shou

ted,

‘(yo

unge

r)br

othe

r,w

hat

ano

ise

mig

ht(t

his

be)?

’A

bon

˙ dana

ahaf

i,fi

ndan

u,fi

ndan

u,e

kon

a

˙ da?

bon

˙ dana

ahaf

ifi

ndan

ufi

ndan

ue

kon

a

˙ da?

the

b.-b

ird

aske

df.

-bir

df.

-bir

dth

atw

hat

ano

ise

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

IPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

M.D

EF

PT.3

SG.

OB

L.

OB

L.

NO

M.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.

The

b.-b

ird

aske

d,

‘f.-

bird

,f.

-bir

d,w

hat

aso

und

isth

is?’

Fbo

n

˙ danu

be

˙ ni-a

i,fi

ndan

,fi

ndan

,e

kon

a

˙ de

c ?bo

n

˙ danu

be

˙ niai

find

anfi

ndan

eko

na

˙ dek?

b.-b

ird

hesa

idth

eysa

yf.

-bir

df.

-bir

dth

atw

hat

ano

ise

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NIP

RO

NN

OU

N

NO

M.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.

The

b.-b

ird

said

,‘f

.-bi

rd,

f.-b

ird,

wha

ta

nois

eis

this

?’

24 M⟨c e

c ıra

c˙ te

c saku

din

kara

nful

ec

hafa

lic a

˙ d_ev

e.⟩

eıra

˙ t˙ tess

aku

din

kara

nful

ekha

fali

a

˙ duev

eth

isis

aco

mpa

trio

tgi

ven

acl

ove

chew

ing

nois

esa

ying

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.+

FOC

.O

BL

.SG

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.SG

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.II

NO

M.S

G.

INT

.

‘Thi

sis

the

nois

e(w

hich

Iam

prod

ucin

gby

)ch

ewin

ga

clov

e(I

)w

asgi

ven

bya

com

patr

iot.’

Afi

ndan

abe

˙ nafi

ebe

run

gem

ıhak

abi

la

c

ke

˙ da

c

din

a

˙ da.

find

ana

be

˙ nafi

ebe

run

gem

ıhak

abi

lat

ke

˙ dak

din

a

˙ dath

ef.

-bir

dsa

idth

atou

tsid

ego

ing

am

anw

ithbe

tel

api

ece

give

nno

ise

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

.3SG

.N

OM

.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

OB

L.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘t

his

isth

eso

und

prod

uced

bya

man

with

abe

tel

leaf

wal

king

outs

ide.

’F

be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,e

mag

een

e

c

faiv

anfu

˙ luda

mal

ia

˙ d-ai

!be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

em

age

enek

faiv

anfu

˙ luda

mal

ia

˙ daai

!sa

ying

hesa

idth

eysa

yth

atm

yan

othe

rfo

ot-p

art

stre

tche

dso

und

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

PPR

ON

PRO

NN

OU

N+

HO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.G

EN

.(M

!)A

TT

R.

NO

M.(

M.)

PAR

T.P

T.I

IN

OM

.IN

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

f.-b

ird)

said

,‘t

hat

isth

eso

und

ofm

yot

her

foot

stre

tche

d.’

Page 18: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

14 Texts with interlinear analysis

24a

Fke

fe,

mi

otı-

ai,

vago

jaha

n.ke

fem

iot

ıai

vago

jaha

nH

avin

gsa

idno

ww

hat

hew

asis

they

say

thie

fhi

tting

VE

RB

AD

VV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

AB

S.I

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

EX

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

I

Hav

ing

said

(thi

s),

(the

f.-b

ird)

agai

nst

arte

ddo

ing

som

ethi

ngse

cret

(lit.

"(w

as)

actin

glik

ea

thie

f").

25 M⟨c an

e

c ka

c iru

ko

˙ laku

nve

s,ba

tfu

ke

c

kala

fa

c igu

c ifu

ke

c

jaha

li

c a

˙ du

c ivun

_ev

e.⟩

anek

kair

uko

˙ laku

nve

sba

tfu

kek

kala

fai

gui

fuke

kja

hali

a

˙ duiv

unu

eve

agai

ntim

ew

itha

piec

eal

sori

cea

piec

eha

ving

eate

ndr

oppi

nga

piec

eha

ving

laid

nois

ew

ashe

ard

they

say

AD

VN

OU

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

OB

L.S

G.

AB

L.S

G.

MO

D.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

+I

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IN

OM

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.PA

SS.

EX

T.

Aft

erso

me

mor

etim

eag

ain,

the

nois

e(p

rodu

ced

by)

layi

nga

drop

ping

afte

rha

ving

eate

na

piec

eof

rice

was

hear

d.A

vela

gan

˙ daku

n,en

e

c

kala

ia

˙ dake

fi.

vela

gan

˙ daku

nen

ekka

lai

a˙ da

kefi

whi

lew

itha

piec

ean

othe

rtim

ew

itha

nois

eut

tere

dN

OU

NN

OU

NPR

ON

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.

AB

L.I

ND

EF.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SO

C.

NO

M.

PT.I

.3SG

.

Aft

era

little

whi

le,

once

agai

na

nois

e(w

as)

utte

red.

Fov

efe

ene

c

kala

h-as

bon

˙ danu

nidu

num

ma

hafa

gat-

ai.

ovef

een

ekka

laha

asbo

n

˙ danu

nidu

nun

ma

hafa

gat

aibe

ing

anot

her

totim

eye

tb.

-bir

dsl

eepi

ngw

hen

hech

ewed

they

say

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

AT

TR

.D

AT

.M

OD

.O

BL

.O

BL

.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Stay

ing

(so)

,af

ter

the

b.-b

ird

had

falle

nas

leep

,ye

tan

othe

rtim

ehe

star

ted

chew

ing.

Page 19: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

15T1 Findana bon ˙dana

26 M⟨m

ifa

haru

c ehı

ma,

⟩m

ifa

haru

ehı

ma

this

time

aske

dw

hen

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.SG

.

Thi

stim

e,w

hen

(the

b.-b

ird)

aske

d,A

bon

˙ dana

ahaf

i,fi

ndan

u,fi

ndan

u,e

kon

a

˙ da?

bon

˙ dana

ahaf

ifi

ndan

ufi

ndan

ue

kon

a

˙ da?

the

b.-b

ird

aske

df.

-bir

df.

-bir

dth

atw

hat

ano

ise

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

IPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.3

SGN

OM

.N

OM

.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.

The

b.-b

ird

aske

d,‘f

.-bi

rd,

f.-b

ird,

wha

ta

nois

eis

this

?’F

hafa

gat

ta,

bon

˙ danu

be

˙ ni-a

i,fi

ndan

find

an,

eko

na

˙ de

c ?ha

faga

tta

bon

˙ danu

be

˙ niai

find

anfi

ndan

eko

na

˙ dek

havi

ngch

ewed

atm

omen

tb.

-bir

dhe

said

they

say

f.-b

ird

f.-b

ird

that

wha

ta

nois

eV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

IPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIO

BL

.N

OM

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.N

OM

.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

Just

whe

nhe

star

ted

chew

ing,

the

b.-b

ird

said

,‘f

.-bi

rd,

f.-b

ird,

wha

ta

nois

eis

this

?’

27 M⟨b

unı

c ec ı

c ove

c ove

varu

bali

vege

n,m

olic ak

asda

mal

ic a

˙ d_ev

e.⟩

bunı

eıov

eov

eva

ruba

live

gen

holia

kas

dam

ali

a

˙ duev

ew

hat

hesa

idw

asth

isis

lyin

gly

ing

tired

havi

ngbe

com

eto

aw

ing

pulle

dno

ise

sayi

ngV

ER

BD

PRO

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

AB

S.A

BS.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

ID

AT

.SG

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.II

NO

M.S

G.

INT

.

(the

f.-b

ird)

answ

ered

,‘t

his

isth

eno

ise

(pro

duce

dby

)pu

lling

aw

ing

afte

rha

ving

beco

me

tired

byly

ing

and

lyin

g.’

Afi

ndan

abe

˙ nafi

,m

agun

gem

ıhak

adu

nfa

c

ke

˙ da

c

din

a

˙ da.

find

ana

be

˙ nafi

mag

unge

mıh

aka

dum

fat

ke

˙ dak

din

a

˙ dath

ef.

-bir

dsa

idon

stre

etgo

ing

am

anw

ithsm

oke

leaf

api

ece

give

nno

ise

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

.3SG

.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

OB

L.

OB

L.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘(

this

is)

the

soun

dpr

oduc

edby

api

ece

ofto

bacc

oan

da

man

wal

king

onth

est

reet

.’F

be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,e

tim

age

effi

afu

˙ luda

mal

ia

˙ dai.

be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

etim

age

ekfi

afu

˙ luda

mal

ia

˙ daai

sayi

nghe

said

they

say

that

self

’son

ew

ing-

part

stre

tche

dso

und

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

PPR

ON

CA

RD

NO

UN

+H

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.G

EN

.(M

!)A

TT

R.

NO

M.(

M.)

PAR

T.P

T.I

IN

OM

.IN

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

f.-b

ird)

said

,‘t

hat

isth

eso

und

ofon

eof

my

win

gsst

retc

hed.

Page 20: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

16 Texts with interlinear analysis

27a

Fbe

˙ num

ma,

den

ene

c

kala

sva

goja

hage

nm

iot

ı-ai

.be

˙ num

ma

den

enek

kal

asva

goja

hage

nm

iot

ıai

.sa

ying

whe

nth

enan

othe

rto

time

yet

thie

fhi

tting

now

wha

the

was

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

VPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

VV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

LO

C.

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.M

OD

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

EX

T.

Whe

nhe

said

(so)

,ye

tan

othe

rtim

ehe

star

ted

doin

gso

met

hing

secr

et(l

it."a

ctin

glik

ea

thie

f").

28 Aen

e

c

kal-

ai-a

sa

˙ dake

fi.

enek

kal

aias

a

˙ dake

fian

othe

rtim

ew

ithye

ta

nois

eut

tere

dPR

ON

NO

UN

CO

NJ

CO

NJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SO

C.

MO

D.

NO

M.

PT.I

.3SG

.

Yet

anot

her

time

ano

ise

(was

)ut

tere

d.F

ovef

e,bo

n

˙ danu

nidu

num

ma

ene

c

kala

sha

faga

t-ai

ovef

ebo

n

˙ danu

nidu

num

ma

ene

c

kal

asha

faga

tai

bein

gb.

-bir

dsl

eepi

ngw

hen

anot

her

time

yet

hech

ewed

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

PRO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

OB

L.

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.M

OD

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Aft

erha

ving

lain

dow

n(a

gain

),w

hen

the

b.-b

ird

was

slee

ping

,he

(sta

rted

)ch

ewin

g(a

gain

).

29 Abo

n

˙ dana

ahaf

i,fi

ndan

u,fi

ndan

u,e

kon

a

˙ da?

bon

˙ dana

ahaf

ifi

ndan

ufi

ndan

ue

kon

a

˙ dath

eb.

-bir

das

ked

f.-b

ird

f.-b

ird

that

wha

ta

nois

eN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NIP

RO

NN

OU

N

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.3

SG.

NO

M.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.

The

b.-b

ird

aske

d,

‘f.-

bird

,f.

-bir

d,w

hat

ano

ise

isth

is?’

Fha

faga

tta

,bo

n

˙ danu

be

˙ ni-a

i,fi

ndan

,fi

ndan

,e

kon

a

˙ de

c ?ha

faga

tta

bon

˙ danu

be

˙ niai

find

anfi

ndan

eko

na

˙ dek

havi

ngch

ewed

atm

omen

tb.

-bir

dhe

said

they

say

f.-b

ird

f.-b

ird

that

wha

ta

nois

eV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

IPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIO

BL

.N

OM

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.N

OM

.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

Just

whe

nhe

had

star

ted

chew

ing,

the

b.-b

ird

said

,‘f

.-bi

rd,

f.-b

ird,

wha

ta

nois

eis

this

?’

Page 21: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

17T1 Findana bon ˙dana

30 Afi

ndan

abe

˙ nafi

,eı

beru

nge

mıh

aka

huni

ke

˙ dadi

na

˙ da.

find

ana

be

˙ nafi

eıbe

run

gem

ıhak

ahu

nike

˙ dadi

na

˙ dath

ef.

-bir

dsa

idth

atou

tsid

ego

ing

am

anw

ithlim

ea

piec

egi

ven

nois

eN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NC

ON

JN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

.3SG

.N

OM

.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

OB

L.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘t

his

isth

eso

und

prod

uced

bya

piec

eof

lime

and

am

anw

alki

ngou

tsid

e.’

Fbe

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,e

tim

age

enef

fiaf

u

˙ luda

mal

ia

˙ d-ai

.be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

etim

age

enek

fiaf

u

˙ luda

mal

ia

˙ daai

sayi

nghe

said

they

say

that

self

’san

onth

erw

ing-

part

stre

tche

dso

und

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

PPR

ON

PRO

NN

OU

N+

HO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.G

EN

.(M

!)A

TT

R.

NO

M.(

M.)

PAR

T.P

T.I

IN

OM

.IN

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

f.-b

ird)

said

,‘t

hat

isth

eso

und

ofm

yot

her

win

gst

retc

hed.

31 Am

ehe

nbe

˙ nafe

i,fi

ndan

ahe

dile

hekı

,ba

tta

rafa

c

kafe

ini

kihi

sien

eet

era

c

gula

fei,

divi

ebeg

e.m

ehe

nbe

˙ nafe

ifi

ndan

ahe

dile

hekı

bat

tara

fat

kafe

ini

kihi

sien

eet

eras

gula

fei

divi

ebeg

eth

isso

rtsa

ying

the

f.-b

ird

done

am

anne

rw

asri

ceco

okin

gpa

nea

ting

rest

bein

gre

mai

nder

into

drop

ping

layi

ngru

nnin

gw

ent

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.A

BS.

IO

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.+

FOC

.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PR

S.O

BL

.A

BS.

IN

OM

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.D

AT

.N

OM

.A

BS.

IA

BS.

PT.3

SG.

Aft

ersa

ying

so,

the

f.-b

ird

(fin

ally

)ra

naw

ayaf

ter

layi

nga

piec

eof

drop

ping

into

wha

tw

asle

ftin

the

cook

ing

pan

afte

rea

ting.

Fke

fehe

dıva

˙ dam

akı,

mıg

eti

biha

ial

aka

hus

kolla

rum

bai

fura

gula

fe.

kefe

hedı

va

˙ dam

akı

mıg

etib

iha

ial

aka

hus

kolla

rum

bai

fura

gula

fesa

ying

done

am

anne

rw

asth

ison

e’s

bein

gal

lya

mea

ting

empt

ym

akin

gpo

tfi

lling

drop

ping

layi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

GE

N.

(M!)

PAR

T.P

RS.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

BS.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

OB

L.

AB

S.N

OM

.A

BS.

I

Aft

ersa

ying

(so)

,he

(fin

ally

)la

ida

drop

ping

(and

)fi

lled

the

pot

(with

it)af

ter

havi

ngm

ade

item

pty

byea

ting

all

the

yam

itha

dco

ntai

ned

(bef

ore)

.

Page 22: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

18 Texts with interlinear analysis

32 M⟨d

enm

ihe

n

c o

c vafa

tis

vım

a,fi

danf

u

˙ lute

duve

gen

gos,

c udun

ufu

c˙ da

nuga

c i

c o

c

funa

c˙ te

c geda

sas

vade

c je

c eve.

⟩de

nm

ihe

nov

vafa

tisvı

ma

find

anfu

˙ lute

duve

gen

gos

udun

ufu

˙ d

˙ danu

gai

otfu

na

˙ t˙ tekg

eda

sas

vade

jjeev

eth

enth

isw

ayle

tting

beda

wn

was

whe

nf.

-bir

dha

ving

got

upgo

ing

stov

efl

our

ches

tbe

ing

ofa

botto

msh

ell

unde

ren

tere

dth

eysa

yA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.PA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.O

BL

.SG

.L

OC

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.G

EN

.SG

.IN

DE

F.D

AT

.SG

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

The

n,w

hen

daw

nha

dco

me,

the

f.-b

ird,

afte

rha

ving

got

up,

wen

tof

fan

dco

ncea

led

him

self

unde

ra

botto

msh

ell

whi

chw

asin

the

flou

rch

est

ofth

eki

tche

n.A

den

find

ana

gos

otı,

Mel

iage

Kal

oka

isi

ga

c

inta

nun

emm

ea

˙ die

o

c

nais

ada

sa

c

vede

fei.

den

find

ana

gos

otı

Mel

iage

Kal

oka

isi

gas

inta

nun

emm

ea

˙ die

otna

isa

dasa

sve

defe

ith

enth

ef.

-bir

dgo

ing

whe

reit

was

ofM

.da

ught

erM

rsco

conu

tto

prep

are

sitti

ngof

plac

eut

mos

tat

botto

mbe

ing

the

shel

lun

der

ente

ring

AD

VN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BPN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

JN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

TE

MP.

OB

L.D

EF.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

GE

N.

OB

L.

OB

L.

NO

M.

INF.

PAR

T.P

RS.

AB

L.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.DE

F.D

AT

.A

BS.

I

The

nth

ef.

-bir

dhi

dun

der

the

coco

nut

shel

lw

hich

was

atth

eut

mos

tbo

ttom

ofth

epl

ace

whe

reM

.D.K

.us

edto

sit

(whe

nsh

ew

asab

out)

topr

epar

eco

conu

ts.

Fgo

ho,

badi

gefi

sidu

neo

c

nais

eki

dasa

have

n

˙ defe

-ai

mi

otı.

goho

badi

gefi

sidu

neot

nais

eki

dasa

have

n

˙ defe

aim

iot

ıgo

ing

kitc

hen

inch

imne

ybe

ing

ofa

shel

lun

der

mov

ing

they

say

now

wha

the

was

isV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AD

VV

ER

B

AB

S.O

BL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.G

EN

.IN

DE

F.D

AT

.A

BS.

IE

XT

.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.

Goi

ng(a

way

),he

hid

unde

ra

shel

lw

hich

was

inth

ech

imne

yof

the

kitc

hen.

33 M⟨b

o˙ da

nfu

˙ luhe

dunu

tedu

veku

dınn

aska

nde

nve

gen,

badi

gec as

vade

bat

tava

bala

lıc ir

u,ka

mak

uda

kas

net_

eve.

⟩bo

n

˙ danf

u

˙ luhe

ndun

ute

duve

kudı

nnas

kas

des

vege

nba

dige

asva

deba

tta

vaba

lalı

iru

kam

aku

daka

sne

tev

eb.

-bir

dm

orni

ngge

tting

upto

child

ren

toea

tto

give

inor

der

toki

tche

nen

ter

rice

pan

look

ing

time

ath

ing

togi

veth

ere

isno

tth

eysa

yN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.S

G.

OB

L.S

G.

AB

S.D

AT

.PL

.IN

F.IN

F.A

BS.

III

DA

T.S

G.

AB

S.O

BL

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.II

OB

L.S

G.

OB

L.S

G.I

ND

EF.

INF.

IND

EF.

PRS.

3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nth

eb.

-bir

d,ha

ving

got

upin

the

mor

ning

,en

tere

dth

eki

tche

nin

orde

rto

give

food

toth

ech

ildre

nan

dlo

oked

into

the

rice

cook

ing

pan,

ther

ew

asno

thin

gto

give

(to

them

).A

den

bon

˙ dana

henn

aite

duvi

gen,

beli

kom

ihi

sıba

tta

rafa

c

kafe

ini

kihi

sien

eet

era

c

gula

fei.

den

bon

˙ dana

henn

aite

duvi

gen

beli

kom

ihi

sıba

tta

rafa

tka

fei

niki

hisi

ene

eter

asgu

lafe

ith

enth

eb.

-bir

dat

mor

ning

getti

ngup

look

edw

hen

now

the

way

itw

asw

asri

ceco

okin

gpa

nea

ting

rest

bein

gre

mai

nder

into

drop

ping

layi

ngA

DV

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

TE

MP.

OB

L.S

G.D

EF.

LO

C.S

G.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.?

AB

S.I

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

DA

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

The

nw

hen

the

b.-b

ird

had

got

upin

the

mor

ning

and

look

edar

ound

,he

real

ised

that

adr

oppi

ngha

dbe

enla

idin

tow

hat

was

left

inth

eco

okin

gpa

naf

ter

eatin

g.F

ovve

lai,

hend

une

tede

gat-

aibo

n

˙ danu

.ot

vela

ihe

ndun

ete

dega

tai

bon

˙ danu

bein

gat

time

inm

orni

nghe

got

upth

eysa

yb.

-bir

dV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

LO

C.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.

Aft

erre

mai

ning

(so)

,th

eb.

-bir

dgo

tup

inth

em

orni

ng.

Page 23: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

19T1 Findana bon ˙dana

33a

M⟨b

atta

vaga

c ihu

rı,

mu

˙ lıngu

i_ev

e.⟩

bat

tava

gai

hurı

mu

˙ lıngu

iev

eri

cein

pan

wha

tis

tota

llyex

crem

ents

they

say

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.S

G.

LO

C.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.A

BL

.N

OM

.SG

.E

XT

.

Inth

eri

cepa

nth

ere

wer

eon

lyex

crem

ents

.F

tede

mat

iges

aar

a,be

lıka

l,m

ie

tibi

hai

ala

kafe

,ru

bayy

efu

ragu

lafe

hısi

.te

dem

atig

esa

ara

belı

kal

mi

etib

iha

ial

aka

feru

bayy

efu

ragu

lafe

hısi

getti

ngup

toup

hous

ecl

imbi

nglo

oked

time

this

one

that

one(

’s)

bein

gal

lya

mea

ting

pot

filli

ngdr

oppi

ngla

ying

itw

asV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AB

S.D

AT

.A

BS.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

BS.

IN

OM

.A

BS.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

PT.3

SG.

Whe

nhe

got

up,

clim

bed

upon

the

upho

use

and

look

edar

ound

,he

real

ised

that

all

the

yam

heha

d(p

osse

ssed

)ha

dbe

enea

ten,

and

the

pot

had

been

refi

lled

with

adr

oppi

ng.

34 M⟨d

enru

˙ li

c a

c isge

nfi

danf

u

˙ luho

dam

un

c eka

c ce

c

hi

c lanu

feni

gen,

c ane

c kace

c

hi

c lam

ungo

s,fi

danf

u

˙ luva

de

c otna

sihi

c lale

vi

c je

c eve.

⟩de

nru

˙ liai

sgen

find

anfu

˙ luho

dam

unek

acce

khi

llanu

feni

gen

anek

kace

khi

llam

ungo

sfi

ndan

fu

˙ luva

deot

nasi

hilla

levi

jjeev

eth

enan

gry

havi

ng(b

e)co

me

f.-b

ird

seek

ing

one

thin

glif

ting

not

appe

arin

gan

othe

rth

ing

liftin

ggo

ing

f.-b

ird

ente

ring

bein

gsh

ell

liftin

gsh

oute

dth

eysa

y

AD

VA

DJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

PAR

TC

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.SG

.G

RN

D.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.N

EG

.A

BS.

III

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

GR

ND

.A

BS.

OB

L.S

G.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

The

n,ha

ving

beco

me

angr

y,he

wen

t(a

roun

d)in

sear

chfo

rth

ef.

-bir

d,lif

ting

one

thin

g–

hedo

esno

tsh

owup

,lif

ting

anot

her

thin

gan

dgo

ing

(on

like

this

).(F

inal

ly)

whe

nhe

lifte

dth

esh

ell

unde

rw

hich

the

f.-b

ird

had

hid,

hesh

oute

d:A

den

bon

˙ dana

ri

˙ diar

agen

find

ana

hoda

mun

hoda

mun

mi

enı

gos

Mel

iage

Kal

oka

isi

ga

c

inta

n.de

nbo

n

˙ dana

ri

˙ diar

agen

find

ana

hoda

mun

hoda

mun

mi

enı

gos

Mel

iage

Kal

oka

isi

gas

inta

sth

enth

eb.

-bir

dan

gry

aris

ing

the

f.-b

ird

sear

chin

gse

arch

ing

now

whe

rehe

com

esis

goin

gof

M.

D.

K.

coco

nut

topr

epar

esi

tting

plac

eA

DV

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

VE

RB

PNN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N

TE

MP.

OB

L.S

G.D

EF.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.SG

.DE

F.G

RN

D.

GR

ND

.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.A

BS.

GE

N.S

G.

OB

L.

OB

L.

NO

M.

INF.

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.

The

nth

eb.

-bir

d,ha

ving

beco

me

angr

y,w

ent

arou

ndse

arch

ing

and

sear

chin

gfo

rth

ef.

-bir

d,an

d(f

inal

lyhe

arri

ved)

atth

epl

ace

whe

reM

.D.K

.w

assi

tting

prep

arin

gco

conu

ts.

Fde

n,hu

vam

unge

kal

badi

gefi

sidu

neo

c

nais

ada

saha

ven

˙ defe

-ai

mi

otı.

den

huva

mun

geka

lba

dige

fisi

dune

otna

isa

dasa

have

n

˙ defe

aim

iot

ıth

ense

arch

ing

gone

attim

eki

tche

nin

chim

ney

bein

gsh

ell

unde

rm

ovin

gth

eysa

yno

ww

hat

hew

asis

AD

VV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AD

VV

ER

B

TE

MP.

GR

ND

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.O

BL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.O

BL

.D

AT

.A

BS.

IE

XT

.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.

The

n,w

hen

hew

ent

sear

chin

ghi

m,

he(f

ound

him

)hi

dden

unde

rth

eco

conu

tsh

ell

inth

ech

imne

yof

the

kitc

hen.

Page 24: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

20 Texts with interlinear analysis

34a

Abo

n

˙ dana

gos

nais

ife

reda

mun

geko

,em

me

vati

o

c

nais

ada

sun

eana

ga

c .bo

n

˙ dana

gos

nais

ife

reda

mun

geko

emm

eva

tiot

nais

ada

sun

eana

gat

the

b.-b

ird

goin

gsh

ells

shuf

flin

gw

ent

whe

nut

mos

tat

botto

mbe

ing

shel

lfr

omun

der

that

one

itfi

nally

lifte

dN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NA

DV

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

VE

RB

OB

L.S

G.D

EF.

AB

S.N

OM

.G

RN

D.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

MO

D.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.S

G.D

EF.

AB

L.

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

By

goin

gon

shuf

flin

gth

eco

conu

tsh

ells

,he

fina

llylif

ted

(the

f.-b

ird

upfr

om)

unde

rth

esh

ell

atth

eut

mos

tbo

ttom

(of

the

heap

).F

ovve

lai,

dam

aner

egen

,ov

vela

ida

man

ereg

enbe

ing

attim

epu

lling

bein

glif

ted

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

Whe

nhe

(fou

ndhi

m),

(the

f.-b

ird)

,af

ter

bein

glif

ted

upby

bein

gpu

lled,

35 Ade

nta

˙ lam

unta

˙ lam

ungo

s,na

gafe

i,hu

ruva

fei,

elli

mei

jehe

˙ nei

ra

c

bere

hisi

kasi

kum

buru

hala

kiet

ere.

den

ta

˙ lam

unta

˙ lam

ungo

sna

gafe

ihu

ruva

fei

elli

mei

jehe

˙ nei

ras

bere

hisi

kasi

kum

buru

hala

kiet

ere

then

stri

king

stri

king

goin

glif

ting

sway

ing

hurl

edw

hen

whe

reit

hit

was

land

outs

ide

bein

gth

orn

bush

esof

ath

icke

tin

side

AD

VV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NT

EM

P.R

GR

ND

.R

GR

ND

.A

BS.

AB

S.I

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.O

BL

.G

EN

.IN

DE

F.L

OC

.

The

n(t

hef.

-bir

d),

afte

rbe

ing

stru

ckon

and

on,

lifte

d,sw

ayed

arou

ndan

dhu

rled

away

,hi

tin

the

thic

ket

ofth

orny

tree

sou

tsid

eof

the

land

.F

ta

˙ lata

˙ lafe

,ku

duge

mat

ten,

bon

˙ doge

mat

ten

naga

fe,

ellu

mm

aje

hunı

kasi

kum

buru

bale

ki.

ta˙ la

ta˙ la

feku

duge

mat

ten

bon

˙ doge

mat

ten

naga

feel

lum

ma

jehu

nıka

siku

mbu

ruba

leki

beat

ing

beat

ing

smal

lho

use

from

abov

ebi

gho

use

from

abov

era

isin

gth

row

ing

whe

nw

here

hehi

tw

asth

orn

bush

ina

thic

ket

VE

RB

VE

RB

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

AB

S.A

BS.

IA

TT

R.

OB

L.

AB

L.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.A

BL

.A

BS.

IO

BL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

OB

L.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

bein

gth

row

nan

dbe

ing

beat

enan

dbe

aten

,be

ing

lifte

dab

ove

the

smal

lho

use

and

abov

eth

ebi

gho

use,

hit

ina

thic

ket

ofth

orny

bush

(es)

.M

⟨den

ru

˙ li

c a

c isge

n

c atug

a

c ihi

fafa

c ida

ma

nere

c ilosi

fa

c ce

c

hus

vade

nta

˙ lafa

c i⟩de

nru

˙ liai

sgen

atug

aihi

fafa

ida

ma

nere

ilosi

facc

ekhu

sva

den

ta

˙ lafa

ith

enan

gry

havi

ng(b

e)co

me

inha

ndgr

aspi

ngpu

lling

brin

ging

out

brus

hwoo

da

broo

mem

pty

bein

gth

enst

riki

ngA

DV

AD

JV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BT

EM

P.PR

ED

.A

BS.

III

LO

C.S

G.

AB

S.I

AB

S.A

BS.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

PRE

D.

PAR

T.P

RS.

NO

M.

TE

MP.

AB

S.I

The

n,ha

ving

beco

me

(mor

e)an

gry,

hegr

aspe

d(t

hef.

-bir

d)w

ithhi

sha

nd,

pulle

dhi

m,

took

him

outs

ide,

stru

ckhi

m(w

ith)

abr

ushw

ood

broo

mw

hen

hew

asfr

eeag

ain,

35a

M⟨c at

uga

c ihi

fahu

rahu

rafa

c i

c e

c lalı

ma,

bo

˙ duge

mat

inku

˙ dage

mat

ingo

sve

c˙ te

nıka

siku

buru

vala

kas_

eve.

⟩at

ugai

hifa

hura

hura

fai

ella

lım

abo

˙ duge

mat

inku

˙ dage

mat

ingo

sve

˙ t˙ tenı

kasi

kum

buru

vala

kas

eve

inha

ndgr

aspi

ngsw

ayin

gsw

ayin

ghu

rled

whe

nbi

gho

use

over

smal

lho

use

over

goin

gw

here

itfa

llsis

thor

nbu

shto

thic

ket

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CL

OC

.SG

.A

BS.

AB

S.A

BS.

IPA

RT

.PT

.II

OB

L.S

G.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.A

BL

.SG

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.S

G.

AB

L.S

G.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.O

BL

.SG

.O

BL

.SG

.D

AT

.SG

.IN

DE

F.E

XT

.

gras

ping

him

(aga

in)

with

his

hand

,sw

ayin

gan

dsw

ayin

ghi

m,

hehu

rled

him

over

the

big

hous

ean

dov

erth

esm

all

hous

e,an

dhe

fell

dow

nin

ath

icke

tof

thor

nybu

shes

.

Page 25: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

21T1 Findana bon ˙dana

36 M⟨d

enfi

danf

u

˙ lu

c eta

ga

c i

c ove

varu

bali

filu

va

c igen

nuku

t

c iru

hurı

c eta

nm

ita

nas

kasi

heri

furi

fa

c eve.

⟩de

nfi

ndan

fu

˙ lue

taga

iov

eva

ruba

lifi

luva

igen

nuku

tir

uhu

rıe

tan

mi

tana

ska

sihe

rifu

rifa

eve

then

f.-b

ird

that

inpl

ace

bein

gtir

edha

ving

hidd

enca

me

out

time

whe

rehe

was

isth

atpl

ace

this

topl

ace

thor

npi

erce

dfi

lled

upth

eysa

yA

DV

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

OB

L.S

G.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.SG

.A

BS.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.A

TT

R.

DA

T.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.

AB

S.A

BS.

IE

XT

.

The

nw

hen

the

f.-b

ird,

havi

ngbe

com

etir

edby

hidi

nghi

mse

lfly

ing

inth

atpl

ace,

cam

eou

t,he

was

fille

dup

,pi

erce

dby

thor

nshe

rean

dth

ere.

Aje

hife

i,fa

iu

˙ dum

a

c

kasa

c

vede

ge.

jehi

fei

fai

u

˙ dum

aska

sak

vede

gehi

tting

foot

tohe

ela

thor

nen

tere

dV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

AB

S.I

OB

L.

DA

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

Whe

nhe

hit

(the

re),

ath

orn

pier

ced

his

heel

.F

mi

tani

ove

helu

viga

tta

vva

nnaı

kasi

-ai.

mi

tani

ove

helu

viga

tta

nva

nnaı

kasi

aith

isat

plac

ebe

ing

got

tosh

ake

atm

omen

tw

hat

pier

ced

was

thor

nth

eysa

yD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.L

OC

.A

BS.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIO

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.N

OM

.E

XT

.

Whe

nhe

was

ther

e,ju

stw

hen

he(w

asab

leto

)sh

ake

(his

body

agai

n),

his

body

was

pier

ced

byth

orn(

s).

36a

Ffe

re

˙ dıga

t-as

,va

nnaı

kasi

ai.

fere

˙ dıga

tas

vann

aıka

siai

got

toro

llev

enif

wha

tpi

erce

dw

asth

orn

they

say

VE

RB

CO

NJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIC

ON

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

NO

M.

EX

T.

(Whe

nhe

was

able

)to

roll

agai

n,he

was

pier

ced

byth

orn(

s).

37 Fm

iha

leki

miu

telif

uku

rılu

dıge

n.m

iha

leki

miu

telif

uku

rılu

dıge

nth

isin

ast

ate

this

one’

sru

inth

ew

ayit

mad

ebe

ing

torn

DPR

ON

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AT

TR

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.O

BL

.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

(M!)

AB

S.II

I

Inth

isst

ate,

hew

as(p

ract

ical

ly)

dest

roye

dby

bein

gto

rn.

Page 26: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

22 Texts with interlinear analysis

37a

Fnu

kum

egat

-ai.

nuku

meg

atai

got

out

they

say

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIE

XT

.

Fina

llyhe

got

out.

38 M⟨d

enhi

gani

kos

devu

nıva

˙ dan

kura

ba

c e

c geka

c iric as

_ev

e.⟩

den

hing

ani

kos

devu

nıva

˙ dan

kura

baek

geka

iria

sev

eth

enw

alki

ngdo

ing

whe

rehe

ende

dup

was

hand

icra

ftm

akin

gof

ash

are

tone

arth

eysa

yA

DV

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.PO

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.SG

.PA

RT

.PR

S.G

EN

.SG

.IN

DE

F.D

AT

.SG

.E

XT

.

The

nhe

wal

ked

arou

nd,

and

heen

ded

upne

ara

shar

eof

craf

t(sm

en).

Fnu

kum

egen

,go

hoat

ire

ruk

kana

mat

tenu

kum

evun

i,ve

˙ diba

nnah

ahı

siha

regi

dora

have

-ai.

nuku

meg

engo

hoat

ire

ruk

kana

mat

tenu

kum

evun

ive

˙ diba

nnah

ahı

siha

regi

dora

have

aige

tting

out

goin

gof

shor

etr

eetr

unk

upon

whe

rehe

was

able

toge

tou

tw

aso

˙ dito

build

bein

gw

harf

near

they

say

they

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C(M

?)Q

PAR

TC

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

GE

N.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.I

I.PO

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.IN

F.PA

RT

.PR

S.O

BL

.D

AT

.E

XT

.E

XT

.

Com

ing

out

and

goin

gon

alon

gth

etr

unk

ofa

coco

nut

tree

onth

ebe

ach,

hefi

nally

got

out

near

the

wha

rfw

here

o

˙ di(s

)w

ere

bein

gbu

ilt.

39 M⟨g

osfa

c i,fi

danf

u

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

bebe

bebe

c e,ti

man

gefa

c iga

c im

ihir

aka

sina

ga

c idı

bala

s_ev

e.⟩

gosf

aifi

ndan

fu

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

bebe

bebe

etim

ange

faig

aim

ihir

aka

sina

gai

dıba

las

eve

Hav

ing

gone

f.-b

ird

said

they

say

(eld

er)

brot

her

brot

her

sayi

ngow

n’s

info

otth

ishe

reth

orn

taki

ngou

tgi

ving

tolo

oksa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.IN

T.

GE

N.S

G.

LO

C.S

G.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

AB

S.IN

F.IN

T.

Hav

ing

gone

(the

re),

the

f.-b

ird

said

,‘(

elde

r)br

othe

r,br

othe

r,pl

ease

pull

thes

eth

orns

out

ofm

yfo

ot.’

Fnu

kum

ebe

˙ ni-a

i,be

be-a

i,ti

ma

fai

mi

hısi

kasi

naga

nna

va

˙ lide

nna

ke.

nuku

me

be

˙ niai

bebe

aitim

afa

im

ihı

sika

sina

gann

ava

˙ lide

nna

keco

min

gou

the

said

they

say

brot

her

sayi

ngse

lfin

foot

here

bein

gth

orn

tote

arof

fkn

ife

togi

vesa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.IN

T.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.IN

F.N

OM

.IN

F.A

BS.

Hav

ing

com

eou

t,he

said

,‘(

elde

r)br

othe

r,co

uld

you

plea

segi

vem

ea

knif

efo

rcu

tting

out

the

thor

n(s)

from

my

foot

.’

Page 27: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

23T1 Findana bon ˙dana

40 M⟨b

unı

ma

mav

a

˙ dika

˙ lege

bune

fi

c eve.

bebe

va

˙ li

c aku

tu

˙ de

c

net_

eve.

c ehar

abe

beka

c iric as

das_

eve.

⟩bu

nım

am

ava

˙ dika

˙ lege

bune

fiev

ebe

beva

˙ liaku

tun

˙ dek

net

eve

ehar

abe

beka

iria

sda

sev

esa

idw

hen

mai

ncr

afts

man

sir

said

they

say

brot

her

akn

ife

apo

int

ther

eis

not

sayi

ngth

atth

ere

brot

her

tone

arto

gosa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.SG

.O

BL

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.PT

.I.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.S

G.

OB

L.S

G.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

3SG

.IN

T.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.D

AT

.SG

.IN

F.IN

T.

Whe

nhe

said

(so)

,th

em

ain

craf

tsm

ansa

id,

‘(el

der)

brot

her,

(my)

knif

eha

sno

poin

t.G

oto

that

brot

her.

’F

be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,be

be,

va

˙ letu

n

˙ da

c

net-

ai,

ehi

sibe

beek

ahi

be

˙ nann

ake

.be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

bebe

va

˙ letu

n

˙ dak

net

aie

hisi

bebe

ekah

ibe

˙ nann

ake

sayi

nghe

said

they

say

brot

her

atkn

ife

poin

tth

ere

isno

tsa

ying

ther

ebe

ing

brot

her

toge

ther

with

tota

lksa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

BS.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.

LO

C.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

3SG

.IN

T.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

INF.

AB

S.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(tha

ton

e)sa

id,

‘(el

der)

brot

her,

ther

eis

nopo

int

on(m

y)kn

ife,

talk

toth

atbr

othe

rov

erth

ere.

41 M⟨b

unı

ma

c ena

ka

c iric as

gos

fida

nfu

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

⟩bu

nım

aen

aka

iria

sgo

sfi

ndan

fu

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

said

whe

nhi

mto

near

goin

gf.

-bir

dsa

idth

eysa

yV

ER

BN

OU

NPP

RO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.S

G.

OB

L.

DA

T.S

G.

AB

S.N

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

IE

XT

.

Whe

nhe

said

(so)

,th

ef.

-bir

d,go

ing

near

to(t

hat

man

),sa

id:

Fbe

˙ nae

bebe

ekah

aeb

age-

ai.

be˙ na

ebe

beek

aha

ebag

eai

sayi

ngth

atbr

othe

rne

arhe

wen

tth

eysa

yV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

DA

T.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

hew

ent

near

that

(eld

er)

brot

her.

42 M⟨b

ebe

mag

efa

c iga

mih

ira

kasi

naga

dıba

las_

eve.

⟩be

bem

age

faig

am

ihir

aka

sina

gadı

bala

sev

ebr

othe

rm

yin

foot

this

here

thor

nta

king

off

givi

ngto

look

sayi

ngN

OU

NPP

RO

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.S

G.

GE

N.

LO

C.S

G.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

AB

S.IN

F.IN

T.

‘(E

lder

)br

othe

r,pl

ease

pull

this

thor

nou

tof

my

foot

.’F

goho

be

˙ ni-a

ibe

be-a

i,ti

ma

fai

mi

hısi

kasi

naga

nna

va

˙ lide

nna

ke.

goho

be

˙ niai

bebe

aitim

afa

im

ihı

sika

sina

gann

ava

˙ lide

nna

kego

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

ybr

othe

rsa

ying

self

info

othe

rebe

ing

thor

nto

tear

off

knif

eto

give

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

BS.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.

INT

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

NO

M.

INF.

NO

M.

INF.

AB

S.

Hav

ing

gone

(the

re),

hesa

id,

‘bro

ther

,co

uld

you

plea

segi

vem

ea

knif

efo

rcu

tting

out

the

thor

n(s)

from

my

foot

.’

Page 28: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

24 Texts with interlinear analysis

43 M⟨b

unı

ma,

c ena

bune

fi

c eve

bebe

va

˙ li

c aku

tu

˙ de

c

net_

eve

c ehe

nbe

beka

c iras

das_

eve.

⟩bu

nım

aen

abu

nefi

eve

bebe

va

˙ liaku

tun

˙ dek

net

eve

ehe

nbe

beka

iras

das

eve

said

whe

nhe

said

they

say

brot

her

akn

ife

apo

int

ther

eis

not

sayi

ngth

atw

aybr

othe

rto

near

togo

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NPP

RO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.SG

.O

BL

.SG

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.SG

.IN

DE

F.PR

S.3S

G.

INT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.S

G.

OB

L.S

G.

DA

T.S

G.

INF.

INT

.

Whe

nhe

said

(so)

,he

(the

craf

tsm

an)

said

:‘(

Eld

er)

brot

her,

(my)

knif

eha

sno

poin

t,go

toan

othe

rbr

othe

r(l

it."o

fth

atw

ay")

.F

be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

ma

va

˙ leki

-as,

tun

˙ da

c

net-

-ai,

ebe

beek

ahi

be

˙ nann

ake

.be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

tima

va

˙ leki

astu

n

˙ dak

net

aie

bebe

ekah

ibe

˙ nann

ake

sayi

nghe

said

they

say

self

atkn

ife

yet

poin

tth

ere

isno

tsa

ying

that

brot

her

toge

ther

with

tota

lksa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

MO

D.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

LO

C.

INF.

AB

S.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(tha

ton

e)sa

id,

‘bro

ther

,m

ykn

ife

has

nopo

int,

talk

toth

atbr

othe

r.’

44 Fbe

˙ naeb

age-

ai.

be

˙ naeb

age

aisa

ying

hew

ent

they

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

(At

his)

sayi

ngso

,(t

hef.

-bir

d)w

ent

away

(aga

in).

45 M⟨m

ihe

nhi

ga

c i

c ekak

uve

ska

sina

ga

c inu

dinı

ma

vara

sde

rave

gen

kura

neka

me

c

neti

gen⟩

mi

hen

hing

aiek

aku

ves

kasi

naga

inu

dinı

ma

vara

sde

rave

gen

kura

neka

mek

netig

enth

isw

ayw

alki

ngon

eev

enth

orn

taki

ngof

fno

tgi

ven

whe

nve

ryw

eak

beco

min

ggo

ing

todo

ath

ing

not

bein

gpr

esen

tD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BC

AR

DPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BPA

RT

CV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.A

BS.

OB

L.S

G.I

ND

EF.

MO

D.

NO

M.S

G.

AB

S.N

EG

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.SG

.D

AT

.SG

.PR

ED

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.F

UT

.N

OM

.SG

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

III

Wal

king

arou

ndlik

eth

isan

dha

ving

beco

me

very

wea

kaf

ter

noon

eco

uld

help

him

toge

tof

fth

eth

orns

,th

ere

was

noth

ing

heco

uld

do,

45a

M⟨r

omun

rom

ungo

snu

kum

evun

ı

c atir

im

a

c cas_

eve.

⟩ro

mun

rom

ungo

snu

kum

evun

ıat

iri

mac

cas

eve

cryi

ngcr

ying

goin

gw

here

hear

rive

dat

was

beac

hup

onth

eysa

yV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

RG

RN

D.

RG

RN

D.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.PO

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.SG

.D

AT

.SG

.E

XT

.

and

afte

rru

nnin

gar

ound

cryi

ngan

dcr

ying

,he

fina

llyar

rive

dup

onth

ebe

ach.

Page 29: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

25T1 Findana bon ˙dana

46 M⟨c e

taga

c iro

nuva

san

deti

n

c anhe

nun

ti

c b_ev

e.⟩

eta

gai

ronu

vasa

nde

tinan

henu

ntib

iev

eth

atin

plac

ero

petw

istin

gtw

oth

ree

wom

enw

ere

they

say

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

CA

RD

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.L

OC

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.PA

RT

.PR

S.A

TT

R.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.PT

.3PL

.E

XT

.

At

that

plac

e,th

ere

wer

etw

oor

thre

ew

omen

twis

ting

rope

s.

46a

M⟨d

en

c eta

nas

gos

fida

nfu

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve.

⟩de

ne

tana

sgo

sfi

ndan

fu

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

then

that

topl

ace

goin

gf.

-bir

dsa

idth

eysa

yA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.SG

.A

BS.

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Hav

ing

gone

toth

atpl

ace,

the

f.-b

ird

said

:

46b

M⟨d

a

c ita

da

c ita

c e,ti

man

gefa

c iga

mih

ira

kasi

naga

c idı

bala

s_ev

e.⟩

daita

daita

etim

ange

faig

am

ihir

aka

sina

gai

dıba

las

eve

lady

lady

sayi

ngow

n’s

info

otth

ishe

reth

orn

taki

ngof

fgi

ving

tolo

oksa

ying

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.

INT

.G

EN

.SG

.L

OC

.SG

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.S

G.

AB

S.A

BS.

INF.

INT

.

‘Lad

y,la

dy,

plea

sepu

llth

isth

orn

out

off

my

foot

.’

46c

M⟨b

unı

ma

bune

fi

c eve

da

c ita

va

˙ li

c aku,

tu

˙ de

c

net_

eve

c eda

da

c ita

ka

c iric as

das_

eve.

⟩bu

nım

abu

nefi

eve

daita

va

˙ liaku

tun

˙ dek

net

eve

eda

daita

kair

ias

das

eve

said

whe

nsa

idth

eysa

yla

dya

knif

ea

poin

tth

ere

isno

tsa

ying

that

sist

erto

near

togo

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.O

BL

.SG

.O

BL

.SG

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.SG

.IN

DE

F.PR

S.3S

G.

INT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.S

G.

DA

T.S

G.

INF.

INT

.

Whe

nhe

said

so,

she

said

,‘m

ykn

ife

has

nopo

int,

goto

that

lady

.’

Page 30: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

26 Texts with interlinear analysis

47 M⟨b

unı

ma

gos

bune

fi_

eda

c ita

c em

age

fa

c iga

c im

ihir

aka

sina

ga

c idı

bala

s_ev

e.⟩

bunı

ma

gos

bune

fıe

daita

em

age

faig

aim

ihir

aka

sina

gai

dıba

las

eve

said

whe

ngo

ing

wha

the

said

was

they

say

sist

ersa

ying

my

info

otth

isth

orn

taki

ngof

fgi

ving

tolo

oksa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

PPR

ON

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.S

G.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.I+

FOC

.E

XT

.N

OM

.SG

.IN

T.

GE

N.

LO

C.S

G.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

AB

S.IN

F.IN

T.

Whe

nsh

esa

idso

,go

ing

(the

re)

hesa

id,

‘(el

der)

sist

er,

plea

sepu

llth

isth

orn

out

ofm

yfo

ot.’

Fgo

ho,

ebe

beek

ahi

be

˙ ni-a

i,ti

ma

fai

mi

hısi

kasi

naga

nna

va

˙ lide

nna

ke.

goho

ebe

beek

ahi

be

˙ niai

tima

fai

mi

hısi

kasi

naga

nna

va

˙ lide

nna

kego

ing

that

brot

her

tohe

said

they

say

self

info

othe

rebe

ing

thor

nto

tear

off

knif

eto

give

sayi

ngV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AB

S.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.IN

F.N

OM

.IN

F.A

BS.

Hav

ing

gone

(the

re),

hesa

idto

that

brot

her,

‘cou

ldyo

upl

ease

give

me

akn

ife

for

cutti

ngou

tth

eth

orn(

s)fr

omm

yfo

ot.’

48 M⟨b

unum

unm

ida

c ita,

fida

nfu

˙ lufac in

kasi

naga

c idı

fic ev

e.⟩

bunu

mun

mi

daita

find

anfu

˙ lufa

inka

sina

gai

dıfi

eve

sayi

ngth

isla

dyf.

-bir

dfr

omfo

otth

orn

taki

ngof

fga

veth

eysa

yV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

GR

ND

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.S

G.

OB

L.S

G.

AB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

EX

T.

At

his

sayi

ngso

,th

isla

dyto

okof

fth

eth

orn

from

the

f.-b

ird’

sfo

otfo

rhi

m.

Fbe

˙ nade

refi

-ai.

be

˙ nade

refi

aisa

ying

hega

veth

eysa

yV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

EX

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(tha

ton

e)ga

ve(i

tto

him

).

Page 31: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

27T1 Findana bon ˙dana

49 M⟨d

enfi

danf

u

˙ luvı

c ufal

ungo

s

c atir

im

atıg

a

c ihu

riru

ke

c geda

suga

c i

c ideg

enm

ihe

n

c eba

kiya

c eve.

⟩de

nfi

ndan

fu

˙ luvı

ufal

ungo

sat

iri

mat

ıgai

huri

ruke

gge

dasu

gai

inde

gen

mi

hen

eba

kia

eve

then

f.-b

ird

wha

the

beca

me

was

bylu

ckgo

ing

beac

hup

onbe

ing

ofa

palm

tree

unde

rsi

tting

this

way

ther

esp

eaki

ngth

eysa

yA

DV

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

OB

L.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.A

BL

.SG

.A

BS.

OB

L.S

G.

LO

C.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.

GE

N.S

G.

LO

C.S

G.

AB

S.II

IA

TT

R.

OB

L.S

G.

LO

C.

AB

S.E

XT

.

The

n,th

ef.

-bir

d,af

ter

happ

ilygo

ing

away

and

sitti

ngdo

wn

unde

ra

palm

tree

whi

chst

ood

onth

ebe

ach,

spok

eth

efo

llow

ing

(wor

ds):

Ade

ngo

vam

unde

mem

unfe

ruka

lege

ekah

a

c

gos,

kasi

ena

guva

gen

kina

raas

seri

a

c

gos,

inde

mi

kenı

:de

ngo

vam

unde

mem

unfe

ruka

lege

ekah

asgo

ska

sie

nagu

vage

nki

nara

asse

rias

gos

inde

mi

kenı

then

cryi

ngpu

lling

him

self

wea

ver

pers

on’s

near

togo

ing

the

thor

nha

ving

torn

out

edge

tosh

ore

goin

gsi

tting

now

itsa

ysA

DV

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AD

VV

ER

B

TE

MP.

GR

ND

.G

RN

D.

OB

L.

GE

N.

DA

T.

AB

S.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

III

OB

L.

DA

T.

AB

S.A

BS.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

The

n(a

gain

),by

cryi

ngan

dcr

awlin

ghe

mov

edhi

mse

lfto

the

wea

ver’

s,(a

nd)

havi

nggo

thi

mto

tear

the

thor

nou

t,he

wen

tto

the

shor

e,sa

tdo

wn

and

said

,F

dinu

mm

a,va

˙ lihi

fan

goho

,ru

kka

˙ nom

atte

inde

kasi

nege

ge.

dinu

mm

ava

˙ lihi

fan

goho

rukk

a

˙ nom

atte

inde

kasi

nege

gegi

ving

whe

nkn

ife

gras

ping

goin

gtr

eetr

unk

upon

sitti

ngth

orn

itw

aspu

lled

out

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

S.N

OM

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.

Aft

erha

ving

been

give

nth

ekn

ife

and

havi

ngta

ken

(it)

,he

wen

tof

fan

dfi

nally

hew

asab

leto

pull

out

the

thor

n(w

hile

)si

tting

onth

e(c

ocon

ut)

tree

trun

k.

50 M⟨"

ran

fos

˙ tec

lac ga

˙ le,

ma

inm

agas

lac ga

˙ lera

nfo

s˙ te

cla

c gale

."⟩

ran

fo

˙ t˙ tek

lagg

a-u

˙ lem

ain

mag

asla

gga-

u

˙ lera

nfo

˙ t˙ tek

lagg

a-u

˙ lego

lda

box

let

floa

tas

hore

Isi

tting

toro

adle

tfl

oat

asho

rego

lda

box

let

floa

tas

hore

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.SG

.A

BS.

+IM

PV.2

SG.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.

‘Let

ago

lden

box

floa

tas

hore

,le

tit

floa

tas

hore

toth

epl

ace

(lit.

"roa

d")

whe

reI

amsi

tting

,le

ta

gold

enbo

xfl

oat

asho

re.’

A‘e

gefa

˙ n

˙ na

c

la

c

nive

n

˙ de,

afag

efa

˙ n

˙ na

c

lav

ven

˙ de.’

ege

fa

˙ n

˙ nas

lak

nive

n

˙ deaf

age

fa

˙ n

˙ nas

lak

ven

˙ deth

atho

use

tobe

ach

floa

ting

asho

reno

tbe

our

tobe

ach

floa

ting

asho

rebe

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

??PA

RT

CV

ER

BPP

RO

NN

OU

N??

VE

RB

AT

TR

.G

EN

.D

AT

.??

NE

G.

IMPV

.2SG

.G

EN

.D

AT

.??

IMPV

.2SG

.

‘(W

hate

ver

ther

eis

,)m

ayit

not

floa

tas

hore

toth

ebe

ach

ofth

atho

use

but

may

itfl

oat

asho

reto

the

beac

hof

our

hous

e!’

F‘m

ike

nı,

tage

fa

˙ n

˙ na

c

to,

ma

gefa

˙ n

˙ na

c

to,

lak-

kera

nıka

kage

fa

˙ n

˙ na

c

to?’

mi

kenı

tage

fa

˙ n

˙ nas

tom

age

fa

˙ n

˙ nas

tola

k-ke

ranı

kaka

gefa

˙ n

˙ nas

tono

ww

hat

hesa

ysis

your

ofho

use

tobe

ach

way

whe

ther

my

hous

eto

beac

hw

ayw

heth

erw

here

itfl

oats

isw

hose

ofho

use

tobe

ach

way

aski

ngA

DV

VE

RB

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

IPA

RT

CPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

VE

RB

IPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

OB

L.

GE

N.

DA

T.

CO

NJ.

OB

L.

GE

N.

DA

T.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

OB

L.

GE

N.

DA

T.

The

nhe

said

,‘(

will

itfl

oat)

toth

ebe

ach

ofyo

urho

use,

(will

itfl

oat)

toth

ebe

ach

ofm

yho

use,

toth

ebe

ach

ofw

hose

hous

ew

illit

floa

t?’

Page 32: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

28 Texts with interlinear analysis

50a

Fm

aim

mag

a

c

lagg

a

˙ le,

ran

fo

˙ t

˙ te

c

lagg

a

˙ le!

*m

ain

mag

asla

gga-

u

˙ lera

nfo

˙ t˙ tek

lagg

a-u

˙ leI

sitti

ngto

road

itm

ayfl

oat

asho

re(?

)go

lda

box

itm

ayfl

oat

asho

re(?

)PP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.

(M!)

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.(M

!)O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.(M

!)A

BS.

+IM

PV.2

SG.

(M!)

‘May

itfl

oat

asho

reto

the

plac

e(l

it."r

oad"

)w

here

Iam

sitti

ng,

may

ago

ldbo

xfl

oat

asho

re(h

ere)

.’

50b

F‘e

imm

aga

c

nula

gga

˙ lera

nfo

˙ t

˙ te

c

lagg

a

˙ le!’

*e

inm

agas

nula

gga-

u

˙ lera

nfo

˙ t˙ tek

lagg

a-u

˙ leth

aton

esi

tting

tost

reet

not

itm

ayfl

oat

asho

rego

lda

box

itm

ayfl

oat

asho

reD

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.

(M!)

NE

G.

(M!)

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.(M

!)O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.(M

!)A

BS.

+IM

PV.2

SG.

(M!)

‘May

itno

tfl

oat

asho

reto

the

plac

e(l

it."r

oad"

)w

here

that

one

issi

tting

,m

aya

gold

box

floa

tas

hore

.’

51 M⟨m

ihe

nki

yaki

yac in

dafo

s˙ te

cc oy

ac an

nata

nfe

nic je

c eve.

⟩m

ihe

nki

aki

ain

dafo

˙ t˙ tek

oia

anna

tan

feni

jjeev

eth

isw

aysp

eaki

ngsp

eaki

ngsi

tting

abo

xcu

rren

tw

ithco

min

gpl

ace

appe

ared

they

say

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.R

AB

S.R

AB

S.A

BS.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

OB

L.S

G.

SOC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.O

BL

.SG

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nhe

was

sitti

ngth

ere,

talk

ing

and

talk

ing

like

this

,a

box

appe

ared

atth

epl

ace,

com

ing

with

the

curr

ent.

Ake

vele

ila

c

vıfe

siga

n

˙ da

c .ke

vele

ila

kvı

fesi

gan

˙ dak

said

whi

lefl

oatin

gas

hore

wha

tbe

cam

ea

box

VE

RB

NO

UN

??V

ER

BN

OU

N

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

??PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

Whe

nhe

said

(so)

,a

box

cam

efl

oatin

gas

hore

.F

kenn

aga

tum

ma

fesa

c

lak-

kolli

-ai.

kenn

aga

tun

ma

fesa

kla

k-ko

lliai

tosp

eak

getti

ngw

hen

abo

xfl

oate

das

hore

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

INF.

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

EX

T.

Aft

erhe

had

fini

shed

sayi

ngso

,a

box

cam

efl

oatin

gas

hore

(to

him

).

Page 33: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

29T1 Findana bon ˙dana

52 M⟨v

aras

c ufal

un

c inda

c a

c isle

c gım

afo

siba

lali

c iru

ta

˙ luda

˙ dive

shu

rıja

hafa

c eve.

⟩va

ras

ufal

unin

daai

sle

ggı

ma

fosi

bala

liir

uta

˙ luda

n

˙ dive

shu

rıja

hafa

eve

very

happ

ilysi

tting

com

ing

floa

ted

whe

nbo

xlo

oked

time

key

even

bein

ghi

tting

they

say

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DA

T.S

G.

AB

L.S

G.

AB

S.A

BS.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IO

BL

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.M

OD

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

AB

S.E

XT

.

Whe

nhe

look

edat

the

box

afte

rit

had

com

efl

oatin

gas

hore

whi

lehe

was

sitti

ng(t

here

)ve

ryha

ppily

,(h

ere

alis

edth

at)

even

the

key

was

fixe

d(t

oit.

)

53 M⟨f

osi

hu

˙ luva

li

c iru,

bo

˙ dura

nfo

c˙ te

k_ev

e.hu

c eki

va

c taru

va

c taru

gera

n_ev

e.⟩

fosi

hu

˙ luva

liir

ubo

˙ dura

nfo

˙ t˙ tek

eve

hurı

eki

vatta

ruva

ttaru

gera

nev

ebo

xop

ened

time

big

gold

abo

xth

eysa

yw

hat

was

isto

geth

erfo

rmof

form

gold

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

VE

RB

AD

VN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IO

BL

.SG

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

EX

T.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.M

OD

.O

BL

.SG

.G

EN

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nhe

shoo

kth

ebo

x,it

was

abi

ggo

lden

box.

The

rew

asgo

ldal

lab

out.

Ahu

˙ luva

ibe

liko

,fe

siga

n

˙ diti

bıhu

sra

nve

li.hu

˙ luva

ibe

liko

fesi

gan

˙ ditib

ıhu

sra

mve

liop

enin

glo

oked

whe

nin

box

wha

tw

asis

empt

ygo

ldsa

ndV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.N

OM

.

Whe

nhe

open

edit

and

look

edin

side

,pu

re(l

it."e

mpt

y")

gold

ensa

ndw

asin

the

box.

54 M⟨d

enra

nta

c

min

anve

gen

na˙ li

c ec

bala

diya

c ı,fi

danf

u˙ lu

gebe

bebo

˙ danf

u˙ lu

gege

yas_

eve.

⟩de

nra

ntak

min

anve

gen

na

˙ liek

bala

diaı

find

anfu

˙ luge

bebe

bon

˙ danf

u

˙ luge

geas

eve

then

gold

mea

suri

ngin

orde

ra

vess

ello

okin

gw

here

hew

ent

was

f.-b

ird’

sbr

othe

rb.

-bir

d’s

toho

use

they

say

AD

VN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

NO

M.P

L.

(!)

INF.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.SG

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.G

EN

.SG

.O

BL

.SG

.G

EN

.SG

.D

AT

.SG

.E

XT

.

The

n,lo

okin

gfo

ra

vess

elto

mea

sure

the

gold

,he

wen

tto

the

hous

eof

the

b.-b

ird,

the

f.-b

ird’

s(e

lder

)br

othe

r.A

vıuf

alun

,na

gai,

kon

˙ da

c

lage

ngo

s,ge

bahi

suva

i,m

ina

c

gei

bon

˙ dana

ge

c

na

˙ liho

da

c .vı

ufal

unna

gai

kon

˙ das

lage

ngo

sge

bahi

suva

im

inas

gei

bon

˙ dana

ges

/gea

s/na

˙ liho

das

beco

me

bylu

cklif

ting

tosh

ould

erla

ying

goin

gin

hous

est

orin

gto

mea

sure

whe

rehe

wen

tw

asth

eb.

-bir

dto

hous

en.

-mea

sure

tolo

okfo

rV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BPA

RT

.PT

.A

BL

.A

BS.

DA

T.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

LO

C.

AB

S.IN

F.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.O

BL

.DE

F.D

AT

.N

OM

.IN

F.

Hav

ing

been

luck

yth

at(t

his)

had

happ

ened

,he

lifte

dit

and

laid

iton

(his

)sh

ould

er,

and

havi

ngst

ored

itat

hom

e,he

wen

tto

the

b.-b

ird’

sho

use

inor

der

tose

arch

for

ana

˙ li(m

easu

re)

tow

eigh

it.F

lak-

kera

mm

afi

ndan

uhe

dıva

˙ dam

akı

fesi

naga

kon

˙ dela

nge

saeb

age-

ai.

lak-

kera

nm

afi

ndan

uhe

dıva

˙ dam

akı

fesi

naga

kon

˙ dela

gen

gesa

ebag

eai

floa

ted

asho

rew

hen

f.-b

ird

done

am

anne

rw

asbo

xta

king

upon

shou

lder

layi

ngto

hous

ehe

wen

tth

eysa

yV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.L

OC

.A

BS.

III

DA

T.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

nit

cam

efl

oatin

gas

hore

,th

ef.

-bir

dlif

ted

the

box,

laid

iton

his

shou

lder

and

wen

tto

his

hous

e.

Page 34: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

30 Texts with interlinear analysis

54a

Fge

sago

ho,

mat

ihe

lıka

lm

ıra

nfe

sak-

ai.

gesa

goho

mat

ihe

lıka

lm

ıra

nfe

sak

aito

hous

ego

ing

cove

rtu

rnin

gtim

ew

hat

this

was

isgo

lda

box

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

DA

T.

AB

S.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

EX

T.

Whe

nhe

had

gone

hom

ean

dlif

ted

itslid

,it

turn

edou

tto

bea

box

ofgo

ld(l

it."g

old

box"

).F

mıe

fura

mi

hısı

ran-

ai.

mıe

fura

mi

hısı

ran

aiin

this

filli

nghe

rew

hat

was

bein

gw

asgo

ldth

eysa

yD

PRO

NV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

LO

C.

AB

S.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.N

OM

.E

XT

.

Ittu

rned

out

tobe

fille

dw

ithgo

ld.

54b

Fhi

suve

lai

bon

˙ danu

safe

˙ nuva

li-ai

na

˙ lihu

vann

a.hi

suve

lai

bon

˙ danu

safe

˙ nuva

liai

na

˙ lihu

vann

abe

ing

attim

eto

b.-b

ird

hese

ntth

eysa

yn.

-ves

sel

tose

arch

for

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

DA

T.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

EX

T.

NO

M.

INF.

At

that

time,

hese

nt(s

omeo

ne)

toth

eb.

-bir

din

orde

rto

ask

for

ana

˙ li-v

esse

l.

55 Age

ko,

bon

˙ dana

geak

ine

c .ge

kobo

n

˙ dana

geak

ine

tw

ent

whe

nth

eb.

-bir

dat

hom

eis

not

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

3SG

.

Whe

nhe

wen

tth

ere,

the

b.-b

ird

was

not

atho

me.

56 Abo

n

˙ dana

gean

henu

nin

ı.bo

n

˙ dana

gean

henu

nin

ıof

the

b.-b

ird

wif

eis

sitti

ngN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

GE

N.D

EF.

NO

M.P

L.(

HO

N.)

PAR

T.P

T.

(But

)th

eb.

-bir

d’s

wif

ew

assi

tting

(the

re).

Page 35: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

31T1 Findana bon ˙dana

57 Afi

ndan

abe

˙ nı,

mi

aına

˙ liho

da

c .fi

ndan

abe

˙ nım

iaı

na

˙ liho

das

the

f.-b

ird

said

here

wha

tI

have

com

efo

ris

n.-m

easu

reto

look

for

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

INF.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘I

have

com

eto

look

for

ana

˙ lim

easu

re.’

Ffe

num

ma,

miu

sana

˙ lide

refi

-ai.

fenu

mm

am

iusa

na

˙ lide

refi

aiap

pear

ing

whe

nto

this

one

n.-v

esse

lhe

gave

they

say

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

DA

T.

NO

M.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

n(t

heon

ehe

had

sent

)ap

pear

ed(t

here

),(t

heb.

-bir

d)ga

vehi

mth

ena

˙ li.

M⟨g

osfa

c ibu

nefi

c eve.

bebe

na

˙ lidı

bala

s_ev

e.⟩

gosf

aibu

nefi

eve

bebe

na

˙ lidı

bala

sev

eH

avin

ggo

nesa

idth

eysa

ybr

othe

rve

ssel

givi

ngto

look

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.I

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

INF.

INT

.

Hav

ing

gone

ther

e,he

said

,‘b

roth

er,

plea

segi

vem

ea

mea

suri

ngve

ssel

.

57a

M⟨c e

c ıkı

c

kura

nto

c ehum

un,

c e

c ce

c

min

elas

_e

bune

na

˙ li

c atul

a

c igen

higa

c je

c eve.

⟩eı

kık

kura

nto

ehum

unec

cek

min

elas

ebu

nena

˙ liat

ulai

gen

hing

ajje

eve

this

isw

hat

todo

whe

ther

aski

nga

thin

gto

mea

sure

sayi

ngsa

ying

vess

elta

king

wen

tof

fth

eysa

yD

PRO

NIP

RO

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

F.IN

T.

GR

ND

.N

OM

.SG

.IN

F.II

INT

.A

BS.

NO

M.S

G.

AB

S.II

IPT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

n(t

heb.

-bir

d)as

ked,

‘wha

tdo

(you

need

it)fo

r?’,

hesa

id,

‘for

mea

suri

ngso

met

hing

’an

dw

ent

off,

taki

ngth

eve

ssel

.

58 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

na

˙ lidi

nko

,m

idi

nım

iai

eter

eta

llaka

hale

iet

ta

c

lafe

i.be

˙ nim

eina

˙ lidi

nko

mi

dinı

mia

iet

ere

talla

kaha

lei

etta

kla

fei

said

whe

nn.

-mea

sure

give

nw

hen

now

the

way

she

gave

was

ofth

isin

side

tost

ick

ofso

rtso

met

hing

layi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.G

EN

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.G

EN

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

I

At

his

sayi

ng(s

o),

whe

nsh

ega

vehi

mth

ena

˙ li,

she

gave

itto

him

afte

rst

icki

ngso

met

hing

insi

deof

it.

Page 36: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

32 Texts with interlinear analysis

59 M⟨r

anm

ine

c avad

ive

gen

na

˙ lige

ndiy

a

c ına

˙ lıga

c ihu

rilo

va

˙ laka

sra

nko

˙ le

c

jaha

fa

c eve.

⟩ra

nm

ine

avad

ive

gen

na

˙ lige

ndia

ına

˙ lıgai

huri

lova

˙ laka

sra

nko

˙ lek

jaha

faev

ego

ldm

easu

ring

fini

shed

beco

min

gve

ssel

how

heto

okaw

ayw

asin

vess

elbe

ing

toa

hole

gold

api

ece

havi

ngle

ftth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

LO

C.S

G.

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.S

G.I

ND

EF.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.I

EX

T.

Aft

erhe

had

fini

shed

mea

suri

ngth

ego

ld,

heto

okit

back

,(w

ith)

api

ece

ofgo

ldha

ving

been

left

ina

hole

whi

chw

asin

the

vess

el.

Afi

ndan

ago

s,ra

mve

lim

inag

enam

bara

ina

˙ lide

refi

.fi

ndan

ago

sra

nve

lim

inag

enam

bara

ina

˙ lide

refi

the

f.-b

ird

goin

ggo

ldsa

ndm

easu

ring

turn

ing

n.-m

easu

rehe

gave

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.O

BL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.N

OM

.PT

.I.3

SG.

The

f.-b

ird

wen

t(o

ffan

d),

afte

rm

easu

ring

the

gold

sand

,he

retu

rned

the

na

˙ li-m

easu

re.

Fna

˙ lidi

num

ma,

goho

,ra

nm

ineg

enna

˙ liefu

˙ lehı

siba

leki

eter

era

nke

˙ da

c

jaha

gen

ebag

e-ai

.na

˙ lidi

num

ma

goho

ran

min

egen

na

˙ liefu

˙ lehı

siba

leki

eter

era

nke

˙ dak

jaha

gen

ebag

eai

n.-v

esse

lgi

ving

whe

ngo

ing

gold

mea

suri

ngof

n-ve

ssel

inbo

ttom

bein

gin

aho

lew

ithin

gold

api

ece

hitti

nghe

wen

tth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

S.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

GE

N.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

LO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

IPT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Aft

erbe

ing

give

nth

ena

˙ li,

hew

ent

(bac

k);

and

leav

ing

api

ece

ofgo

ldin

aho

lew

hich

was

atth

ebo

ttom

ofth

ena

˙ liw

hen

mea

suri

ngth

ego

ld,

(the

f.-b

ird)

wen

tba

ck.

60 M⟨g

engo

sna

˙ lidi

nım

ana

˙ liba

lala

fa

c ira

nko

˙ lufe

nige

n,bu

nefi

c eve.

⟩ge

ngos

na˙ li

dinı

ma

na˙ li

bala

lafa

ira

nko

˙ lufe

nige

nbu

nefi

eve

havi

ngbr

ough

tn.

-ves

sel

gave

whe

nve

ssel

havi

ngin

spec

ted

gold

piec

eap

pear

ing

said

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

BS.

NO

M.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.

AB

S.II

+I

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.

AB

S.II

IPT

.I.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

nhe

retu

rned

the

vess

elaf

ter

havi

ngbr

ough

t(i

tba

ck),

(the

b.-b

ird)

said

whe

nhe

insp

ecte

dit

and

the

piec

eof

gold

appe

ared

:A

bon

˙ dana

anhe

nun

na

˙ libe

liko

,ea

iet

ere

tibı

ram

veli

talla

fei.

bon

˙ dana

anhe

nun

na

˙ libe

liko

eai

eter

etib

ıra

nve

lita

llafe

ith

eb.

-bir

dw

ife

n.-m

easu

relo

oked

whe

nof

that

insi

dew

hat

was

was

gold

sand

stic

king

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.D

EF.

OB

L.P

L.(

HO

N.)

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

GE

N.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

Whe

nth

eb.

-bir

d’s

wif

ein

spec

ted

the

na

˙ li-m

easu

re,

she

foun

dgo

ldsa

ndst

icki

ng(i

nsid

e).

61 Abo

n

˙ dana

geu

am

ei,

eage

anhe

nun

kefi

,ta

gera

hum

atte

rifi

ndan

aad

am

ige

c

na

˙ liho

dage

ngo

s,m

inı

ram

veli-

au.

bon

˙ dana

geas

am

eiea

gean

henu

nke

fita

gera

hum

atte

rifi

ndan

aad

am

ige

sna

˙ liho

dage

ngo

sm

inı

ran

veli-

auth

eb.

-bir

dto

hous

eco

me

whe

nth

aton

e’s

wif

esa

idyo

urfr

iend

the

f.-b

ird

toda

yth

isto

hous

en.

seek

ing

goin

gw

hat

hem

easu

red

was

gold

sand

sayi

ngN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.DE

F.D

AT

.PA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.G

EN

.O

BL

.PL

.(H

ON

.)PA

RT

.PT

.G

EN

.O

BL

.O

BL

.DE

F.T

EM

P.A

TT

R.

DA

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.E

XT

.

Whe

nth

eb.

-bir

dca

me

hom

e,hi

sw

ife

said

,‘y

our

frie

nd,

the

f.-b

ird,

havi

ngco

me

toth

isho

use

toda

yto

look

for

ana

˙ li-m

easu

re,

mea

sure

dgo

ldsa

ndw

ithit.

Page 37: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

33T1 Findana bon ˙dana

61a

Ata

goss

ela

c

kei,

kehe

naka

c

vıka

ma

c

toba

la

c .ta

goss

elas

kei

kehe

naka

svı

kam

akto

bala

syo

upl

ease

togo

sayi

ngth

isw

hich

toa

way

com

eab

out

afa

ctas

king

tolo

okPP

RO

NV

ER

BV

ER

BD

PRO

NIP

RO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

VE

RB

OB

L.

INF.

IIA

BS.

NO

M.+

FOC

.A

TT

R.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

INF.

She

told

him

,‘W

ould

you

(ple

ase)

goto

look

how

this

has

com

eab

out.’

62 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

bon

˙ dana

ebeg

e.be

˙ nim

eibo

n

˙ dana

ebeg

esa

idw

hen

the

b.-b

ird

wen

tof

fV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

At

her

sayi

ngso

,th

eb.

-bir

dw

ent

off.

62a

M⟨c a

c de!

c a

c de!

na

˙ lıga

c im

ihir

ıko

nra

nko

˙ le

c

he

c y_ev

e.⟩

adde

!ad

de!

na˙ lıg

aim

ihir

ıko

nra

nko

˙ lek

heyo

eve

ah!

ah!

inve

ssel

wha

tth

isis

wha

tgo

lda

piec

ew

ell

sayi

ngIN

TJ

INT

JN

OU

ND

PRO

NIP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

QPA

RT

C

==

LO

C.S

G.

NO

M.+

FOC

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

MO

D.

INT

.

‘Ah,

ah!

Wha

ta

piec

eof

gold

may

this

be,

inth

isve

ssel

?’A

den

gos

ehi

rahu

mat

teri

mit

ura,

kehe

naka

c

libe

˙ nera

mve

la

c ,ta

min

agen

mi

hing

anı?

den

gos

ehi

rahu

mat

teri

mitu

ram

ıke

hena

kas

libe

˙ nera

mve

lak

tam

inag

enm

ihi

ngan

ı?th

engo

ing

aske

dfr

iend

frie

ndth

isw

hich

toa

way

rece

ived

gold

sand

you

mea

suri

nghe

rego

ing

arou

ndA

DV

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

IPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

PPR

ON

VE

RB

AD

VV

ER

B

TE

MP.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.(+

FOC

.)N

OM

.N

OM

.N

OM

.(+

FOC

.)A

TT

R.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

OB

L.

AB

S.II

IL

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.

The

n,go

ing

(the

re),

heas

ked,

‘my

frie

nd,

how

did

you

com

eac

ross

the

gold

sand

whi

chyo

uha

veju

stbe

enm

easu

ring

?’F

goho

dinu

mm

a,m

iube

˙ nanı

kont

akun

huı

rana

tta

i?go

hodi

nun

ma

miu

be

˙ nanı

kont

akun

huı

rana

kta

i?go

ing

givi

ngw

hen

this

one

wha

the

says

isfr

omw

here

whe

rew

asfo

und

isa

gold

aski

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BIP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

AB

S.O

BL

.L

OC

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

Aft

erha

ving

gone

(the

re)

and

give

nit

(bac

k),

heas

ked,

‘whe

redi

dyo

ufi

nd(t

his)

gold

?’

Page 38: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

34 Texts with interlinear analysis

63 M⟨f

idan

fu

˙ lubu

nefi

c eve

bebe

,ti

man

na

c e

c lalı

ma⟩

find

anfu

˙ lubu

nefi

eve

bebe

timan

ael

lalı

ma

f.-b

ird

said

they

say

brot

her

self

with

thre

ww

hen

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NPR

ON

CO

NJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

M.S

G.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.SG

.O

BL

.SG

.SO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IO

BL

.SG

.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘(

elde

r)br

othe

r,w

hen

(you

)hu

rled

me

(aw

ay),

Afi

ndan

ake

fi,

tati

ma

ta

˙ lai

ta

˙ lafe

iel

lim

eigo

sje

he

˙ nei

ra

c

bere

kasi

kum

buru

hale

eter

efi

ndan

ake

fita

tima

ta

˙ lai

ta

˙ lafe

iel

lim

eigo

sje

he

˙ neı

ras

bere

kasi

kum

buru

hale

eter

eth

ef.

-bir

dsa

idyo

use

lfbe

atin

gbe

atin

ghu

rled

whe

ngo

ing

whe

reI

hit

was

land

outs

ide

thor

nbu

shes

ofth

icke

tin

side

NO

UN

VE

RB

PPR

ON

PRO

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

N

OB

L.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.I

(+FO

C.)

OB

L.

NO

M.

RA

BS.

RA

BS.

IPA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.A

BS.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.L

OC

.O

BL

.O

BL

.G

EN

.L

OC

.

The

f.-b

ird

said

,‘w

hen

you

hurl

edm

eaw

ayaf

ter

beat

ing

and

beat

ing

me,

Ihi

tin

ath

icke

tof

thor

nybu

shes

outs

ide

the

land

.’F

be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,e

duva

hi,

bebe

,ti

ma

ta

˙ lafe

ellu

mm

aka

siku

mbu

ruba

leki

-ai

jehu

ni.

be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

edu

vahi

bebe

tima

ta

˙ lafe

ellu

nm

aka

siku

mbu

ruba

leki

aije

huni

.sa

ying

hesa

idth

eysa

yth

atat

day

brot

her

self

stri

king

thro

win

gw

hen

thor

nbu

shin

ath

icke

tsa

ying

whe

reI

hit

was

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CV

ER

B

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

OB

L.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

INT

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

f.-b

ird)

said

,‘(

elde

r)br

othe

r,th

atda

yw

hen

you

stru

ckm

ean

dth

rew

me

(aw

ay),

Ihi

tin

ath

icke

tof

thor

nybu

shes

.

63a

Aje

hife

iti

ma

fai

u

˙ dum

a

c

kasa

c

van

mei

,ti

ma

dem

emun

dem

emun

gos

jehi

fei

tima

fai

u

˙ dum

aska

sak

van

mei

tima

dem

emun

dem

emun

gos

hitti

ngse

lffo

otto

heel

ath

orn

ente

red

whe

nse

lfbe

ing

pulle

dbe

ing

pulle

dgo

ing

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NPR

ON

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

AB

S.I

OB

L.

OB

L.

DA

T.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.

RG

RN

D.

RG

RN

D.

AB

S.

‘Whe

nI

hit

(the

re),

ath

orn

pier

ced

my

heel

,(a

ndw

hen

I)m

oved

off

craw

ling

and

craw

ling,

Page 39: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

35T1 Findana bon ˙dana

63b

M⟨c at

iri

mat

ıga

c iro

n

c ideg

en⟩

atir

im

atıg

airo

nin

dege

nbe

ach

upon

tocr

ysi

tting

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

OB

L.S

G.

LO

C.S

G.

INF.

AB

S.II

I

whe

nI

was

cryi

ng,

sitti

ngon

the

beac

h,A

feru

kale

geek

uhun

kasi

ena

guva

gen

tim

aki

nara

asse

ria

c

gos

inde

mi

kenı

:fe

ruka

lege

ekuh

unka

sie

nagu

vage

ntim

aki

nara

asse

rias

gos

inde

mi

kenı

:w

eave

rpe

rson

’sby

the

thor

nha

ving

torn

out

self

edge

tosh

ore

goin

gsi

tting

now

wha

tI

amsa

ying

isN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AD

VV

ER

B

OB

L.

GE

N.

AB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IO

BL

.O

BL

.D

AT

.A

BS.

AB

S.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.(+

FOC

.)

afte

rha

ving

the

thor

nto

rnou

tby

aw

eave

r’s

pers

on,

Iw

ent

toth

esh

ore,

and

sitti

ng(t

here

),I

said

:F

jehı

gen,

eta

nen

nuku

meg

engo

hoat

ire

rukk

anna

mat

tein

dei

tim

ake

nı-a

i:je

hıge

ne

tane

nnu

kum

egen

goho

atir

eru

kkan

nam

atte

inde

itim

ake

nıai

:hi

tting

that

from

plac

ege

tting

out

goin

gof

beac

htr

eetr

unk

upon

sitti

ngse

lfw

hat

said

was

sayi

ngV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.II

IA

TT

R.

AB

L.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

GE

N.

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

S.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.IN

T.

Aft

erha

ving

hit

ther

e,ha

ving

got

out

(aga

in)

from

this

plac

ean

dha

ving

gone

(aw

ay),

Isa

idto

mys

elf,

sitti

ngon

the

trun

kof

aco

conu

ttr

ee:

63c

M⟨"

ran

fos

˙ tec

lac ga

˙ le.

ma

c inm

agas

lac ga

˙ le."

⟩ra

nfo

˙ t˙ tek

lagg

a-u

˙ lem

ain

mag

asla

gga-

u

˙ lego

lda

box

let

floa

tas

hore

Isi

tting

toro

adle

tfl

oat

asho

reN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.SG

.A

BS.

+IM

PV.2

SG.

‘Let

ago

ldbo

xfl

oat

asho

re,

let

itfl

oat

asho

reto

the

beac

h(l

it."r

oad"

)w

here

Iam

sitti

ng,

let

ago

ldbo

xfl

oat

asho

re’,

A"a

fage

fa

˙ n

˙ na

c

la

c

ven

˙ dee

gefa

˙ n

˙ na

c

la

c

nive

n

˙ de!"

afag

efa

˙ n

˙ nas

lak

ven

˙ dee

gefa

˙ n

˙ nas

lak

nive

n

˙ deou

rto

beac

hfl

oatin

gas

hore

beth

atof

hous

eto

beac

hfl

oatin

gno

tbe

PPR

ON

NO

UN

??V

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

N??

PAR

TC

VE

RB

GE

N.

DA

T.

??IM

PV.2

SG.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.D

AT

.??

NE

G.

IMPV

.2SG

.

‘(W

hate

ver

may

com

efl

oatin

gas

hore

),m

ayit

floa

tas

hore

toth

ebe

ach

ofou

rho

use,

may

itno

tfl

oat

asho

reto

the

beac

hof

that

hous

e.’

Fe

imm

aga

c

nula

gga

˙ lem

aim

mag

a

c

lagg

a

˙ lera

nfo

˙ t

˙ ta

c

lagg

a

˙ le!"

*e

inm

agas

nula

gga-

u

˙ lem

ain

mag

asla

gga-

u

˙ lera

nfo

˙ t˙ tak

lagg

a-u

˙ leth

aton

esi

tting

toro

adno

tit

may

floa

tas

hore

Isi

tting

toro

adit

may

floa

tas

hore

gold

abo

xit

may

floa

tas

hore

DPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

PPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.

(M!)

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.

(M!)

NE

G.

(M!)

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.(M

!)O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.(M

!)A

BS.

+IM

PV.2

SG.

(M!)

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.(M

!)

‘May

itno

tfl

oat

asho

reto

the

beac

h(l

it."r

oad"

)w

here

that

one

issi

tting

,m

ayit

floa

tas

hore

whe

reI

amsi

tting

,m

aya

gold

box

floa

t(h

ere)

.’

Page 40: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

36 Texts with interlinear analysis

64 M⟨m

ihe

nkı

ma

c a

c ira

nfo

s

˙ tek_

eve.

⟩m

ihe

nkı

ma

aira

nfo

˙ t˙ tek

eve

this

way

spok

ew

hen

wha

tca

me

was

gold

abo

xsa

ying

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

‘whe

nI

was

talk

ing

like

this

,a

gold

box

cam

e(f

loat

ing

asho

re).

’A

me

hen

keve

lei,

la

c

vege

i-au

fesi

gan

˙ da

c .m

ehe

nke

vela

ila

kve

geı

aufe

siga

n

˙ dak

this

way

sayi

ngw

hile

floa

ting

wha

tbe

cam

ew

assa

ying

abo

xD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N??

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

N

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.??

PAR

T.P

T.I

V+

FOC

.IN

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

Whe

n(I

had)

said

so,

abo

xca

me

floa

ting

asho

re.

Fm

ihe

nke

vela

ila

k-ke

˙ lafe

sak-

ai.

mi

hen

keve

lai

lak-

ke

˙ lafe

sak

aith

isw

aysa

ying

attim

ew

hat

cam

efl

oatin

gas

hore

was

abo

xsa

ying

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

Whe

n(I

had)

said

so,

abo

xca

me

floa

ting

asho

re.

65 M⟨b

alal

ic ir

uhu

rıra

n_ev

e.⟩

bala

liir

uhu

rıra

nev

elo

oked

time

wha

tw

asis

gold

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.SG

.IN

T.

Whe

nI

look

ed(i

nsid

e),

ther

ew

as(p

ure)

gold

(in

it).

Ahu

˙ luva

ibe

liko

,ti

bıra

mve

li-au

.hu

˙ luva

ibe

liko

tibı

ran

veli

auop

enin

glo

oked

whe

nw

hat

was

ther

ew

asgo

ldsa

ndsa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

INT

.

Whe

n(I

)op

ened

(it)

and

look

ed(i

nsid

e),

ther

ew

asgo

ldsa

nd(i

nit)

.F

mat

ihe

lıka

ley

etı

bıra

n-ai

.m

ati

helı

kal

eye

tıbı

ran

aico

ver

turn

edtim

ein

that

bein

ggo

ldsa

ying

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

NO

M.

INT

.

Whe

n(I

)lif

ted

the

cove

rup

,th

ere

was

gold

(in

it).

Page 41: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

37T1 Findana bon ˙dana

66 Ade

nta

gen

na

˙ liho

dage

nas

,m

ini-

au.

den

tage

nna

˙ liho

dage

nas

min

iau

then

your

from

hous

en.

-mea

sure

look

ing

for

com

ing

mea

sure

dsa

ying

AD

VPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

OB

L.

AB

L.

OB

L.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

PT.3

SG.

INT

.

The

n,ha

ving

com

eto

your

hous

eto

look

for

ana

˙ li-m

easu

re,

(I)

mea

sure

dit’

,he

said

.

67 Fe-

aim

ı.e

aim

ıth

atsa

ying

wha

tth

isis

isD

PRO

NQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

NO

M.

INT

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

Thi

sis

(all)

.

68 M⟨m

ihe

nbu

nefa

c i,fi

danf

u

˙ ludi

ya

c ı,ge

c as_

eve.

⟩m

ihe

nbu

nefa

ifi

ndan

fu

˙ ludi

aıge

asev

eth

isw

ayha

ving

spok

enf.

-bir

dw

here

hew

ent

was

toho

use

they

say

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.A

BS.

IO

BL

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

DA

T.S

G.

EX

T.

Hav

ing

spok

enlik

eth

is,

the

f.-b

ird

wen

tho

me.

Page 42: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

38 Texts with interlinear analysis

69 M⟨d

enbo

˙ danf

u

˙ lu

c amic la

c aste

˙ ligen

bo

˙ duge

mat

inku

˙ dage

mat

in,

c e

c ligen

gos

kasi

kubu

ruva

˙ las

jehi

kasi

heri

gen,

⟩de

nbo

n

˙ danf

u

˙ luam

illaa

ste

˙ ligen

bo

˙ duge

mat

inku

˙ dage

mat

inel

ligen

gos

kasi

kum

buru

va

˙ las

jehi

kasi

heri

gen

then

b.-b

ird

tohi

mse

lfst

riki

ngbi

gho

use

over

smal

lho

use

over

hurl

ing

goin

gth

orn

bush

toth

icke

thi

tth

orn

pier

cing

AD

VN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

TE

MP.

NO

M.S

G.

DA

T.S

G.

AB

S.II

IA

TT

R.

OB

L.S

G.

AB

L.S

G.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.A

BL

.SG

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.O

BL

.SG

.O

BL

.SG

.D

AT

.SG

.A

BS.

NO

M.S

G.

AB

S.II

I

The

nth

eb.

-bir

d,st

riki

nghi

mse

lf,

hurl

ing

him

self

over

the

big

hous

ean

dov

erth

esm

all

hous

e,fa

lling

dow

nin

ath

icke

tof

thor

nybu

shes

,be

ing

pier

ced

byth

orns

,A

be

˙ nim

ei,

bon

˙ dana

amel

lago

s,ra

c

bere

kasi

kum

buru

hala

c

vede

,u

˙ dum

a

c

kasa

c

vadu

vage

ngo

s,be

˙ nim

eibo

n

˙ dana

amel

lago

sra

sbe

reka

siku

mbu

ruha

las

vede

u

˙ dum

aska

sak

vadu

vage

ngo

ssa

idw

hen

the

b.-b

ird

him

self

goin

gla

ndou

tsid

eth

orn

bush

esa

thic

ket

ente

ring

tohe

ela

thor

nca

usin

gto

ente

rgo

ing

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.D

EF.

PRE

D.

AB

S.O

BL

.L

OC

.O

BL

.O

BL

.D

AT

.A

BS.

DA

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

Aft

er(h

is)

sayi

ng(s

o),

the

b.-b

ird

wen

tof

fhi

mse

lf,

ente

red

into

ath

icke

tof

thor

nybu

shes

outs

ide

the

land

,ha

dhi

she

elpi

erce

d(b

y)a

thor

n,w

ent

onF

be

˙ nam

iuhi

taha

eri-

aiti

ma-

sm

ihe

nen

nenı

-ai.

be

˙ nam

iuhi

taha

eri

aitim

aas

mi

hen

enne

nıai

sayi

ngth

ison

e’s

tom

ind

wha

tar

ose

isth

eysa

yse

lfto

oth

isw

aysh

all

gosa

ying

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

CO

NJ

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.O

BL

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

EX

T.

NO

M.

MO

D.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PA

RT

.FU

T.

EX

T.

Aft

er(h

is)

sayi

ngso

,(t

heb.

-bir

d)m

ade

uphi

sm

ind,

‘Ish

all

golik

eth

ism

ysel

f.’

69a

Fhi

kko

ggen

amill

aen

te

˙ lıgen

ellıg

engo

ho,

hit

kogg

enam

illae

nte

˙ lıgen

ellıg

engo

hom

ind

mak

ing

byhi

mse

lfst

ruck

thro

wn

goin

gN

OU

NV

ER

BPR

ON

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

BL

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

Aft

erm

akin

g(u

phi

s)m

ind

(lik

eth

is),

stri

king

him

self

,hu

rlin

ghi

mse

lf,

goin

g(l

ike

this

),

Page 43: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

39T1 Findana bon ˙dana

69b

M⟨c at

iri

ma

c cas

nuku

me

c ideg

en,

mi

hen

gova

c eve:

⟩at

iri

mac

cas

nuku

me

inde

gen

mi

hen

gova

eve

beac

hup

ongo

ing

out

sitti

ngth

isw

aycr

ies

they

say

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.S

G.

DA

T.S

G.

AB

S.A

BS.

III

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SG

.PR

S.3S

G.

EX

T.

getti

ngou

tag

ain

toth

ebe

ach

and

sitti

ng(t

here

),he

crie

d:A

feru

kale

geek

uhun

kasi

euh

uruv

agen

,uh

uruv

agen

kina

raas

seri

a

c

nuku

me

inde

,m

ike

nı:

feru

kale

geek

uhun

kasi

euh

uruv

agen

uhur

uvag

enki

nara

asse

rias

nuku

me

inde

mi

kenı

wea

ver

pers

on’s

byth

eth

orn

havi

ngpu

lled

out

havi

ngpu

lled

out

edge

tosh

ore

goin

gou

tsi

tting

now

heis

sayi

ngN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

OB

L.

GE

N.

AB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

RA

BS.

III

RA

BS.

III

OB

L.

DA

T.

AB

S.A

BS.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

and

had

itpu

lled

out

bya

wea

ver;

hew

ent

onth

ebe

ach,

and

sitti

ng(t

here

),he

said

:F

kasi

kum

buru

bala

kaha

ve

˙ t

˙ tıge

n,da

mag

ennu

kum

egen

goho

,at

ire

rukk

a

˙ n

˙ nam

atte

inde

mi

kenı

:ka

siku

mbu

ruba

laka

have

˙ t˙ tıge

nda

mag

ennu

kum

egen

goho

atir

eru

kka

˙ n

˙ nam

atte

inde

mi

kenı

:th

orn

bush

ath

icke

tfa

lling

pulli

ngge

tting

out

goin

gof

beac

htr

eetr

unk

upon

sitti

ngno

ww

hat

hesa

ysis

:N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

OB

L.

OB

L.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

GE

N.

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

S.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.

hefe

llin

toa

thic

ket

ofth

orny

bush

es,

pulle

dhi

mse

lfou

t,go

tou

tan

dw

ent

off,

and

sitti

ngup

ona

coco

nut

trun

k,he

said

:

69c

M⟨"

ran

fos

˙ tec

lac ga

˙ le.

ma

c inm

agas

lac ga

˙ le.

c ec in

mag

asnu

lac ga

˙ le!"

⟩ra

nfo

˙ t˙ tek

lagg

a-u

˙ lem

ain

mag

asla

gga-

u

˙ lee

inm

agas

nula

gga-

u

˙ lego

lda

box

let

floa

tas

hore

Isi

tting

toro

adle

tfl

oat

asho

reth

atsi

tting

toro

adno

tle

tfl

oat

asho

reN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

B

OB

L.S

G.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.SG

.A

BS.

+IM

PV.2

SG.

OB

L.S

G.

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.S

G.

NE

G.

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.

‘Let

ago

ldbo

xfl

oat

asho

re,

let

itfl

oat

asho

reto

the

beac

hw

here

Iam

sitti

ng,

let

itno

tfl

oat

asho

rew

here

that

(one

)is

sitti

ng.

A"a

fage

fa

˙ n

˙ na

c

la

c

ven

˙ de,

ege

fa

˙ n

˙ na

c

la

c

nive

n

˙ de!"

afag

efa

˙ n

˙ nas

lak

ven

˙ dee

gefa

˙ n

˙ nas

lak

nive

n

˙ deou

rto

beac

hfl

oatin

gas

hore

beth

atof

hous

eto

beac

hfl

oatin

gas

hore

not

bePP

RO

NN

OU

N??

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

??PA

RT

CV

ER

B

GE

N.

DA

T.

??IM

PV.2

SG.

??A

TT

R.

GE

N.

DA

T.

??N

EG

.IM

PV.2

SG.

??

"(W

hate

ver

may

com

efl

oatin

gas

hore

),m

ayit

floa

tto

the

beac

hof

our

hous

e,m

ayit

not

floa

tto

the

beac

hof

that

hous

e."

F"e

imm

aga

c

nula

gga

˙ le,

ma

imm

aga

c

lagg

a

˙ le,

ran

fo

˙ t

˙ te

c

lagg

a

˙ le!"

*e

inm

agas

nula

gga-

u

˙ lem

ain

mag

asla

gga-

u

˙ lera

nfo

˙ t˙ tek

lagg

a-u

˙ leth

aton

esi

tting

toro

adno

tit

may

floa

tas

hore

Isi

tting

toro

adit

may

floa

tgo

lda

box

itm

ayfl

oat

asho

reD

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.

(M!)

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.

(M!)

NE

G.

(M!)

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.(M

!)O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.(!

M)

AB

S.+

IMPV

.2SG

.(M

!)O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.(M

!)A

BS.

+IM

PV.2

SG.

(M!)

May

itno

tfl

oat

asho

reto

the

beac

hw

here

that

one

issi

tting

,m

ayit

floa

tto

the

beac

hw

here

Iam

sitti

ng,

may

ago

ldbo

xfl

oat

(her

e).

Page 44: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

40 Texts with interlinear analysis

70 M⟨m

ihe

ngo

van

c inda

fos

˙ te

cc an

nati

feni

vara

s

c ufal

un

c inda

c a

c isla

c ga

c ifi

c eve.

⟩m

ihe

ngo

van

inda

fo

˙ t˙ tek

anna

eti

feni

vara

suf

alun

inda

ais

lak-

gaif

iev

eth

isw

ayto

cry

sitti

nga

box

com

ing

thin

gap

pear

edve

ryha

ppy

sitti

ngco

min

gca

me

floa

ting

asho

reth

eysa

yD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

TT

R.

OB

L.S

G.

INF.

AB

S.N

OM

.SG

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

DA

T.S

G.

AB

L.S

G.

AB

S.A

BS.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nhe

was

sitti

ng(t

here

and)

cryi

nglik

eth

is,

abo

xap

pear

edan

dw

hile

hew

assi

tting

(the

re)

very

happ

ily,

itca

me

floa

ting

asho

re.

Ake

vele

i,fe

siga

n

˙ da

c

la

c

vege

.ke

vele

ife

siga

n

˙ dak

lak

vege

sayi

ngw

hile

abo

xfl

oatin

gbe

cam

eV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

N??

VE

RB

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

??PT

.IV

.3SG

.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

abo

xca

me

floa

ting

asho

re.

Fm

ihe

nke

vela

i,fe

sa

c

lak-

kolli

-ai.

mi

hen

keve

lai

fesa

kla

k-ko

lliai

this

way

sayi

ngat

time

abo

xfl

oate

das

hore

they

say

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

TT

R.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

EX

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ngso

,a

box

cam

efl

oatin

gas

hore

.

70a

Fla

k-ke

˙ lam

ma,

naga

kon

˙ dela

gen

gesa

hifa

gen

ebag

e-ai

.la

k-ke

˙ lan

ma

naga

kon

˙ dela

gen

gesa

hifa

gen

ebag

eai

floa

ted

asho

rew

hen

liftin

gon

shou

lder

layi

ngto

hous

eta

king

hew

ent

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.A

BS.

LO

C.

AB

S.II

ID

AT

.A

BS.

III

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

nit

had

com

efl

oatin

gas

hore

,he

lifte

d(i

t),

laid

(it)

upon

his

shou

lder

,an

dhe

wen

taw

ayta

king

(it)

tohi

sho

use.

71 M⟨m

ifo

sıga

c ive

s,ta

˙ luda

˙ dihu

rıja

hafa

c eve.

⟩m

ifo

sıga

ive

sta

˙ luda

n

˙ dihu

rıja

hafa

eve

this

inbo

xal

soke

yw

hat

was

isfi

xed

they

say

DPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

TT

R.

LO

C.S

G.

MO

D.

OB

L.S

G.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

AB

S.I

EX

T.

On

this

box

too,

the

key

was

fixe

d.F

gesa

goho

,he

dıva

˙ dam

akı,

mat

iha

lali-

ai.

gesa

goho

hedı

va

˙ dam

akı

mat

iha

lali

aito

hous

ego

ing

done

am

anne

rw

asco

ver

hetu

rned

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

AT

.A

BS.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

NO

M.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

EX

T.

Hav

ing

gone

hom

e,he

lifte

dth

eco

ver.

Page 45: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

41T1 Findana bon ˙dana

72 M⟨c av

ahas

rant

a

c

naga

nve

gen

mat

iga

˙ duhu

˙ luva

li

c iras

,fu

rata

ma

bola

s

c ara

c igat

ıfı

kuku

˙ lek_

eve.

⟩av

ahas

rant

akna

gage

nve

gen

mat

igan

˙ duhu

˙ luva

liir

asfu

rata

ma

bola

sar

aiga

tıfı

kuku

˙ lek

eve

quic

kly

gold

tota

keof

fin

orde

rco

ver

shoo

kat

time

firs

tto

head

wha

the

rece

ived

clim

bing

sitti

nga

hen

they

say

AD

JN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NA

DV

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CD

AT

.SG

.N

OM

.PL

.IN

F.A

BS.

III

NO

M.S

G.

PAR

T.P

T.I

ID

AT

.SG

.T

EM

P.D

AT

.SG

.PA

RT

.PT

.III

+FO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.S

G.I

ND

EF.

EX

T.

Whe

nhe

shoo

kth

eco

ver

inor

der

tota

keof

fth

ego

ldqu

ickl

y,th

efi

rst

(thi

ng)

that

jum

ped

upto

him

was

asi

tting

hen.

Ahu

˙ luva

ibe

liko

eaet

ere

otı

fila

be

˙ lela

k-ai

fila

kura

fata

k-ai

.hu

˙ luva

ibe

liko

eaet

ere

otı

fila

be

˙ lela

kai

fila

kura

fata

kai

open

ing

look

edw

hen

that

insi

dew

hat

was

iski

dsa

cat

with

chic

ksa

jack

knif

ew

ithV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JA

BS.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

SOC

.

Whe

nit

open

ed(i

t)an

dlo

oked

(ins

ide)

,th

ere

was

aca

tw

ithki

ttens

init

and

aja

ckkn

ife

with

chic

ks.

Fhe

lıka

l,m

ieet

ere

mi

otı

bend

efe

o

c

kuku

˙ lufi

lakk

-a,

kura

fata

kk-a

.he

lıka

lm

ieet

ere

mi

otı

bend

efe

otku

ku

˙ lufi

lak

aku

rafa

tak

atu

rned

time

inth

isw

ithin

now

wha

tw

asis

tied

upbe

ing

hen

ach

icke

nw

itha

jack

knif

ew

ithV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

CO

NJ

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

LO

C.

LO

C.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

RS.

NO

M.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

SOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

Whe

nhe

open

edit,

ther

ew

astie

dup

ahe

nw

itha

chic

ken

(in

it)an

da

jack

knif

e.

73 M⟨d

en

c ara

c igat

ına

gula

ndas

itak

a

c i,bi

cuta

k_ev

e.na

nnug

atit

aka

c iha

rufa

tak_

eve.

⟩de

nar

aiga

tına

gula

ndas

itak

aibi

cuta

kev

ena

nnug

atita

kai

haru

fata

kev

eth

enw

hat

here

ceiv

edcl

imbi

ngw

asta

ilfl

eas

with

cent

iped

esth

eysa

ysn

akes

with

serp

ents

they

say

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NC

ON

JN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CT

EM

P.PA

RT

.PT

.III

+FO

C.

NO

M.P

L.

SOC

.N

OM

.PL

.E

XT

.N

OM

.PL

.SO

C.

NO

M.P

L.

EX

T.

The

n,ta

ilfl

eas

and

cent

iped

es,

snak

esan

dse

rpen

tsju

mpe

dup

tohi

m.

74 Afi

labe

˙ lela

dim

ake

˙ deı

mia

gau

ara

c .fi

labe

˙ lela

dim

ake

˙ deı

mia

gas

aras

kids

the

cat

dire

ctio

nw

hat

they

mad

ew

asth

ison

eto

body

tocl

imb

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.

OB

L.D

EF.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.D

AT

.IN

F.

The

cat

and

her

kitte

nsst

arte

dto

clim

bup

onhi

sbo

dy.

74a

Aku

rafa

c

dim

ake

˙ deı

mia

kara

buri

kolla

c .ku

rafa

tdi

ma

ke

˙ deı

mia

kara

buri

kolla

s.kn

ife

dire

ctio

nw

hat

itm

ade

was

this

one

thro

atcu

tting

tom

ake

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.(O

BL

.)IN

F.II

The

knif

eai

med

atcu

tting

his

thro

at.

Page 46: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

42 Texts with interlinear analysis

74b

Ade

nm

ide

divi

ebeg

e.de

nm

ide

divi

ebeg

eth

enth

ison

eru

nnin

gw

ent

off

AD

VD

PRO

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

TE

MP.

NO

M.

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.

He,

how

ever

,st

arte

dru

nnin

gaw

ay.

75 M⟨g

ayas

c ara

c igen

⟩ga

yas

arai

gen

tobo

dycl

imbi

ngN

OU

NV

ER

B

DA

T.S

G.

AB

S.II

I

Whe

n(t

hey)

clim

bed

up(h

is)

body

,

75a

M⟨k

asi

jaha

c i,da

t

c a

˙ la

c iha

da

c igat

gatu

nbo

˙ danf

u

˙ luhe

neti

gen

ve

c˙ ti

mar

uve

c je

c eve.

⟩ka

sija

hai

dat

a

˙ lai

hada

igat

gatu

nbo

n

˙ danf

u

˙ luhe

netig

enve

˙ t˙ tim

aruv

ejje

eve

thor

nhi

tting

toot

hra

mm

ing

infr

omal

lw

hat

they

did

tohi

mb.

-bir

dco

nsci

ousn

ess

not

bein

gpr

esen

tfa

lling

died

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.S

G.

AB

S.N

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIA

BL

.DIS

TR

.PL

.N

OM

.SG

.N

OM

.SG

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

hitti

nghi

m(w

ith)

thor

ns,

ram

min

gth

eir

teet

hin

to(h

im),

the

b.-b

ird,

havi

nglo

stco

nsci

ousn

ess

from

all

wha

tth

eydi

dto

him

,fe

llan

ddi

ed.

Fov

vela

i,fi

lau

te

˙ lıgat

umm

a,ku

rafa

c

hu

˙ luvı

gen,

ella

ngo

hoje

hıfe

bon

˙ danu

vane

˙ libu

rive

ge-a

i.ot

vela

ifi

lak

te

˙ lıgat

unm

aku

rafa

thu

˙ luvı

gen

ella

ngo

hoje

hıfe

bon

˙ danu

vane

˙ libu

rive

geai

bein

gat

time

ach

icke

nge

tting

stru

ckw

hen

knif

eop

enin

gth

row

ing

goin

ghi

tting

b.-b

ird

air

pipe

cut

beca

me

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

AB

S.A

BS.

IO

BL

.O

BL

.N

OM

.PR

ED

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

At

the

sam

em

omen

t,w

hen

one

chic

kw

asst

ruck

,th

ekn

ife

open

ed(b

y)its

elf,

jum

ped

out,

and

havi

ngbe

enhi

t(b

yit)

,th

eb.

-bir

d’s

air

pipe

was

cut.

76 M⟨v

ahak

ahu

c˙ te

c eve.

⟩va

haka

hu

˙ t˙ tenı

eve

stor

yis

fini

shed

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.S

G.

PAR

T.P

RS.

EX

T.

Thi

sis

the

end

ofth

est

ory.

Page 47: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T2: Makana

The crane

A ˙d ˙du: cAlı Ma ˙nikufanu; Fua

c

Mulaku: N.N.; Huvadu (Fares): Mu ˙hammad ˙Hassan

Page 48: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

44 Texts with interlinear analysis

1 Aed

duva

hied

duva

him

akan

aud

uhig

engo

ska

n

˙ diga

lam

atte

jass

ali.

ekdu

vahi

ekdu

vahi

mak

ana

uduh

igen

gos

kan

˙ diga

lam

atte

jass

ali

one

day

one

day

the

cran

efl

ying

havi

nggo

neof

sea

rock

upon

hit

CA

RD

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

AT

TR

.L

OC

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

GE

N.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

One

day,

one

day,

the

cran

efl

ewup

and

hit

upon

aro

ckin

the

sea.

Fed

duva

heki

eddu

vahe

kim

akan

aga

laka

hagu

a

c

lafi

-ai.

ekdu

vahe

kiek

duva

heki

mak

ana

gala

kaha

guak

lafi

aion

eda

yon

eda

ycr

ane

toa

rock

adr

oppi

nghe

laid

they

say

CA

RD

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.L

OC

.IN

DE

F.A

TT

R.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.

One

day,

one

day,

peop

lesa

y,th

ecr

ane

laid

adr

oppi

ngon

aro

ck.

H>e

kedo

vaha

ku,

mak

anay

ago

hoga

lako

˙ dala

ifi-

augu

aka.

<ek

edo

vaha

kum

akan

aya

goho

gala

ko

˙ dala

ifi

augu

aka

one

ada

yth

ecr

ane

goin

gro

ckpi

ece

hela

idth

eysa

ya

drop

ping

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

N

AT

TR

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

OB

L.

OB

L.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.

One

day,

the

cran

ew

ent

(and

)la

ida

drop

ping

ona

piec

eof

rock

.

2 Aag

ade

ala

gen

ava

gute

gala

c

gua

c

lafe

im

akan

aud

uhig

eneb

ege.

aga

dea

lage

na

vagu

tega

las

guak

lafe

im

akan

aud

uhig

eneb

ege

high

tide

layi

ngco

me

attim

eto

the

rock

adr

oppi

ngha

ving

laid

the

cran

efl

ying

wen

tof

fA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

DA

T.D

EF.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.I

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IPT

.3SG

.

At

the

time

whe

nth

ehi

ghtid

eca

me,

the

cran

e,ha

ving

laid

adr

oppi

ngon

the

rock

,fl

ewof

f(a

gain

).F

gua

c

lafe

eba

gem

ma,

ra

˙ loah

odo

vval

i-ai

.gu

akla

feeb

age

nm

ara

˙ loah

odo

vval

iai

adr

oppi

ngha

ving

laid

ther

ego

ing

attim

ew

ave

com

ing

itw

ashe

daw

ayth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DV

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.I

LO

C.

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.PT

.II.

3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nhe

wen

taw

ayaf

ter

havi

ngla

idth

edr

oppi

ng,

(the

)w

ave

cam

ean

dw

ashe

dit

(aw

ay)

H>g

uara

˙ laah

o,do

ve

˙ diai

.<gu

ara

˙ laah

odo

ve

˙ diai

the

drop

ping

the

wav

eco

min

git

was

hed

they

say

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.D

EF.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.PT

.II.

3SG

.E

XT

.

The

wav

eca

me

and

was

hed

the

drop

ping

away

.

Page 49: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

45T2 Makana

3 Ago

ssei

vela

gan

˙ daku

nba

i.go

sfei

vela

gan

˙ daku

nba

aiha

ving

gone

time

with

api

ece

heca

me

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.I

OB

L.

AB

L.I

ND

EF.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Aft

erha

ving

gone

,he

cam

eba

ckaf

ter

ash

ort

whi

le.

Fdo

vval

aihi

suve

lai

bave

.do

vval

aihi

suve

lai

baev

eha

ving

was

hed

away

itbe

ing

attim

ehe

cam

eth

eysa

yV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

(M!)

AB

S.II

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Just

whe

n(i

t)ha

dw

ashe

d(i

taw

ay),

(the

cran

e)ca

me

back

.

4 Aas

(ek

kala

c )ra

˙ lai

sual

ako

ffi

koba

tau

tim

am

ita

nlı

gua

c ?as

ekka

las

ra

˙ laai

sual

ako

sfi

koba

tau

tima

mi

tan

lıgu

ak?

havi

ngco

me

(one

totim

e)th

ew

ave

with

ques

tion

hem

ade

whe

reas

king

self

this

plac

ela

iddr

oppi

ngV

ER

B(C

AR

DN

OU

N)

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

CPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AB

S.(A

TT

R.

DA

T.S

G.)

OB

L.D

EF.

SOC

.N

OM

.PT

.I.3

SG.

LO

C.

INT

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

Hav

ing

com

e,he

aske

dth

e(a

fore

said

)w

ave,

‘whe

reis

the

drop

ping

Iha

vela

idhe

re?’

Fah

obe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

man

kalo

gala

ka

c

lıgu

ima

˙ nako

bahe

i_e?

aho

be

˙ niai

timan

kalo

gala

kas

lıgu

ima

˙ nako

bahe

i_e?

com

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yse

lflo

rdto

aro

ckla

idlit

tledr

oppi

ngw

here

wel

l-as

king

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

RO

NA

DV

+IP

AR

TC

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.O

BL

.O

BL

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.L

OC

.IN

T.

Com

ing

back

,he

said

aski

ng,

‘whe

reis

the

(litt

le)

drop

ping

I(m

ysel

f)ha

vela

idhe

reon

aro

ck?’

H>d

en,

mak

anay

aah

o,bo

˙ niai

,ti

mm

ıha

galu

ko

˙ dalı

gua

koba

ihe

?<de

nm

akan

aya

aho

bo

˙ niai

timm

ıha

galu

ko

˙ dalı

gua

koba

ihe

?th

enth

ecr

ane

com

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yse

lfth

em

anro

ckpi

ece

laid

the

drop

ping

whe

reas

king

?A

DV

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.D

EF.

OB

L.

OB

L.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.D

EF.

LO

C.

INT

The

nth

ecr

ane

cam

ean

dsa

id,

‘whe

reis

the

drop

ping

I(m

ysel

f)ha

vela

idup

on(t

his)

piec

eof

rock

?’

Page 50: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

46 Texts with interlinear analysis

5 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

ra

˙ lake

fi,

tagu

a

c

kan

ma

gua

c

kan

dene

titi

ma

dovv

alim

-au.

be

˙ nim

eira

˙ lake

fita

guak

kam

ma

guak

kam

dene

titim

ado

vval

imau

said

time

the

wav

esa

idyo

ura

drop

ping

whe

ther

my

adr

oppi

ngw

heth

erno

tkn

owin

gse

lfw

ashe

daw

aysa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

.3SG

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.O

BL

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.O

BL

.A

BS.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

I.1S

G.

INT

.

Whe

nhe

had

said

(so)

,th

ew

ave

said

,‘n

otkn

owin

gw

heth

erit

isyo

urdr

oppi

ngor

my

drop

ping

,I

(mys

elf)

was

hed

itaw

ay.’

Fbe

˙ num

ma

be

˙ ni-a

i,ti

ma

kalo

guim

a

˙ naka

nde

neti

,do

vval

im-a

i.be

˙ nun

ma

be

˙ niai

tima

kalo

guim

a

˙ naka

mde

neti

dovv

alim

aisa

ying

attim

eit

said

they

say

self

lord

little

drop

ping

that

not

know

ing

Iw

ashe

daw

aysa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

+D

IMN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

OB

L.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

NO

M.

AB

S.PT

.I.1

SG.

INT

.

Whe

n(h

e)sa

id(s

o),

(the

wav

e)sa

id,

‘not

know

ing

that

itw

asyo

ur(o

wn)

drop

ping

,I

(mys

elf)

was

hed

itaw

ay.’

H>b

o

˙ nim

mai

,ra

˙ labo

˙ ni-a

i,ta

gua

c

kan

ma

gua

c

kan

nuen

gi,

tim

mıh

agu

ado

velım

-ai.<

bo

˙ nin

mai

ra

˙ labo

˙ niai

tagu

akka

mm

agu

akka

mnu

engi

timm

ıha

gua

dove

lımai

sayi

ngat

time

the

wav

eit

said

they

say

your

adr

oppi

ngw

heth

erm

ya

drop

ping

whe

ther

not

unde

rsta

ndin

gse

lfth

em

anth

edr

oppi

ngI

was

hed

sayi

ngV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

NE

G.

AB

S.A

TT

R.

NO

M.D

EF.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

I.1S

G.

Whe

n(h

e)sa

id(s

o),

the

wav

esa

id,

‘not

know

ing

that

itw

asyo

ur(o

wn)

drop

ping

,I

(mys

elf)

was

hed

itaw

ay.’

6 Ata

cde

˙ nei

ra˙ la

cta

u,ta

cde

˙ nei

gua

cta

u?ta

sde

˙ neı

ra

˙ lak

tau

tas

de

˙ neı

guak

tau?

toyo

uw

hat

shal

lbe

give

na

wav

eas

king

toyo

uw

hat

shal

lbe

give

na

drop

ping

aski

ngPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

PPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.FU

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

‘Sha

ll(I

)gi

veyo

ua

wav

eor

adr

oppi

ng?’

Fka

losa

denn

enı

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ na

c

tai

guim

a

˙ na

c

tai?

kalo

sade

nnen

ıra

˙ lom

a

˙ nak

tai

guim

a

˙ nak

tai?

tolo

rdw

hat

isto

begi

ven

isa

wav

eei

ther

adr

oppi

ngor

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

AR

TC

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

CO

NJ.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

CO

NJ.

‘Sha

ll(I

)gi

veyo

ua

wav

eor

adr

oppi

ng?’

H>g

uake

dem

ahe

,ra

˙ lake

dem

ahe

?<gu

ake

dem

ahe

ra

˙ lake

dem

ahe

?a

drop

ping

we

(?)

give

aski

nga

wav

ew

e(?

)gi

veas

king

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1PL

.(?

)IN

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1PL

.(?

)IN

T.

‘Sha

llI

(lit.

"we"

)gi

ve(y

ou)

adr

oppi

ngor

shal

lI

(lit.

"we"

)gi

ve(y

ou)

aw

ave?

Page 51: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

47T2 Makana

7 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

kefi

tim

a

c

de

˙ nei

ra

˙ lak-

au.

be

˙ nim

eike

fitim

asde

˙ neı

ra

˙ lak

ausa

idtim

esa

idto

self

wha

tsh

all

begi

ven

aw

ave

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CPA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.PT

.I.3

SG.

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

Whe

n(i

t)sa

id(s

o),

(the

cran

e)sa

id,

‘giv

em

ea

wav

e.’

Fbe

˙ num

ma

be

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mas

ade

nnen

ıra

˙ lom

a

˙ nak-

ai.

be

˙ nun

ma

be

˙ niai

timas

ade

nnen

ıra

˙ lom

a

˙ nak

aisa

ying

attim

ehe

said

they

say

tose

lfw

hat

isto

begi

ven

isa

wav

esa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.FU

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

Whe

n(i

t)sa

id(s

o),

(the

cran

e)sa

id,

‘giv

em

ea

wav

e.’

H>b

o

˙ nım

mai

,m

akan

aya

bo

˙ ni-a

i,gu

ake

denn

eka

eke

neng

e,ra

˙ leke

denn

-ai.<

bo

˙ nın

mai

mak

anay

abo

˙ niai

guak

ede

nne

kaek

enu

enge

ra

˙ leke

denn

eai

sayi

ngat

time

the

cran

ehe

said

they

say

adr

oppi

ngto

begi

ven

whe

ther

not

unde

rsta

ndin

ga

wav

eto

begi

ven

sayi

ngV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.L

OC

.N

OM

.DE

F.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.FU

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NE

G.

AB

S.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.FU

T.

INT

.

As

itsa

id(s

o),

the

cran

esa

id,

‘(do

)no

tco

nsid

er(t

ogi

ve)

adr

oppi

ng,

give

(me)

aw

ave.

8 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

ra

˙ latu

mbe

lage

ngo

sm

agig

em

uhum

ma

bede

ate

laka

mun

enni

dem

igen

o

c

vele

i,ra

˙ lae

tan

va

˙ t

˙ tali.

be˙ ni

mei

ra˙ la

tum

bela

gen

gos

mag

ige

muh

umm

|abe

dea

tela

kam

unem

nide

mig

e|n

otve

lei

ra˙ la

eta

nva

˙ t˙ tali

said

time

the

wav

elif

ting

goin

gof

Mag

iH

ouse

M.

B.

tide

bylo

wne

ssba

itno

tca

tchi

n|g

bein

gat

time

the

wav

eth

atpl

ace

drop

ped

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

PNPN

PNN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BPA

RT

.P|T

.L

OC

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

III

AB

S.G

EN

.N

OM

.N

OM

.O

BL

.A

BL

.N

OM

.N

EG

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.PT

.II.

3SG

.

Whe

nhe

had

said

(so)

,he

took

upth

ew

ave

(and

)w

ent

off,

(and

)at

the

time

whe

nM

.B.

from

Mag

iho

use

was

sitti

ng(t

here

),fa

iling

toca

tch

bait

fish

beca

use

ofth

elo

wtid

e,he

drop

ped

the

wav

e(t

here

).F

be

˙ num

ma

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

n,ud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

hoba

iken

ra

˙ le

c

netı

enni

dem

igen

tibi

taka

hava

˙ t

˙ tali-

ai.

be

˙ nu|n

ma

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ n|a

tum

bela

gen

udih

emu|

nud

ihem

u|n

goho

baik

enra

˙ lek

netı

emni

dem

igen

tibi

taka

hava

˙ t˙ tali

aisa

ying

attim

ew

ave

liftin

gby

flyi

ngby

flyi

nggo

ing

som

epe

ople

aw

ave

not

bein

gba

itfi

shno

tbe

ing

catc

habl

ebe

ing

toa

plac

ehe

drop

ped

they

say

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IR

GR

ND

.R

GR

ND

.A

BS.

NO

M.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.N

OM

.N

EG

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

EX

T.

Aft

ersa

ying

(so)

,(t

hecr

ane)

lifte

dup

the

wav

ean

dw

ent

onfl

ying

and

flyi

ng,

and

hedr

oppe

d(i

t)at

apl

ace

whe

reth

ere

wer

eso

me

peop

lew

hofa

iled

toca

tch

bait

fish

beca

use

they

had

now

ave.

H>r

a

˙ lahi

faig

en,

gelik

aha

˙ tago

ho,

va

˙ t

˙ taili

aido

˙ niek

enu

hing

aige

nvo

˙ n

˙ nata

ka.<

ra

˙ lahi

faig

enge

likah

a

˙ tago

hova

˙ t˙ taili

aido

˙ niek

enu

hing

aige

nvo

˙ n

˙ nata

kath

ew

ave

gras

ping

gone

toa

man

ner

goin

ghe

drop

ped

sayi

nga

do

˙ nino

tm

ovin

gliv

ing

toa

plac

eN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.(?

)A

BS.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

INT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

EG

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

(?)

Aft

ergr

aspi

ngth

ew

ave,

and

goin

g(o

n)th

ew

ayhe

was

goin

g(b

efor

e),

hedr

oppe

dit

ona

plac

ew

here

ther

ew

ere

(som

epe

ople

who

)di

dno

tge

tth

eir

do

˙ nigo

ing

(bec

ause

oflo

wtid

e).

Page 52: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

48 Texts with interlinear analysis

9 Ave

˙ t

˙ tim

ei,

muh

umm

abe

enda

mag

a

c .ve

˙ t˙ tim

eim

uhum

ma

beem

dam

agat

drop

ped

whe

nM

Bba

ithe

caug

htV

ER

BN

OU

NPN

PNN

OU

NV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.

NO

M.

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

Whe

n(h

e)dr

oppe

d(i

t),

M.B

.(f

inal

ly)

caug

htba

itfi

sh.

Fva

˙ t

˙ tala

ebeg

emm

a,m

im

ıhun

enda

mag

at-a

i.va

˙ t˙ tala

ebeg

enm

am

im

ıhun

emda

mag

atai

havi

ngdr

oppe

dgo

ing

away

attim

eth

ese

peop

leba

itfi

shth

eygo

tca

tchi

ngsa

ying

VE

RB

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.II

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.N

OM

.PT

.III

.3PL

.IN

T.

Aft

er(h

e)dr

oppe

d(i

t)an

dw

ent

away

,th

ese

peop

le(f

inal

ly)

succ

eede

din

catc

hing

bait

fish

.H

>edo

˙ nie

mıh

undo

˙ nia

hing

uvai

gata

i,ra

˙ lavo

˙ duva

.<e

do

˙ nie

mıh

undo

˙ nia

hing

uvai

gata

ira

˙ lavo

˙ duva

thos

eof

do

˙ nipe

ople

the

do

˙ nigo

ing

they

got

the

wav

eca

usin

gto

mou

ntD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

AT

TR

.G

EN

.N

OM

.PL

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

PT.3

PL.

OB

L.D

EF.

(?)

AB

S.

The

peop

leof

that

do

˙ nigo

tth

edo

˙ nigo

ing,

mou

ntin

git

upon

the

wav

e.

10 Aen

dam

aga

c

fahu

nm

akan

aba

i.em

dam

agat

fahu

nm

akan

aba

aiba

itca

ught

afte

rth

ecr

ane

cam

eth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIA

BL

.N

OM

.DE

F.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Aft

erth

eyha

dca

ught

bait

fish

,th

ecr

ane

cam

e(b

ack)

.F

enda

mag

enti

bive

lai,

bai-

ai.

emda

mag

entib

ive

lai

baai

aiba

itfi

shca

tchi

ngth

eybe

ing

attim

ehe

cam

eth

eysa

yth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.E

XT

.

Just

whe

nth

eyha

dca

ught

(the

)ba

itfi

sh,

(the

cran

e)ca

me

(bac

k).

Page 53: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

49T2 Makana

11 Aas

,su

ala

koff

i,ko

bata

uti

ma

mi

tan

ve

˙ t

˙ tira

˙ la?

assu

ala

kosf

iko

bata

utim

am

ita

nve

˙ t˙ tira

˙ la?

com

ing

ques

tion

hem

ade

whe

reas

king

self

this

plac

edr

oppe

dth

ew

ave

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

CPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AB

S.N

OM

.PT

.I.3

SG.

LO

C.

INT

.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.D

EF.

Com

ing,

heas

ked,

‘whe

reis

the

wav

eI

have

drop

ped

here

(mys

elf)

?’F

aho

be

˙ ni-a

i,ti

man

kalo

gala

ka

c

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

faga

c

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nako

bahe

i-e?

aho

be

˙ niai

timan

kalo

gala

kas

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

fai

gat

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nako

bahe

i-e?

com

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yse

lflo

rdto

aro

ckla

iddr

oppi

nggi

ving

rece

ived

wav

ew

here

aski

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

RO

NA

DV

+IP

AR

TC

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

LO

C.

INT

.

Com

ing,

hesa

idas

king

,‘w

here

isth

ew

ave

I(m

ysel

f)re

ceiv

edby

givi

ngth

edr

oppi

ngI

had

laid

upon

aro

ck?’

H>d

en,

mak

anay

aah

o,bo

˙ niai

,e

tim

mıh

aga

luko

˙ da

c

lıgu

adı

fai

ga

c

ra

˙ lako

bai

he?<

den

mak

anay

aah

obo

˙ niai

etim

mıh

aga

luko

˙ das

lıgu

adı

fai

gat

ra

˙ lako

bai

he?

then

the

cran

eco

min

ghe

said

they

say

that

self

the

man

rock

topi

ece

laid

the

drop

ping

givi

ngre

ceiv

edth

ew

ave

whe

reas

king

AD

VN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

RO

NIP

AR

TC

TE

MP.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.IN

T.

AT

TR

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.D

EF.

OB

L.

DA

T.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.D

EF.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.D

EF.

LO

C.

EX

T.

The

nth

ecr

ane

cam

eba

ckan

dsa

idas

king

,‘w

here

isth

atw

ave

I(m

ysel

f)re

ceiv

edby

givi

ngth

edr

oppi

ngI

had

laid

on(a

)pi

ece

ofro

ck?’

12 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

muh

umm

abe

be˙ na

fi,

tara

˙ lac

kan,

ma

ra˙ la

c

kan

dene

ti,

tim

aen

dam

agam

m-a

u.be

˙ nim

eim

uhum

ma

bebe

˙ nafi

tara

˙ lak

kam

ma

ra

˙ lak

kam

dene

titim

aem

dam

agam

ma

ausa

idw

hen

M.

B.

said

your

aw

ave

whe

ther

my

aw

ave

whe

ther

not

know

ing

self

bait

we

caug

htsa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

PNPN

VE

RB

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.

NO

M.

PT.I

.3SG

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.A

BS.

NO

M.

NO

M.

PT.I

II.1

SG.

INT

.

Whe

nhe

had

said

(so)

,M

.B.

said

,‘n

otkn

owin

gw

heth

erit

isyo

urw

ave

orw

heth

erit

isou

rw

ave,

we

(our

self

)ca

ught

bait

fish

.’F

be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,ka

lora

˙ lom

a

˙ naka

nde

neti

,en

dam

agam

m-a

i.be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

kalo

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ naka

mde

neti

emda

mag

amm

aai

sayi

ng(t

hey)

said

they

say

lord

wav

eth

atno

tkn

owin

gba

itfi

shw

efi

nally

caug

htsa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

N+

DIM

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.O

BL

.N

OM

.N

OM

.A

BS.

NO

M.

PT.I

II.1

PL.

INT

.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

y)sa

id,

‘not

know

ing

that

(it

was

)yo

urw

ave,

we

fina

llyca

ught

(som

e)ba

itfi

sh.’

H>b

o

˙ nım

mai

,e

do

˙ nie

mıh

unbo

˙ ni-a

i,ta

ra

˙ la

c

kan

ma

ra

˙ la

c

kan

nuen

gi,

tim

fela

do

˙ nihi

nguv

aiga

tım

-ai.<

bo

˙ nın

mai

edo

˙ nie

mıh

unbo

˙ niai

tara

˙ lak

kam

ma

ra

˙ lak

kam

nuen

gitim

fela

do

˙ nihi

nguv

aiga

tımai

sayi

ngat

time

that

ofdo

˙ nipe

ople

said

they

say

your

aw

ave

whe

ther

my

aw

ave

whe

ther

not

know

ing

self

peop

ledo

˙ nim

ovin

gw

ego

tsa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.N

OM

.PL

.PT

.3SG

.(!)

EX

T.

OB

L.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

OB

L.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

NE

G.

AB

S.A

TT

R.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AB

S.PT

.1PL

.IN

T.

At

the

time

(of

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

the

peop

leof

that

do

˙ nisa

id,

‘not

know

ing

whe

ther

(it

is)

your

wav

eor

our

wav

e,w

e(o

urse

lves

)go

tth

edo

˙ nigo

ing.

Page 54: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

50 Texts with interlinear analysis

13 Ata

c

de

˙ nei

ra

˙ la

c

tau,

ta

c

de

˙ nei

ema

c

tau?

tas

de

˙ neı

ra

˙ lak

tau

tas

de

˙ neı

emak

tau?

toyo

uw

hat

shal

lbe

give

na

wav

eas

king

toyo

uw

hat

shal

lbe

give

na

bait

fish

aski

ngPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

PPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.FU

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

‘Sha

llw

egi

veyo

ua

wav

eor

bait

fish

?’F

kalo

sade

nnen

ıra

˙ lom

a

˙ na

c

tai,

emm

a

˙ na

c

tai?

kalo

sade

nnen

ıra

˙ lom

a

˙ nak

tai

emm

a

˙ nak

tai?

tolo

rdw

hat

isto

begi

ven

isa

wav

eei

ther

aba

itfi

shor

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

AR

TC

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

CO

NJ.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

CO

NJ.

‘Sha

llw

egi

veyo

ua

wav

eor

bait

fish

?’H

>ra

˙ leke

dem

ahe

,em

eke

dem

ahe

?<ra

˙ leke

dem

ahe

emek

ede

ma

hea

wav

ew

egi

veas

king

aba

itfi

shw

egi

veas

king

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1PL

.IN

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1PL

.IN

T.

‘Sha

llw

egi

ve(y

ou)

aw

ave

(or)

bait

fish

?’

14 Abe

˙ nim

eike

fi,

emm

era

nga

˙ l-au

ema

c

dec

kei.

be

˙ nim

eike

fiem

me

rang

a

˙ laau

emak

des

kei

said

whe

nsa

idm

ost

ofal

lbe

autif

ulsa

ying

aba

itfi

shto

give

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BPA

RT

CA

DJ

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

PT.I

.3SG

.M

OD

.PR

ED

.IN

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

AB

S.

Whe

nth

eyha

dsa

id(s

o,th

ecr

ane)

said

,‘t

hebe

st(w

ould

be)

togi

vem

eba

itfi

sh’.

Fbe

˙ num

ma

be

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mas

ade

nnen

ıem

ma

˙ naka

i.be

˙ nun

ma

be

˙ niai

timas

ade

nnen

ıem

ma

˙ nak

aisa

ying

attim

ehe

said

they

say

tose

lfw

hat

isto

begi

ven

isa

bait

fish

-sa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

Whe

n(t

hey)

said

so,

(the

cran

e)sa

id,

‘giv

em

eba

itfi

sh.’

H>b

o

˙ nım

mai

,m

akan

aya

bo

˙ ni-a

i,em

eke

denn

-ai.<

bo

˙ nın

mai

mak

anay

abo

˙ niai

emek

ede

nna

aisa

ying

attim

eth

ecr

ane

hesa

idth

eysa

ya

bait

fish

isto

begi

ven

sayi

ngV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

INT

.

Whe

nth

eysa

id(s

o),

the

cran

esa

id,

‘giv

e(m

e)ba

itfi

sh.’

Page 55: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

51T2 Makana

15 Aem

adi

mm

ei,

tum

bela

gen

gos

dond

iege

ali

dıdi

enne

tige

n,m

asni

bevi

gen

imve

lei

do

˙ nem

alam

ata

c

va

˙ t

˙ tali-

au.

ema

din

mei

tum

bela

gen

gos

dond

iege

ali

dıdi

emne

tigen

mas

nibe

vige

nin

vele

ido

˙ nem

alam

atas

va

˙ t˙ tali

auth

eba

itgi

ven

time

liftin

ggo

ing

ofD

.-ho

use

A.

D.

bait

not-

bein

gfi

shno

tca

tchi

ngsi

tting

attim

esh

ip’s

stee

ring

plac

ehe

drop

ped

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

PNPN

PNN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

GE

N.

NO

M.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.N

EG

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

GE

N.

DA

T.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

INT

.

Whe

nhe

was

give

nth

eba

itfi

sh,

heto

ok(i

tup

and)

wen

tof

f,(a

nd)

hedr

oppe

dit

onth

est

eeri

ngpl

ace

ofth

edo

˙ niju

stw

hen

Ali

Dıd

ifr

omD

ondi

e-ho

use

was

sitti

ng(t

here

)fa

iling

toca

tch

fish

(bec

ause

of)

ther

ebe

ing

noba

itfi

sh.

Fbe

˙ num

ma

emm

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

n,ud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

hoba

iken

enne

tım

aha

nibe

vvig

enti

bita

kaha

va

˙ t

˙ tala

ebag

e-ai

.be

˙ nun

ma

emm

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

nud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

hoba

iken

emne

tım

aha

nibe

vvig

entib

ita

kaha

va

˙ t˙ tala

ebag

eai

sayi

ngat

time

bait

fish

liftin

gby

flyi

ngby

flyi

nggo

ing

som

epe

ople

bait

fish

not

bein

gfi

shno

tbe

ing

catc

habl

ebe

ing

toa

plac

edr

oppi

nghe

wen

tof

fth

eysa

yN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.L

OC

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

RG

RN

D.

RG

RN

D.

AB

S.N

OM

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

NO

M.

NE

G.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

IIPT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Aft

ersa

ying

so,

(the

cran

e)to

okup

the

bait

fish

and

wen

ton

flyi

ngan

dfl

ying

,an

dhe

drop

ped

(it)

ona

plac

ew

here

ther

ew

ere

som

epe

ople

who

faile

dto

catc

hfi

shbe

caus

eth

eyha

dno

bait

fish

.H

>bo

˙ nım

mai

,em

atu

mbu

˙ laig

en,

mak

anay

age

likah

a

˙ tago

ho,

do

˙ niek

eba

iken

ema

nulib

egen

vo

˙ n

˙ nata

naka

ema

va

˙ t

˙ taili

-ai.<

bo

˙ nın

mai

ema

tum

bu

˙ laig

enm

akan

aya

gelik

aha

˙ tago

hodo

˙ niek

eba

iken

ema

nulib

egen

vo

˙ n

˙ nata

naka

ema

va

˙ t˙ taili

aisa

ying

attim

eth

eba

itlif

ting

the

cran

ego

neto

am

anne

rgo

ing

ado

˙ niso

me

peop

leba

itfi

shno

tge

tting

bein

gto

apl

ace

the

bait

hedr

oppe

dsa

ying

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.L

OC

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

III

NO

M.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.G

EN

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.N

OM

.DE

F.N

EG

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

R|S

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.DE

F|.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

INT

.

Whe

nhe

said

(so)

,af

ter

taki

ngth

eba

itfi

sh,

the

cran

ew

ent

onin

the

way

hew

ent

(bef

ore)

and

drop

ped

iton

apl

ace

whe

reth

ere

wer

eso

me

do

˙ ni(d

rivi

ng)

peop

lew

hofa

iled

find

ing

bait

fish

.

16 Ave

˙ t

˙ tim

ei,

ali

dıdi

hedi

leka

kı,

ema

bi

˙ liee

˙ dafe

im

asba

ga

c .ve

˙ t˙ tim

eial

idı

dihe

dile

kakı

ema

bi

˙ liee

˙ dafe

im

asba

gat

drop

ped

whe

nA

.D

.do

new

hat

aw

ayis

the

bait

fish

onho

okha

ving

put

fish

heca

ught

VE

RB

NO

UN

PNPN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

LO

C.

AB

S.I

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

Whe

nhe

drop

ped

(it)

,A

.D.

(fin

ally

)ca

ught

fish

putti

ngth

eba

itfi

shon

aho

ok.

Feb

agem

ma,

mi

mıh

unm

aha

dam

agat

-ai.

ebag

enm

am

im

ıhun

mah

ada

mag

atai

gone

away

attim

eth

ese

peop

lefi

shth

eygo

tca

tchi

ngsa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.L

OC

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.P

L.

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

PL.

INT

.

Whe

n(h

e)ha

dgo

neaw

ay,

thes

epe

ople

(fin

ally

)su

ccee

ded

inca

tchi

ngfi

sh.

H>m

ido

˙ nie

mıh

une

eme

laig

engo

ho,

mah

aba

iga

t-ai

.<m

ido

˙ nie

mıh

une

eme

laig

engo

hom

aha

bai

gat

aith

ese

ofdo

˙ nipe

ople

bait

fish

layi

nggo

ing

fish

catc

hing

they

got

sayi

ngD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.G

EN

.N

OM

.PL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.N

OM

.A

BS.

PT.3

PL.

INT

.

Whe

nth

ese

do

˙ nipe

ople

used

(the

)ba

itfi

sh,

they

fina

llyca

ught

som

efi

sh.

Page 56: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

52 Texts with interlinear analysis

17 Ate

duvi

be

˙ nı,

ama-

u,m

aen

ıda

rako

sas-

au.

tedu

vibe

˙ nıam

aau

ma

enı

dara

kosa

sau

getti

ngup

wha

the

said

was

mot

her

sayi

ngI

whe

ream

goin

gis

fire

woo

dto

cut

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NO

PAR

TC

PPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

OPA

RT

C

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

INT

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

F.IN

T.

Aft

erge

tting

uphe

said

,‘m

othe

r,I

amgo

ing

tocu

tfi

rew

ood.

18 Fm

aha

dam

agen

tibi

vela

iba

i.m

aha

dam

agen

tibi

vela

iba

aifi

shca

tchi

ngth

eybe

ing

attim

ehe

cam

eth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.IN

T.

Just

whe

nth

eyca

ught

(the

)fi

sh,

(the

cran

e)ca

me

back

.

19 Am

asba

ga

c

fahu

nas

,ke

fi,

koba

tau

tim

am

ita

nve

˙ t

˙ tiem

a?m

asba

gat

fahu

nas

kefi

koba

tau

tima

mi

tan

ve˙ t˙ ti

ema?

fish

caug

htaf

ter

com

ing

hesa

idw

here

aski

ngse

lfth

ispl

ace

drop

ped

the

bait

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

CPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.

AB

L.

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

LO

C.

INT

.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.D

EF.

Aft

er(A

.D.)

had

caug

htfi

sh(a

nd)

com

e(b

ack,

the

cran

e)sa

id,

‘whe

re,’

heas

ked,

‘is

the

bait

fish

Idr

oppe

dhe

re?’

Fah

obe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

man

kalo

gala

ka

c

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

faga

c

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

faga

c

emm

a

˙ nako

bahe

i_e?

aho

be

˙ niai

timan

kalo

gala

kas

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

fai

gat

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

emm

a

˙ nako

bahe

i_e?

com

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yse

lflo

rdto

aro

ckla

iddr

oppi

nggi

ving

rece

ived

wav

egi

ving

rece

ived

bait

fish

whe

rew

ell-

aski

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

IPR

ON

AD

V+

IPA

RT

C

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

UN

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

LO

C.

INT

.

Com

ing

(bac

k)he

said

aski

ng,

‘whe

reis

the

bait

fish

Ire

ceiv

edgi

ving

the

wav

eI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

edr

oppi

ngI

had

laid

ona

rock

?’H

>mah

aba

iga

nna

ta,

mak

anay

aah

obo

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mm

ıha

galu

ko

˙ da

c

lıgu

adı

fai

ga

c

ra

˙ ladı

fai

gate

ema

koba

ihe

?<m

aha

bai

gann

ata

mak

anay

aah

obo

˙ niai

timm

ıha

galu

ko

˙ das

lıgu

adı

fai

gat

ra

˙ ladı

fai

gate

ema

koba

ihe

?fi

shca

tchi

ngge

tting

atm

omen

tth

ecr

ane

com

ing

said

they

say

self

the

man

rock

topi

ece

laid

the

drop

ping

givi

nggo

tth

ew

ave

givi

nggo

tth

eba

itw

here

aski

ngN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

RO

NIP

AR

TC

NO

M.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PR

S.O

BL

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.DE

F.O

BL

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

I(M

!)PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

I(M

!)PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.DE

F.L

OC

.IN

T.

Just

atth

em

omen

tw

hen

they

caug

ht(t

he)

fish

,th

ecr

ane

cam

e(b

ack)

and

said

,‘w

here

isth

eba

itfi

shI

rece

ived

bygi

ving

the

wav

eI

(mys

elf)

rece

ived

bygi

ving

the

drop

ping

Iha

dla

idup

ona

piec

eof

rock

?

Page 57: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

53T2 Makana

20 Ata

ema

c

kan,

ma

ema

c

kan

dene

ti,

tim

am

asni

bevi

gen

hing

ave

lei

fe

˙ nene

ema

mei

-au,

tim

am

asba

gam

m-a

u.ta

emak

kam

ma

emak

kam

dene

titim

am

asni

bevi

gen

hing

ave

lei

fe

˙ nene

ema

mei

autim

am

asba

gam

ma

auyo

ura

bait

whe

ther

my

aba

itw

heth

erno

tkn

owin

gse

lffi

shno

tca

tchi

nggo

ing

whe

nap

pear

edth

eba

itbe

caus

eof

sayi

ngse

lffi

shI

caug

htsa

ying

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

AB

S.N

OM

.N

OM

.N

EG

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.D

EF.

LO

C.

INT

.N

OM

.N

OM

.PT

.III

.1PL

.IN

T.

Not

know

ing

whe

ther

(it

is)

your

bait

fish

orou

rba

itfi

sh,

we

fina

llyca

ught

fish

beca

use

ofth

eba

itw

hich

appe

ared

whe

nw

ew

ere

goin

gar

ound

faili

ngto

catc

hfi

sh.

Fbe

˙ num

ma

mıh

unbe

˙ ni-a

i,ka

loem

ma

˙ naka

nde

neti

,m

aha

baga

mm

-ai.

be

˙ nun

ma

mıh

unbe

˙ niai

kalo

emm

a

˙ naka

mde

neti

mah

aba

gam

ma

aisa

ying

attim

epe

ople

(the

y)sa

idth

eysa

ylo

rdba

itfi

shth

atno

tkn

owin

gfi

shw

ere

ceiv

edsa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.P

L.

PT.3

PL.

EX

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AB

S.N

OM

.PT

.III

1PL

.IN

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

y)sa

id,

‘not

know

ing

that

(it

was

)yo

urba

itfi

sh,

we

fina

llyca

ught

(som

e)fi

sh.

H>b

o

˙ nım

mai

,e

do

˙ nie

mıh

une

bo

˙ ni-a

i,ta

ema

c

kan

tim

fela

neem

a

c

kan

nuen

ge,

tim

fela

ema

laig

engo

ho,

mah

aba

gati

mai

.<bo

˙ nın

mai

edo

˙ nie

mıh

une

bo

˙ niai

taem

akka

mtim

fela

neem

akka

mnu

enge

timfe

laem

ala

igen

goho

mah

aba

gatim

aisa

ying

whe

nth

ose

ofdo

˙ nipe

ople

said

they

say

your

aba

itw

heth

erse

lfpe

ople

aba

itw

heth

erno

tkn

owin

gse

lfpe

ople

the

bait

layi

nggo

ing

fish

catc

hing

we

got

sayi

ngV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.N

OM

.PL

.PT

.3PL

.E

XT

.O

BL

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.O

BL

.O

BL

.PL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.N

EG

.A

BS.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.N

OM

.A

BS.

PT.1

PL.

INT

.

Whe

nhe

said

(so)

,th

ose

do

˙ nipe

ople

said

,‘n

otkn

owin

gw

heth

er(i

tis

)yo

urba

itfi

shor

our

(ow

n)ba

itfi

sh,

we

(fin

ally

)ca

ught

som

efi

sh.

21 Ata

cde

˙ nei

mah

ac

tau,

ema

cta

u?ta

sde

˙ neı

mah

akta

uem

akta

u?to

you

wha

tsh

all

begi

ven

isa

fish

aski

nga

bait

aski

ngPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

Shal

lw

egi

veyo

ua

fish

orba

itfi

sh?’

Fka

losa

denn

enı

mas

ma

˙ na

c

tai

emm

a

˙ na

c

tai?

kalo

sade

nnen

ım

asm

a

˙ nak

tai

emm

a

˙ nak

tai?

tolo

rdw

hat

isto

begi

ven

isa

fish

eith

era

bait

fish

orN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

IPA

RT

CN

OU

N+

DIM

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

CO

NJ.

NO

M.

CO

NJ.

Shal

lw

egi

veyo

ua

fish

orba

itfi

sh?’

H>e

mak

ede

ma

he,

mah

eke

dem

ahe

?<em

ake

dem

ahe

mah

eke

dem

ahe

?a

bait

fish

we

give

aski

nga

fish

we

give

aski

ngN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPA

RT

C

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1PL

.IN

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1PL

.IN

T.

Shal

lw

egi

ve(y

ou)

bait

fish

,(o

r)sh

all

we

give

(you

)a

fish

?

Page 58: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

54 Texts with interlinear analysis

22 Aem

me

rang

a

˙ l-au

,m

aha

c

de

c

kei.

emm

era

nga

˙ laau

mah

akde

ske

im

ost

ofal

lbe

autif

ulsa

ying

afi

shto

give

sayi

ngPA

RT

CA

DJ

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

MO

D.

PRE

D.

INT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

F.A

BS.

‘The

best

(wou

ldbe

),’

hesa

id,

‘to

give

(me)

afi

sh’.

Fbe

˙ num

ma

be

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mas

ade

nnen

ım

asm

a

˙ nak-

ai.

be

˙ nun

ma

be

˙ niai

timas

ade

nnen

ım

asm

a

˙ nak

aisa

ying

attim

ehe

said

they

say

tose

lfw

hat

isto

begi

ven

isa

fish

sayi

ngV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

Whe

n(t

hey)

said

so,

(the

cran

e)sa

id,

‘giv

em

ea

fish

.’H

>bo

˙ nım

mai

,m

akan

aya

bo

˙ ni-a

i,m

ahek

ede

nn-a

i.<bo

˙ nın

mai

mak

anay

abo

˙ niai

mah

eke

denn

eai

sayi

ngat

time

the

cran

ehe

said

they

say

afi

shis

tobe

give

nsa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.F

UT

.IN

T.

Whe

n(t

hey)

said

(so)

,th

ecr

ane

said

,‘g

ive

(me)

afi

sh.’

23 Fbe

˙ num

ma

dere

fi-a

i.be

˙ num

ma

dere

fiai

sayi

ngat

time

gave

they

say

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.I

.3PL

.E

XT

.

Whe

n(h

e)ha

dsa

id(s

o),

(the

y)ga

ve(i

tto

him

).

Page 59: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

55T2 Makana

24 Am

aha

dim

mei

,m

aha

tum

bela

gen

gos,

e

c

baki

nda

raho

da

c

tibi

vele

iev

erin

kuri

mat

ta

c

mah

ava

˙ t

˙ tala

im

ide

ebeg

e.m

aha

din

mei

mah

atu

mbe

lage

ngo

sek

baki

nda

raho

das

tibi

vele

iev

erin

kuri

mat

tas

mah

ava

˙ t˙ tala

im

ide

ebeg

eth

efi

shgi

ven

whe

nth

efi

shlif

ting

goin

gon

eso

me

peop

lefi

rew

ood

tose

ekbe

ing

whe

nth

eyin

fron

tof

the

fish

havi

ngdr

oppe

dth

ison

ew

ent

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

M.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.N

OM

.IN

F.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.O

BL

.PL

.D

AT

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

IIN

OM

.PT

.3SG

.

Whe

n(t

hey)

had

give

n(h

im)

the

fish

,(t

hecr

ane)

took

(it)

up(a

nd)

wen

t(o

nan

d),

just

whe

n(t

here

wer

e)so

me

peop

le(w

ho)

wer

ese

ekin

gfi

rew

ood,

hedr

oppe

dth

efi

shin

fron

tof

thes

epe

ople

(and

)w

ent

off

(aga

in).

Fm

im

asm

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

n,ud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

ho,

Mel

iage

Dia

daro

huva

nna

hısi

vela

ie

tana

hava

˙ t

˙ tala

fai

ebag

e-ai

.m

im

asm

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

nud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

hoM

elia

geD

iada

rohu

vann

ahı

sive

lai

eta

naha

va

˙ t˙ tala

fai

ebag

eai

this

fish

liftin

gby

flyi

ngby

flyi

nggo

ing

ofM

.da

ught

erfi

rew

ood

look

ing

for

bein

gat

time

that

topl

ace

havi

ngdr

oppe

dhe

wen

tof

fth

eysa

yD

PRO

NN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

RG

RN

D.

RG

RN

D.

AB

S.G

EN

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

F.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.A

TT

R.

DA

T.

AB

S.I+

IIPT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Tak

ing

this

fish

and

goin

gon

flyi

ngan

dfl

ying

,he

drop

ped

(it)

just

whe

nM

.D.

was

ther

ein

orde

rto

look

for

fire

woo

d,at

that

plac

e(h

edr

oppe

dit)

.H

>mah

atu

mbu

laig

en,

indi

hege

ne

gelik

aha

˙ tago

ho,

bavv

i-ai

dara

hoeg

ena

mıh

akun

dara

bon

˙ daku

mat

te.<

mah

atu

mbu

laig

enin

dihe

gen

ege

likah

a

˙ tago

hoba

vvı

aida

raho

egen

am

ıhak

unda

rabo

n

˙ daku

mat

teth

efi

shlif

ting

flyi

ngup

that

gone

toa

man

ner

goin

gw

here

hepu

tw

asth

eysa

yfi

rew

ood

look

ing

for

com

efr

oma

man

fire

woo

da

bund

leup

onN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BD

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

AT

TR

.PA

RT

.PT

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.A

BL

.IN

DE

F.O

BL

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.L

OC

.

Tak

ing

the

fish

,(t

hecr

ane)

wen

ton

inth

ew

ayhe

had

gone

(bef

ore)

,an

d(h

e)pu

tit

ona

bund

leof

fire

woo

dof

am

anw

hoha

dco

me

(the

re)

look

ing

for

fire

woo

d.

25 Feb

agem

ma,

mia

hedı

va

˙ dam

akı,

mi

mah

ana

gage

nm

eluv

agen

kafi

-ai.

ebag

enm

am

iahe

dıva

˙ dam

akı

mi

mah

ana

gage

nm

eluv

agen

kafi

aigo

ing

away

attim

eth

ison

edo

new

hat

am

anne

ris

this

fish

taki

ngco

okin

gsh

eat

eth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.II

IPT

.I.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

n(h

e)ha

dgo

neaw

ay(a

gain

),sh

eto

okth

efi

shan

daf

ter

cook

ing

it,sh

eat

e(i

t).

H>b

avım

mai

,m

im

ıha

hedı

lihak

u,m

aha

naga

iga

t-ai

.<ba

vın

mai

mi

mıh

ahe

dılih

aku

mah

ana

gai

gat

aipu

tting

whe

nth

isth

em

ando

nea

man

ner

the

fish

liftin

ghe

got

they

say

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

PT.3

SG.

INT

.

Whe

nhe

had

left

(the

fish

ther

e),

this

man

took

the

fish

off.

Page 60: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

56 Texts with interlinear analysis

26 Aka

fifa

hun,

mak

ana

bai.

kafi

fahu

nm

akan

aba

aiea

ten

afte

rth

ecr

ane

heca

me

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

T.

AB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Aft

er(t

hey)

had

eate

n(t

hefi

sh),

the

cran

eca

me

(bac

k).

Fka

fehi

sive

lai

bai-

ai.

kafe

hisi

vela

iba

aiai

havi

ngea

ten

she

bein

gat

time

heca

me

they

say

they

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

INT

.IN

T.

Just

whe

n(s

he)

had

eate

n(i

t),

(the

cran

e)ca

me

back

.

27 Aas

kefi

,ko

bata

uti

ma

mi

tan

ve

˙ t

˙ tim

aha?

aske

fiko

bata

utim

am

ita

nve

˙ t˙ tim

aha?

com

ing

hesa

idw

here

aski

ngse

lfth

ispl

ace

drop

ped

the

fish

VE

RB

VE

RB

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

CPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

LO

C.

INT

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.D

EF.

Com

ing,

hesa

id,

‘whe

re,’

heas

ked,

‘is

the

fish

Idr

oppe

dhe

re?’

Fah

obe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

man

kalo

gala

ka

c

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

faga

c

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

faga

c

emm

a

˙ nadı

faga

c

mas

ma

˙ nako

bahe

i_e?

aho

be

˙ niai

timan

kalo

gala

kas

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

fai

gat

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

emm

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

mas

ma

˙ nako

bahe

i_e?

com

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yse

lflo

rdto

aro

ckla

iddr

oppi

nggi

ving

rece

ived

wav

egi

ving

rece

ived

bait

fish

givi

ngre

ceiv

edfi

shw

here

wel

las

king

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

IPR

ON

AD

V+

IPA

RT

C

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

UN

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

LO

C.

INT

.

Com

ing

(bac

k),

hesa

idas

king

,‘w

here

isth

efi

shI

rece

ived

givi

ngth

eba

itfi

shI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

ew

ave

Iha

dre

ceiv

edgi

ving

the

drop

ping

Iha

dla

idon

aro

ck?’

H>n

agai

gatu

mm

ai,

mak

anay

aah

obo

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mm

ıha

gua

dıfa

iga

tera

˙ ladı

fai

gate

ema

dıfa

iga

tem

aha

koba

ihe

?<na

gai

gatu

nm

aim

akan

aya

aho

bo

˙ niai

timm

ıha

gua

dıfa

iga

tera

˙ ladı

fai

gate

ema

dıfa

iga

tem

aha

koba

ihe

?lif

ting

getti

ngw

hen

the

cran

eco

min

ghe

said

they

say

self

the

man

the

drop

ping

givi

nggo

tth

ew

ave

givi

nggo

tth

eba

itgi

ving

got

the

fish

whe

reas

king

VE

RB

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

C

AB

S.O

BL

.L

OC

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.DE

F.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

IPA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

IPA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

IPA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.DE

F.L

OC

.IN

T.

Whe

nhe

took

(the

fish

)of

f,th

ecr

ane

cam

ean

dsa

id,

‘whe

reis

the

fish

Ire

ceiv

edby

givi

ngth

eba

itfi

shI

had

rece

ived

bygi

ving

the

wav

eI

had

rece

ived

bygi

ving

my

own

drop

ping

?’

Page 61: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

57T2 Makana

28 Ata

mah

a

c

kan,

tim

amen

mah

a

c

kan

dene

ti,

kafi

m-a

u.ta

mah

akka

mtim

amen

mah

akka

mde

neti

kafi

ma

auyo

ura

fish

whe

ther

selv

esa

fish

whe

ther

not

know

ing

we

ate

sayi

ngPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

OB

L.P

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

AB

S.PT

.I.1

PL.

INT

.

‘Not

know

ing

whe

ther

(it)

isyo

urfi

shor

our

(ow

n)fi

sh,

we

ate

it.’

Fbe

˙ num

ma

be

˙ ni-a

i,ka

lom

asm

a

˙ naka

nde

neti

kafı

m-a

i.be

˙ nun

ma

be

˙ niai

kalo

mas

ma

˙ naka

nde

neti

kafı

mai

sayi

ngat

time

she

said

they

say

lord

fish

that

not

know

ing

Iat

esa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AB

S.PT

.I.1

SG.

INT

.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(she

)sa

id,

‘not

know

ing

that

(it

was

)yo

urfi

sh,

Iat

eit.

’H

>bo

˙ nım

mai

,m

im

ıha

bo

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mm

ıha

mah

aka

ifım

-ai.<

bo

˙ nın

mai

mi

mıh

abo

˙ niai

timm

ıha

mah

aka

ifım

aisa

ying

attim

eth

isth

em

anhe

said

they

say

self

the

man

the

fish

Iat

esa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.DE

F.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.D

EF.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

.1SG

.IN

T.

Whe

nhe

said

(so)

,th

em

ansa

id,

‘I(m

ysel

f)ha

veea

ten

the

fish

.’

29 Ata

c

de˙ ne

ida

rabe

n˙ da

c

tau,

mah

ac

tau?

tas

de

˙ neı

dara

ben

˙ dak

tau

mah

akta

u?to

you

wha

tsh

all

begi

ven

isa

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

aski

nga

fish

aski

ngPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

‘Sha

ll(w

e)gi

veyo

ua

bund

leof

fire

woo

dor

afi

sh?’

Fka

losa

denn

enı

mas

ma

˙ na

c

tai

daro

ma

˙ na

c

tai?

kalo

sade

nnen

ım

asm

a

˙ nak

tai

daro

ma

˙ nak

tai?

tolo

rdw

hat

isto

begi

ven

isa

fish

eith

erso

me

fire

woo

dor

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

AR

TC

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

CO

NJ.

NO

M.

CO

NJ.

‘Sha

llw

egi

veyo

ua

fish

ora

(bun

dle

of)

fire

woo

d?’

H>d

ara

bon

˙ deke

dem

ahe

,m

ahek

ede

ma

he?<

dara

bon

˙ deke

dem

ahe

mah

eke

dem

ahe

?fi

rew

ood

abu

ndle

we

give

aski

nga

fish

we

give

aski

ngN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPA

RT

C

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1SG

.IN

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1SG

.IN

T.

‘Sha

llI

give

(you

)a

bund

leof

fire

woo

dor

shal

lI

give

(you

)a

fish

?’

Page 62: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

58 Texts with interlinear analysis

30 Fbe

˙ num

ma

be

˙ ni-a

iti

mas

ade

nnen

ıda

rom

a

˙ n-ai

.be

˙ nun

ma

be

˙ niai

timas

ade

nnen

ıda

rom

a

˙ naai

sayi

ngat

time

hesa

idth

eysa

yto

self

wha

tis

tobe

give

nis

the

fire

woo

dsa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.FU

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

Whe

n(s

he)

said

so,

(the

cran

e)sa

id,

‘giv

em

eth

efi

rew

ood

(bun

dle)

.’31 F

be

˙ num

ma

dere

fi-a

i.be

˙ nun

ma

dere

fiai

sayi

ngat

time

she

gave

they

say

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.L

OC

.PT

.I.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

n(h

e)ha

dsa

id(s

o),

(she

)ga

ve(i

tto

him

).

32 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

dara

ben

˙ da

c

dim

mei

,da

rabe

n

˙ die

tum

bela

gen

gos

Mel

iage

Kal

ofa

nal

aira

hia

c

inta

ka

c

va

˙ t

˙ tali.

be

˙ nim

eida

rabe

n

˙ dak

din

mei

dara

ben

˙ dia

tum

bela

gen

gos

Mel

iage

Kal

ofa

nal

aira

hias

inta

kas

va

˙ t˙ tali

said

whe

na

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

give

nw

hen

the

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

liftin

ggo

ing

ofM

.-ho

use

Kal

ole

aves

layi

ngto

ddy

tobo

ilsi

tting

toa

plac

edr

oppe

dV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BPN

PNPN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

GE

N.

NO

M.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AB

S.N

OM

.IN

F.PA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.PT

.II.

3SG

.

Whe

n(t

hey)

had

said

(so)

(and

)w

hen

(the

y)ha

dgi

ven

(him

)a

bund

leof

fire

woo

d,he

took

it,w

ent

(off

)(a

nd)

drop

ped

(it)

ata

plac

ew

here

M.D

.K.

was

sitti

ngla

ying

out

coco

nut

leav

esin

orde

rto

boil

todd

y.F

dinu

mm

a,da

rom

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

nud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

ho,

baik

enda

rone

tıfa

nva

llafe

rahi

enna

tibi

taka

hava

˙ t

˙ tala

ieb

age-

ai.

dinu

nm

ada

rom

a˙ na

tum

bela

gen

udih

emun

udih

emun

goho

baik

enda

rone

tıfa

nva

llafe

rahi

enna

tibi

taka

hava

˙ t˙ tala

ieb

age

aigi

ving

whe

nfi

rew

ood

liftin

gby

flyi

ngby

flyi

nggo

ing

som

efi

rew

ood

not

bein

gle

aves

layi

ngto

ddy

toco

okbe

ing

toa

plac

eha

ving

drop

ped

wen

tof

fth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CO

BL

.L

OC

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

RG

RN

D.

RG

RN

D.

AB

S.O

BL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

NO

M.

INF.

NO

M.

INF.

PAR

T.P

S.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

IIPT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

n(s

he)

gave

it(t

ohi

m),

(he)

,ta

king

upth

efi

rew

ood

bund

lean

dgo

ing

onfl

ying

and

flyi

ng,

drop

ped

(it)

ata

plac

ew

here

ther

ew

ere

som

epe

ople

(who

wer

e)la

ying

out

leav

es(o

nth

e)gr

ound

tobo

ilto

ddy

beca

use

they

had

nofi

rew

ood.

H>b

o

˙ nım

mai

,da

rabo

n

˙ datu

mbu

laig

en,

indi

hege

nge

likah

a

˙ tago

ho,

<bo

˙ nın

mai

dara

bon

˙ datu

mbu

laig

enin

dihe

gen

gelik

aha

˙ tago

hosa

ying

attim

efi

rew

ood

the

bund

lelif

ting

flyi

ngup

gone

toth

em

anne

rgo

ing

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

OB

L.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

T.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.

Whe

nhe

said

(so)

,(t

hecr

ane)

flew

off

taki

ngth

efi

rew

ood

(and

)w

ent

onin

the

way

heha

dgo

ne(b

efor

e).

32a

H>d

ara

bon

˙ daba

vı-a

ifa

nja

haig

enra

hind

uvan

neba

iken

gege

doro

.<da

rabo

n

˙ daba

vıai

fan

jaha

igen

rahi

nduv

anne

baik

enge

gedo

rofi

rew

ood

the

bund

lehe

put

they

say

leav

espu

shin

gto

ddy

cook

ing

ofso

me

peop

leof

hous

eto

(doo

r)N

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

OB

L.

OB

L.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

EX

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.PA

RT

.PR

S.G

EN

.G

EN

.O

BL

.

and

laid

dow

nth

efi

rew

ood

bund

leat

(the

hous

eof

)so

me

peop

lew

how

ere

boili

ngto

ddy

bypu

tting

coco

nut

leav

es(i

nth

efi

re).

Page 63: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

59T2 Makana

33 Aea

hedi

leka

kı,

dara

ben

˙ die

lafe

i,ra

hiag

a

c .ea

hedi

leka

kıda

rabe

n

˙ dia

lafe

ira

hiag

atsh

edo

new

hat

aw

ayis

the

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

havi

ngla

idto

ddy

she

boile

dPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.I

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

Lay

ing

out

the

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

,sh

e(f

inal

lym

anag

edto

)bo

ilto

ddy.

Feb

agem

ma,

mi

mıh

unhe

dıva

˙ dam

akı,

rahi

agat

t-ai

.eb

agen

ma

mi

mıh

unhe

dıva

˙ dam

akı

rahi

agat

taai

goin

gaw

ayat

time

thes

epe

ople

done

wha

ta

man

ner

isto

ddy

got

cook

edth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.+

FOC

.N

OM

.PT

.III

.3PL

.IN

T.

Whe

n(h

e)ha

dgo

neaw

ay,

she

got

the

todd

ybo

iled.

H baha

iov

vai

mi

mıh

unda

rabo

n

˙ daja

haif

aira

hind

uvai

gatta

aipu

tting

havi

ngla

idth

ese

peop

lefi

rew

ood

the

bund

lehi

tting

todd

yco

okin

gth

eygo

tth

eysa

yV

ER

BV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.A

BS.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.O

BL

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

IN

OM

.A

BS.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Aft

erpu

tting

itth

ere,

they

succ

eede

din

boili

ngth

eto

ddy

bypu

tting

the

fire

woo

d(i

nth

efi

re).

34 Ahi

aga

c

fahu

n,as

kefi

,ko

bata

uti

ma

mi

tan

ve˙ t

˙ tida

rabe

n˙ di

e?hi

agat

fahu

nas

kefi

koba

tau

tima

mi

tan

ve

˙ t˙ tida

rabe

n

˙ dia?

cook

edaf

ter

com

ing

hesa

idw

here

aski

ngse

lfth

ispl

ace

drop

ped

the

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

CPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

PAR

T.P

T.

AB

L.

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

LO

C.

INT

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.D

EF.

Aft

er(s

he)

had

cook

ed(i

t),

the

cran

esa

idco

min

g(b

ack)

,‘w

here

,’he

aske

d,‘i

sth

efi

rew

ood

bund

leI

drop

ped

here

?’H

>ra

hind

uvai

gat

tai

mak

anay

aah

obo

˙ ni-a

i,ko

bahe

tim

mıh

ada

rabo

n

˙ da?<

rahi

nduv

aiga

tta

im

akan

aya

aho

bo

˙ niai

koba

hetim

mıh

ada

rabo

n

˙ da?

todd

yco

okin

ggo

tat

mom

ent

the

cran

eco

min

ghe

said

they

say

whe

reas

king

self

the

man

fire

woo

dth

ebu

ndle

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CIP

RO

NIP

AR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

N

NO

M.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

LO

C.

INT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.D

EF.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

Just

whe

nth

eyha

dgo

t(t

he)

todd

ybo

iling

,th

ecr

ane

cam

e(b

ack)

and

said

aski

ng,

‘whe

reis

my

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

?’F

aho

be

˙ ni-a

i,ti

man

kalo

gala

ka

c

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

faga

c

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

faga

c

emm

a

˙ nadı

faga

c .ah

obe

˙ niai

timan

kalo

gala

kas

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

fai

gat

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

emm

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

com

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yse

lflo

rdto

aro

ckla

iddr

oppi

nggi

ving

rece

ived

wav

egi

ving

rece

ived

bait

fish

givi

ngre

ceiv

edV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.IN

T.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OU

NA

BS.

I(M

!)PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.A

BS.

I(M

!)PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.A

BS.

I(M

!)PA

RT

.PT

.

Com

ing

(bac

k)he

said

aski

ng,

‘whe

reis

the

fire

woo

d(b

undl

e)I

rece

ived

givi

ngth

efi

shI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

eba

itfi

shI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

ew

ave

Iha

dre

ceiv

e

Page 64: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

60 Texts with interlinear analysis

34a

Fm

asm

a

˙ nadi

faga

c

daro

ma

˙ nako

bahe

i-e?

mas

ma

˙ nadı

fai

gat

daro

ma

˙ nako

bahe

i_e?

fish

givi

ngre

ceiv

edfi

rew

ood

whe

rew

ell-

aski

ngN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

RO

NA

DV

+IP

AR

TC

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

LO

C.

INT

.

givi

ngth

eba

itfi

shI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

ew

ave

Iha

dre

ceiv

edgi

ving

the

drop

ping

Iha

dla

idon

aro

ck?’

35 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

dıka

loke

fi,

tada

rabe

n

˙ da

c

kan,

tim

ada

rabe

n

˙ da

c

kan

dene

ti,

tim

ara

hiag

amm

-au.

be

˙ nim

eidı

kalo

kefi

tada

rabe

n

˙ dak

kam

tima

dara

ben

˙ dak

kam

dene

titim

ara

hiag

atim

ausa

idw

hen

Kal

osh

esa

idyo

ura

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

whe

ther

self

afi

rew

ood

bund

lew

heth

erno

tkn

owin

gse

lfto

ddy

Ibo

iled

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NPN

PNV

ER

BPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.

NO

M.

PT.I

.3SG

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

AB

S.N

OM

.N

OM

.PT

.III

.1SG

.IN

T.

Whe

nhe

had

said

(so)

,D

.K.

said

,‘n

otkn

owin

gw

heth

er(i

tis

)yo

urfi

rew

ood

bund

leor

my

(ow

n)fi

rew

ood

bund

le,

I(f

inal

ly)

got

(the

)to

ddy

boile

d.’

Fbe

˙ nam

im

ıhun

be

˙ ni-a

i,ka

loda

rom

a

˙ naka

nde

neti

,ti

mam

enra

hiag

amm

-ai.

be

˙ nam

im

ıhun

be

˙ niai

kalo

daro

ma

˙ naka

mde

neti

timam

enra

hiag

amm

aai

sayi

ngth

ese

peop

leth

eysa

idth

eysa

ylo

rdfi

rew

ood

that

not

know

ing

selv

esto

ddy

we

got

cook

ing

sayi

ngV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.A

TT

R.

NO

M.P

L.

PT.3

PL.

EX

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AB

S.N

OM

.PL

.N

OM

.PT

.III

.1PL

.IN

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

thes

epe

ople

said

,‘n

otkn

owin

gth

at(i

tw

as)

your

fire

woo

dw

e(o

urse

lves

)go

t(o

ur)

todd

ybo

iled.

’H

>bo

˙ nım

mai

,m

im

ıhun

bo

˙ niai

,ti

mm

ıhun

rahi

nduv

aiga

tum

mai

,da

rabo

n

˙ dake

dem

ahe

,ra

ike

dem

ahe

?<bo

˙ nın

mai

mi

mıh

unbo

˙ niai

timm

ıhun

rahi

nduv

aiga

tun

mai

dara

bon

˙ dake

dem

ahe

raik

ede

ma

he?

sayi

ngat

time

thes

epe

ople

said

they

say

self

peop

leto

ddy

cook

ing

getti

ngat

time

fire

woo

da

bund

lew

egi

veas

king

ato

ddy

we

give

aski

ngV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.P

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.O

BL

.L

OC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PR

S.1P

L.

INT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PR

S.1P

L.

INT

.

Aft

er(h

is)

sayi

ng(s

o),

thes

epe

ople

said

aski

ng,

‘aft

erw

ego

t(o

ur)

todd

ybo

iling

,sh

all

we

give

(you

)a

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

(or)

shal

lw

egi

ve(y

ou)

som

eto

ddy?

36 Ata

c

de

˙ nei

dara

ben

˙ da

c

tau,

fani

tu

˙ lela

c

tau?

tas

de

˙ neı

dara

ben

˙ dak

tau

fani

tu

˙ lela

kta

u?to

you

wha

tsh

all

begi

ven

isa

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

aski

ngtr

eacl

ea

mea

sure

aski

ngPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

‘Sha

ll(I

)gi

veyo

ua

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

orso

me

(lit.

"am

easu

reof

")tr

eacl

e?’

Fka

losa

denı

fani

ma

˙ na

c

tai,

daro

ma

˙ na

c

tai?

kalo

sade

nıfa

nim

a

˙ nak

tai

daro

ma

˙ nak

tai?

tolo

rdw

hat

isto

begi

ven

istr

eacl

eei

ther

fire

woo

dor

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

AR

TC

DA

T.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

NO

M.

CO

NJ.

NO

M.

CO

NJ.

‘Sha

llw

egi

veyo

uso

me

trea

cle

orso

me

fire

woo

d?’

Page 65: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

61T2 Makana

37 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

kefi

,em

me

rang

a

˙ l-au

,fa

nitu

˙ lela

c

de

c

kei.

be

˙ nim

eike

fiem

me

rang

a

˙ laau

fani

tu

˙ lela

kde

ske

isa

idw

hen

hesa

idm

ost

ofal

lbe

autif

ulsa

ying

trea

cle

am

easu

reto

give

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BPA

RT

CA

DJ

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

PT.I

.3SG

.M

OD

.PR

ED

.IN

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

AB

S.

Whe

nsh

esa

id(s

o),

hesa

id,

‘(it)

wou

ldbe

best

togi

ve(m

e)so

me

(lit.

"am

easu

reof

")tr

eacl

e.’

Fbe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mas

ade

nnen

ıfa

nim

a

˙ nak-

ai.

be

˙ niai

timas

ade

nnen

ıfa

nim

a

˙ nak

aihe

said

they

say

tose

lfw

hat

isto

begi

ven

isa

trea

cle

sayi

ngV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

Whe

n(t

hey)

said

so,

(the

cran

e)sa

id,

‘giv

em

e(s

ome)

trea

cle.

’H

>bo

˙ nim

mai

bo

˙ nı-a

i,ra

ike

denn

a.<

bo

˙ nim

mai

bo

˙ nıai

raik

ede

nna

sayi

ngat

time

hesa

idth

eysa

ya

todd

yto

give

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

Aft

er(t

heir

)sa

ying

(so)

,he

said

,‘g

ive

(me)

som

eto

ddy’

.

38 Fbe

˙ nam

im

ıhun

dere

fi-a

i.be

˙ nam

im

ıhun

dere

fiai

sayi

ngth

ese

peop

le(t

hey)

gave

they

say

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.A

TT

R.

NO

M.P

L.

PT.3

PL.

INT

.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

thes

epe

ople

gave

it(t

ohi

m).

39 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

fani

tu

˙ lela

dim

mei

,tu

mbe

lage

nud

ussa

ga

c .be

˙ nim

eifa

nitu

˙ lela

din

mei

tum

bela

gen

udus

saga

tsa

idw

hen

trea

cle

the

mea

sure

give

nw

hen

liftin

ghe

flew

away

(int

entio

nally

)V

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AB

S.II

IPT

.III

.3SG

.

Whe

nhe

had

said

(so)

,w

hen

hew

asgi

ven

the

mea

sure

oftr

eacl

e,he

star

ted

flyi

ngta

king

(it)

up.

Page 66: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

62 Texts with interlinear analysis

40 Aud

uhig

enge

leka

c

gos,

ebba

kin

fani

neti

gen

kubu

sni

fihi

gen

tibi

taka

c

va

˙ t

˙ tali.

uduh

igen

gele

kas

gos

ekba

kin

fani

netig

enku

bus

nifi

hige

ntib

ita

kas

va

˙ t˙ tali

flyi

nggo

neto

way

goin

gon

eso

me

peop

letr

eacl

eno

tbe

ing

panc

ake

not

baki

ngbe

ing

toa

plac

ehe

drop

ped

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.D

AT

.A

BS.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

NO

M.

NE

G.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.PT

.II.

3SG

.

As

hew

ent

on,

flyi

ngin

the

way

heha

dbe

en(b

efor

e),

hedr

oppe

d(i

t)on

apl

ace

whe

reth

ere

wer

eso

me

peop

lew

hofa

iled

baki

ngpa

ncak

esbe

caus

eof

not

havi

ngtr

eacl

e.F

dinu

mm

afa

nim

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

nud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

ho,

baik

enfa

nine

tıfe

ne

˙ dage

nku

bus

fihe

nna

tibi

tana

kaha

va

˙ t

˙ tala

feeb

age-

ai.

dinu

nm

afa

nim

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

nud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

hoba

iken

fani

netı

fen

e

˙ dage

nku

bus

fihe

nna

tibi

tana

kaha

va

˙ t˙ tala

feeb

age

aigi

ving

attim

etr

eacl

elif

ting

byfl

ying

byfl

ying

goin

gso

me

trea

cle

not

bein

gw

ater

pour

ing

panc

ake

toba

kebe

ing

toa

plac

eha

ving

drop

ped

hew

ent

they

say

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IR

GR

ND

.R

GR

ND

.A

BS.

OB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.O

BL

.A

BS.

III

NO

M.

INF.

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

+I

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

n(t

hey)

gave

it(t

ohi

m),

(he)

,lif

ting

upth

etr

eacl

ean

dgo

ing

onfl

ying

and

flyi

ng,

drop

ped

(it)

ata

plac

ew

here

ther

ew

ere

som

epe

ople

(who

trie

d)to

bake

panc

ake

bypo

urin

gw

ater

(upo

nit)

beca

use

ofno

tha

ving

trea

cle.

H>r

aya

hifa

igen

gelik

aha

˙ tago

ho,

va

˙ t

˙ taili

aiot

tıap

pana

o

˙ dana

geak

udo

ra

˙ ta.<

raya

hifa

igen

gelik

aha

˙ tago

hova

˙ t˙ taili

aiot

tıap

pana

o

˙ dana

geak

udo

ra

˙ tath

eto

ddy

gras

ping

gone

toa

man

ner

goin

ghe

drop

ped

they

say

whe

reit

was

panc

ake

prep

arin

ga

hous

eto

door

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

N

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

EX

T.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PR

S.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.D

AT

.

Tak

ing

the

todd

y(a

nd)

goin

gon

inth

ew

ay(h

e)ha

dgo

ne(b

efor

e),

hedr

oppe

dit

near

aho

use

whe

reth

ere

was

(som

ebod

y)pr

epar

ing

(a)

panc

ake.

41 Aev

erin

hedi

leka

kı,

fani

tu

˙ lela

e

˙ dage

n,fi

siga

rage

n,ku

bus

fiha

gatt

a.ev

erin

hedi

leka

kıfa

nitu

˙ lela

e

˙ dage

nfi

siga

rage

nku

bus

fiha

gatta

thos

eon

esdo

new

hat

aw

ayis

trea

cle

the

mea

sure

putti

ngfl

our

stir

ring

panc

ake

they

bake

dD

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.P

L.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.A

BS.

III

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

PL.

Tak

ing

the

mea

sure

oftr

eacl

e(a

nd)

stir

ring

in(s

ome)

flou

r,th

ese

peop

le(f

inal

ly)

got

the

panc

ake

bake

d.F

ebag

emm

a,m

im

ıhun

fani

ma

˙ nae

˙ dage

nku

bus

fiha

gat-

ai.

ebag

enm

am

im

ıhun

fani

ma

˙ nae

˙ dage

nku

bus

fiha

gat

aigo

ing

away

attim

eth

ese

peop

letr

eacl

epo

urin

gpa

ncak

eth

eygo

tco

oked

they

say

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

PL.

INT

.

Whe

n(h

e)ha

dgo

neaw

ay,

thes

epe

ople

got

the

panc

ake

bake

dby

pour

ing

trea

cle

(upo

nit)

.H

>mi

mıh

unek

kala

raya

o

˙ dafa

i,ap

pana

fiha

iga

t-ai

.<m

im

ıhun

ekka

lara

yao

˙ dafa

iap

pana

fiha

iga

tai

thes

epe

ople

one

time

the

todd

ypo

urin

gpa

ncak

eba

king

they

got

they

say

DPR

ON

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.I

NO

M.

AB

S.PT

.3PL

.IN

T.

The

sepe

ople

,po

urin

gth

e(a

fore

said

)to

ddy

init,

(fin

ally

)go

tth

epa

ncak

eba

ked.

Page 67: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

63T2 Makana

42 Fku

bus

fihe

gen

tibi

vela

iba

i.ku

bus

fihe

gen

tibi

vela

iba

aipa

ncak

eba

king

they

bein

gat

time

heca

me

back

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.IN

T.

Just

whe

nth

eyw

ere

baki

ngth

epa

ncak

e,(t

hecr

ane)

cam

eba

ck.

43 Ave

lake

˙ daku

n,m

akan

aas

ahaf

i,ko

bata

uti

ma

mi

tan

ve

˙ t

˙ tifa

nitu

˙ lela

?ve

lake

˙ daku

nm

akan

aas

ahaf

iko

bata

utim

am

ita

nve

˙ t˙ tifa

nitu

˙ lela

?tim

ew

itha

piec

eth

ecr

ane

com

ing

heas

ked

whe

reas

king

self

this

plac

edr

oppe

dtr

eacl

eth

em

easu

reN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BIP

RO

NIP

AR

TC

PRO

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

N

OB

L.

AB

L.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

LO

C.

INT

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

Aft

era

shor

tw

hile

,th

ecr

ane

cam

e(b

ack

and)

aske

d,‘w

here

isth

em

easu

reof

trea

cle

Idr

oppe

dhe

re?’

H>f

ihai

gatu

mm

ai,

aho

bo

˙ ni-a

i,ko

bai

heti

mm

ıha

raya

?<fi

hai

gatu

nm

aiah

obo

˙ niai

koba

ihe

timm

ıha

raya

?ba

king

getti

ngat

time

com

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yw

here

aski

ngse

lfth

em

anth

eto

ddy

VE

RB

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CIP

RO

NIP

AR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

N

AB

S.O

BL

.L

OC

.A

BS.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

LO

C.

INT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.D

EF.

NO

M.D

EF.

Just

whe

n(t

hey)

got

(it)

bake

d,(t

hecr

ane)

cam

e(b

ack

and)

said

,‘w

here

ism

yto

ddy?

’F

aho

be

˙ ni-a

i,ti

man

kalo

gala

ka

c

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

faga

c

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

faga

c

emm

a

˙ nadı

faga

c .ah

obe

˙ niai

timan

kalo

gala

kas

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

fai

gat

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

emm

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

com

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yse

lflo

rdto

aro

ckla

iddr

oppi

nggi

ving

rece

ived

wav

egi

ving

rece

ived

bait

fish

givi

ngre

ceiv

edV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

UN

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

Com

ing

(bac

k)he

said

aski

ng,

‘whe

reis

the

trea

cle

Ire

ceiv

edgi

ving

the

fire

woo

dI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

efi

shI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

eba

itfi

shI

had

rece

ived

43a

Fm

asm

a

˙ nadi

faga

c

daro

ma

˙ nadi

faga

c

fani

ma

˙ nako

bahe

i-e?

mas

ma

˙ nadi

fai

gat

daro

ma

˙ nadi

fai

gat

fani

ma

˙ nako

bahe

i_e?

fish

givi

ngre

ceiv

edfi

rew

ood

givi

ngre

ceiv

edtr

eacl

ew

here

wel

l-as

king

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

RO

NA

DV

+IP

AR

TC

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

LO

C.

INT

.

givi

ngth

ew

ave

Iha

dre

ceiv

edgi

ving

the

drop

ping

Iha

dla

idon

aro

ck?’

Page 68: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

64 Texts with interlinear analysis

44 Ata

fani

tu

˙ lela

c

kan,

tim

amen

fani

tu

˙ lela

c

kan

dene

ti,

kubu

sfi

haga

mm

-au.

tafa

nitu

˙ lela

kka

mtim

amen

fani

tu

˙ lela

kka

mde

neti

kubu

sfi

haga

mm

aau

your

trea

cle

am

easu

rew

heth

erse

lves

trea

cle

am

easu

rew

heth

erno

tkn

owin

gpa

ncak

ew

eba

ked

sayi

ngPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

OB

L.P

L.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

AB

S.N

OM

.PT

.III

.1PL

.IN

T.

‘Not

know

ing

whe

ther

(it

is)

your

mea

sure

oftr

eacl

eor

our

(ow

n)m

easu

reof

trea

cle,

we

(fin

ally

)ba

ked

panc

ake

(with

it)’,

(the

y)sa

id.

Fbe

˙ num

ma

mi

mıh

unbe

˙ ni-a

i,ka

lofa

nim

a

˙ naka

nde

neti

,ku

bus

fiha

gam

mai

.be

˙ nun

ma

mi

mıh

unbe

˙ niai

kalo

fani

ma

˙ naka

mde

neti

kubu

sfi

haga

mm

aai

sayi

ngat

time

thes

epe

ople

they

said

they

say

lord

trea

cle

that

not

know

ing

panc

ake

we

got

baki

ngsa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.PT

.3PL

.E

XT

.O

BL

.N

OM

.+D

IM.

NO

M.

AB

S.N

OM

.PT

.III

.1PL

.IN

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

thes

epe

ople

said

,‘n

otkn

owin

gth

at(i

tw

as)

your

trea

cle,

we

(fin

ally

)go

t(o

ur)

panc

ake

bake

d.H

>bo

˙ nım

mai

bo

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mfe

lata

raya

naga

iga

tum

mai

,ap

pana

kede

ma

he,

raik

ede

ma

he?<

bo

˙ nın

mai

bo

˙ niai

timfe

lata

raya

naga

iga

tun

mai

appa

nake

dem

ahe

raek

ede

ma

he?

sayi

ngat

time

they

said

they

say

self

peop

leyo

urto

ddy

liftin

gge

tting

attim

ea

panc

ake

we

give

aski

nga

todd

yw

egi

veas

king

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

PPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.O

BL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1PL

.IN

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1PL

.IN

T.

Aft

er(h

is)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

y)sa

idas

king

,‘a

fter

we

have

acqu

ired

your

todd

y(b

y)ta

king

(it)

up,

shal

lw

egi

ve(y

ou)

apa

ncak

e(o

r)sh

all

we

give

(you

)so

me

todd

y?’

45 Ata

c

de

˙ nei

fani

tu

˙ lela

c

tau,

kubu

ha

c

tau?

tas

de

˙ neı

fani

tu

˙ lela

kta

uku

buha

kta

u?to

you

wha

tsh

all

begi

ven

istr

eacl

ea

mea

sure

aski

nga

panc

ake

aski

ngPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

‘Sha

ll(w

e)gi

veyo

ua

mea

sure

oftr

eacl

eor

apa

ncak

e?’

Fka

losa

denn

enı

kubu

sma

˙ na

c

tai

fani

ma

˙ na

c

tai?

kalo

sade

nnen

ıku

busm

a

˙ nak

tai

fani

ma

˙ nak

tai?

tolo

rdw

hat

isto

begi

ven

ispa

ncak

eei

ther

trea

cle

orN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

IPA

RT

CN

OU

N+

DIM

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

CO

NJ.

NO

M.

CO

NJ.

‘Sha

llw

egi

veyo

ua

panc

ake

orso

me

trea

cle?

Page 69: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

65T2 Makana

46 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

kefi

,ku

buha

c

de

c

kei.

be

˙ nim

eike

fiku

buha

kde

ske

isa

idw

hen

hesa

ida

panc

ake

togi

vesa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

PT.I

.3SG

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

F.A

BS.

Aft

er(t

heir

)sa

ying

(so)

,(t

hecr

ane)

said

,‘g

ive

(me)

apa

ncak

e.’

Fbe

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mas

ade

nnen

ıku

busm

a

˙ nakk

-ai.

be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

timas

ade

nnen

ıku

busm

a

˙ nak

aisa

ying

hesa

idth

eysa

yto

self

wha

tis

tobe

give

nis

apa

ncak

esa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.FU

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

Whe

n(t

hey)

said

so,

(the

cran

e)sa

id,

‘giv

em

ea

panc

ake.

’H

>bo

˙ nım

mai

bo

˙ ni-a

i,ap

pana

kede

nn-a

i.<bo

˙ nın

mai

bo

˙ niai

appa

nake

denn

aai

sayi

ngat

time

hesa

idth

eysa

ya

panc

ake

togi

vesa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

INT

.

Whe

n(t

hey)

said

so,

(the

cran

e)sa

id,

‘giv

em

ea

panc

ake.

47 Fbe

˙ nam

im

ıhun

dere

fi-a

i.be

˙ nam

im

ıhun

dere

fiai

sayi

ngth

ese

peop

le(t

hey)

gave

they

say

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.A

TT

R.

NO

M.P

L.

PT.3

PL.

Aft

erhe

had

said

(so)

,th

ese

peop

lega

ve(i

tto

him

).

Page 70: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

66 Texts with interlinear analysis

48 Aku

buha

dim

mei

,ku

buha

tum

bela

gen

gele

ka

c

gos,

feru

kale

gefe

ran

kera

tatu

neke

˙ deba

vvai

ebeg

e.ku

buha

din

mei

kubu

hatu

mbe

lage

nge

leka

sgo

sfe

ruka

lege

fera

nke

rata

tune

ke

˙ deba

vvai

ebeg

eth

epa

ncak

egi

ven

whe

nth

epa

ncak

elif

ting

gone

tow

aygo

ing

wea

ver

mis

ter

wea

ving

mak

ing

ofch

air

aten

dpu

tting

hew

ent

off

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

M.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.D

AT

.A

BS.

OB

L.

OB

L.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

GE

N.

LO

C.

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.

Whe

nhe

had

been

give

nth

epa

ncak

e(a

nd)

take

n(i

t),

hew

ent

onin

the

way

heha

dgo

ne(b

efor

e),

(and

)af

ter

putti

ngit

onth

een

dof

aw

eave

r’s

wea

ving

chai

r,he

wen

tof

f(a

gain

).F

dinu

mm

a,ku

busm

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

n,ud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

ho,

feru

kale

gefe

ran

o

˙ lom

boda

n

˙ deba

vva

ebag

e-ai

.di

nun

ma

kubu

sma

˙ natu

mbe

lage

nud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

hofe

ruka

lege

fera

no

˙ lom

boda

n

˙ deba

vva

ebag

eai

givi

ngat

time

panc

ake

liftin

gby

flyi

ngby

flyi

nggo

ing

wea

ver

lord

’sw

eavi

ng(?

)st

ick

putti

nghe

wen

tof

fth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IR

GR

ND

.R

GR

ND

.A

BS.

OB

L.

GE

N.

OB

L.

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

n(t

hey)

gave

it(t

ohi

m),

(he)

,ta

king

upth

etr

eacl

ean

dgo

ing

onfl

ying

and

flyi

ng,

put

(it)

on(a

)w

eave

r’s

wea

ving

(?)

stic

k.H

>app

ana

hifa

igen

gelik

aha

˙ tago

ho,

va

˙ t

˙ taili

aibe

reo

˙ dana

baik

enge

ga

˙ ta.<

appa

nahi

faig

enge

likah

a

˙ tago

hova

˙ t˙ taili

aibe

reo

˙ dana

baik

enge

ga

˙ tath

epa

ncak

egr

aspi

nggo

neto

am

anne

rgo

ing

hedr

oppe

dth

eysa

ydr

umpr

epar

ing

som

epe

ople

’sto

hous

eN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

EX

T.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

GE

N.

DA

T.

Tak

ing

the

panc

ake

(and

)go

ing

onin

the

way

(he)

had

gone

(bef

ore)

,he

drop

ped

(it)

near

som

epe

ople

who

wer

efi

xing

(the

skin

of)

adr

um.

49 Feb

agem

ma,

miu

dati

jeha

kom

me

kala

kive

˙ t

˙ tenı

-ai.

ebag

enm

am

iuda

tije

hako

mm

eka

laki

ve

˙ t˙ tenı

aigo

ing

away

attim

eth

ison

ein

toot

hhi

tting

ever

yin

time

itfa

llsth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

S.A

TT

R.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

3SG

.(M

!)E

XT

.

Aft

er(h

e)ha

dgo

neaw

ay,

itfe

lldo

wn

all

the

way

(lit.

"tim

e")

hitti

ngin

toth

ete

eth

ofth

ison

e(i

.e.,

the

wea

ver’

s).

Aeb

ege

mei

,fe

ruka

lege

inde

fei

kala

kida

vva

˙ daja

hafe

iku

duko

c

mat

iva

˙ dana

gam

unka

mun

mak

ana

eto

bala

fei,

ebeg

em

eife

ruka

lege

inde

fei

kala

kida

vva

˙ daja

hafe

iku

duko

sm

ativ

a

˙ dana

gam

unka

mun

mak

ana

eto

bala

fei

com

ew

hen

wea

ver

mis

ter

sitti

ng(e

ach)

ata

time

in-m

outh

stri

king

little

mak

ing

off-

mou

thra

isin

gea

ting

the

cran

eco

min

gif

look

ing

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BC

ON

JV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

OB

L.

AB

S.I

PRE

D.

AB

S.O

BL

.G

RN

D.

GR

ND

.N

OM

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PR

S.A

BS.

I

Whe

nhe

wen

tof

f,th

ew

eave

rw

assi

tting

ther

e,bi

ting

off

(pie

ces)

from

itby

putti

ngit

inhi

sm

outh

and

taki

nga

little

bit

off

agai

nan

dag

ain,

(eac

h)at

atim

ew

hile

look

ing

whe

ther

the

cran

e(m

ight

)co

me

(bac

k)

Page 71: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

67T2 Makana

49a

Ada

vva

˙ daja

ham

une

vele

i,ku

buha

hus

vege

.da

vva

˙ daja

ham

une

vele

iku

buha

hus

vege

in-m

outh

stri

king

goin

gon

whi

leth

epa

ncak

eem

pty

itbe

cam

eN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

OB

L.

GR

ND

.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.N

OM

.DE

F.PR

ED

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.

and

whi

lehe

was

goin

gon

putti

ngit

inhi

sm

outh

(lik

eth

is),

the

panc

ake

beca

me

empt

y.

50 Fve

˙ t

˙ tc

ena

hedı

,rı

˙ diar

agen

,ka

fı-a

i.ve

˙ t˙ t

c

ena

hedı

˙ diar

agen

kafı

ai(i

t)fa

lling

hew

hat

hedi

dw

asan

gry

clim

bing

uphe

ate

they

say

VE

RB

PRO

NV

ER

BA

DJ.

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.N

OM

.(M

!)PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IPT

.I.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

nit

fell

(bet

wee

nhi

ste

eth)

,he

beca

me

angr

yan

dsw

allo

wed

(it)

.H

>va

˙ t

˙ tailı

mm

ai,

mi

mıh

une

hedi

lihak

uap

pana

kaig

enbe

rao

˙ dai

gat-

ai.<

va

˙ t˙ tailı

nm

aim

im

ıhun

ehe

dilih

aku

appa

naka

igen

bera

o

˙ dai

gat

aidr

oppi

ngat

time

thes

epe

ople

done

the

way

(was

)th

epa

ncak

eea

ting

the

drum

fixi

ngth

eygo

tth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.SG

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BS.

III

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.PT

.3PL

.IN

T.

Aft

er(h

is)

drop

ping

(it)

,th

ese

peop

lego

tth

edr

umfi

xed

byea

ting

the

panc

ake.

51 Aku

buha

hus

vita

nike

˙ da

c

mak

ana

bai.

kubu

hahu

svi

tani

ke

˙ das

mak

ana

baai

the

panc

ake

empt

ybe

com

eof

plac

eto

end

the

cran

ehe

cam

eth

eysa

yN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.D

EF.

PRE

D.

PAR

T.P

T.

GE

N.

DA

T.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

The

cran

eca

me

(bac

k)ju

stat

the

mom

ent

whe

nth

epa

ncak

eha

dbe

com

eem

pty.

Fka

fehi

c

vela

iba

i.ka

fehi

sive

lai

baai

havi

ngea

ten

hebe

ing

attim

ehe

cam

eth

eysa

yV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Just

whe

nhe

had

eate

nit,

(the

cran

e)ca

me

back

.

Page 72: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

68 Texts with interlinear analysis

52 Aas

kefi

,ko

bata

uti

ma

mi

tani

bevv

iku

buha

?as

kefi

koba

tau

tima

mi

tani

bevv

iku

buha

?co

min

ghe

said

whe

reas

king

self

this

inpl

ace

put

the

panc

ake

VE

RB

VE

RB

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

CPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

LO

C.

INT

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.D

EF.

Com

ing

(bac

k),

hesa

id,

‘whe

re,’

heas

ked,

‘is

the

panc

ake

Idr

oppe

din

this

plac

e?’

H>a

hobo

˙ ni-a

i,ko

bahe

tim

mıh

am

ita

vo

˙ t

˙ tiap

pana

?<ah

obo

˙ niai

koba

hetim

mıh

am

ita

vo

˙ t˙ tiap

pana

?co

min

ghe

said

they

say

whe

reas

king

self

the

man

this

atpl

ace

drop

ped

the

panc

ake

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CIP

RO

NIP

AR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.L

OC

.IN

T.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.DE

F.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.D

EF.

Hav

ing

com

e(b

ack)

,he

said

aski

ng,

‘whe

reis

the

panc

ake

Idr

oppe

din

this

plac

e?’

Fah

obe

˙ ni-a

i,ga

laka

c

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

faga

c

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

faga

c

emm

a

˙ nadı

faga

c .ah

obe

˙ niai

gala

kas

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

fai

gat

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

emm

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

com

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yto

aro

ckla

iddr

oppi

nggi

ving

rece

ived

wav

egi

ving

rece

ived

bait

fish

givi

ngre

ceiv

edV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

B

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OU

NA

BS.

I(M

!)PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.A

BS.

I(M

!)PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.A

BS.

I(M

!)PA

RT

.PT

.

Com

ing

(bac

k)he

said

aski

ng,

‘whe

reis

the

panc

ake

Iha

dre

ceiv

edgi

ving

the

*tre

acle

Ire

ceiv

edgi

ving

*(t

he)

fire

woo

dI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

efi

shI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

eba

itfi

shI

had

rece

ived

52a

Fm

asm

a

˙ nadı

faga

c

daro

ma

˙ na*d

ıfa

ga

c

fani

ma

˙ na*

dıfa

ga

c

kubu

sma

˙ nako

bahe

ie?

mas

ma

˙ nadı

fai

gat

daro

ma

˙ nadı

fai

gat

fani

ma

˙ nadı

fai

gat

kubu

sma

˙ nako

bahe

i_e?

fish

givi

ngre

ceiv

edfi

rew

ood

givi

ngre

ceiv

edtr

eacl

egi

ving

rece

ived

panc

ake

whe

rew

ell-

aski

ngN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

RO

NA

DV

+IP

AR

TC

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

LO

C.

INT

.

givi

ngth

ew

ave

Iha

dre

ceiv

edgi

ving

the

drop

ping

Iha

dla

idon

aro

ck?’

Page 73: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

69T2 Makana

53 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

kefi

,ta

kubu

ha

c

kan,

tim

aku

buha

c

kan

dene

ti,

davv

a

˙ daja

hafe

im

ativ

a

˙ dana

gam

unka

mun

eve

lei,

hus

vege

.be

˙ nim

eike

fita

kubu

hak

kan

tima

kubu

ha

c

kan

dene

tida

vva

˙ daja

hafe

im

ativ

a

˙ dana

gam

unka

mun

eve

lei

hus

vege

said

whe

nhe

said

your

apa

ncak

ew

heth

erse

lfa

panc

ake

whe

ther

not

know

ing

in-m

outh

stri

king

off-

mou

thra

isin

gea

ting

goin

gon

whi

leem

pty

itbe

cam

eV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

PT.I

.3SG

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

AB

S.O

BL

.A

BS.

IO

BL

.G

RN

D.

GR

ND

.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.PR

ED

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.

Whe

nhe

had

said

(so)

,(t

hew

eave

r)sa

id,

‘whi

le(I

was

)go

ing

onea

ting

(it)

bybi

ting

(bits

)of

f(a

nd)

putti

ng(t

hem

)in

the

mou

thon

and

on,

not

know

ing

whe

ther

(it

is)

your

panc

ake

orm

ypa

ncak

e,it

beca

me

empt

y.F

miu

be

˙ ni-a

i,ka

loku

busm

a

˙ na

c

kan

dene

ti,

kafı

m-a

i.m

iube

˙ niai

kalo

kubu

sma

˙ nak

kam

dene

tika

fım

aith

ison

ehe

said

they

say

lord

panc

ake

that

not

know

ing

Iat

esa

ying

DPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AB

S.PT

.III

.1SG

.IN

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

wea

ver)

said

,‘n

otkn

owin

gth

at(i

tw

as)

your

panc

ake,

Iat

eit.

’H

>bo

˙ nım

mai

,m

im

ıhun

bo

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mfe

laap

pana

kaif

ım-a

i.<bo

˙ nın

mai

mi

mıh

unbo

˙ niai

timfe

laap

pana

kaif

ımai

sayi

ngat

time

thes

epe

ople

they

said

they

say

self

peop

leth

epa

ncak

ew

eat

esa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.PT

.3SG

.IN

T.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.N

OM

.PT

.I.1

PL.

INT

.

At

(his

)sa

ying

(so)

,th

ese

peop

lesa

id,

‘we

ate

the

panc

ake.

54 Ata

c

de

˙ nei

kubu

ha

c

tau,

uter

a

c

tau?

tas

de

˙ neı

kubu

hak

tau

uter

akta

u?to

you

wha

tsh

all

begi

ven

isa

panc

ake

aski

nga

yarn

reel

aski

ngPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

‘Sha

ll(I

)gi

veyo

ua

panc

ake

ora

yarn

reel

?’F

den

miu

be

˙ ni-a

i,ka

losa

denn

enı,

uter

ima

˙ na

c

tai,

kubu

sma

˙ na

c

tai?

den

miu

be

˙ niai

kalo

sade

nnen

ıut

erim

a

˙ nak

tai

kubu

sma

˙ nak

tai?

then

this

one

hesa

idth

eysa

yto

lord

wha

tis

tobe

give

nis

yarn

reel

eith

erpa

ncak

eor

AD

VD

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

+D

IMIP

AR

TC

TE

MP.

NO

M.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

CO

NJ.

NO

M.

CO

NJ.

The

nth

ison

esa

id,

‘sha

llw

egi

veyo

u(a

)ya

rnre

elor

apa

ncak

e?’

Page 74: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

70 Texts with interlinear analysis

55 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

be

˙ nafi

,ut

era

c

de

c

kei.

be

˙ nim

eibe

˙ nafi

uter

akde

ske

isa

idw

hen

hesa

ida

yarn

reel

togi

vesa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

PT.I

.3SG

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

F.A

BS.

Whe

nhe

had

said

(so)

,(t

hecr

ane)

said

,‘g

ive

(me)

aya

rnre

el.’

Fbe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mas

ade

nnen

ı,ut

erim

a

˙ nakk

-ai.

be

˙ niai

timas

ade

nnen

ıut

erim

a

˙ nak

aihe

said

they

say

tose

lfw

hat

isto

begi

ven

isa

yarn

reel

sayi

ngV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

(Whe

nth

eysa

idso

,th

ecr

ane)

said

,‘g

ive

me

aya

rnre

el.’

56 Abe

˙ nim

ei,

dinı

uter

a

c .be

˙ nim

eidi

nıut

erak

.sa

idw

hen

wha

tw

asgi

ven

isa

yarn

reel

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.

Whe

nhe

had

said

(so)

,(h

e)w

asgi

ven

aya

rnre

el.

Fbe

˙ nade

refi

-ai.

be

˙ nade

refi

aisa

ying

hega

veth

eysa

yV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.PT

.3PL

.E

XT

.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

wea

ver)

gave

(it

tohi

m).

56a

Adi

mm

ei,

hifa

gen

uduh

igen

gos,

ka

˙ lage

beyy

au

mad

ave

gen,

na

˙ nani

e

˙ dige

nin

taka

c

va

˙ t

˙ tala

ieb

ege-

au.

din

mei

hifa

gen

uduh

igen

gos

ka

˙ lage

beyy

au

mad

ave

gen

na

˙ nani

e

˙ dige

nin

taka

sva

˙ t˙ tala

ieb

ege

augi

ven

whe

ngr

aspi

ngfl

ying

goin

gK

alag

eth

eB

eyya

rnfe

wha

ving

beco

me

fish

ing

line

not

fixi

ngsi

tting

toa

plac

eha

ving

drop

ped

hew

ent

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

PNN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

AB

S.N

OM

.N

OM

.DE

F.O

BL

.PR

ED

.A

BS.

III

NO

M.

NE

G.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

IIPT

.3SG

.IN

T.

Whe

nhe

was

give

n(i

t),

hew

ent

(off

)gr

aspi

ng(i

t),

and

flyi

ng(a

way

),he

drop

ped

itat

apl

ace

whe

reK

.B.

was

sitti

ng,

faili

ngto

fix

(his

)fi

shin

glin

e,be

caus

eof

yarn

havi

ngru

nsh

ort.

Page 75: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

71T2 Makana

56b

Ave

˙ t

˙ tim

ei,

beyy

ahe

dile

kakı

,ut

era

lafe

ina

˙ nae

˙ daga

c .ve

˙ t˙ tim

eibe

yya

hedi

leka

kıut

era

lafe

ina

˙ nae

˙ daga

tdr

oppe

dw

hen

the

bey

done

wha

tth

ew

ayis

the

yarn

reel

usin

gfi

shin

glin

ehe

fixe

dV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.I

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

Whe

n(h

e)dr

oppe

dit,

(K.)

Bey

was

fina

llyab

leto

fix

(his

)fi

shin

glin

eus

ing

the

yarn

reel

.

56c

Ana

˙ nae

˙ dai,

avid

ive

gefa

hun,

bai.

na

˙ nae

˙ dai

avid

ive

gefa

hun

baai

fish

ing

line

fixi

ngfi

nish

edbe

com

eaf

ter

heca

me

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.

AB

S.PR

ED

.PA

RT

.PT

.IV

AB

L.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Aft

erhe

had

fini

shed

fixi

ngth

efi

shin

glin

e,(t

hecr

ane)

cam

eba

ck.

56d

Aas

kefi

,ti

ma

mi

tan

ve

˙ t

˙ tiut

era

koba

tau?

aske

fitim

am

ita

nive

˙ t˙ tiut

era

koba

tau?

com

ing

hesa

idse

lfth

ispl

ace

drop

ped

the

yarn

reel

whe

reas

king

VE

RB

VE

RB

PRO

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

RO

NIP

AR

TC

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

OB

L.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.DE

F.L

OC

.IN

T.

Com

ing

(bac

k),

hesa

id,

‘whe

re,’

heas

ked,

‘is

the

yarn

reel

Idr

oppe

din

this

plac

e?’

56e

Abe

yya

kefi

,ta

uter

a

c

kan,

ma

uter

a

c

kan

nien

gina

˙ nae

˙ daga

mm

-au.

beyy

ake

fita

uter

akka

mm

aut

erak

kam

nien

gina

˙ nae

˙ daga

timau

the

bey

hesa

idyo

ura

yarn

reel

whe

ther

my

aya

rnre

elw

heth

erno

tbe

ing

know

nfi

shin

glin

eI

fixe

dsa

ying

NO

UN

VE

RB

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

.3SG

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.N

EG

.A

BS.

NO

M.

PT.I

II.1

SG.

INT

.

(K.)

Bey

said

,‘n

otkn

owin

gw

heth

er(i

tis

)yo

urya

rnre

elor

my

yarn

reel

,I

(fin

ally

)fi

xed

(my)

fish

ing

line

(usi

ngit)

.’

56f

Ata

c

de

˙ nei

uter

a

c

tau

nuva

tana

˙ na

c

tau?

tas

de

˙ neı

uter

akta

unu

vata

na

˙ nak

tau?

toyo

uw

hat

shal

lbe

give

nis

aya

rnre

elas

king

ora

fish

ing

line

aski

ngPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

CO

NJ

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.C

OO

R.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

‘Sha

ll(I

)gi

veyo

ua

yarn

reel

ora

fish

ing

line?

Page 76: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

72 Texts with interlinear analysis

57 Ana

˙ natu

mbe

lage

n,e

gele

ka

c

gos,

Kog

an

˙ diF

ucce

lona

˙ nam

ada

vege

nbe

ra

c

niem

e

˙ nige

nhi

sita

ka

c

va

˙ t

˙ tala

ieb

ege.

na

˙ natu

mbe

lage

ne

gele

kas

gos

Kog

an

˙ diF

ucce

lona

˙ nam

ada

vege

nbe

rak

niem

e

˙ nige

nhi

sita

kas

va

˙ t˙ tala

ieb

ege

fish

ing

line

liftin

gth

atgo

neto

way

goin

gof

Kog

an

˙ daFu

ccel

ofi

shin

glin

efe

wha

ving

beco

me

adr

umno

tty

ing

bein

gto

apl

ace

havi

ngdr

oppe

dhe

wen

tN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BPN

PNN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

TT

R.

PAR

T.P

T.

DA

T.

AB

S.G

EN

.O

BL

.N

OM

.PR

ED

.A

BS.

III

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NE

G.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.A

BS.

IIPT

.3SG

.

Hav

ing

take

n(t

he)

fish

ing

line

(and

)go

ing

(on)

inth

ew

ayhe

had

gone

(bef

ore)

,he

wen

tan

ddr

oppe

d(i

t)at

apl

ace

whe

reF.

from

K.

stoo

d,fa

iling

totie

(his

)dr

umbe

caus

eof

(his

)fi

shin

glin

eha

ving

run

shor

t.F

dinu

mm

a,ut

erim

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

n,ud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

ho,

baik

enu

netı

na

˙ nain

bera

e

˙ dann

aha

tibi

tana

kaha

va

˙ t

˙ tala

ieb

age-

ai.

dinu

nm

aut

erim

a

˙ natu

mbe

lage

nud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

hoba

iken

une

tına

˙ nain

bera

e

˙ dann

aha

tibi

tana

kaha

va

˙ t˙ tala

ieb

age

aigi

ving

attim

eya

rnre

ellif

ting

byfl

ying

byfl

ying

goin

gso

me

yarn

not

bein

gfr

omlin

edr

umto

fix

bein

gto

apl

ace

havi

ngdr

oppe

dhe

wen

tof

fth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IR

GR

ND

.R

GR

ND

.A

BS.

OB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.A

BL

.N

OM

.IN

F.PA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

II+

IPT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

n(t

hey)

gave

it(t

ohi

m),

(he)

,lif

ting

upth

etr

eacl

ean

dgo

ing

onfl

ying

and

flyi

ng,

drop

ped

(it)

ata

plac

ew

here

ther

ew

ere

som

epe

ople

(who

wer

e)tr

ying

tofi

x(a

)dr

umw

itha

fish

ing

line

beca

use

they

had

noya

rn.

58 Feb

agem

ma,

mi

mıh

unbe

rae

˙ daga

t-ai

.eb

agen

ma

mi

mıh

unbe

rae

˙ daga

tai

goin

gaw

ayat

time

thes

epe

ople

drum

they

got

fixe

dth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.N

OM

.PT

.III

.3PL

.IN

T.

Whe

n(h

e)ha

dgo

neaw

ay,

thes

epe

ople

man

aged

tofi

xth

edr

um.

59 Abe

ra

c

ama

˙ naga

c

fahu

n,m

ide

bai.

bera

kam

a

˙ naga

tfa

hun

mid

eba

aia

drum

tied

afte

rth

ison

ehe

cam

eth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIA

BL

.N

OM

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Aft

er(K

.F.)

had

tied

(his

)dr

um,

the

cran

eca

me

(bac

k).

Fbe

ra

c

e

˙ dage

nti

bive

lai,

bai.

bera

c

e

˙ dage

ntib

ive

lai

baai

drum

fixi

ngth

eybe

ing

attim

ehe

cam

eba

ckth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.IN

T.

Just

whe

nth

eyha

dfi

xed

the

drum

,(t

hecr

ane)

cam

eba

ck.

Page 77: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

73T2 Makana

60 Aas

kefi

,ko

bata

uti

ma

mi

tan

ve

˙ t

˙ tina

˙ na?

aske

fiko

bata

utim

am

ita

nive

˙ t˙ tina

˙ na?

com

ing

hesa

idw

here

aski

ngse

lfth

ispl

ace

drop

ped

fish

ing

line

VE

RB

VE

RB

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

CPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

LO

C.

INT

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

Com

ing

(bac

k),

hesa

id,

‘whe

re,’

heas

ked,

‘is

the

fish

ing

line

Idr

oppe

dat

this

plac

e?’

Fah

obe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

man

kalo

gala

ka

c

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

faga

c

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

faga

c

emm

a

˙ nadı

faga

c .ah

obe

˙ niai

timan

kalo

gala

kas

lıgu

ima

˙ nadı

fai

gat

ra

˙ lom

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

emm

a

˙ nadı

fai

gat

com

ing

hesa

idth

eysa

yse

lflo

rdto

aro

ckla

iddr

oppi

nggi

ving

rece

ived

wav

egi

ving

rece

ived

bait

fish

givi

ngre

ceiv

edV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

UN

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

Com

ing

(bac

k)he

said

aski

ng,

‘whe

reis

the

yarn

reel

Ire

ceiv

edgi

ving

the

panc

ake

Iha

dre

ceiv

edgi

ving

the

*tre

acle

Iha

dre

ceiv

edgi

ving

*(t

he)

fire

woo

dI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

efi

shI

had

rece

ived

givi

ngth

eba

itfi

shI

had

rece

ived

60a

Fm

asm

a

˙ nadı

faga

c

daro

ma

˙ nadı

faga

c

*fan

ima

˙ nadı

faga

c *ku

busm

a

˙ nadı

faga

c

uter

ima

˙ nako

bahe

i-e?

mas

ma

˙ nadı

fai

gat

daro

ma

˙ nadı

fai

gat

fani

ma

˙ nadı

fai

gat

kubu

sma

˙ nadı

fai

gat

uter

ima

˙ nako

bahe

i_e?

fish

givi

ngre

ceiv

edfi

rew

ood

givi

ngre

ceiv

edtr

eacl

egi

ving

rece

ived

panc

ake

givi

ngre

ceiv

edya

rnre

elw

here

wel

l-as

king

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

+D

IMV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

IPR

ON

AD

V+

IPA

RT

C

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

(M!)

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.+

DIM

.L

OC

.IN

T.

givi

ngth

ew

ave

Iha

dre

ceiv

edgi

ving

the

drop

ping

Iha

dla

idon

aro

ck?’

61 Ata

na

˙ na

c

kan,

ma

na

˙ na

c

kan

dene

ti,

tim

abe

ra

c

ama

˙ naga

mm

-au.

tana

˙ nak

kam

ma

na

˙ nak

kam

dene

titim

abe

rak

ama

˙ naga

timau

your

afi

shin

glin

ew

heth

erm

ya

fish

ing

line

whe

ther

not

know

ing

self

adr

umI

tied

sayi

ngPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.A

BS.

NO

M.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

II.1

SG.

INT

.

‘Not

know

ing,

whe

ther

(it

is)

your

fish

ing

line

orm

yfi

shin

glin

e,I

(use

dit

for)

tyin

g.’

Fbe

˙ nam

im

ıhun

be

˙ ni-a

i,ka

lout

erim

a

˙ na

c

kan

dene

ti,

bera

c

e

˙ daga

mm

-ai.

be

˙ nam

im

ıhun

be

˙ niai

kalo

uter

ima

˙ nak

kam

dene

tibe

rak

e

˙ daga

mm

aai

sayi

ngth

ese

peop

leth

eysa

idth

eysa

ylo

rdya

rnre

elth

atno

tkn

owin

ga

drum

we

got

fixe

dsa

ying

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.A

TT

R.

NO

M.P

L.

PT.3

PL.

EX

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.

NO

M.

AB

S.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PT

.III

.1PL

.IN

T.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

thes

epe

ople

said

,‘n

otkn

owin

gth

at(i

tw

as)

your

yarn

reel

,w

efi

nally

got

(our

)dr

umfi

xed

(with

it).’

Page 78: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

74 Texts with interlinear analysis

62 Ata

c

de

˙ nei

na

˙ na

c

tau

nuva

tabe

rata

u?ta

sde

˙ neı

na

˙ nak

tau

nuva

tabe

rata

u?to

you

wha

tsh

all

begi

ven

isa

fish

ing

line

aski

ngor

the

drum

aski

ngPP

RO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

CO

NJ

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.C

OO

R.

NO

M.D

EF.

INT

.

‘Sha

ll(I

)gi

veyo

ua

fish

ing

line

orth

edr

um?’

Fka

losa

denn

enı,

bera

ma

˙ na

c

tai

uter

ima

˙ na

c

tai?

kalo

sade

nnen

ıbe

ram

a

˙ nak

tai

uter

ima

˙ nak

tai?

tolo

rdw

hat

isto

begi

ven

isdr

umei

ther

yarn

reel

orN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N+

DIM

IPA

RT

CN

OU

N+

DIM

IPA

RT

C

DA

T.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

CO

NJ.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

CO

NJ.

‘Sha

llw

egi

veyo

ua

drum

ora

yarn

reel

?’H

>ber

eke

dem

ahe

,ap

pana

kede

ma

he?<

bere

kede

ma

heap

pana

kede

ma

he?

adr

umw

egi

veas

king

apa

ncak

ew

egi

veas

king

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1PL

.IN

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRS.

1PL

.IN

T.

‘Sha

llw

egi

ve(y

ou)

adr

um(o

r)sh

all

we

give

(you

)a

panc

ake?

63 Abe

˙ nim

eike

fi,

tim

ac

de˙ ne

ibe

rako

loak

-au.

be

˙ nim

eike

fitim

asde

˙ neı

bera

kolo

akau

said

whe

nhe

said

self

wha

tsh

all

begi

ven

isdr

uma

bunc

hsa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

PT.I

.3SG

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

Whe

nhe

had

said

(so)

,(t

hecr

ane)

said

,‘g

ive

me

abu

nch

ofdr

um(s

).’

Fbe

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

mas

ade

nnen

ıbe

ram

a

˙ naka

i.be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

timas

ade

nnen

ıbe

ram

a

˙ nak

aisa

ying

hesa

idth

eysa

yto

self

wha

tis

tobe

give

nis

adr

umsa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.FU

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

Whe

n(t

hey)

said

so,

(the

cran

e)sa

id,

‘giv

em

ea

drum

.’H

>bo

˙ ni-a

i,be

reke

denn

-ai.<

bo

˙ niai

bere

kede

nna

aihe

said

they

say

adr

umto

give

sayi

ngV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

INT

.

He

said

,‘g

ive

(me)

adr

um.’

Page 79: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

75T2 Makana

63a

Abe

˙ nim

ei,

bera

kolo

ade

refi

.be

˙ nim

eibe

rako

loa

dere

fisa

idw

hen

drum

the

bunc

hhe

gave

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

.3SG

.

Whe

nhe

had

said

(so)

,(K

.F.)

gave

(him

)a

bunc

hof

drum

(s).

64 H>b

era

tum

bula

igen

,in

dihe

gen

gelik

aha

˙ tago

ho,

jaha

ifi

aio

c

gala

hu

˙ t

˙ teko

˙ luhu

˙ tike

oge

haka

.<be

ratu

mbu

laig

enin

dihe

gen

gelik

aha

˙ tago

hoja

haif

iai

otga

lahu

˙ t˙ teko

˙ luhu

˙ tike

oge

haka

the

drum

liftin

gfl

ying

upgo

neto

am

anne

rgo

ing

hehi

tth

eysa

yit

was

(?)

ofG

alaf

usi

end

bein

gsc

rew

pine

toa

tree

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CV

ER

BPN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

T.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.PT

.I3S

G.

EX

T.

PAR

T.P

T.

GE

N.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

Tak

ing

the

drum

,(t

hecr

ane)

wen

ton

inth

ew

ayhe

had

gone

(bef

ore)

and

land

edon

asc

rew

pine

tree

whi

chw

asat

the

end

ofG

alaf

usi.

Fbe

˙ num

ma,

bera

ma

˙ natu

mbe

lage

nud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

hoM

elia

gefa

˙ n

˙ nei

hısi

kege

heki

inde

mi

kenı

:be

˙ nun

ma

bera

ma

˙ natu

mbe

lage

nud

ihem

unud

ihem

ungo

hoM

elia

gefa

˙ n

˙ nei

hısi

kege

heki

inde

mi

kenı

:sa

ying

attim

epa

ncak

elif

ting

byfl

ying

byfl

ying

goin

gof

Min

beac

hw

aybe

ing

scre

wpi

neon

atr

eesi

tting

dow

nth

isw

hat

hesa

ysis

:V

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

VE

RB

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IR

GR

ND

.R

GR

ND

.A

BS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

S.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.

Whe

n(h

e)ha

dsa

id(s

o),

taki

ngup

the

drum

,go

ing

onfl

ying

and

flyi

ngan

dsi

tting

dow

non

asc

rew

pine

tree

whi

chst

ood

onM

elia

’sbe

ach,

hesa

id:

64a

Fta

bere

nunu

n,m

abe

renu

nun,

rasg

efu

ttila

bere

ke,

kega

n

˙ dibe

re,

rava

rava

.ta

bere

nunu

nm

abe

renu

nun

rasg

efu

ttila

bere

keke

gan

˙ dibe

rera

vara

vayo

urdr

umno

tis

not

my

drum

not

isno

tki

ng’s

prin

ce-l

ord

(?)

drum

sayi

ngof

Kdr

um=

=PP

RO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CPA

RT

CPP

RO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BPN

(?)

NO

UN

INT

JIN

TJ

OB

L.

NO

M.

NE

G.

(M)

NE

G.

OB

L.

NO

M.

NE

G.

(M)

NE

G.

GE

N.

OB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.G

EN

.N

OM

.=

=

‘It

isno

tyo

urdr

um,

itis

not

my

drum

,it

isth

eki

ng’s

prin

ce’s

drum

,’he

said

,‘i

tis

Keg

an

˙ di’s

drum

,cr

awcr

aw’.

65 Adi

mm

ei,

bera

kolo

ahi

fage

n,tu

mbe

lage

ngo

s,bo

n

˙ dam

asi

nga

hi

c

bia

nika

vilis

sage

haki

jehi

fei

inde

kenı

,di

nm

eibe

rako

loa

hifa

gen

tum

bela

gen

gos

bon

˙ dam

asi

nga

hit

bia

nika

vilis

sage

haki

jehi

fei

inde

kenı

give

nw

hen

drum

the

bunc

hgr

aspi

nglif

ting

goin

gbi

ghu

gelio

nhe

art

beat

ing

flam

boya

nton

atr

eela

ndin

gsi

tting

wha

the

says

isV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DJ

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

AB

S.A

TT

R.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PR

S.O

BL

.L

OC

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

IA

BS.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

Whe

n(h

e)w

asgi

ven

(it)

,gr

aspi

ngth

ebu

nch

ofdr

ums,

taki

ng(i

t),

goin

gon

and

land

ing

upon

anam

azin

ghu

gefl

ambo

yant

tree

and

sitti

ngth

ere,

hesa

id,

Page 80: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

76 Texts with interlinear analysis

65a

Agu

a

c

dı,

ra

˙ le

c

gati

n;ra

˙ le

c

dı,

eme

c

gati

n;em

a

c

dı,

mah

a

c

gati

n;m

aha

c

dı,

dara

ben

˙ diga

tin;

gua

c

dıra

˙ le

c

gatin

;ra

˙ le

c

dıem

e

c

gatin

ema

c

dım

aha

c

gatin

mah

a

c

dıda

rabe

n

˙ diga

tina

drop

ping

givi

nga

wav

eI

rece

ived

aw

ave

givi

nga

bait

fish

Ire

ceiv

eda

bait

fish

givi

nga

fish

Ire

ceiv

eda

fish

givi

ngfi

rew

ood

bund

leI

rece

ived

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.(M

!)N

OM

.IN

DE

F.(M

!)PT

.1SG

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.(M

!)A

BS.

(M!)

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

(M!)

PT.1

SG.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.(M

!)N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PT

.1SG

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

(M!)

OB

L.

NO

M.

PT.1

SG.

‘Hav

ing

give

na

drop

ping

,I

rece

ived

aw

ave;

havi

nggi

ven

aw

ave,

Ire

ceiv

ed(a

)ba

itfi

sh;

havi

nggi

ven

(a)

bait

fish

,I

rece

ived

afi

sh;

havi

nggi

ven

afi

sh,

Ire

ceiv

ed(a

)bu

ndle

offi

rew

ood;

65b

Ada

rabe

n

˙ didı

,fa

nitu

˙ lela

c

gati

n;fa

nitu

˙ lela

c

dı,

kubu

ha

c

gati

n;ku

buhe

c

dı,

tera

c

gati

n;te

ra

c

dı,

na

˙ ne

c

gati

n;da

rabe

n

˙ didı

fani

tu

˙ lela

c

gatin

fani

tu

˙ lela

c

dıku

buha

c

gatin

kubu

he

c

dıte

ra

c

gatin

tera

c

dına

˙ ne

c

gatin

fire

woo

dbu

ndle

givi

ngtr

eacl

ea

mea

sure

Ire

ceiv

edtr

eacl

ea

mea

sure

givi

nga

panc

ake

Ire

ceiv

eda

panc

ake

givi

nga

reel

Ire

ceiv

eda

reel

givi

nga

fish

ing

line

Ire

ceiv

edN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.(M

!)O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PT

.1SG

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

(M!)

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PT.1

SG.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

(M!)

AB

S.(M

!)N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PT

.1SG

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

(M!)

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

M!

PT.1

SG.

Hav

ing

give

n(a

)bu

ndle

offi

rew

ood,

Ire

ceiv

eda

mea

sure

oftr

eacl

e;ha

ving

give

na

mea

sure

oftr

eacl

e,I

rece

ived

apa

ncak

e;ha

ving

give

na

reel

,I

rece

ived

afi

shin

glin

e;

65c

Ana

˙ ne

c

dı,

bere

c

gati

n:ta

bera

c

nun,

ma

bera

c

nun,

Kog

an

˙ diF

ucca

lobe

rara

vara

va.

na

˙ ne

c

dıbe

re

c

gatin

tabe

ra

c

nun

ma

bera

c

nun

Kog

an

˙ diF

ucca

lobe

rara

vara

vaa

fish

ing

line

givi

nga

drum

Ire

ceiv

edyo

urdr

umit

isno

tm

ydr

umit

isno

tof

Kog

an

˙ daFu

ccal

oth

edr

um=

=N

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BPP

RO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CPP

RO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CPN

PNN

OU

NIN

TJ

INT

J

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

(M!)

AB

S.(M

!)N

OM

.IN

DE

F.(M

!)PT

.1SG

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

EG

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.N

EG

.G

EN

.O

BL

.N

OM

.DE

F.=

=

Hav

ing

give

na

fish

ing

line,

Ire

ceiv

eda

drum

;it

isno

tyo

urdr

um,

itis

not

my

drum

,(i

tis

)K

.F.

’sdr

um,

rava

,ra

va.’

66 Fm

ehen

keke

hisu

vela

i,M

elia

gedi

aeb

age

lo

˙ nofu

rann

a.m

ehen

keke

hisu

vela

iM

elia

gedi

aeb

age

lo

˙ nofu

rann

ath

isw

aysa

ying

sayi

nghe

bein

gat

time

ofM

.da

ught

ersh

ew

ent

off

salt

tofi

llA

DV

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

PNN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

MO

D.

AB

S.A

BS.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

GE

N.

NO

M.

PT.3

SG.

NO

M.

INF.

Whi

lehe

was

talk

ing

and

talk

ing

like

this

,M

.D.

wen

tof

fto

fill

up(h

er)

salt.

H>j

ahai

hu

˙ t

˙ tai,

bere

jaha

nin

duva

i,m

am

elle

gedi

aba

iai

mi

tan

lo

˙ nohu

vann

a.<

jaha

ihu

˙ t˙ tai

bere

jaha

nin

duva

im

am

elle

gedi

aba

aim

ita

nlo

˙ nohu

vann

ahi

tting

bein

gdr

umto

beat

setti

ngM

.of

M.-

hous

eD

she

cam

eth

eysa

yth

ispl

ace

salt

tolo

okfo

rV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DJ

PNN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

AB

S.A

BS.

NO

M.

INF.

AB

S.A

TT

R.

GE

N.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

F.

Whe

nhe

had

land

edth

ere

and

had

star

ted

tobe

at(t

he)

drum

,M

.M.D

.ca

me

tohi

spl

ace

tolo

okfo

rso

me

salt.

Page 81: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

77T2 Makana

67 Fer

ıfe

hisu

vela

i,m

iabe

˙ ni-a

i,tı

kalo

bera

ma

˙ nanu

n-ai

,tı

denn

ake

.er

ıfe

hisu

vela

im

iabe

˙ niai

tıka

lobe

ram

a

˙ nanu

nai

tıde

nna

kege

tting

out

itbe

ing

attim

eth

ison

ehe

said

they

say

this

(you

r)lo

rddr

umis

not

sayi

ngth

is(y

our)

one

togi

vesa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

N+

DIM

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

OB

L.

(!)

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.N

OM

.PR

S.3S

G.

INT

.N

OM

.IN

F.A

BS.

Just

whe

nsh

ew

ent

out,

she

said

,‘t

his

isno

tyo

urdr

um,

give

(it

back

tom

e).’

H>a

ho,

mia

mak

anay

abe

reja

han

indu

vai,

bo

˙ ni-a

i,ta

hitu

nta

c

tıbe

reja

hanu

nhe

?<ah

om

iam

akan

aya

bere

jaha

nin

duva

ibo

˙ niai

tahi

tun

tas

tıbe

reja

hanu

nhe

?co

min

gth

ison

eth

ecr

ane

drum

tobe

atse

tting

she

said

they

say

your

from

hear

tto

you

this

drum

isbe

atab

leas

king

VE

RB

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPP

RO

NN

OU

NPP

RO

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

AB

S.N

OM

.N

OM

.DE

F.N

OM

.IN

F.A

BS.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

OB

L.

AB

L.

DA

T.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PT

.PO

T.

EX

T.

Com

ing

(the

re)

whe

nth

ecr

ane

was

abou

tto

beat

the

drum

,sh

esa

id,

‘do

you

real

lyth

ink

you

are

able

tobe

atth

edr

um?’

68 H>b

o

˙ nım

mai

,bo

˙ ni-a

i,ai

,ti

mm

ıha

bere

jaha

nna

go.<

bo

˙ nın

mai

bo

˙ niai

aitim

mıh

abe

reja

hann

ago

sayi

ngat

time

hesa

idth

eysa

yye

sse

lfto

the

man

drum

tobe

atin

deed

(?)

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPA

RT

CPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AFF

.O

BL

.D

AT

.DE

F.N

OM

.IN

F.(?

)M

OD

.

At

(her

)sa

ying

(so)

,(t

hecr

ane)

said

,‘y

es,

Iam

inde

edab

le(?

)to

beat

the

drum

.’

69 H>b

o

˙ nım

mai

bo

˙ ni-a

i,m

am

elle

gedi

a,<

bo

˙ nın

mai

bo

˙ niai

ma

mel

lege

dia

sayi

ngat

time

hesa

idth

eysa

yM

MD

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

DJ

PNN

OU

N

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.N

OM

.DE

F.

At

(her

)sa

ying

(so)

,he

said

,‘M

.M.D

.,

69a

H>t

aan

gaya

ma

anga

ya,

dean

gaya

kere

rate

anga

yake

bala

nta

anga

yaha

kolla

ila

nna

ke.<

taan

gaya

ma

anga

yade

anga

yake

rera

tean

gaya

keba

lan

taan

gaya

hako

llai

lann

ake

your

the

mou

thm

yth

em

outh

two

the

mou

thco

mpa

ring

red

am

outh

tose

eyo

urm

outh

open

mak

ing

tola

ysa

ying

PPR

ON

NO

UN

PPR

ON

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

POST

PA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

PPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

B

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.DE

F.L

OC

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

INF.

AB

S.

open

your

mou

th,’

hesa

id,

‘(so

that

we

can)

see

whi

chm

outh

,yo

urm

outh

orm

ym

outh

,is

(the

mor

e)re

d(o

ne).

Page 82: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

78 Texts with interlinear analysis

70 H>m

am

elle

gedi

aan

gaya

hake

ran

taci

ski

agu

ake

laif

i-ai

.<m

am

elle

gedi

aan

gaya

hake

ran

taci

ski

agu

ake

laif

iai

M.

M.

D.

the

mou

thop

enm

akin

gat

mom

ent

chis

ssa

ying

adr

oppi

nghe

laid

they

say

AD

JPN

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BN

OU

NIN

TJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.G

EN

.O

BL

.DE

F.N

OM

.DE

F.PR

ED

.PA

RT

.PR

S.O

BL

.A

BS.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

.3SG

.IN

T.

Just

whe

nM

.M.D

.ha

dop

ened

her

mou

th,

cis,

hela

ida

drop

ping

into

it.

71 H>m

am

elle

gedi

abo

˙ ni-a

i,m

akan

aya

vata

˙ t,be

raeg

em

atta

˙ t,ke

age

haeg

em

atta

˙ tin

gen

fehe

nadi

re

c .<m

am

elle

gedi

abo

˙ niai

mak

anay

ava

ta

˙ tbe

raeg

em

atta

˙ tke

age

haeg

em

atta

˙ tin

gen

fehe

nadi

rek

M.

M.

D.

she

said

they

say

the

cran

edo

wn

the

drum

ofth

atup

onth

esc

rew

pine

the

tree

ofth

atup

onfe

llif

avo

tive

gift

AD

JPN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPP

RO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPP

RO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BC

ON

JN

OU

N

AT

TR

.G

EN

.N

OM

.DE

F.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.DE

F.D

AT

.N

OM

.DE

F.G

EN

.D

AT

.O

BL

.DE

F.N

OM

.DE

F.G

EN

.D

AT

.A

BS.

CO

ND

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.(M

!)

M.M

.D.

said

,‘(

Ish

ould

give

)a

votiv

egi

ftif

the

cran

efe

lldo

wn,

the

drum

(fel

l)up

onhi

m(a

nd)

the

scre

wpi

netr

ee(f

ell)

upon

that

.’

72 Fde

nm

iam

ita

nba

lage

nhi

sei

eren

ı-ai

lo˙ no

fura

nna.

den

mia

mi

tan

bala

gen

hise

ier

enı

ailo

˙ nofu

rann

ath

enth

ison

eth

ispl

ace

look

ing

bein

gw

hat

she

got

out

for

was

they

say

salt

tofi

llA

DV

DPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

B

TE

MP.

OB

L.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.E

XT

.N

OM

.IN

F.

The

n,lo

okin

g(a

roun

d)th

ispl

ace,

she

got

out

tofi

llup

(her

)sa

lt.

73 Fgo

hogo

hohi

suve

lai

ve

˙ t

˙ tıge

ngo

hoje

hıfe

hata

ruka

kul

ham

bage

nba

˙ dia

gan

˙ dom

ugur

agen

ebag

e-ai

.go

hogo

hohi

suve

lai

ve

˙ t˙ tıge

ngo

hoje

hıfe

hata

ruka

kul

ham

bage

nba

˙ dia

gan

˙ dom

ugur

agen

ebag

eai

goin

ggo

ing

bein

gat

time

falli

nggo

ing

hitti

ngfo

urkn

eebr

eaki

ng(?

)be

lly(?

)pi

ece

crac

king

hew

ent

off

they

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.A

BS.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

AB

S.I

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

OB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IPT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nsh

ew

asgo

ing

arou

nd(l

ike

this

),(t

hecr

ane

?)w

ent

off

(aga

in),

hit

(the

grou

nd)

byfa

lling

dow

n,br

oke

(his

)kn

eein

four

(par

ts?)

and

crac

ked

(his

)be

lly(?

).

Page 83: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T3: Mo ˙logan ˙da

The axe

A ˙d ˙du: cAlı Ma ˙nikufanu

Page 84: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

80 Texts with interlinear analysis

1m

iti

bıva

ra

c

fakı

rifa

kıri

dem

afir

iaka

men

-au.

mi

tibı

vara

sfa

kıri

fakı

ride

maf

iria

kam

enau

ther

ew

how

ere

very

poor

poor

two

wom

an-(

with

)-a-

man

-tog

ethe

rth

eysa

yA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

JA

DJ

CA

RD

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.D

AT

.A

TT

R.

AT

TR

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.P

L.

EX

T.

The

re(o

nce)

was

ave

rypo

orco

uple

.

2ko

mm

iak-

asm

ige

dem

afir

inge

duva

sdi

give

gen

gei

duva

sva

ri.

kom

mia

kas

mi

gede

maf

irin

gedu

vas

digi

vege

nge

ıdu

vas

vari

how

ever

this

ofho

use

two

ofw

oman

-man

day

long

beco

min

gth

ew

ayth

eypa

ssed

was

time

ina

peri

odA

DV

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

N

MO

D.

MO

D.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.A

TT

R.

GE

N.P

L.

OB

L.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

LO

C.

Inso

me

way

oran

othe

r,th

ese

two

peop

leliv

edto

geth

erfo

rlo

ngen

ough

ape

riod

oftim

e.

3e

gota

ka

c

be

˙ nafe

he,

bali

vein

dige

.e

gota

kas

be

˙ nafe

heba

live

indi

geth

atto

way

calli

ngif

illbe

com

ing

she

beca

me

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

CO

NJ

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

B

AT

TR

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

CO

ND

.PR

ED

.A

BS.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

Inot

her

wor

ds,

she

(fin

ally

)be

cam

epr

egna

nt.

4nu

vam

asdi

hafu

ruva

iku

da

c

veha

fi.

nuva

mas

diha

furu

vai

kuda

kve

hafi

nine

mon

thte

nfi

lling

ach

ildw

asbo

rnC

AR

DN

OU

NC

AR

DV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

AB

S.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PT

.I.3

SG.

Aft

erco

mpl

etio

nof

nine

mon

ths

(and

)te

n(d

ays)

,a

child

was

born

.

5de

ne

kudd

afi

rife

rava

ra

c

aram

unge

koba

ppa

mar

ave

ge.

den

eku

dda

firi

fera

vara

sar

amun

geko

bapp

am

ara

vege

then

that

the

child

husb

and

fulf

illin

gto

age

clim

bing

gone

whe

nfa

ther

dead

beca

me

AD

VD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.DE

F.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.G

RN

D.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.D

EF.

PRE

D.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

Just

whe

nth

isch

ildw

asab

out

tobe

com

em

atur

efo

rm

arry

ing,

his

fath

erdi

ed.

Page 85: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

81T3 Mo ˙logan ˙da

6de

nm

ive

n

˙ denı

amai

deve

rin

eka

˙ ni.

den

mi

ven

˙ denı

ama

aide

veri

nek

a

˙ nith

enno

wth

ew

ayhe

was

livin

gis

mot

her

with

two

peop

leal

one

AD

VA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

CO

NJ

CA

RD

NO

UN

AD

V

TE

MP.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

OB

L.

SOC

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.P

L.

MO

D.

The

nhe

had

toliv

eal

one

with

(his

)m

othe

r.

7e

hen

vend

emun

gos

duva

ske

˙ da

c

vege

fahu

nm

iku

dda

ama

ekuh

uneh

ı-au

,e

hen

vend

emun

gos

duva

ske

˙ dak

vege

fahu

nm

iku

dda

ama

ekuh

uneh

ıau

that

way

livin

ggo

ing

time

api

ece

beco

me

afte

rth

isth

ech

ildm

othe

rfr

omhe

aske

dsa

ying

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.O

BL

.G

RN

D.

AB

S.O

BL

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.IV

AB

L.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.DE

F.O

BL

.DE

F.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

INT

.

Aft

era

piec

eof

time

had

pass

ed(d

urin

gw

hich

)th

eyliv

edlik

eth

at,

the

boy

aske

dhi

sm

othe

r,

7aba

ppag

edu

vas

vari

bapp

adu

˙ nie

ven

˙ de

c

ke

˙ deı

kon

mas

akka

ta

c

tau?

bapp

age

duva

sva

riba

ppa

du

˙ nie

ven

˙ des

ke

˙ deı

kon

mas

akka

tak

tau?

offa

ther

time

inpe

riod

fath

eron

eart

hto

live

wha

the

did

was

wha

ta

wor

kas

king

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

IPR

ON

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

GE

N.D

EF.

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.D

EF.

LO

C.

INF.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

‘Wha

tw

ork

did

(my)

fath

erdo

inor

der

toliv

eon

eart

hdu

ring

his

lifet

ime?

8be

˙ nim

eike

fi,

bapp

aku

mbu

ran

kosa

ivi

kkı-

au.

be

˙ nim

eike

fiba

ppa

kum

bura

nko

sai

vikk

ıau

said

whe

nsa

idfa

ther

fire

woo

dcu

tting

sold

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

PT.I

.3SG

.N

OM

.DE

F.N

OM

.A

BS.

PT.3

SG.

INT

.

At

(his

)sa

ying

(so,

she)

said

,‘f

athe

rso

ldfi

rew

ood

afte

rcu

tting

(it)

.’

9be

˙ nim

ei,

mi

koyy

aah

afi,

bapp

aku

mbu

ran

kosi

ev-v

i-as

hati

ara

teti

bita

u?be

˙ nim

eim

iko

yya

ahaf

iba

ppa

kum

bura

nko

siev

-vi-

asha

tiara

tetib

ita

u?sa

idw

hen

this

child

aske

dfa

ther

fire

woo

dcu

ton

e-be

com

e-ev

ento

ols

are

ther

eas

king

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.SG

.PT

.I.3

SG.

OB

L.D

EF.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PT

.3PL

.IN

T.

At

(her

)sa

ying

(so)

,th

ech

ildas

ked,

‘are

ther

ean

yto

ols

wha

tsoe

ver

whi

ch(m

y)fa

ther

used

for

cutti

ng?’

Page 86: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

82 Texts with interlinear analysis

10be

˙ nim

ei,

ama

be

˙ nı,

bala

c

bala

fela

c

kei

kudu

ase

ente

sa

c .be

˙ nim

eiam

abe

˙ nıba

las

bala

fela

ske

iku

duas

een

tesa

ssa

idw

hen

mot

her

said

tolo

okpl

ease

tolo

oksa

ying

smal

lof

tabl

ebe

low

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VB

.NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

N

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.D

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.IN

F.IN

F.A

BS.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.D

AT

.

At

(his

)sa

ying

so,

(his

)m

othe

rto

ldhi

m‘p

leas

e(t

o)lo

okun

dern

eath

the

tabl

e.’

11m

iku

dda

beli

ko,

eta

niot

ım

o

˙ loga

n

˙ da

c .m

iku

dda

beli

koe

tani

otı

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dak

this

the

child

look

edw

hen

that

inpl

ace

wha

tw

asw

asan

axe

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AT

TR

.O

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.

Whe

nth

ech

ildlo

oked

,th

ere

was

anax

eat

this

plac

e.

12m

iku

dda

kefi

,am

a-u,

tim

ae

˙ nei

dara

hoda

s-au

.m

iku

dda

kefi

ama

-au

tima

e

˙ nei

dara

hoda

sau

this

child

said

mot

her

sayi

ngse

lfw

here

shal

lgo

isfi

rew

ood

tolo

okfo

rsa

ying

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.N

OM

.DE

F.PT

.3SG

.N

OM

.IN

T.

OB

L.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

INF.

INT

.

The

child

said

,‘m

othe

r,I

shal

lgo

tolo

okfo

r(s

ome)

woo

d.’

13be

˙ nim

ei,

mi

kudd

age

ama

libe

˙ neka

eti

ke

˙ da

c

tayy

ara

kolli

.be

˙ nim

eim

iku

ddag

eam

alib

e

˙ neka

eti

ke

˙ dak

tayy

ara

kolli

said

whe

nth

isth

ech

ild’s

mot

her

rece

ived

eatin

gth

ing

api

ece

read

ym

ade

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.DE

F.N

OM

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.PA

RT

.PR

S.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PR

ED

.PT

.II.

3SG

.

At

(his

)sa

ying

(so)

,th

isch

ild’s

mot

her

prep

ared

som

ethi

ngto

eat

whi

chsh

eco

uld

find

.

14m

ıka

gen,

mi

kudd

ade

nda

rako

s-au

ebeg

e.m

ıka

gen

mi

kudd

ade

nda

rako

sas

ebeg

eth

isea

ting

this

the

child

then

fire

woo

dto

cut

wen

tof

fD

PRO

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NV

ER

BA

DV

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

TT

R.

NO

M.D

EF.

TE

MP.

NO

M.

INF.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

Aft

erea

ting

this

,th

ech

ildw

ent

off

tocu

tfi

rew

ood.

Page 87: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

83T3 Mo ˙logan ˙da

15go

sm

iku

dda

edu

vahi

kosi

dara

vikk

im

eilib

e

˙ nei

e

c

kam

iba

iru

fia.

gos

mi

kudd

ae

duva

hiko

sida

ravi

kki

mei

libe

˙ neı

ekka

mi

bai

rufi

ago

ing

this

the

child

that

onda

ycu

tfi

rew

ood

sold

whe

nw

hat

was

rece

ived

was

one

infa

ctha

lfru

pee

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

AB

S.A

TT

R.

OB

L.D

EF.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.

Whe

nhe

sold

the

fire

woo

dhe

had

cut

that

day

goin

gou

t,he

rece

ived

but

half

aru

pee.

16lib

e

˙ nem

ei,

edu

vahi

ham

aja

ssag

enhi

sefe

i,e

rei

rei

koff

eifa

hidu

vahi

mi

kudd

ate

duvi

ga

c .lib

e

˙ nem

eie

duva

hiha

ma

jass

agen

hise

fei

ere

ire

iko

ffei

fahi

duva

him

iku

dda

tedu

viga

tre

ceiv

edw

hen

that

onda

yin

agre

emen

tst

riki

ngbe

ing

that

onni

ght

nigh

tm

akin

gaf

ter

onda

yth

isth

ech

ildgo

tup

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.M

OD

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.I

AT

TR

.L

OC

.N

OM

.A

BS.

IG

EN

.L

OC

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

Aft

erre

ceiv

ing

(thi

s)an

dth

usha

ving

been

cont

ente

dfo

rth

atda

y,an

daf

ter

spen

ding

that

nigh

t,he

got

upth

eda

yaf

ter.

17te

duvi

be

˙ nı,

ama-

u,m

aen

ıda

rako

sas-

au.

tedu

vibe

˙ nıam

aau

ma

enı

dara

kosa

sau

getti

ngup

wha

the

said

was

mot

her

sayi

ngI

whe

ream

goin

gis

fire

woo

dto

cut

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

PPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

INT

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

F.IN

T.

Aft

erge

tting

uphe

said

,‘m

othe

r,I

amgo

ing

tocu

tfi

rew

ood.

18ke

fei,

edu

vahi

geı

kuri

edu

vaha

c

vanı

bi

c dara

c .ke

fei

edu

vahi

geı

kuri

edu

vaha

sva

nıbi

ddar

assa

ying

that

onda

yw

here

hew

ent

was

befo

reto

day

than

behi

ndV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JN

OU

N

AB

S.I

AT

TR

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

GE

N.

DA

T.

CO

MP.

DA

T.

Hav

ing

said

(so)

,he

wen

tfu

rthe

rbe

hind

that

day

than

(he

had

gone

)th

eda

ybe

fore

.

19da

rako

sage

nas

,da

raba

zara

c

vikk

afi.

dara

kosa

gen

asda

raba

zara

svi

kkaf

ifi

rew

ood

cutti

ngco

min

gfi

rew

ood

tom

arke

the

sold

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

NO

M.

DA

T.

PT.I

.3SG

.

Com

ing

back

from

cutti

ngfi

rew

ood,

heso

ldth

efi

rew

ood

onth

em

arke

t.

Page 88: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

84 Texts with interlinear analysis

20e

duva

hilib

e

˙ nei

e

c

kam

iru

fia.

edu

vahi

libe

˙ neı

ekka

mi

rufi

ath

aton

day

wha

the

rece

ived

was

one

infa

ctru

pee

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

AT

TR

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.N

OM

.

On

that

day,

hega

ined

just

one

rupe

e.

21e

duva

hide

nhi

tau

erı

mad

uma

e

˙ nei

ege

dura

s-au

.e

duva

hide

nhi

tas

erı

mad

uma

e

˙ neı

eage

dura

sau

that

onda

yth

ento

min

dw

hat

aros

ew

asto

mor

row

whe

resh

all

gois

ofth

atfu

rthe

rsa

ying

DPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

VN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.L

OC

.T

EM

P.D

AT

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.F

UT

.+FO

C.

GE

N.

DA

T.

INT

.

Tha

tda

y,it

cam

eto

his

min

d,‘t

omor

row

,(I

shal

l)go

even

furt

her

than

that

.’

22ke

fei,

ere

ire

iko

ffei

,te

duvi

gen,

be

˙ nafi

,am

a-u,

mi

enı

dara

kosa

s-au

.ke

fei

ere

ire

iko

ffei

tedu

vige

nbe

˙ nafi

ama

aum

ien

ıda

rako

sas

ausa

ying

that

onni

ght

nigh

tm

akin

gge

tting

uphe

said

mot

her

sayi

ngno

ww

here

Iam

goin

gis

fire

woo

dto

cut

sayi

ngV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

AT

TR

.L

OC

.N

OM

.A

BS.

IA

BS.

III

PT.I

.3SG

.N

OM

.IN

T.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

NO

M.

INF.

INT

.

Aft

ersa

ying

(so)

and

spen

ding

the

nigh

t,he

got

upan

dsa

id,

‘mot

her,

Iam

now

goin

gto

cut

fire

woo

d.’

23de

nhi

ngam

unhi

ngam

unhi

ngam

ungo

s,ba

lalı

ko,

tebi

hi

c

hiki

fei

hisi

vara

c

bon

˙ dage

ha

c .de

nhi

ngam

unhi

ngam

unhi

ngam

ungo

sba

lalı

kote

bihi

sıhi

kife

ihi

siva

ras

bon

˙ dage

hak

then

goin

ggo

ing

goin

ggo

ing

look

edw

hen

here

was

drie

dbe

ing

very

big

atr

eeA

DV

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

TE

MP.

RG

RN

D.

RG

RN

D.

RG

RN

D.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.II

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.(

+FO

C.)

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

T.

DA

T.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.

The

n,w

hen

hefi

nally

look

ed(a

roun

d)af

ter

goin

gon

and

on,

ther

ew

asa

very

big

tree

that

had

got

dry.

24m

ige

hahi

sıko

raki

kave

rie.

mi

geha

hisı

kora

kika

veri

eth

isth

etr

eew

here

itst

ood

was

ofa

pond

near

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

AT

TR

.O

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

GE

N.I

ND

EF.

LO

C.

Thi

str

eest

ood

near

apo

nd.

Page 89: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

85T3 Mo ˙logan ˙da

25de

n,ge

hau

arai

,ek

kala

c

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dun

eti

fara

c

jaha

fi.

den

geha

sar

aiek

kala

sm

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dun

etif

aras

jaha

fith

ento

the

tree

clim

bing

one

totim

ew

ithax

ebl

owhe

stru

ckA

DV

NO

UN

VE

RB

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

TE

MP.

DA

T.D

EF.

AB

S.A

TT

R.

DA

T.

AB

L.

DA

T.

PT.I

.3SG

.

The

n,ha

ving

clim

bed

upon

the

tree

,he

stru

ckit

with

his

axe

one

time.

26je

him

eivı

leka

kıko

yyag

eat

unm

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dain

ge.

jehi

mei

vıle

kakı

koyy

age

atun

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dain

gest

ruck

whe

nbe

com

ea

mat

ter

was

ofth

ebo

yfr

omha

ndax

efe

lldo

wn

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

GE

N.D

EF.

AB

L.

NO

M.(

DE

F.)

PT.I

V.3

SG.

Whe

nhe

stru

ckit,

the

axe

fell

dow

nfr

omth

ebo

y’s

hand

.

27m

iga

n

˙ dain

gen

gos,

jehe

˙ nei

kore

eter

e.m

iga

n

˙ dain

gen

gos

jehe

˙ neı

kore

eter

eth

isth

ing

falli

nggo

ing

whe

reit

hit

was

ofpo

ndin

side

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

AT

TR

.O

BL

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

GE

N.

LO

C.

Whe

nit

fell

dow

n,it

hit

into

the

pond

.

28de

n,m

iku

dda

dere

vela

fei,

eri.

den

mi

kudd

ade

reve

lafe

ier

ith

enth

isth

ech

ilddi

sapp

oint

edha

ving

beco

me

clim

bed

dow

nA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

B

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.DE

F.PR

ED

.A

BS.

II+

IPT

.3SG

.

The

nth

ebo

ybe

cam

edi

sapp

oint

edan

dcl

imbe

ddo

wn.

29m

iku

dda

hisı

gova

c

a

˙ dike

˙ da

c

hara

ko

c

bara

c .m

iku

dda

hisı

gova

sa

˙ dike

˙ dak

hara

kos

bara

sth

isth

ech

ildth

ew

ayhe

was

was

tocr

yof

voic

ea

piec

eha

rdm

akin

gal

oud

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BA

DV

AT

TR

.O

BL

.DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

INF.

GE

N.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PRE

D.

AB

S.M

OD

.

The

boy

star

ted

cryi

ngal

oud

asst

rong

aspo

ssib

le(l

it."m

akin

ga

stro

ngpi

ece

ofvo

ice"

).

Page 90: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

86 Texts with interlinear analysis

30e

hen

hisi

vele

i,ko

run

arag

em

ıha

c .e

hen

hisi

vele

iko

run

arag

em

ıhak

that

sort

bein

gw

hile

from

pond

clim

bed

upa

man

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.IV

(+FO

C.)

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

Whi

lehe

was

(sta

ndin

gth

ere)

,a

man

clim

bed

upfr

omth

epo

nd.

31ed

eah

afi,

koyy

a-u,

koyy

ago

vanı

kian

vege

nta

u?ed

eah

afi

koyy

aau

koyy

ago

vanı

kian

vege

nta

u?he

aske

dbo

ysa

ying

boy

that

you

are

cryi

ngis

how

beco

min

gas

king

DPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

RO

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

NO

M.

PT.I

.3SG

.N

OM

.IN

T.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

AB

L.

AB

S.II

IIN

T.

He

aske

d,‘b

oy,

why

are

you

(lit.

"the

boy"

)cr

ying

like

this

?’

32ti

ma

mi

gova

nıti

ma

dara

kosa

c

gina

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dam

iko

reet

era

c

inge

n-au

,ed

ebe

˙ nafi

.tim

am

igo

vanı

tima

dara

kosa

sgi

nam

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dam

iko

reet

eras

inge

nau

ede

be

˙ nafi

self

now

why

Iam

cryi

ngis

self

fire

woo

dto

cut

take

nax

eth

isof

pond

into

falle

nsa

ying

hesa

idPR

ON

AD

VV

ER

BPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NV

ER

B

OB

L.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

INF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.D

AT

.A

BS.

III

INT

.N

OM

.PT

.I.3

SG.

‘(T

here

ason

why

)I

amcr

ying

sois

that

the

axe

Ito

okin

orde

rto

cut

fire

woo

dfe

llin

toth

ispo

nd,’

hesa

id.

33de

n,ek

kala

c

kale

geko

ra

c

fum

mal

i.de

nek

kala

ska

lege

kora

sfu

mm

ali

then

one

totim

elo

rdto

pond

jum

ped

AD

VC

AR

DN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.N

OM

.D

AT

.PT

.II.

3SG

.

The

nth

em

anat

once

jum

ped

into

the

pond

.

34ve

laga

n

˙ daku

n,m

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dak-

aiar

age.

vela

gan

˙ daku

nm

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dak

aiar

age

time

with

api

ece

anax

ew

ithhe

cam

eup

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

VE

RB

OB

L.

AB

L.I

ND

EF.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

SOC

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.

Aft

era

little

whi

le,

heca

me

upw

ithan

axe.

Page 91: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

87T3 Mo ˙logan ˙da

35er

iko

,m

ıra

nun

o

c

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ da

c .er

iko

ranu

not

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dak

clim

bed

whe

nth

isw

asfr

omgo

ldbe

ing

anax

eV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.+

FOC

.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.

Whe

nhe

cam

eup

,it

was

ago

lden

axe

(lit.

"fro

mgo

ld")

.

36ar

ai,

kefi

,ko

yya,

tau

kalo

gem

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dakı

?ar

aike

fiko

yya

tau

kalo

gem

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dakı

?cl

imbi

nghe

said

boy

this

aski

nglo

rd’s

wha

tan

axe

isV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NIP

AR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

NO

M.V

OC

.PR

ED

.IN

T.

GE

N.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

Clim

bing

uphe

said

,‘b

oy,

isth

isyo

ur(l

it."t

helo

rd’s

")ax

e?’

37m

iku

dda

be

˙ nafi

,te

akı

tim

age

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ danu

n-au

.m

iku

dda

be

˙ nafi

teak

ıtim

age

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ danu

nau

this

the

child

hesa

idw

hat

this

isse

lf’s

axe

isno

tsa

ying

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

PRO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.N

OM

.DE

F.PT

.I.3

SG.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

GE

N.

NO

M.

NE

G.

INT

.

The

child

said

,‘t

his

one

isno

tm

yax

e’.

38be

˙ nim

ei,

mi

gan

˙ dako

reet

era

c

ella

lai

em

ıha

kore

eter

a

c

ene

c

kala

ifu

mm

ali.

be

˙ nim

eim

iga

n

˙ dako

reet

eras

ella

lai

em

ıha

kore

eter

asen

ekka

lai

fum

mal

isa

idw

hen

this

piec

eof

pond

into

thro

win

gth

atth

em

anof

pond

into

anot

her

time

with

jum

ped

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JN

OU

NC

ON

JV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.G

EN

.D

AT

.A

BS.

IIA

TT

R.

NO

M.D

EF.

GE

N.

DA

T.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SO

C.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

At

(his

)sa

ying

soth

em

anth

rew

the

thin

gin

toth

epo

nd(a

gain

)an

dju

mpe

din

toth

epo

ndan

othe

rtim

e.

39ve

laga

n

˙ daku

n,ar

age.

vela

gan

˙ daku

nar

age

whi

lew

itha

piec

ehe

clim

bed

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.

AB

L.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

Aft

era

shor

tw

hile

,he

cam

eup

(aga

in).

Page 92: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

88 Texts with interlinear analysis

40ar

aike

fi,

rihi

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ da

c

dakk

afei

,m

ıta

uko

yyag

em

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dakı

?ar

aike

firi

him

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dak

dakk

afei

tau

koyy

age

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dakı

?cl

imbi

nghe

said

silv

eran

axe

show

ing

this

aski

ngof

the

boy

wha

tth

eax

eis

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

IPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

N

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.I

PRE

D.

INT

.G

EN

.DE

F.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.+

FOC

.

Com

ing

uphe

show

eda

silv

erax

ean

dsa

id,

‘is

this

the

boy’

sax

e?’

41de

n,m

iku

dda

be

˙ nafi

,nu

n-au

,te

ma

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ danu

n.de

nm

iku

dda

be

˙ nafi

nun

aute

ma

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ danu

nth

enth

isth

ech

ildsa

idis

not

sayi

ngth

isis

my

axe

isno

tA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

PAR

TC

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NPP

RO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BA

LPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.DE

F.PT

.I.3

SG.

NE

G.

INT

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

PRS.

3SG

.

The

nth

ech

ildsa

id,

‘no,

this

isno

tm

yax

e’.

42be

˙ nim

ei,

eka

lege

kora

c

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dael

lala

i,en

e

c

kala

iko

ra

c

fum

mal

i.be

˙ nim

eie

kale

geko

ras

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dael

lala

ien

ekka

lai

kora

sfu

mm

ali

said

whe

nth

atlo

rdto

pond

the

axe

thro

win

gan

othe

rtim

ew

ithto

pond

jum

ped

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JN

OU

NC

ON

JN

OU

NV

ER

B

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.D

AT

.N

OM

.A

BS.

IIA

TT

R.

OB

L.

SOC

.D

AT

.PT

.II.

3SG

.

At

(his

)sa

ying

so,

that

man

,af

ter

thro

win

gth

eax

ein

toth

epo

nd(a

gain

),ju

mpe

din

toth

epo

ndan

othe

rtim

e.

43ve

lake

˙ daku

n,ar

agen

bai,

daga

ndun

o

c

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ da

c

hifa

gen.

vela

ke

˙ daku

nar

agen

baı

daga

ndun

otm

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dak

hifa

gen

whi

lew

itha

piec

ecl

imbi

ngho

whe

cam

eba

ckw

asfr

omir

onbe

ing

anax

eho

ldin

gN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.

AB

L.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

AB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

I

Aft

era

shor

tw

hile

,he

cam

e(b

ack)

clim

bing

up(a

gain

),ho

ldin

gan

iron

axe.

44as

,ah

anı

tau

tam

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dakı

?as

ahan

ım

ıta

uta

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dakı

?co

min

gw

hat

heas

ksis

this

aski

ngyo

urw

hat

anax

eis

VE

RB

VE

RB

DPR

ON

IPA

RT

CPP

RO

NN

OU

N

AB

S.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.PR

ED

.IN

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

Com

ing

(for

th),

heas

ks:

‘Is

this

your

axe?

Page 93: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

89T3 Mo ˙logan ˙da

45be

˙ nim

ei,

mid

ebe

˙ nafi

,ha

u,te

-au

ma

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dakı

.be

˙ nim

eim

ide

be

˙ nafi

haau

teau

ma

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dakı

said

whe

nth

ison

esa

idye

ssa

ying

this

sayi

ngm

yw

hat

anax

eis

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

VE

RB

PAR

TC

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NQ

PAR

TC

PPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.

PT.I

.3SG

.A

FF.

INT

.PR

ED

.IN

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

At

(his

)sa

ying

(so)

,(t

hebo

y)sa

id,

‘yes

,th

isin

deed

ism

yax

e’.

46de

n,m

iko

yya

tede

be

˙ nika

ma

c˙ ta

kai

ran

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dai

rihi

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dai

daga

n

˙ dam

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dai

tin

gan

˙ dati

dere

fi.

den

mi

koyy

ate

debe

˙ nika

mas

˙ taka

ira

nm

o

˙ loga

n

˙ daai

rihi

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ daai

daga

n

˙ dam

o

˙ loga

n

˙ daai

tinga

n

˙ dati

dere

fi

then

this

the

boy

true

spok

eto

fact

for

gold

axe

with

silv

erax

ew

ithir

onax

ew

ithth

ree

piec

e-th

ing

hega

veA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NPO

STP

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.DE

F.M

OD

.PA

RT

.PT

.D

AT

.C

AU

S.O

BL

.N

OM

.SO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

SOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.SO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PT

.I.3

SG.

The

n,as

the

boy

spok

etr

uly,

hega

vehi

mth

ego

lden

axe

and

the

silv

erax

ean

dth

eir

onax

e,al

lth

eth

ree

thin

gs.

47de

n,e

hisa

baka

c ,e

mıh

age

vaha

kani

me

˙ nei.

den

ehi

saba

kas

em

ıhag

eva

haka

nim

e

˙ nei

then

that

toam

ount

that

the

man

’sst

ory

isfi

nish

edA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.A

TT

R.

GE

N.

NO

M.

PT.3

SG.

At

this

poin

t,th

est

ory

ofth

atm

anis

fini

shed

.

48de

n,ek

kala

c

ran

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dai

rihi

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dai

baza

ra

c

gos

vikk

afei

vara

c

baiv

ara

lari

libig

en,

den

ekka

las

ran

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ daai

rihi

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ daai

baza

ras

gos

vikk

afei

vara

sba

ivar

ala

rilib

igen

then

one

totim

ego

ldax

ew

ithsi

lver

axe

with

tom

arke

tgo

ing

havi

ngso

ldve

rylo

tsla

rıs

rece

ivin

gA

DV

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AD

VN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.O

BL

.N

OM

.SO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

SOC

.D

AT

.A

BS.

AB

S.I

MO

D.

OB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

I

The

n,on

ceha

ving

gone

toth

em

arke

t,ha

ving

sold

the

gold

enax

ean

dth

esi

lver

axe

and

havi

ngga

ined

agr

eat

lot

ofla

rıs,

48a

koyy

age

amai

koyy

aide

veri

nve

n

˙ denı

vara

c

tana

vas

ko

c

mus

sant

iko

s-au

.ko

yyag

eam

aai

koyy

aai

deve

rin

ven

˙ denı

vara

sta

nava

sko

sm

ussa

nti

kos

auth

ebo

y’s

mot

her

with

the

boy

with

two

peop

leho

wth

eyliv

edw

asve

ryri

chm

akin

gri

chm

akin

gth

eysa

yN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JN

OU

NC

ON

JC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DV

AD

JV

ER

BA

DJ

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

GE

N.

OB

L.D

EF.

SOC

.O

BL

.DE

F.SO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.M

OD

.PR

ED

.A

BS.

PRE

D.

AB

S.E

XT

.

the

boy’

sm

othe

ran

dth

ebo

yliv

edto

geth

er,

as(p

eopl

e)sa

y,be

ing

very

very

rich

.

Page 94: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

90 Texts with interlinear analysis

49e

c

duva

haki

,e

geka

veri

ehi

sie

hen

geak

im

ıha

c

ege

ueb

ege.

eddu

vaha

kie

geka

veri

ehi

sie

hen

geak

im

ıhak

ege

aseb

ege

one

ina

day

that

ofho

use

near

bein

gth

atso

rtof

aho

use

am

anth

atto

hous

ew

ent

CA

RD

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

AT

TR

.L

OC

.IN

DE

F.A

TT

R.

GE

N.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.G

EN

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.A

TT

R.

DA

T.

PT.3

SG.

One

day,

am

anfr

oman

othe

rho

use

whi

chw

asne

arby

thei

rho

use,

cam

eto

thei

rho

use.

50go

s,ah

afi,

dait

a-u,

tafi

nna

c

teva

ra

c

lari

libe

˙ nei

kehe

naka

c

tau?

gos

ahaf

ida

itaau

tafi

nnas

teva

ras

lari

libe

˙ neı

kehe

naka

sta

u?go

ing

heas

ked

lady

sayi

ngto

you

this

man

yla

rıs

that

wer

ere

ceiv

edis

whi

chto

aw

ayas

king

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CPP

RO

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

RO

NN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

AB

S.PT

.I.3

SG.

NO

M.

INT

.D

AT

.PL

.A

TT

R.

DA

T.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.A

TT

R.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

Com

ing

ther

e,he

aske

d,‘d

ear

old

lady

inw

hich

way

did

you

(man

age

to)

rece

ive

som

any

ları

s?’

51ko

yya

be

˙ na,

tede

bahu

gem

atta

c ,ko

yya

be

˙ nate

deba

huge

mat

tas

the

boy

sayi

ngtr

ueof

spee

chup

onN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

OB

L.D

EF.

AB

S.A

TT

R.

GE

N.

DA

T.

The

boy,

spea

king

trul

y(a

gain

)—

51a

—ko

yyak

ıte

deha

daku

daka

c

vehe

dı—

koyy

akı

tede

hada

kuda

kas

vehe

dıw

hat

the

boy

isho

nest

lym

akin

gto

abo

ybe

com

ing

mad

eN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

M.S

G.D

EF.

+IN

DE

F.FO

C.

PRE

D.

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.

—th

ebo

yw

assu

chth

athe

was

anho

nest

boy

inde

ed—

,

51b

koyy

abe

˙ nafi

,ti

ma

eddu

vahi

dara

kosa

c

vege

n,ko

reas

seri

a

c

gos,

dara

kosa

c

geha

uar

agen

hing

ave

lei,

koyy

abe

˙ nafi

tima

ekdu

vahi

dara

kosa

sve

gen

kore

asse

rias

gos

dara

kosa

sge

has

arag

enhi

nga

vele

ith

ebo

ysa

idse

lfon

eon

day

fire

woo

dto

cut

beco

min

gof

pond

tosh

ore

goin

gfi

rew

ood

tocu

tto

tree

clim

bing

goin

gw

hile

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NC

AR

DN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

N

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.I

.3SG

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.

NO

M.

INF.

AB

S.II

IG

EN

.D

AT

.A

BS.

NO

M.

INF.

DA

T.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.

the

boy

said

,‘o

neda

yI

wen

tof

fin

orde

rto

cut

fire

woo

d;I

arri

ved

near

byth

esh

ore

ofa

pond

,an

dw

hen

Iha

dcl

imbe

dup

atr

eeto

cut

fire

woo

d,

Page 95: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

91T3 Mo ˙logan ˙da

51c

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dako

reet

era

c

inge

-au.

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dako

reet

eras

inge

auax

eof

pond

into

fell

sayi

ngN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.

GE

N.

DA

T.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

INT

.

(my)

axe

fell

into

the

pond

.

52de

n,ti

ma

eka

mai

dere

vege

nhi

sive

lei,

kore

eter

uner

im

ıhak

assu

ala

koff

i-au

,de

ntim

ae

kam

aide

reve

gen

hisi

vele

iko

reet

erun

eri

mıh

aku

assu

ala

kosf

iau

then

self

that

fact

with

sad

beco

min

gbe

ing

whi

leof

pond

from

insi

decl

imbe

da

man

com

ing

ques

tion

mad

esa

ying

AD

VPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

CO

NJ

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

OB

L.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SO

C.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.G

EN

.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

NO

M.

PT.I

.3SG

.IN

T.

The

nw

hen

Iw

asst

andi

ngth

ere

bein

gsa

dab

out

this

,a

man

cam

eup

from

insi

deth

epo

ndan

das

ked

me,

52a

koi

gova

nıki

anve

gen

tau?

koi

gova

nıki

anve

gen

tau?

boy

that

you

are

cryi

ngis

why

beco

min

gas

king

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPR

ON

VE

RB

IPA

RT

C

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

AB

L.

AB

S.II

IIN

T.

‘Boy

,w

hyar

eyo

ucr

ying

?’

53ko

ibe

˙ ni-a

u,ti

ma

gova

nı,

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dako

ra

c

inge

n-au

.ko

ibe

˙ niau

tima

gova

nım

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dako

ras

inge

nau

boy

said

sayi

ngse

lfth

atI

amcr

ying

isax

eto

pond

havi

ngfa

llen

sayi

ngN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.

PT.3

SG.

INT

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.N

OM

.D

AT

.A

BS.

III

INT

.

I(l

it."t

hebo

y")

said

,‘I

amcr

ying

beca

use

my

axe

has

falle

nin

toth

epo

nd.’

54go

ssei

,be

˙ nim

ei,

mia

kore

a

˙ dia

c

goss

ei,

aıra

nm

o

˙ loga

n

˙ daka

ige

n-au

.go

sfei

be

˙ nim

eim

iako

rea

˙ dias

gosf

eiaı

ran

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dak

aige

n-a

uha

ving

gone

said

whe

nth

ison

eof

pond

tobo

ttom

havi

nggo

neho

whe

cam

ew

asgo

ldan

axe

with

brin

ging

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.

GE

N.

DA

T.

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

AB

S.IN

T.

‘Hav

ing

gone

away

afte

r(m

yha

ving

)sp

oken

(lik

eth

is),

this

man

,ha

ving

dive

d(l

it."g

one"

)to

the

botto

mof

the

pond

,ca

me

back

carr

ying

ago

lden

axe,

’he

said

.

Page 96: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

92 Texts with interlinear analysis

55as

mia

ehıa

u,m

ıta

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ data

u?as

mia

ehı

-au

tam

o

˙ loga

n

˙ data

u?co

min

gth

ison

ew

hat

heas

ked

was

sayi

ngw

hat

this

isyo

urax

eas

king

VE

RB

DPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NPP

RO

NN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

AB

S.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

INT

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

INT

.

‘Com

ing

back

,(t

hem

an)

aske

d,"i

sth

isyo

urax

e?"’

56ti

ma

tede

bahu

nbe

˙ nafi

m-a

u,nu

n-au

,m

ım

am

o

˙ loga

n

˙ danu

n-au

.tim

ate

deba

hun

be

˙ nafi

mau

nun

aum

ım

am

o

˙ loga

n

˙ danu

nau

self

hone

stw

ithsp

eech

Isa

idsa

ying

nosa

ying

wha

tth

isis

my

axe

isno

tsa

ying

PRO

NA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPA

RT

CQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

PPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

TC

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.

AT

TR

.A

BL

.PT

.I.1

SG.

INT

.N

EG

.IN

T.

NO

M.+

FOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.N

EG

.IN

T.

‘Mys

elf,

Isa

idw

ithho

nest

spee

ch,

"no,

this

isno

tm

yax

e".’

57be

˙ nim

ei,

ene

c

kala

iko

ra

c

fum

mal

i-au

.be

˙ nim

eien

ekka

lai

kora

sfu

mm

ali

ausa

idw

hen

anot

her

time

with

topo

ndhe

jum

ped

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NPR

ON

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SO

C.

DA

T.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

INT

.

‘At

(my)

sayi

ngso

,he

jum

ped

into

the

pond

anot

her

time’

,he

said

.

58go

ssei

,na

gen

bai-

auri

him

o

˙ loga

n

˙ da

c .go

sfei

nage

nba

ıau

rihi

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dak

havi

nggo

nelif

ting

how

heca

me

back

was

sayi

ngsi

lver

axe

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

N

AB

S.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.IN

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

‘Hav

ing

gone

(the

re),

heca

me

back

carr

ying

asi

lver

axe.

59as

ehı-

au,

tam

o

˙ loga

n

˙ data

u?as

ehı

aum

ıta

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ data

u?co

min

ghe

aske

dsa

ying

wha

tth

isis

your

axe

aski

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

PPR

ON

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

INT

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

INT

.

‘Com

ing

back

heas

ked,

"is

this

your

axe?

"’

Page 97: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

93T3 Mo ˙logan ˙da

60ti

ma

be

˙ nim

-au,

nun-

au,

tem

am

o

˙ loga

n

˙ danu

n-au

.tim

abe

˙ nim

aunu

nau

tem

am

o

˙ loga

n

˙ danu

nau

self

Isa

idsa

ying

isno

tsa

ying

wha

tth

isis

my

axe

isno

tsa

ying

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

TC

.Q

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

PPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

TC

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.

PT.1

SG.

INT

.N

EG

.IN

T.

NO

M.+

FOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.N

EG

.IN

T.

‘Isa

id,

"no,

this

isno

tm

yax

e".’

61de

n,en

e

c

kal-

ai-a

s,e

kora

c

fum

mal

i-au

.de

nen

ekka

lai

ase

kora

sfu

mm

ali

auth

enan

othe

rtim

ew

ithye

tth

atto

pond

heju

mpe

dsa

ying

AD

VPR

ON

NO

UN

CO

NJ

CO

NJ

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.SO

C.

MO

D.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.PT

.II.

3SG

.IN

T.

‘The

n,he

jum

ped

into

that

pond

yet

anot

her

time,

’he

said

.

62fu

mm

alai

,na

gen

aıda

gan

˙ dam

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dak-

au.

fum

mal

aina

gen

aıda

gan

˙ dam

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dak

auju

mpi

nglif

ting

how

heca

me

was

iron

anax

esa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.II

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

‘Hav

ing

jum

ped

(the

re),

heca

me

back

carr

ying

anir

onax

e,’

hesa

id.

63de

nea

ehı-

au,

tam

o

˙ loga

n

˙ data

u?de

nea

ehı

aum

ıta

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ data

u?th

enth

aton

ew

hat

heas

ked

was

sayi

ngw

hat

this

isyo

urax

eas

king

AD

VD

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

PPR

ON

NO

UN

IPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.IN

T.

NO

M.+

FOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

T.

‘The

nhe

aske

d,"i

sth

isyo

urax

e?"’

64ti

ma

be

˙ nim

-au,

hau,

tem

am

o

˙ loga

n

˙ da.

tima

be

˙ nim

auha

-au

tem

am

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dase

lfI

said

sayi

ngye

ssa

ying

wha

tth

isis

my

axe

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

TC

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NPP

RO

NN

OU

N

NO

M.

PT.1

SG.

INT

.A

FF.

INT

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

‘Isa

id,

"yes

,th

isis

my

axe"

.’

Page 98: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

94 Texts with interlinear analysis

65be

˙ nim

ei,

tim

ate

deha

dam

ıhak

ave

gos

ran

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ d-ai

rihi

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ d-ai

tim

a

c

dere

fi-a

u.be

˙ nim

eitim

ate

deha

dam

ıhak

ave

gos

ran

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ daai

rihi

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ daai

timas

dere

fiau

said

whe

nse

lfho

nest

actin

ga

man

havi

ngbe

com

ego

ldax

ean

dsi

lver

axe

and

tose

lfhe

gave

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NPR

ON

AD

JV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.

PRE

D.

PAR

T.P

RS.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.IV

OB

L.

NO

M.

SOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.SO

C.

DA

T.

PT.I

.3SG

.IN

T.

‘Aft

er(m

y)sa

ying

(so)

,he

gave

me

the

gold

enax

ean

dth

esi

lver

axe

beca

use

Iha

d(p

rove

d)to

bean

hone

stm

an,’

hesa

id.

66e

tin

gan

˙ dadi

nm

ei,

gina

sea

baza

ra

c

vikk

afei

-au,

mi

mus

sant

ive

gen

mi

ven

˙ denı

.e

tinga

n

˙ dadi

nm

eigi

nas

eaba

zara

svi

kkaf

eiau

mi

mus

sant

ive

gen

mi

ven

˙ denı

thos

eth

ree

piec

egi

ven

whe

nta

king

thos

eto

mar

ket

selli

ngsa

ying

now

rich

havi

ngbe

com

eno

war

eliv

ing

DPR

ON

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

DV

AD

JV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

AT

TR

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AB

S.N

OM

.D

AT

.A

BS.

IIN

T.

TE

MP.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IT

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.

‘Aft

erhe

had

give

n(m

e)th

ose

thre

eth

ings

,I

took

them

toth

em

arke

tan

dso

ldth

em,

(and

this

isw

hy)

we

are

livin

g(s

o)ri

chno

w,’

hesa

id.

67de

n,m

im

ıha

geg

gos

eage

hisi

evva

ra

c

kuda

ka

c

ekeh

ebe

˙ ni-a

u,de

nm

im

ıha

geas

gos

eage

hisi

ekva

ras

kuda

kas

ekeh

ebe

˙ niau

then

this

the

man

toho

me

goin

gth

ison

e’s

bein

gon

eto

size

toa

child

with

hesa

idsa

ying

AD

VD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NV

ER

BC

AR

DN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.DE

F.D

AT

.A

BS.

GE

N.

PAR

T.P

T.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.L

OC

.PT

.3SG

.IN

T.

The

nth

ism

an,

havi

nggo

neho

me

(aga

in),

told

(the

stor

y)to

ach

ildof

his

(whi

chw

as)

ofth

esa

me

size

:

67a

koyy

a-u,

mi

veri

nm

ussa

nti

vege

nhi

ngan

ım

ile

kas-

au.

koyy

aau

mi

veri

nm

ussa

nti

vege

nhi

ngan

ım

ile

kas

aubo

ysa

ying

thes

epe

ople

rich

beco

min

gth

atth

eyar

ego

ing

isth

isto

way

sayi

ngN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.

INT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.P

L.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.A

TT

R.

DA

T.

INT

.

‘Boy

,th

isis

the

way

how

thes

epe

ople

have

beco

me

rich

.’

68be

˙ nage

n,m

iko

yya

fahi

duva

him

o

˙ loga

n

˙ da

c

hifa

gen

gos

ege

hau

arag

e.be

˙ nage

nm

iko

yya

fahi

duva

him

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dak

hifa

gen

gos

ege

has

arag

esa

ying

this

the

boy

next

onda

yan

axe

gras

ping

goin

gth

atto

the

tree

hecl

imbe

dup

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

AB

S.II

IA

TT

R.

NO

M.D

EF.

GE

N.

LO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.DE

F.PT

.IV

.3SG

.

Aft

er(h

is)

havi

ngsa

id(s

o),

this

boy

gras

ped

anax

eth

ene

xtda

y,w

ent

off

and

clim

bed

upth

attr

ee.

Page 99: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

95T3 Mo ˙logan ˙da

69ar

ai,

mi

hedi

leka

kı,

kan

˙ da

c

jehu

mak

aini

lai

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dako

ra

c

va

˙ t

˙ tali.

arai

mi

hedi

leka

kıka

n

˙ das

jehu

mak

aini

lai

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dako

ras

va

˙ t˙ tali

clim

bing

now

done

am

anne

rw

asto

cut

ast

roke

with

not

usin

gax

eto

pond

hedr

oppe

dV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

CO

NJ

PAR

TC

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

AB

S.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.+

FOC

.IN

F.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

NE

G.

AB

S.N

OM

.D

AT

.PT

.II.

3SG

.

Hav

ing

clim

bed

up,

hedr

oppe

dth

eax

ein

toth

epo

ndw

ithou

tdo

ing

one

stro

kefo

rcu

tting

even

.

70de

n,ge

hain

eri,

mia

hisı

gova

s-au

.de

nge

hain

eri

mia

hisı

gova

sau

then

from

the

tree

clim

bing

this

one

how

hest

ood

was

tocr

ysa

ying

AD

VN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

AB

L.D

EF.

AB

S.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

INF.

INT

.

The

n,ha

ving

clim

bed

dow

n(f

rom

)th

etr

ee(a

gain

),he

stoo

d(t

here

)cr

ying

.

71hi

sive

lei,

ekka

la

c

mıh

ako

run

arag

e-au

.hi

sive

lei

ekka

las

mıh

ako

run

arag

eau

stan

ding

whi

leon

eto

time

the

man

from

pond

hecl

imbe

dth

eysa

yV

ER

BN

OU

NC

AR

DN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.N

OM

.DE

F.A

BL

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whi

lehe

was

stan

ding

(the

relik

eth

is),

the

man

cam

eup

from

the

pond

once

(aga

in).

72ar

aisu

ala

ke

˙ d-au

,ta

gova

nıki

anve

gen

tau?

arai

sual

ake

˙ deau

tago

vanı

kian

vege

nta

u?cl

imbi

ngqu

estio

nhe

mad

esa

ying

you

why

are

cryi

ngis

why

beco

min

gas

king

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPP

RO

NV

ER

BIP

RO

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

AB

S.N

OM

.PT

.3SG

.IN

T.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

AB

L.

AB

S.II

IIN

T.

Com

ing

uphe

aske

d,‘w

hyar

eyo

ucr

ying

?’

73m

ago

vanı

,m

ada

rako

sa

c

gina

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dam

iko

rea

˙ die

inge

n.m

ago

vanı

ma

dara

kosa

sgi

nam

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dam

iko

rea

˙ die

inge

n;I

why

amcr

ying

isI

fire

woo

dto

cut

take

nax

eth

isof

pond

onbo

ttom

falli

ngPP

RO

NV

ER

BPP

RO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

INF.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.L

OC

.A

BS.

III

‘Iam

cryi

ngbe

caus

eth

eax

eI

had

take

nfo

rcu

tting

fire

woo

dfe

llon

the

botto

mof

this

pond

.’

Page 100: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

96 Texts with interlinear analysis

74e

hen

vege

n-au

,ti

ma

gova

nı.

ehe

nve

gen

autim

ago

vanı

that

sort

beco

min

gsa

ying

self

why

Iam

cryi

ngis

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.A

BS.

III

INT

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.

‘Thi

sis

why

Iam

cryi

ng’,

hesa

id.

75de

n,e

mıh

afu

mm

alai

gos,

bai-

au,

ran

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dahi

fage

n.de

ne

mıh

afu

mm

alai

gos

baı

aura

nm

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dahi

fage

nth

enth

atth

em

anju

mpi

nggo

ing

how

heca

me

back

was

sayi

nggo

ldax

eho

ldin

gA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BT

EM

P.A

TT

R.

OB

L.D

EF.

AB

S.II

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

INT

.O

BL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

The

nth

atm

an,

havi

ngju

mpe

d(i

nto

the

pond

),ca

me

back

hold

ing

ago

lden

axe.

76as

,eh

i-au

,m

ıta

uta

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dakı

?as

ehi

aum

ıta

uta

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dakı

?co

min

ghe

aske

dsa

ying

this

aski

ngyo

uran

axe

isV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

IPA

RT

CPP

RO

NN

OU

NA

BS.

PT.3

SG.

INT

.N

OM

.IN

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

Com

ing

back

heas

ked,

‘is

this

your

axe?

77de

n,m

iku

dda

be˙ ni

-au,

hau,

tem

am

o˙ lo

gan

˙ da.

den

mi

kudd

abe

˙ niau

haau

tem

am

o˙ lo

gan

˙ dath

enth

isth

ech

ildsa

idsa

ying

yes

sayi

ngth

isis

my

axe

AD

VD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

TC

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NPP

RO

NN

OU

NT

EM

P.A

TT

R.

NO

M.D

EF.

PT.3

SG.

INT

.A

FF.

INT

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

The

nth

ech

ildsa

id:

‘Yes

,th

isis

my

axe.

78be

˙ nim

ei,

mia

ri

˙ diar

agen

,m

o

˙ loga

n

˙ dako

ra

c

ella

lai

mi

kora

c

fum

mal

i-au

.be

˙ nim

eim

iari

˙ diar

agen

mo

˙ loga

n

˙ dako

ras

ella

lai

mi

kora

sfu

mm

ali

ausa

idw

hen

this

one

angr

ycl

imbi

ngax

eto

pond

thro

win

gth

isto

pond

jum

ped

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

AD

JV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.D

AT

.A

BS.

IIA

TT

R.

DA

T.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

INT

.

At

(his

)sa

ying

so,

the

(man

),ge

tting

angr

y,hu

rled

the

axe

into

the

pond

and

jum

ped

into

the

pond

(aga

in).

79m

ıdo

goha

dam

ıhun

na

c

libe

nati

ja-u

.m

ıdo

goha

dam

ıhun

nas

libe

natij

aau

this

islie

mak

ing

tope

ople

bein

gre

ceiv

edre

sult

they

say

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CN

OM

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.P

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

NO

M.

EX

T.

Thi

sis

the

resu

ltth

atpe

ople

get

from

telli

nglie

s.

Page 101: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T4: Be ˙lal

The cat

Fua

c

Mulaku: Adnan Ibrahım

Page 102: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

98 Texts with interlinear analysis

1ed

duva

heki

,ed

duva

heki

,M

elia

geD

iage

indo

lein

duve

lai

dom

baum

kele

c

ve

˙ t

˙ tıge

.ek

duva

heki

ekdu

vahe

kiM

elia

geD

iage

indo

lein

duve

lai

dom

baum

kele

kve

˙ t˙ tıge

one

ona

day

one

ona

day

ofM

.(-h

ouse

)da

ught

erof

hous

eon

swin

gbe

dsi

tting

attim

ea

brea

dfr

uit

fell

CA

RD

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

PNPN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

AT

TR

.L

OC

.IN

DE

F.A

TT

R.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

GE

N.

OB

L.

GE

N.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

One

day,

one

day,

whe

nM

.D.

was

sitti

ngon

the

swin

gbe

dof

(her

)ho

use,

ari

pebr

eadf

ruit

fell

(upo

nit)

.

2de

n,m

iago

ho,

mi

baum

kel

naga

gen

goho

,m

asag

enga

sali-

ai.

den

mia

goho

mi

baum

kel

naga

gen

goho

mas

agen

gasa

liai

then

this

one

goin

gth

isbr

ead

frui

tlif

ting

goin

gpe

elin

gsh

eco

oked

they

say

AD

VD

PRO

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

NO

M.

AB

S.A

TT

R.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

AB

S.II

IPT

.II.

3SG

.E

XT

.

The

nsh

ew

ent,

took

upth

ebr

ead

frui

t,pe

eled

itan

dco

oked

it(i

nsy

rup)

.

3ga

safe

bahi

suva

,ko

mm

iaki

-sm

iabe

raha

nuku

meg

eneb

age-

ai.

gasa

feba

hisu

vako

mm

iaki

asm

iabe

raha

nuku

meg

eneb

age

aiha

ving

cook

edhi

ther

plac

ing

inw

hich

way

ever

this

one

toou

tsid

ele

avin

gsh

ew

ent

they

say

VE

RB

AD

VV

ER

BIP

RO

NPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

LO

C.

AB

S.L

OC

.IN

DE

F.M

OD

.N

OM

.D

AT

.A

BS.

III

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Aft

erco

okin

git

and

putti

ngit

asid

e,sh

efo

rso

me

reas

onor

anot

her

wen

tou

tsid

e.

4go

hofe

aho,

belı

kal,

ebag

emm

a,be

˙ lala

kum

ihe

dılik

ıgo

ho,

mi

kafi

.go

hofe

aho

belı

kal

ebag

enm

abe

˙ lala

kum

ihe

dılik

ıgo

hom

ika

fiha

ving

gone

com

ing

look

edtim

ego

ing

away

whe

na

cat

now

done

man

ner

was

goin

gth

isit

ate

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NV

ER

B

AB

S.I

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.O

BL

.L

OC

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

AB

S.N

OM

.PT

.I.3

SG.

Com

ing

(bac

k)af

ter

goin

gou

t,sh

elo

oked

arou

nd(a

ndre

alis

ed:)

whe

nsh

eha

dgo

ne,

aca

tha

dco

me

and

eate

nit.

5ka

fe,

vend

efe,

mi

onna

ıfi

sidu

ne.

kafe

vend

efe

mi

onna

ıfi

sidu

neha

ving

eate

nha

ving

ente

red

now

whe

resh

ew

asw

asch

imne

yV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

AB

S.I

AB

S.I

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

LO

C.

Aft

erea

ting

(it)

,sh

eha

den

tere

dth

ech

imne

yw

here

she

still

was

.

Page 103: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

99T4 Be ˙lal

6m

ihe

no

c

vela

i,M

elia

geD

iage

sagı

ge-a

i.m

ihe

not

vela

iM

elia

geD

iage

sagı

geai

this

way

bein

gat

time

ofM

.da

ught

erto

hous

esh

eha

ppen

edto

goth

eysa

yD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NPN

PNN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.G

EN

.N

OM

.D

AT

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Just

whe

nsh

ew

asth

ere,

M.D

.ha

ppen

edto

get

(bac

k)in

to(h

er)

hous

e.

7ge

sagı

gen,

bala

lika

l,m

iba

umke

le

kafe

-ai

mi

hısi

.ge

sagı

gen

bala

lika

lm

iba

umke

lea

kafe

aim

ihı

sito

hous

eha

ving

happ

ened

togo

look

edar

ound

time

this

brea

dfr

uit

that

one

eate

nth

eysa

yno

ww

asw

hat

itw

asN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AD

VV

ER

B

DA

T.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.II

OB

L.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.O

BL

.A

BS.

IE

XT

.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

Hav

ing

happ

ened

toge

tto

(her

)ho

use,

she

look

edar

ound

tose

ew

here

this

brea

dfru

itw

hich

had

been

eate

nby

that

(cat

)w

as.

8de

nm

iahu

vam

unhu

vam

un¯e

vela

i,be

˙ lalu

fisi

dune

o

c

vela

ife

nıge

-ai.

den

mia

huva

mun

huva

mun

¯eve

lai

be

˙ lalu

fisi

dune

otve

lai

fenı

geai

then

this

one

sear

chin

gse

arch

ing

goin

gat

time

cat

inch

imne

ybe

ing

attim

eit

appe

ared

they

say

AD

VD

PRO

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

OB

L.

DG

RN

D.

DG

RN

D.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

nsh

ew

ent

arou

ndse

arch

ing

and

sear

chin

g,th

eca

tap

pear

edin

the

chim

ney

whe

reit

was

.

9fe

nunu

mm

am

ihe

dılik

ı,ba

umke

lga

safe

hısi

hado

(nuv

ata

tava

)e

naga

fe.

fenu

nun

ma

mi

hedı

likı

baum

kel

gasa

fehı

siha

donu

vata

tava

ena

gafe

appe

arin

gw

hen

now

done

way

was

brea

dfr

uit

cook

ing

bein

gcl

aypo

tor

pan

that

she

lifte

dV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

DPR

ON

VE

RB

OB

L.

LO

C.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.+

FOC

.N

OM

.A

BS.

IPA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.M

OD

.N

OM

.N

OM

.A

BS.

I

Whe

n(t

heca

t)ap

pear

ed,

(M.D

.)gr

aspe

dth

ecl

aypo

tor

the

fryi

ngpa

nsh

eha

dus

edfo

rco

okin

gth

ebr

eadf

ruit.

10el

lum

ma

goho

,be

˙ lalu

bole

jehı

fe,

ege

ful

ve

˙ t

˙ tıge

ngo

ho,

be

˙ lalu

kari

dera

˙ negg

ego

tee

gan

˙ doe

˙ dıge

-ai.

ellu

nm

ago

hobe

˙ lalu

bole

jehı

feeg

efu

lve

˙ t˙ tıge

ngo

hobe

˙ lalu

kari

dera

˙ negg

ego

tee

gan

˙ doe

˙ dıge

aihu

rlin

gw

hen

goin

gca

tat

head

hitti

ngth

aton

e’s

botto

mfa

lling

goin

gca

tne

ckof

ari

ngin

way

that

piec

ego

tfi

xed

they

say

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

S.O

BL

.L

OC

.A

BS.

IG

EN

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.O

BL

.L

OC

.G

EN

.IN

DE

F.(M

!)L

OC

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

She

hurl

edit

(at

the

cat)

,an

dw

hen

ithi

tth

eca

t’s

head

,its

botto

mfe

llof

f,an

dlik

ea

ring

that

part

got

fixe

dto

the

neck

ofth

eca

t.

Page 104: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

100 Texts with interlinear analysis

11e

˙ dunu

mm

a,be

˙ lalu

duva

gat-

ai.

e

˙ dunu

nm

abe

˙ lalu

duva

gat

aifi

xing

whe

nca

tst

arte

dru

nnin

gth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

EX

T.

Just

whe

nit

got

fixe

dlik

eth

is,

the

cat

star

ted

runn

ing

away

.

12du

ve¯e

vela

i,la

igat

ı,em

me

fera

tam

asa

haul

akk-

a.du

ve¯e

vela

ila

igat

ıem

me

fera

tam

asa

haul

aka

runn

ing

goin

gat

time

the

one

she

met

was

ofal

lat

firs

ta

cock

with

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

J

AB

S.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.III

+FO

C.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

Whi

lesh

ew

asru

nnin

gar

ound

,th

efi

rst

one

she

met

with

was

aco

ck.

13la

igin

ıfe,

haul

uek

ahi

be

˙ ni-a

i,ha

ul-a

u,ti

mai

ekı

hajj

aha

nien

nen

tai?

laig

inıf

eha

ulu

ekah

ibe

˙ niai

haul

autim

aiek

ıha

jjaha

nien

nen

tai?

havi

ngm

etco

ckto

geth

erw

ithit

said

they

say

cock

sayi

ngse

lfw

ithto

˙ hagg

not

will

goas

king

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

(A!)

PRO

NC

AR

DN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

AB

S.II

I+I

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

NO

M.V

OC

.IN

T.

OB

L.

LO

C.

DA

T.

NE

G.

FUT

.2SG

.IN

T.

Mee

ting

him

,sh

eas

ked

the

cock

,‘c

ock,

will

you

not

goon

aha

jjto

geth

erw

ithm

e?’

14be

˙ naha

ulu

be

˙ ni-a

i,la

-ila

-illa

-lla

hta

tim

aka

fenn

en-a

i.be

˙ naha

ulu

be

˙ niai

la-i

la-i

lla-l

lah

tatim

aka

fenn

enai

sayi

ngco

ckhe

said

they

say

=yo

use

lfw

illde

fini

tely

eat

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

INT

JPP

RO

NPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.N

OM

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.N

OM

.N

OM

.FU

T.I

.2SG

.IN

T.

(At

her)

sayi

ng(s

o),

the

cock

said

,‘t

here

isno

God

but

God

,yo

uw

illde

fini

tely

eat

me

(at

the

end)

.’

15be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,he

uni

venn

en-a

i,ti

hen

be

˙ nann

a.be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

heu

nive

nnen

aiti

hen

be

˙ nann

asa

ying

she

said

they

say

good

not

itw

illbe

sayi

ngth

isw

ayto

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

DJ

PAR

TC

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.PR

ED

.N

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

INF.

(At

his)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

cat)

said

,‘i

tw

illno

tbe

righ

tto

spea

kin

this

way

.’

Page 105: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

101T4 Be ˙lal

16ta

sani

fene

nta

i,ti

ma

kari

o

c

tasb

ıha.

tasa

nife

nen

tai

tima

kari

otta

sbıh

ato

you

not

isvi

sibl

eas

king

self

onne

ckbe

ing

rosa

ryPP

RO

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N

DA

T.

NE

G.

PRS.

3SG

.IN

T.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.

‘Can

’tyo

use

eit,

the

rosa

ryth

atis

onm

yne

ck?’

17ti

ma

nika

nna-

ve,

hing

anna

keti

ma

ekı.

tima

nika

nna

eve

hing

anna

ketim

aek

ıse

lfno

tto

eat

sayi

ngto

gosa

ying

self

with

PRO

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

(M!)

VE

RB

VE

RB

PRO

NC

AR

D

NO

M.

NE

G.

INF.

INT

.IN

F.A

BS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

(With

the

wor

ds,)

‘Ish

all

not

eat

you,

’(t

heca

t)to

ld(t

heco

ck)

togo

toge

ther

with

her.

18be

˙ naha

ulu

be

˙ ni-a

i,e

hen

kam

aha

venı

fahe

,ti

ma

ebae

nna-

ve.

be

˙ naha

ulu

be

˙ niai

ehe

nka

mah

ave

nıfa

hetim

aeb

aenn

aev

esa

ying

cock

hesa

idth

eysa

yth

atw

ayto

fact

beco

min

gif

self

togo

ther

esa

ying

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C(M

!)

AB

S.N

OM

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

DA

T.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

NO

M.

INF.

INT

.

(At

her)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

cock

)sa

id,

‘if

itis

like

this

,le

t’s

goth

ere

(tog

ethe

r).’

19de

n¯e

vela

i,la

igat

ı,m

ıdel

akk-

a.de

n¯e

vela

ila

igat

ım

ıdel

aka

then

goin

gat

time

wha

tth

eym

etw

asa

rat

with

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NC

ON

J

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIN

OM

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

Whi

leth

eyw

ere

goin

g(o

n),

they

met

(with

)a

rat.

20m

ıdel

akk-

ala

igin

ıfe,

mıd

elu

ekah

-as

mi

be

˙ nanı

,hi

ngan

nake

tim

aek

ıha

jjah

aen

na.

mıd

elak

ala

igin

ıfe

mıd

elu

ekah

ias

mi

be

˙ nanı

hing

anna

ketim

aek

ıha

jjaha

enna

ara

tw

ithha

ving

met

rat

toge

ther

with

too

now

wha

tit

says

isto

wal

ksa

ying

self

with

to

˙ hagg

togo

NO

UN

CO

NJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

AD

VV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BPR

ON

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

SOC

.A

BS.

III+

IO

BL

.L

OC

.M

OD

.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.IN

F.A

BS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

DA

T.

INF.

Whe

nth

eym

etw

ith(t

he)

rat,

(the

cat)

told

the

rat,

too,

togo

ona

hajj

toge

ther

with

her.

Page 106: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

102 Texts with interlinear analysis

21be

˙ nam

ıdel

u-as

mi

be

˙ nanı

,ad

ave

genn

-as

taı

mıd

elk

¯aet

tak-

ai.

be

˙ nam

ıdel

uas

mi

be

˙ nanı

ada

vege

nas

taı

mıd

elk

¯aet

tak

aisa

ying

rat

too

now

wha

tit

says

iscu

stom

beco

min

gto

ow

hat

you

are

isra

tea

ting

ath

ing

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NC

ON

JA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

CO

NJ

PPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.O

BL

.M

OD

.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

SOC

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

(At

her)

sayi

ng(s

o),

the

rat

answ

ered

,‘n

orm

ally

,yo

uar

ean

anim

al(l

it."s

omet

hing

")th

atea

tsra

ts’.

22e

hem

ma

tim

asa

nike

renn

ene

enna

.e

hen

ma

timas

ani

kere

nnen

een

nath

atso

rtaf

ter

tose

lfno

tit

will

beab

leto

bedo

neto

goD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPR

ON

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.L

OC

.D

AT

.N

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INF.

‘As

itis

like

this

,it

isno

tpo

ssib

lefo

rm

eto

go(t

oget

her

with

you)

.’

23be

˙ nam

ibe

˙ nı,

tasa

nife

nen

tai,

tim

aka

rio

c

tasb

ıha

gan

˙ do.

be

˙ nam

ibe

˙ nıta

sani

fene

nta

itim

aka

riot

tasb

ıha

gan

˙ dosa

ying

now

wha

tsh

esa

idw

asto

you

not

isvi

sibl

eas

king

self

onne

ckbe

ing

rosa

rypi

ece

VE

RB

AD

VV

ER

BPP

RO

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

N

AB

S.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

DA

T.

NE

G.

PRS.

3SG

.IN

T.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.

NO

M.

(At

her)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

cat)

aske

d‘d

on’t

you

see

it,th

ero

sary

whi

chis

onm

yne

ck?’

24ti

ma

nika

nna-

uhi

ngan

nake

tim

aek

ı.tim

ani

kann

aau

hing

anna

ketim

aek

ıse

lfno

tto

eat

sayi

ngto

gosa

ying

self

with

PRO

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

PRO

NC

AR

D

NO

M.

NE

G.

INF.

INT

.IN

F.A

BS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

(With

the

wor

ds)

‘Ish

all

not

eat

you’

,(t

heca

t)to

ldhe

rto

gow

ithhe

rsel

f.

25de

nm

igo

tem

ıdal

u-as

halla

gen,

be

˙ noag

enm

ien

ı-ai

den

mi

gote

mıd

alu

asha

llage

nbe

˙ noag

enm

ien

ıai

then

this

inw

ayra

tto

oco

nvin

cing

pers

uadi

ngno

who

wsh

ego

esis

they

say

AD

VD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.N

OM

.SO

C.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

EX

T.

Thu

sco

nvin

cing

(and

)pe

rsua

ding

the

rat,

too,

(the

y)w

ent

on.

Page 107: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

103T4 Be ˙lal

26¯e

vela

ila

igat

ı,ku

ku

˙ lakk

-a.

¯eve

lai

laig

atı

kuku

˙ lak

ago

ing

attim

ew

hat

itm

etw

asa

hen

with

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

CO

NJ

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.I

II+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

Whe

n(t

hey)

wen

ton

(tog

ethe

r),

(the

y)m

etw

itha

hen.

27la

igin

ıfe,

kuku

˙ luek

ah-a

sam

am

ihe

nbe

˙ nafe

be

˙ noag

en,

mi

geha

taro

veri

nen

ı-ai

laig

inıf

eku

ku

˙ luek

ahi

asam

am

ihe

nbe

˙ nafe

be

˙ noag

enm

ige

hata

rove

rin

enı

aiha

ving

met

hen

toge

ther

with

too

agai

n(?

)th

isw

aysa

ying

pers

uadi

ngth

ese

havi

nggo

nefo

urpe

ople

how

they

gois

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

AD

VD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BD

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.II

I+I

OB

L.

LO

C.

SOC

.M

OD

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

AB

S.I

AB

S.II

IA

TT

R.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.P

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

EX

T.

Hav

ing

met

(the

hen

and)

havi

ngpe

rsua

ded

her

byta

lkin

gin

the

sam

ew

ay,

thes

efo

urpe

ople

wer

ew

alki

ngal

ong.

28go

ho,

atir

ehı

sibo

kkor

aba

gen

mi

mıh

unar

agen

,fa

lija

hafe

]be

˙ lalu

-ai

deat

ende

fali

jaha

nıgo

hoat

ire

hısi

bokk

ora

bage

nm

im

ıhun

arag

enfa

lija

hafe

be

˙ lalu

aide

aten

defa

lija

hanı

goin

gon

shor

ebe

ing

boat

taki

ngth

ese

peop

lecl

imbi

ngoa

rro

win

gca

tth

eysa

ytw

oby

hand

two

oar

who

row

sis

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CC

AR

DN

OU

NC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

B

AB

S.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.A

BS.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.A

BS.

III

NO

M.

AB

S.I

NO

M.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.A

BL

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

Wal

king

on,

(the

y)to

oka

boat

whi

chw

ason

the

shor

e,cl

imbe

d(u

pon

it),

(and

)gr

aspi

ngth

eoa

rsit

was

the

cat

who

star

ted

row

ing

with

both

hand

son

both

oars

.

29be

˙ noag

engo

ho,

vaki

hisa

baka

hagi

unı

be

˙ noag

engo

hova

kihi

saba

kaha

giun

ıpe

rsua

ding

goin

gre

alto

anam

ount

was

wha

tth

eyre

ache

d(u

nint

entio

nally

)V

ER

BV

ER

BA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

(Tog

ethe

rw

ithth

eon

es)

she

had

pers

uade

d,sh

e(f

inal

ly)

reac

hed

ace

rtai

ndi

stan

ce.

30de

nya

gınu

n-as

,m

ıge

evvi

aset

taka

hafa

tafe

egga

mah

ani

er¯e

hisa

baha

giun

umm

a,de

nya

gınu

nas

mıg

eek

vias

etta

kaha

fata

feek

-gam

aha

nier

¯ehi

saba

hagi

unum

ma

then

with

cert

aint

yev

enth

ese

one’

son

ebe

com

ing

even

toa

thin

gsw

imm

ing

tola

ndno

tbe

ing

clim

babl

eto

dist

ance

reac

hing

afte

rA

DV

NO

UN

CO

NJ

DPR

ON

CA

RD

VE

RB

CO

NJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

TE

MP.

AB

L.

MO

D.

GE

N.

AT

TR

.A

BS.

MO

D.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.I

DA

T.

NE

G.

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.

OB

L.

LO

C.

Whe

nth

edi

stan

ceth

eyha

dre

ache

dse

emed

tobe

such

inde

edth

atno

tev

enon

eof

them

was

able

toge

t(b

ack)

toth

ela

ndby

swim

min

g,

Page 108: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

104 Texts with interlinear analysis

30a

be

˙ lalu

hedı

likı

fum

mag

engo

hoje

hıfe

haul

uga

ihi

fann

am

ive

n

˙ diga

tı.

be

˙ lalu

hedı

likı

fum

mag

engo

hoje

hıfe

haul

uga

ihi

fann

am

ive

n

˙ diga

tıca

tdo

nem

anne

rw

asju

mpi

nggo

ing

hitti

ngco

ckbo

dyto

gras

pno

ww

hat

itgo

tto

bew

asN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.+

FOC

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.A

BS.

IO

BL

.N

OM

.IN

F.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PT

.III

+FO

C.

the

cat

jum

ped

onth

eco

ckan

dw

hen

she

hit

him

,sh

etr

ied

togr

asp

the

body

ofth

eco

ck.

31ve

n

˙ diga

nna

tan

haul

u-a,

kuku

˙ lu-a

,m

ıdal

u-a

tin-

eti

ekı

deas

afu

mm

ali-

ai.

ven

˙ diga

nna

tan

haul

ua

kuku

˙ lua

mıd

alu

atin

eti

ekı

deas

afu

mm

ali

aige

tting

tobe

mom

ent

cock

with

hen

with

rat

with

thre

eth

ing

toge

ther

tow

ater

they

jum

ped

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

CO

NJ

CA

RD

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.

NO

M.

SOC

.N

OM

.SO

C.

NO

M.

SOC

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.

LO

C.

DA

T.

PT.I

I.3P

L.

EX

T.

Just

whe

nsh

est

arte

dtr

ying

this

,th

eco

ck,

the

hen,

and

the

rat,

all

thre

eto

geth

erju

mpe

din

toth

ew

ater

.

32ha

ulu

udih

ıfe

ge-a

i.ha

ulu

udih

ıfe

geai

cock

flyi

ngw

ent

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.

AB

S.I

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

The

cock

wen

taw

ayfl

ying

.

33ha

ulu

udih

ıfe

goho

egga

mah

aje

hı.

haul

uud

ihıf

ego

hoeg

gam

aha

jehı

cock

flyi

nggo

ing

tola

ndhi

tN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

B

NO

M.

AB

S.I

AB

S.D

AT

.PT

.3SG

.

The

cock

reac

hed

the

land

byfl

ying

.

34ku

ku

˙ lu-a

mıd

alu-

ade

-ti

fata

feeg

gam

aha-

aim

ier

ı.ku

ku

˙ lua

mıd

alu

ade

eti

fata

feek

-gam

aha

aim

ier

ıhe

nw

ithra

tw

ithtw

oth

ings

swim

min

gto

land

they

say

now

wha

tth

eycl

imbe

dup

tow

asN

OU

NC

ON

JN

OU

NC

ON

JC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

AD

VV

ER

B

OB

L.

SOC

.O

BL

.SO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.A

BS.

ID

AT

.E

XT

.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

The

hen

and

the

rat

got

upon

the

land

bysw

imm

ing.

Page 109: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

105T4 Be ˙lal

35ar

anna

gat

tabe

˙ lalu

-as

fata

feer

un(u

)ka

laha

mıd

alm

ihe

dılik

ı,go

horu

kaka

ham

ier

ı.ar

anna

gat

tabe

˙ lalu

asfa

tafe

erun

(u)

kala

ham

ıdal

mi

hedı

likı

goho

ruka

kaha

mi

erı

tocl

imb

upgo

tat

mom

ent

the

cat

too

swim

min

gab

leto

clim

bto

time

rat

now

done

man

ner

was

goin

gto

atr

eeno

ww

here

she

clim

bed

upw

asV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

B

INF.

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.

MO

D.

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

T.

DA

T.

OB

L.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.+

FOC

.A

BS.

DA

T.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.

Just

whe

nth

eym

anag

edto

clim

bup

,th

eca

tcl

imbe

dup

ther

e(f

rom

)sw

imm

ing,

too,

and

the

rat

clim

bed

upa

coco

nut

tree

.

36ku

ku

˙ lufi

lage

-ai.

kuku

˙ lufi

lage

aihe

nhi

daw

ayth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

The

hen

hid

(som

ewhe

re).

37m

ıdal

erı

ruka

hafa

hike

˙ den

be

˙ lalu

-as

arag

e-ai

.m

ıdal

erı

ruka

hafa

hike

˙ den

be

˙ lalu

asar

age

aira

tcl

imbe

dup

totr

eeba

ckfr

ompi

ece

cat

too

clim

bed

upth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.

DA

T.

GE

N.

AB

L.

NO

M.

MO

D.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

From

the

back

side

,th

eca

tcl

imbe

dup

the

tree

the

rat

had

clim

bed

upto

o.

38be

˙ lalu

ara,

mıd

alga

ihi

fann

enhe

nhı

vım

ma,

mıd

alhe

dılik

ıfu

mm

agen

goho

den

hısí

ruka

(h)a

ebag

e-ai

be

˙ lalu

ara

mıd

alga

ihi

fann

enhe

nhi

tvı

mm

am

ıdal

hedı

likı

fum

mag

engo

hode

nhı

síru

ka(h

)aeb

age

aica

tcl

imbi

ngm

ouse

body

bein

gto

gras

pw

aym

ind

beco

min

gw

hen

rat

done

man

ner

was

jum

ping

goin

gne

xtbe

ing

totr

eeit

wen

tth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

AB

S.O

BL

.N

OM

.PA

RT

.FU

T.

OB

L.

OB

L.

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.+

FOC

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.D

AT

.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nth

eca

tw

ascl

imbi

ngup

and

was

thin

king

abou

tth

ew

ayho

wsh

eco

uld

catc

hth

ebo

dyof

the

rat,

the

rat

jum

ped

off

toth

ene

xttr

ee.

39ge

mm

a,be

˙ lalu

ove

ovef

em

iah

anı,

mıd

ela,

kihi

nne

tai

tati

ruka

hage

i?ge

nm

abe

˙ lalu

ove

ovef

em

iah

anı

mıd

ela

kihi

nne

tai

tati

ruka

hage

i?go

ing

whe

nca

tst

ayin

gst

ayin

gno

ww

hat

itsa

ysis

rat

sayi

ngho

was

king

you

that

totr

ee(t

hew

ay)

you

wen

tw

asV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

CIP

RO

NIP

AR

TC

PPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

AB

S.A

BS.

IT

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

T.

MO

D.

INT

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

DA

T.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.

Whe

nsh

ew

ent

ther

e,th

eca

t,re

mai

ning

(whe

rean

dth

ew

ay)

she

was

,as

ked,

‘rat

,ho

wdi

dyo

uge

tto

that

tree

?’

Page 110: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

106 Texts with interlinear analysis

40ti

ma

tani

kann

a-ve

,ge

lika

c

be

˙ nann

ake

.tim

ata

nika

nna

eve

gelik

akbe

˙ nann

ake

self

you

not

toea

tsa

ying

gone

am

anne

rto

tell

sayi

ngPR

ON

PPR

ON

PAR

TC

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C(M

!)V

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OM

.N

OM

.N

EG

.IN

F.IN

T.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

AB

S.

Sayi

ng,

‘Iw

illno

tea

tyo

u,’

she

told

her

tote

llhe

rth

ew

aysh

e(h

adm

anag

edto

)ge

t(t

here

).

41be

˙ num

ma,

mıd

alm

ibe

˙ nanı

,va

ije

hıfe

,de

ru

c

duru

v¯eka

l-e,

tim

afu

mm

agat

ı.be

˙ nun

ma

mıd

alm

ibe

˙ nanı

vai

jehı

fede

ruk

duru

v¯eka

lev

etim

afu

mm

agat

ısa

ying

whe

nra

tno

ww

hat

itsa

ysis

win

dhi

tting

two

tree

apar

tbe

com

ing

attim

esa

ying

self

whe

nI

jum

ped

was

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BC

AR

DN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C(M

!)PR

ON

VE

RB

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PR

ED

.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.IN

T.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.I

II+

FOC

.

(Whe

nsh

e)sa

id(s

o),

the

rat

answ

ered

,‘T

hem

omen

tI

jum

ped

was

,w

hen,

stru

ckby

the

win

d,th

etw

otr

ees

wen

tap

art.’

42e

hen

ma,

ta-s

elik

aha

fum

anna

ke.

ehe

nm

ata

ase

likah

afu

man

nake

that

way

afte

ryo

uto

oth

atto

way

toju

mp

sayi

ngD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPP

RO

NC

ON

JD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

TT

R.

NO

M.

LO

C.

NO

M.

MO

D.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.IN

F.A

BS.

She

told

(the

cat)

,‘y

outo

osh

ould

jum

pin

the

sam

ew

ay.’

43be

˙ num

ma,

be˙ la

lum

ihe

dılik

ı,va

ije

hıfe

,de

ruc

duru

vege

nge

tam

va˙ li

fum

mag

at-a

ibe

˙ nun

ma

be˙ la

lum

ihe

dılik

ıva

ije

hıfe

deru

kdu

ruve

gen

geta

nva

˙ lifu

mm

agat

aisa

ying

whe

nca

tno

wdo

nea

man

ner

was

win

dhi

tting

two

tree

apar

tbe

com

ing

gone

plac

eat

mom

ent

itju

mpe

dth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

CA

RD

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.+

FOC

.N

OM

.A

BS.

IA

TT

R.

OB

L.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

EX

T.

Aft

erhe

rsa

ying

so,

the

cat

jum

ped

just

whe

nth

ew

ind

stru

ckan

dth

etw

otr

ees

wen

tap

art.

44fu

mm

agat

umm

a,vı

likı,

be

˙ lalu

saen

edru

kaha

nigı

,ve

˙ t

˙ tıge

ngo

hoje

hıfe

,fu

mm

agat

unm

avı

likı

be

˙ lalu

saen

ekru

kaha

nigı

ve

˙ t˙ tıge

ngo

hoje

hıfe

jum

ping

whe

nbe

com

em

anne

rw

asto

cat

anot

her

totr

eeno

tbe

ing

reac

habl

efa

lling

goin

ghi

tting

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

PRO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BO

BL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

DA

T.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.N

EG

.A

BS.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

AB

S.I

Whe

nsh

eju

mpe

d,it

happ

ened

that

the

cat

did

not

reac

hth

etr

ee,

but

falli

ngdo

wn

she

hit

(the

grou

nd),

44a

deru

dde

tere

hısi

kasa

gan

˙ daka

haem

e

˙ nıge

nbe

˙ lal

mar

ave

ge-a

i.de

ruk

deet

ere

hısi

kasa

gan

˙ daka

haem

e

˙ nıge

nbe

˙ lal

mar

ave

geai

two

tree

two

betw

een

bein

gto

ath

orn

bein

gpi

erce

dca

tde

adbe

cam

eth

eysa

yC

AR

DN

OU

NC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

TT

R.

OB

L.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.PR

ED

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

and

pier

ced

bya

spik

ew

hich

was

betw

een

the

two

tree

s,th

eca

tdi

ed.

Page 111: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T5: [Rakko ˙lu Mameli Daita]*

Fua

c

Mulaku: Go ˙l ˙dan-Ge ˙tu Kaddadi (˘Hadıga)

* An English version (collected and translated by AHMED SHAKEEB) of this story appeared in Finiashi:Heard in the Islands, vol. 5, Male 1990, 6 ff.

Page 112: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

108 Texts with interlinear analysis

1eb

ave

n

˙ di-a

ifa

kıri

kuda

ku.

eba

ven

˙ diai

fakı

riku

daku

ther

eliv

esth

eysa

ypo

ora

child

AD

VV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AD

J(A

!)N

OU

N

LO

C.

PRS.

3SG

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

(Onc

e)th

ere

lived

apo

orch

ild(g

irl)

.

2m

iku

dd¯a

hita

haer

i-ai

gasa

iba

tta

vaka

kkan

ene.

mi

kudd

¯ahi

taha

erı

aiga

sai

bat

tava

kakk

anen

eth

isch

ildto

min

dw

hat

aros

ew

assa

ying

=ri

cepa

n(s

he)

will

cook

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

AT

TR

.O

BL

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

INT

.O

BL

.O

BL

.N

OM

.FU

T.3

SG.

Itca

me

toth

isgi

rl’s

min

dto

cook

apa

nof

gasa

iri

ce.

3hi

kko

c

gasa

iba

tta

vaka

kkal

i-ai

.hi

tko

sga

sai

bat

tava

kakk

ali

aim

ind

mak

ing

=ri

cepa

n(s

he)

cook

edth

eysa

yN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

M.

AB

S.O

BL

.O

BL

.N

OM

.PT

.II.

3SG

.E

XT

.

Hav

ing

mad

e(u

phe

r)m

ind

(lik

eth

is),

she

cook

eda

pan

(of)

gasa

iri

ce.

4ka

kkaf

e,ba

c

hisu

va,

lage

nka

nnen

etta

c

huva

nna

c

vege

neb

age-

ai.

kakk

afe

bat

hisu

vala

gen

kann

enet

tak

huva

nnas

vege

neb

age

aiha

ving

cook

edri

cepl

acin

gad

ding

tobe

eate

na

thin

gto

look

for

by(i

t)be

com

ing

she

wen

taw

ayth

eysa

yV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

NO

M.

AB

S.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.F

UT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

F.A

BS.

III

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Hav

ing

cook

ed(i

tan

d)ha

ving

put

the

rice

asid

e,sh

ew

ent

away

inor

der

tolo

okfo

rso

met

hing

that

she

(cou

ld)

eat

itw

ith.

5em

un¯e

vela

ila

igin

ige-

aifi

aiak

k-a.

emun

¯eve

lai

laig

inig

eai

fiai

aka

bygo

ing

goin

gw

hile

wha

tsh

eha

ppen

edto

mee

tw

ithw

asth

eysa

yan

onio

nw

ithV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

CO

NJ

GR

ND

.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.III

+IV

+FO

C.

EX

T.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

SOC

.

Whi

lego

ing

and

goin

g(l

ike

this

),sh

em

etw

ithan

onio

n.

Page 113: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

109T5 [Rakko ˙lu Mameli Daita]

6la

igin

ife,

be

˙ ni-a

i,ko

nta

kaha

tai

tien

ı.la

igin

ife

be

˙ niai

kon

taka

hata

iti

enı.

havi

ngm

etsh

esa

idth

eysa

yw

hich

topl

ace

aski

ngth

ere

whe

reyo

uar

ego

ing

isV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

IPR

ON

NO

UN

IPA

RT

CA

DV

VE

RB

AB

S.II

I+I

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

INT

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.

Hav

ing

met

it,sh

eas

ked,

‘whe

rear

eyo

uth

ere

goin

g?’

7be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

ma

bim

eva

tiov

e,fı

venn

ata

yyar

ove

gen

nuku

meg

enen

i-ai

.be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

tima

bim

eva

tiov

efı

venn

ata

yyar

ove

gen

nuku

meg

enen

ıai

.sa

ying

itsa

idth

eysa

yse

lfof

grou

ndon

botto

mly

ing

rotte

nto

beco

me

read

ybe

com

ing

getti

ngou

tw

hat

Iam

goin

gfo

ris

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JV

ER

BA

DJ

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.O

BL

.G

EN

.L

OC

.A

BS.

PRE

D.

INF.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

INT

.

Whe

nsh

esa

id(s

o),

itre

plie

d,‘l

ying

onth

egr

ound

,I

have

near

lyst

arte

dge

tting

rotte

n,(t

hat’

sw

hy)

Igo

tou

tan

dam

goin

g(a

roun

dhe

reno

w).

8ke

fe,

be

˙ num

ma

be

˙ ni-a

ien

nake

tim

aek

ı.ke

febe

˙ nun

ma

be

˙ niai

enna

ketim

aek

ıha

ving

said

sayi

ngw

hen

she

said

they

say

togo

sayi

ngse

lfw

ithV

ER

BV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

PRO

NC

AR

D

AB

S.I

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

INF.

AB

S.O

BL

.L

OC

.

Aft

erit

spok

e(i

nth

ew

ay)

itha

dsp

oken

,sh

ean

swer

edte

lling

(it)

to‘c

ome

with

me.

9be

˙ num

ma

kefe

deve

rin

eni-

ai.

be

˙ nun

ma

kefe

deve

rin

enı

aisa

ying

whe

nha

ving

said

two

peop

leho

wth

eyar

ego

ing

isth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

S.I

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.E

XT

.

Aft

er(h

er)

sayi

ngso

,th

etw

o(o

fth

em)

wen

t(o

nto

geth

er).

10¯e

vela

ila

igin

ige-

aim

irih

akk-

a.¯e

vela

ila

igin

ige

aim

irih

aka

goin

gw

hile

wha

tth

eyha

ppen

edto

mee

tw

ithw

asth

eysa

ya

chili

with

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NC

ON

J

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.I

II+

IV+

FOC

.E

XT

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

Whi

lego

ing

(on

like

this

),th

eym

etw

itha

chili

.

Page 114: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

110 Texts with interlinear analysis

11do

mm

irih

akk-

ala

igin

ife

be

˙ ni-a

i,ko

nta

kaha

tai

tien

ı.do

nm

irih

aka

laig

inif

ebe

˙ niai

kon

taka

hata

iti

enı

fair

ach

iliw

ithha

ving

met

she

said

they

say

whi

chto

plac

eas

king

ther

ew

here

you

are

goin

gis

AD

JN

OU

NC

ON

JV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

IPR

ON

NO

UN

IPA

RT

CA

DV

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

AB

S.II

I+I

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

Hav

ing

met

with

(the

)re

dch

ili,

(the

girl

)as

ked,

‘whe

rear

eyo

uth

ere

goin

g?’

12be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

ma

mi

enı:

be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

tima

mi

enı

sayi

ngit

said

they

say

self

here

wha

tI

amgo

ing

for

isV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

B

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.O

BL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.

Whe

n(s

he)

said

(so)

,(t

hech

ili)

answ

ered

,‘t

his

isw

hat

Iam

goin

gar

ound

for:

12a

gehe

ihi

sedo

mve

gen,

fıve

nna

tayy

aro

vege

n,nu

kum

egen

ve

˙ t

˙ tıge

nen

i-ai

.ge

hei

hise

don

vege

nfı

venn

ata

yyar

ove

gen

nuku

meg

enve

˙ t˙ tıge

nen

ıai

ontr

eebe

ing

fair

beco

min

gro

tten

tobe

com

ere

ady

beco

min

gge

tting

off

falli

ngw

hyI

amgo

ing

issa

ying

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JV

ER

BA

DJ

VE

RB

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

LO

C.

AB

S.PR

ED

.A

BS.

III

PRE

D.

INF.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.IN

T.

havi

ngbe

com

efa

ir(w

hile

)be

ing

onth

etr

ee(a

nd)

havi

ngst

arte

dto

get

rotte

n,(t

hat’

sw

hy)

I’m

goin

g(a

roun

dno

w)

afte

rge

tting

off

and

falli

ngdo

wn.

13be

˙ ni-a

ien

nake

tim

ai-a

ekı.

be

˙ niai

enna

ketim

aia

ekı

she

said

they

say

togo

telli

ngse

lfw

ithto

geth

erV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

PRO

NC

ON

JC

AR

D

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

INF.

AB

S.O

BL

.SO

C.

LO

C.

She

said

,‘c

ome

onto

geth

erw

ithm

e.’

14ke

feen

i-ai

.ke

feen

ıai

havi

ngsa

idgo

ing

they

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

RS.

EX

T.

(At)

her

sayi

ng(s

o),

they

wen

t(o

nto

geth

er).

Page 115: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

111T5 [Rakko ˙lu Mameli Daita]

15¯e

vela

ila

igin

ige-

aiga

rade

mah

age

˙ lakk

-a.

¯eve

lai

laig

inig

eai

gara

dem

aha

ge

˙ lak

ago

ing

whi

lew

hat

they

happ

ened

tom

eet

with

was

they

say

tuna

fish

aba

llw

ithV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

CO

NJ

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.I

II+

IV+

FOC

.E

XT

.O

BL

.O

BL

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.SO

C.

Whi

lego

ing

(on

like

this

),th

eym

etw

itha

hard

ball

oftu

nafi

sh.

16la

igin

ife

be

˙ ni-a

iko

nta

kaha

tai

tien

ı?la

igin

ife

be

˙ niai

kon

taka

hata

iti

enı?

havi

ngm

etsh

esa

idth

eysa

yw

hich

topl

ace

aski

ngth

ere

whe

reyo

uar

ego

ing

isV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

IPR

ON

NO

UN

IPA

RT

CA

DV

VE

RB

AB

S.II

I+I

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

Hav

ing

met

it,sh

eas

ked,

‘whe

rear

eyo

uth

ere

goin

g?’

17be

˙ num

ma

be

˙ ni-a

i,gu

lieva

tiov

e,m

afa

venn

ata

yyar

ove

gen,

enı-

ai.

be

˙ nun

ma

be

˙ niai

gulie

vati

ove

maf

ave

nna

tayy

aro

vege

nen

ıai

sayi

ngw

hen

she

said

they

say

ofpo

ton

botto

mly

ing

gran

dfat

her

tobe

com

ere

ady

beco

min

gw

hyI

amgo

ing

issa

ying

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DJ

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

GE

N.

LO

C.

AB

S.N

OM

.IN

F.PR

ED

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

INT

.

(At

her)

sayi

ngso

,(i

t)an

swer

ed,

‘hav

ing

been

lyin

gon

the

grou

ndof

acl

aypo

tan

dha

ving

star

ted

tobe

com

ea

"gra

ndfa

ther

",(t

hat’

sw

hy)

Iam

goin

g.’

18be

˙ num

ma

be

˙ ni-a

i,en

nake

tim

ai-a

eki.

be

˙ nun

ma

be

˙ niai

enna

ketim

aia

eki

sayi

ngw

hen

she

said

they

say

togo

telli

ngse

lfw

ithto

geth

erV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

PRO

NC

ON

JC

AR

D

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

INF.

AB

S.O

BL

.SO

C.

LO

C.

(At

it’s)

sayi

ng(s

o),

she

said

,‘c

ome

onto

geth

erw

ithm

e.’

19ke

fe¯e

vela

i,la

igin

ige-

ailim

boya

kk-a

.ke

fe¯e

vela

ila

igin

ige

ailim

boya

ka

havi

ngsa

idgo

ing

whi

lew

hat

they

happ

ened

tom

eet

with

was

they

say

alim

efr

uit

with

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NC

ON

J

AB

S.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.III

+IV

+FO

C.

EX

T.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

SOC

.

At

her

sayi

ng(s

o),

whi

lego

ing

(on

inth

isw

ay),

they

met

with

alim

e(f

ruit)

.

Page 116: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

112 Texts with interlinear analysis

20la

igin

ife,

be

˙ ni-a

i,ko

nta

kaha

tai?

laig

inif

ebe

˙ niai

kon

taka

hata

i?ha

ving

met

she

said

they

say

whi

chto

plac

eas

king

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CIP

RO

NN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

AB

S.II

I+I

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

INT

.

Hav

ing

met

it,sh

eas

ked,

‘whe

re(a

reyo

ugo

ing)

?’

21be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

ige

hei

ove

fal

venn

ata

yyar

ave

gen

enı-

ai.

be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

gehe

iov

efa

lve

nna

tayy

ara

vege

nen

ıai

sayi

ngit

said

they

say

ontr

eebe

ing

rotte

nto

beco

me

read

ybe

com

ing

why

Iam

goin

gis

sayi

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JV

ER

BA

DJ

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.PT

.3SG

.E

XT

.L

OC

.A

BS.

PRE

D.

INF.

PRE

D.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.IN

T.

Whe

n(s

he)

said

(so)

,(t

hech

ili)

answ

ered

,‘(

beca

use

of)

havi

ngst

arte

dto

get

rotte

n(w

hile

)be

ing

onth

etr

ee,

(tha

t’s

why

)I’

mgo

ing

(now

).’

22be

˙ nabe

˙ ni-a

i,en

nake

tim

ai-a

ekı.

be

˙ nabe

˙ niai

enna

ketim

aia

ekı

sayi

ngw

hat

she

said

was

they

say

togo

telli

ngse

lfw

ithto

geth

erV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

VE

RB

VE

RB

PRO

NC

ON

JC

AR

D

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

EX

T.

INF.

AB

S.O

BL

.SO

C.

LO

C.

(At

its)

sayi

ng(s

o),

(the

girl

)sa

id,

‘com

e(o

n)to

geth

erw

ithm

e.’

23ke

fefa

have

rin

geka

l-

fas

ma

mul

efa

hava

gun

-ka

ika

fera

kkal

vega

t-ai

.ke

fefa

have

rin

geka

lfa

sm

am

ule

faha

vagu

nka

ika

fera

kkal

vega

tai

havi

ngsa

idfi

vepe

ople

gone

time

five

big

root

five

thie

ves

eatin

gea

ting

savi

ngbe

cam

eth

eysa

yV

ER

BC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NC

AR

D(M

!)A

DJ

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.I

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

AT

TR

.L

OC

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.P

L.

AB

S.A

BS.

IN

OM

.PT

.III

.3SG

.E

XT

.

At

her

sayi

ngso

,th

efi

ve("

peop

le")

wen

ton

-fi

veth

ieve

sin

five

big

root

s-

(alth

ough

)ea

ting

and

eatin

g,(a

lway

sso

met

hing

)w

assa

ved.

Page 117: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T6: A ˙like ˙dea derike ˙dea

The piece of ash and the piece of coal

Fua

c

Mulaku: Diggamage Mu ˙hammad Ma ˙nikufanu

Page 118: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

114 Texts with interlinear analysis

1a

˙ like

˙ dea

deri

ke

˙ dea

deve

rin

eddu

vaha

kieb

age-

aiat

irah

a.a

˙ like

˙ dea

deri

ke

˙ dea

deve

rin

ekdu

vaha

kieb

age

aiat

irah

aas

hpi

ece

with

coal

piec

ew

ithtw

ope

ople

one

atda

yw

here

they

wen

tw

asth

eysa

yto

beac

hN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JN

OU

NN

OU

NC

ON

JC

AR

DN

OU

NC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

OB

L.

OB

L.

SOC

.O

BL

.O

BL

.SO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.A

TT

R.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.E

XT

.D

AT

.

One

day,

(the

)pi

ece

ofas

han

d(t

he)

piec

eof

coal

wen

tto

the

beac

h.

2go

ho,

deri

ke

˙ deke

fi-a

i,a

˙ like

˙ de,

ekah

ifu

mm

anna

ke.

goho

deri

ke

˙ deke

fiai

a

˙ like

˙ deek

ahi

fum

man

nake

goin

gco

alpi

ece

wha

tit

said

was

they

say

ash

piec

eto

geth

erto

jum

pte

lling

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

NC

AR

DV

ER

BV

ER

B

AB

S.O

BL

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.I+

FOC

.E

XT

.O

BL

.N

OM

.L

OC

.IN

DE

F.IN

F.A

BS.

Goi

ng(t

here

),th

epi

ece

ofco

alsa

id,

‘pie

ceof

ash,

(let

’s)

jum

pin

!’

3be

˙ num

ma

a

˙ like

˙ debe

˙ ni-a

i,ta

fum

man

nake

.be

˙ nun

ma

a

˙ like

˙ debe

˙ niai

tafu

mm

anna

kesa

ying

whe

nas

hpi

ece

itsa

idth

eysa

yyo

uto

jum

pte

lling

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPP

RO

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

OB

L.

INF.

AB

S.

Whe

n(i

t)sa

idso

,th

epi

ece

ofas

han

swer

ed,

‘you

jum

pin

’.

4be

˙ nege

n,de

rike

˙ dehe

diva

˙ dam

akı

fum

mal

i-ai

.be

˙ nege

nde

rike

˙ dehe

diva

˙ dam

akı

fum

mal

iai

sayi

ngco

alpi

ece

done

aw

ayw

asit

jum

ped

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.II

IO

BL

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.+

FOC

.PT

.II.

3SG

.E

XT

.

(At

its)

sayi

ng(s

o),

the

piec

eof

coal

jum

ped

(int

oth

ese

a).

5fu

mm

umm

a,de

rike

˙ deuh

ulla

li-ai

.fu

mm

unm

ade

rike

˙ deuh

ulla

liai

jum

ping

whe

nco

alpi

ece

itfl

oate

dth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

EX

T.

Aft

er(i

t)ju

mpe

d(i

n),

the

piec

eof

coal

floa

ted.

Page 119: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

115T6 A ˙like ˙dea derike ˙dea

6uh

ullu

mm

a,a

˙ like

˙ deer

ige-

ai.

uhul

lun

ma

a

˙ like

˙ deer

ige

aifl

oatin

gw

hen

ash

piec

ew

ent

upon

they

say

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

n(i

t)fl

oate

d(l

ike

this

),th

epi

ece

ofas

hw

ent

onto

(the

wat

erto

o).

7er

u

˙ num

ma,

a

˙ like

˙ dege

rıge

-ai.

eru

˙ nun

ma

a

˙ like

˙ dege

rıge

aigo

ing

upon

whe

nas

hpi

ece

diss

olve

dth

eysa

yV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

n(i

t)go

tin

,th

epi

ece

ofas

hdi

ssol

ved.

8de

rike

˙ dee

hen

ove,

oaha

dam

amun

ra

˙ laha

ta

˙ lam

ungo

hoM

elia

gefa

˙ n

˙ naha

lakk

oli-

ai.

deri

ke

˙ dee

hen

ove

oaha

dam

amun

ra

˙ laha

ta

˙ lam

ungo

hoM

elia

gefa

˙ n

˙ naha

lak-

koli

aico

alpi

ece

that

sort

bein

gto

curr

ent

pulli

ngto

wav

ebe

atin

ggo

ing

ofM

.to

beac

hw

ayit

floa

ted

they

say

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

PNN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

NO

M.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.A

BS.

DA

T.

GR

ND

.D

AT

.G

RN

D.

AB

S.G

EN

.D

AT

.PT

.II.

3SG

.E

XT

.

At

the

sam

etim

e,th

epi

ece

ofco

al,

pulle

dby

the

curr

ent

and

beat

enby

the

wav

e(s)

,fl

oate

dup

onth

eM

elia

’sbe

ach.

9la

kkog

eno

c

vela

i,M

elia

gedi

aer

ıge-

aiat

irah

a.la

k-ko

gen

otve

lai

Mel

iage

dia

erıg

eai

atir

aha

floa

ting

bein

gat

time

ofM

.da

ught

erw

here

she

wen

tup

was

they

say

tosh

ore

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

N

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.G

EN

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.III

+FO

C.

EX

T.

DA

T.

Just

whe

n(i

tca

me)

floa

ting,

M.D

.(l

it."M

.’s

daug

hter

")ha

ppen

edto

goas

hore

.

10er

ım

iam

ike

˙ dena

gan

goho

gee

dore

va

˙ dila

vi-a

i.er

ım

iam

ike

˙ dena

gage

ngo

hoge

edo

reva

˙ dila

viai

goin

gup

onth

ison

eth

ispi

ece

liftin

ggo

ing

inho

use

ofdo

orin

wel

lsh

ebu

ried

they

say

VE

RB

DPR

ON

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

LO

C.

LO

C.

LO

C.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Hav

ing

gone

(ash

ore)

,sh

egr

aspe

dth

epi

ece,

wen

tof

fan

dbu

ried

itin

(her

)ho

use-

and-

gard

en.

Page 120: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

116 Texts with interlinear analysis

11va

˙ dila

gen

mi

kenı

,ha

liaha

fa

˙ da,

halia

hafa

˙ da.

va

˙ dila

gen

mi

kenı

halia

hafa

˙ daha

liaha

fa

˙ dain

wel

lbu

ryin

gno

ww

hat

she

says

isqu

ickl

ygr

owqu

ickl

ygr

owN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

AD

JV

ER

BA

DJ

VE

RB

LO

C.

AB

S.II

IT

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.D

AT

.IM

PV.2

SG.

DA

T.

IMPV

.2SG

.

Bur

ying

it,sh

esa

id,

‘gro

wup

quic

kly,

grow

upqu

ickl

y’.

12e

hen

keve

lai

fa

˙ dage

-ai.

ehe

nke

vela

ifa

˙ dage

aith

atso

rtsp

eaki

ngw

hile

itgr

ewth

eysa

yD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nsh

esa

idso

,it

grew

up.

13fe

˙ dika

l,m

a

˙ losk

elak

-ai.

fe

˙ dika

lm

a

˙ losk

elak

aigr

own

time

aco

okin

gba

nana

(tre

e)th

eysa

yV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

EX

T.

Whe

nit

had

grow

nup

,(i

tha

dbe

com

e)a

cook

ing

bana

natr

ee.

14de

nfe

˙ dum

ma

kenn

ahe

dıga

t-ai

,ha

liaha

bon

˙ dove

-ai.

den

fe

˙ dun

ma

kenn

ahe

dıga

tai

halia

habo

n

˙ dove

aith

engr

owin

gw

hen

tosp

eak

she

got

mad

eth

eysa

yqu

ickl

ybi

gbe

com

esa

ying

AD

VV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AD

JA

DJ

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

OB

L.

LO

C.

INF.

PAR

T.P

T.I

II+

FOC

.E

XT

.D

AT

.PR

ED

.IM

PV.2

SG.

INT

.

The

nw

hen

itha

dgr

own

up,

she

star

ted

sayi

ng,

‘bec

ome

tall

quic

kly’

.

15bo

n

˙ dovı

mm

a,ke

nna

hedı

gat-

ai,

halia

hafo

va.

bon

˙ dovı

nm

ake

nna

hedı

gat

aiha

liaha

fova

big

beco

min

gw

hen

tosp

eak

she

got

mad

eth

eysa

yqu

ickl

ybl

osso

mA

DJ

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

DJ

VE

RB

PRE

D.

OB

L.

LO

C.

INF.

PAR

T.P

T.I

II+

FOC

.E

XT

.D

AT

.IM

PV.2

SG.

Whe

nit

had

beco

me

tall,

she

star

ted

sayi

ng,

‘blo

ssom

fast

’!

Page 121: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

117T6 A ˙like ˙dea derike ˙dea

16ke

mun

goho

,fo

vum

ma

kenn

ahe

dıga

t-ai

,ha

liaha

haro

ve-a

i.ke

mun

goho

fovu

nm

ake

nna

hedı

gat

aiha

liaha

haro

veai

spea

king

goin

gbl

osso

min

gw

hen

tosp

eak

she

got

mad

eth

eysa

yqu

ickl

ym

atur

ebe

com

esa

ying

VE

RB

VE

RB

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CA

DJ

AD

JV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

GR

ND

.A

BS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

INF.

PAR

T.P

T.I

II+

FOC

.E

XT

.D

AT

.N

OM

.IM

PV.2

SG.

INT

.

Whe

nit

blos

som

ed,

athe

rgo

ing

(on)

spea

king

(lik

eth

is),

she

star

ted

sayi

ng,

‘bec

ome

mat

ure

quic

kly’

.

17k

¯eve

lai,

haro

vıka

l,m

iage

tibi

-ai

ha

c

firi

hen

kudu

n.k

¯eve

lai

haro

vıka

lm

iage

tibı

aiha

tfi

rihe

nku

dun

sayi

ngw

hile

mat

ure

beco

me

time

this

one’

sw

hat

wer

ew

ere

they

say

seve

nm

ale

sort

child

ren

VE

RB

NO

UN

AD

JV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

CA

RD

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

N

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PRE

D.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

GE

N.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.N

OM

.PL

.

Whe

nit

beca

me

mat

ure,

athe

rsa

ying

(so)

,sh

ere

ceiv

edse

ven

boys

(lit.

"mal

ech

ildre

n").

18fi

rihe

nku

dun

tibe

,m

im

ıhun

kiav

anna

ebem

unbe

˙ ni-a

i,fi

rihe

nku

dun

tibe

mi

mıh

unki

avan

naeb

emun

be

˙ niai

mal

eso

rtch

ildre

nbe

ing

thes

epe

ople

tole

arn

goin

gaw

ayw

hat

they

said

was

they

say

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.O

BL

.N

OM

.PL

.A

BS.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.IN

F.G

RN

D.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.E

XT

.

Whe

nth

eyw

ent

tole

arn,

whi

leth

eyw

ere

(stil

l)bo

ys,

they

said

:

18a

amm

a-ve

,ti

mam

enki

avan

¯eka

laha

reha

kakk

anna

ke.

amm

aev

etim

amen

kiav

agen

¯eka

laha

reha

kakk

anna

kem

othe

rsa

ying

selv

esle

arni

ngco

min

gto

time

curr

yto

cook

sayi

ngN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

(M!)

PRO

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

NO

M.

INT

.O

BL

.PL

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

RS.

DA

T.

NO

M.

INF.

AB

S.

‘Mot

her,

’th

eysa

id,

telli

nghe

rto

‘coo

kso

me

curr

yfo

rou

rsel

ves

whe

nw

eco

me

back

from

lear

ning

.’

19ke

fe,

reha

kakk

agen

mia

mi

had

¯alik

ı,ku

dun

ento

bala

nna

mag

oba

lafe

reha

bala

ni-a

i.ke

fere

haka

kkag

enm

iam

iha

d¯a

likı

kudu

nen

toba

lann

am

ago

bala

fere

haba

lanı

aiha

ving

said

curr

yco

okin

gth

ison

eno

wdo

ing

the

way

was

child

ren

com

ing

whe

ther

tolo

okst

reet

look

ing

curr

ylo

okin

gth

eysa

yV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPA

RT

CV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.I

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IO

BL

.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.+FO

C.

NO

M.P

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

CO

NJ.

INF.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

EX

T.

(At

thei

r)sa

ying

(so)

,sh

eco

oked

the

curr

y,lo

okin

gar

ound

the

stre

etto

see

whe

ther

the

child

ren

cam

eba

ckan

d(a

tth

esa

me

time)

tast

ing

(lit.

"loo

king

")th

ecu

rry.

Page 122: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

118 Texts with interlinear analysis

20ha

dam

ungo

ho,

hus

vege

-ai.

hada

mun

goho

hus

vege

aido

ing

goin

gth

isem

pty

beca

me

they

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

DPR

ON

AD

JV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

GR

ND

.A

BS.

NO

M.

PRE

D.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

Doi

ng(s

o)re

peat

edly

,(t

hecu

rry)

beca

me

empt

y.

21hu

sve

goho

hisu

vela

i,ku

dun

bave

kiav

agen

.hu

sve

goho

hisu

vela

iku

dun

baev

eki

avag

enem

pty

beco

min

ggo

ing

bein

gw

hile

child

ren

cam

eth

eysa

yha

ving

lear

ned

AD

JV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

(M!)

VE

RB

PRE

D.

AB

S.A

BS.

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

NO

M.P

L.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

AB

S.II

I

Just

whe

nit

was

beco

min

gem

pty,

the

child

ren

cam

eba

ckfr

omle

arni

ng.

22ah

ogen

kaba

roeh

umm

a,ke

fi-a

i,m

aga

lom

atte

bon

˙ dodı

˙ nia-

ve.

ahog

enka

baro

ehun

ma

kefi

aim

aga

lom

atte

bon

˙ dodı

˙ nia

eve

com

ing

new

sas

king

whe

nw

hat

she

said

was

they

say

big

rock

ofup

onbi

gbi

rdca

me

sayi

ngV

ER

BN

OU

NV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C(M

)

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.O

BL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PT

.I+

FOC

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

GE

N.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PT

.3SG

.IN

T.

Whe

n(t

hey)

cam

ean

das

ked

(the

irm

othe

r)ab

out

new

s,(t

heir

mot

her)

said

,‘t

hebi

gbi

rdca

me

from

upon

the

big

rock

’.

23m

ihe

nm

atte

nem

unam

ma

reha

kakk

afe

hisu

vela

i,re

haet

erah

agu

a

c

lafi

-ai.

mi

hen

mat

ten

emun

amm

are

haka

kkaf

ehi

suve

lai

reha

eter

aha

guak

lafi

aith

isso

rtfr

omup

onco

min

gm

othe

rcu

rry

havi

ngco

oked

bein

gw

hile

curr

yin

toa

drop

ping

itla

idsa

ying

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.O

BL

.A

BL

.G

RN

D.

OB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

OB

L.

DA

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

.3SG

.IN

T.

Com

ing

from

upon

(the

re)

this

way

,it

laid

adr

oppi

ngin

toth

ecu

rry

(jus

tw

hen

your

)m

othe

rha

dfi

nish

edco

okin

gth

ecu

rry.

24gu

a

c

lage

nm

ıba

n

˙ dun

jaha

lım

a-ve

-ai.

guak

lage

nm

ıba

n

˙ dun

jaha

lım

aev

eai

adr

oppi

ngla

ying

this

from

belly

beat

Isa

ying

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

PPR

ON

QPA

RT

C(M

)Q

PAR

TC

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.II+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

T.

EX

T.

Aft

erit

had

laid

the

drop

ping

,I

turn

edth

is(v

esse

l)up

side

dow

n.’

Page 123: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

119T6 A ˙like ˙dea derike ˙dea

25be

˙ nam

ige

ha

c

beun

vege

-ai

hifa

nna

duni

dan

˙ diha

dage

nen

na.

be

˙ nam

ige

hat

beun

vege

aim

ıhi

fann

adu

nida

n

˙ diha

dage

nen

nasa

ying

this

ofho

use

seve

nbr

othe

rsw

hat

they

beca

me

was

they

say

this

toca

tch

bow

mak

ing

togo

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

B

AB

S.A

TT

R.

GE

N.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PT

.IV

(+FO

C.)

EX

T.

NO

M.

INF.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IIN

F.

At

(her

)sa

ying

so,

the

seve

nbr

othe

rsof

this

hous

ede

cide

d(l

it."b

ecam

e")

togo

toca

tch

(the

bird

)by

mak

ing

bow

s.

26go

hoem

me

fere

tam

asa

laig

atı

ru

c

laba

nku

ruba

e

˙ dage

nbo

nna

tib

baik

enna

-ve.

goho

emm

efe

reta

mas

ala

igat

ıru

kla

bage

nku

ruba

e

˙ dage

nbo

nna

tibi

baik

ena

eve

goin

gof

all

atfi

rst

who

they

met

with

was

tree

bend

ing

coco

nut

pick

ing

todr

ink

bein

gso

me

peop

lew

ithth

eysa

yV

ER

BA

DV

OR

DV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NC

ON

JQ

PAR

TC

(M)

AB

S.D

AT

.PA

RT

.PT

.III

+FO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.A

BS.

III

INF.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.P

L.

SOC

.E

XT

.

On

thei

rw

ay,

they

firs

tof

all

met

with

som

e(p

eopl

e)w

hotr

ied

(lit.

"wer

e")

todr

ink

trea

cle

bybe

ndin

gdo

wn

the

tree

san

dpi

ckin

gth

eco

conu

ts.

27la

igin

ife,

ahaf

i-ai

,M

elia

geha

c

beun

enı

kont

akah

ata

i?la

igin

ife

ahaf

iai

Mel

iage

hat

beun

enı

kont

akah

ata

i?ha

ving

met

wha

tth

eyas

ked

was

they

say

ofM

seve

nbr

othe

rsw

here

they

are

goin

gis

tow

hat

apl

ace

aski

ngV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PNC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

RO

NIP

AR

TC

AB

S.I+

III

PAR

T.P

T.I

(+FO

C.)

EX

T.

GE

N.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.D

AT

.IN

T.

Whe

nth

eym

et(t

hem

),th

eyas

ked

‘whe

rear

eM

.’s

seve

nbo

ysgo

ing?

28eh

umm

a,e

mıh

unke

fi-a

i,ti

mam

en¯e

tana

c

tim

ıhun

bala

nıku

ma

c

kera

c

tai?

ehun

ma

em

ıhun

kefi

aitim

amen

¯eta

nak

tim

ıhun

bala

nıku

mak

kera

sta

i?as

king

whe

nth

ose

peop

lew

hat

they

said

was

they

say

(our

)sel

ves

goin

ga

plac

eth

ese

peop

leth

atyo

uar

elo

okin

gw

hat

todo

aski

ngV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BIP

RO

NV

ER

BIP

AR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PT

.I(+

FOC

.)E

XT

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.A

TT

R.

OB

L.P

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

INT

.

Whe

nth

ey(w

ere)

aske

d,th

eysa

id,

‘why

are

you

inte

rest

edin

the

plac

e(w

here

)w

ere

we

are

goin

g?’

29be

˙ num

ma

be

˙ nake

fi-a

i,ti

mam

enek

ahi

nibe

˙ ni-a

s,ti

mam

enna

c

enge

-ai

tim

ıhun

ti¯e

tana

c .be

˙ num

ma

be

˙ nake

fiai

timam

enek

ahi

nibe

˙ nias

timam

enna

c

enge

aiti

mıh

unti

¯eta

na

c

sayi

ngw

hen

sayi

ngw

hat

they

said

was

they

say

(our

)sel

ves

toge

ther

not

told

even

ifto

(our

)sel

ves

iskn

own

sayi

ngth

ese

peop

leth

ere

goin

ga

plac

eV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NC

AR

DPA

RT

CV

ER

BC

ON

JPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.I(+

FOC

.)E

XT

.O

BL

.PL

.L

OC

.IN

DE

F.N

EG

.PA

RT

.PT

.M

OD

.D

AT

.PL

.PR

S.3S

G.

INT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.P

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

At

(the

ir)

sayi

ng(s

o),

they

answ

ered

,‘e

ven

if(y

ou)

dono

tte

ll(i

t)to

us,

we

will

know

whe

reyo

uar

ego

ing:

Page 124: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

120 Texts with interlinear analysis

30ti

mıh

unti

enı,

ma

galo

mat

tebo

n

˙ dodı

˙ nihi

fann

a-ve

-ai.

tim

ıhun

tien

ım

aga

lom

atte

bon

˙ dodı

˙ nihi

fann

aev

eai

thes

epe

ople

ther

ew

here

you

are

goin

gis

big

aro

ckof

upon

big

bird

toca

tch

sayi

ngth

eysa

idD

PRO

NN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C(M

)Q

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

GE

N.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.IN

F.IN

T.

INT

.

You

men

are

goin

gto

catc

hth

ebi

gbi

rdfr

omth

eto

pof

the

big

rock

.

31bo

n

˙ dodı

˙ nihi

fenn

enı,

mi

tane

nru

c

laba

nku

ruba

e

˙ dage

nbo

gen

geka

laki

-ai.

bon

˙ dodı

˙ nihi

fenn

enı

mi

tane

nru

kla

bage

nku

ruba

e

˙ dage

nbo

gen

geka

laki

aibi

gbi

rdw

hen

itw

illbe

catc

habl

eis

this

from

plac

etr

eebe

ndin

gco

conu

tpi

ckin

gdr

inki

nggo

nein

atim

eth

eysa

idA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.FU

T.+

FOC

.A

TT

R.

AB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IN

OM

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

(The

only

way

)th

ebi

gbi

rdw

illbe

catc

habl

e(f

oryo

u),

isw

hen

(lit.

"in

atim

e")

you

go(t

here

afte

r)dr

inki

ngtr

eacl

eby

bend

ing

dow

nth

etr

ees

and

pick

ing

coco

nuts

atth

ispl

ace.

32be

˙ nam

im

ıhun

na

c

ven

˙ dive

n

˙ dim

ika

ma

c

nivi

-ai.

be

˙ nam

im

ıhun

nas

ven

˙ dive

n

˙ dim

ika

mas

nivi

aisa

ying

thes

eto

peop

lem

ovin

gm

ovin

gth

isa

fact

not

beca

me

they

say

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.A

TT

R.

DA

T.P

L.

RA

BS.

RA

BS.

NO

M.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NE

G.

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

At

(the

ir)

sayi

ng(s

o),

they

,al

thou

ghtr

ying

and

tryi

ngdi

dno

tsu

ccee

d(l

it."t

his

did

not

beco

me

afa

ctto

thes

epe

ople

").

33ni

vi-a

s,de

nku

riáh

age

-ai.

nivi

asde

nku

riah

age

aino

tbe

cam

eev

enif

then

furt

her

they

wen

tth

eysa

yPA

RT

CV

ER

BC

ON

JA

DV

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NE

G.

PAR

T.P

T.

MO

D.

TE

MP.

DA

T.

PT.3

PL.

EX

T.

Eve

nth

ough

they

did

not

succ

eed,

they

wen

ton

fort

h.

34e

vela

i,la

igat

ı,u

fasu

valı

lage

nel

labi

la

c

kan

˙ dage

ndo

hann

ati

b

c

baik

enna

ve.

eve

lai

laig

atı

ufa

suva

lıla

gen

ella

bila

tka

n

˙ dage

ndo

hann

atib

iba

iken

aev

ego

ing

whi

lew

hoth

eym

etw

ithw

asst

ring

??la

ying

thro

win

gbe

tel

cutti

ngto

chew

bein

gso

me

peop

lew

ithth

eysa

yV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NC

ON

JQ

PAR

TC

(M)

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.I

II+

FOC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

INF.

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.P

L.

SOC

.E

XT

.

Whe

nth

eyw

ent

(on)

they

met

with

som

e(p

eopl

e)w

how

ere

tryi

ngto

chew

bete

lle

aves

they

had

cut

byth

row

ing

ast

ring

.

Page 125: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

121T6 A ˙like ˙dea derike ˙dea

35m

im

ıhun

n-as

ehı,

Mel

iage

ha

c

beun

-as

enı

kont

akah

ata

i?m

im

ıhun

aseh

ıM

elia

geha

tbe

unas

enı

kont

akah

ata

i?th

ese

peop

leto

ow

hat

they

aske

dw

asof

Mse

ven

brot

hers

too

whe

reth

eyar

ego

ing

isto

wha

tpl

ace

aski

ngD

PRO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BPN

CA

RD

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.M

OD

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

GE

N.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.M

OD

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.D

AT

.IN

T.

The

sem

ento

oas

ked,

‘whe

rear

eM

.sse

ven

boys

goin

g?’

36eh

umm

a,m

ibe

˙ nı,

tim

amen

¯eta

na

c

tim

ıhun

bala

nıku

ma

c

kera

nna

tai.

ehun

ma

mi

be

˙ nıtim

amen

¯eta

nak

tim

ıhun

bala

nıku

mak

kera

nna

tai

aski

ngw

hen

thes

ew

hat

they

said

was

(our

)sel

ves

goin

ga

plac

eth

ese

peop

leth

atyo

uar

elo

okin

gis

why

todo

aski

ngV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPR

ON

VE

RB

IPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.A

TT

R.

OB

L.P

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

INF.

INT

.

Whe

nth

ey(w

ere)

aske

d,th

eysa

id,

‘why

are

you

peop

lein

tere

sted

inw

here

we

are

goin

g?’

37be

˙ nake

fi-a

i,ti

mıh

unni

be

˙ ni-a

s,ti

mam

enna

c

tia

enge

-ai

tim

ıhun

¯eta

na

c .be

˙ nake

fiai

tim

ıhun

nibe

˙ nias

timam

enna

tiaen

geai

tim

ıhun

¯eta

nak

sayi

ngw

hat

they

said

was

they

say

thes

epe

ople

not

said

even

ifto

(our

)sel

ves

this

iskn

own

sayi

ngth

ese

peop

lego

ing

apl

ace

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CV

ER

BC

ON

JPR

ON

DPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

N

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

INT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.P

L.

NE

G.

PAR

T.P

T.

CO

NC

.D

AT

.PL

.N

OM

.PR

S.3S

G.

INT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.P

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

At

(the

ir)

sayi

ng(s

o),

they

said

,‘e

ven

ifyo

udo

not

tell

itto

us,

we

will

know

the

plac

eyo

uar

ego

ing

to.

38ti

mıh

unti

enı

ma

galo

mat

tebo

n

˙ dodı

˙ nihi

fann

a-ve

.ti

mıh

unti

enı

ma

galo

mat

tebo

n

˙ dodı

˙ nihi

fann

aev

eth

ese

peop

leth

ere

whe

reyo

uar

ego

ing

isbi

ga

rock

ofup

onbi

gbi

rdto

catc

hth

eysa

idD

PRO

NN

OU

NA

DV

VE

RB

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C(M

)

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

GE

N.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.IN

F.IN

T.

You

men

are

goin

gto

catc

hth

ebi

gbi

rdfr

omth

eto

pof

the

big

rock

.

39ti

mıh

unna

c

˙ nihi

fenn

enı,

ufa

sava

lila

gen

bila

c

kan

˙ dage

ndo

hage

nge

mm

a-ve

.ti

mıh

unna

sdı

˙ nihi

fenn

enı

ufa

sava

lila

gen

bila

tka

n

˙ dage

ndo

hage

nge

nm

aev

eth

ese

tope

ople

bird

whe

nit

will

beca

tcha

ble

isst

ring

??us

ing

bete

lcu

tting

chew

ing

goin

gw

hen

they

said

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C(M

)

AT

TR

.D

AT

.PL

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.FU

T.+

FOC

.N

OM

.O

BL

.A

BS.

III

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

III

OB

L.

LO

C.

INT

.

(The

only

way

)yo

uw

illbe

able

toca

tch

the

big

bird

,is

whe

nyo

ugo

(the

reaf

ter)

chew

ing

bete

l(l

eave

s)yo

uha

vecu

tby

usin

ga

stri

ng.’

Page 126: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

122 Texts with interlinear analysis

40e

mıh

unbe

˙ ni-a

i,ti

kam

a

c

nive

nneh

e.e

mıh

unbe

˙ niai

tika

mak

nive

nneh

eth

ose

peop

lew

hat

they

said

was

they

say

this

afa

ctno

tw

illbe

com

eD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

EX

T.

NO

M.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

NE

G.

FUT

.3SG

.

Tho

sem

en(i

.e.,

the

brot

hers

)sa

id,

‘thi

sw

illno

tbe

poss

ible

(lit.

"will

not

beco

me

afa

ct")

.’

41ke

fe-a

sge

iku

riha

-ve.

kefe

asge

iay

kuri

haev

esa

ying

even

whe

reth

eyw

ent

was

they

say

furt

her

they

say

VE

RB

PAR

TC

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

(M)

AB

S.I

MO

D.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.E

XT

.D

AT

.E

XT

.

Eve

nsa

ying

so,

they

wen

tah

ead.

42¯e

vela

ila

igin

ige-

aira

ba

˙ doka

gen

k¯as

idu

vva

baik

enn-

a.¯e

vela

ila

igin

ige

aira

ba

˙ doka

gen

k¯as

idu

vva

baik

ena

goin

gw

hile

who

they

met

with

was

they

say

r.-f

ish

eatin

gbo

ne(s

)ca

usin

gto

run

som

epe

ople

with

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NC

ON

J

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.I

II+

IV+

FOC

.E

XT

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.P

L.

SOC

.

Whi

lego

ing

(on)

,th

eym

etw

ithso

me

(peo

ple)

who

wer

eea

ting

raba

˙ do-f

ish

and

thro

win

gth

ebo

nes

(aw

ay).

43m

im

ıhun

ahaf

i-ai

,M

elia

geha

c

beun

enı

kont

anak

aha

tai?

mi

mıh

unah

afi

aiM

elia

geha

tbe

unen

ıko

ntan

akah

ata

i?th

ese

peop

lew

hat

they

aske

dw

asth

eysa

yof

M.

seve

nbr

othe

rsw

here

they

are

goin

gis

tow

hat

plac

eas

king

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPN

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPR

ON

IPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PT

.I+

FOC

.E

XT

.G

EN

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.P

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

DA

T.

INT

.

The

sepe

ople

aske

d,‘w

here

are

M.’

sse

ven

boys

goin

g?’

44be

˙ num

ma

kefi

-ai,

tim

amen

¯eta

na

c

bala

nıku

ma

c

kera

nna

tai.

be

˙ nun

ma

kefi

aitim

amen

¯eta

nak

bala

nıku

mak

kera

nna

tai

sayi

ngw

hen

wha

tth

eysa

idw

asth

eysa

y(o

ur)s

elve

sgo

ing

apl

ace

that

you

are

look

ing

isw

hyto

doas

king

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

IPR

ON

VE

RB

IPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.E

XT

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

F.IN

T.

At

thei

rsa

ying

so,

they

said

,‘w

hyar

eyo

uin

tere

sted

inw

here

we

are

goin

g?’

Page 127: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

123T6 A ˙like ˙dea derike ˙dea

45be

˙ num

ma

kefi

-ai,

tim

ıhun

nibe

˙ ni-a

s,¯e

tana

c

tim

amen

nati

aen

ge-a

i.be

˙ nun

ma

kefi

aiti

mıh

unni

be

˙ nias

¯eta

nak

timam

enna

tiaen

geai

sayi

ngw

hen

wha

tth

eysa

idw

asth

eysa

yth

ese

peop

leno

tsa

idev

enif

goin

ga

plac

eto

(our

)sel

ves

this

iskn

own

sayi

ngV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

DPR

ON

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

CO

NJ

VE

RB

NO

UN

PRO

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.E

XT

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.P

L.

NE

G.

PAR

T.P

T.

CO

NC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.D

AT

.PL

.N

OM

.PR

S.3S

G.

INT

.

At

(the

ir)

sayi

ng(s

o),

they

said

,‘e

ven

ifyo

udo

not

tell

itto

us,

we

will

know

the

plac

eyo

uar

ego

ing

to.

46ti

mıh

unti

enı,

ma

galo

mat

tebo

n

˙ dodı

˙ nihi

fann

a-ve

.ti

mıh

unti

enı

ma

galo

mat

tebo

n

˙ dodı

˙ nihi

fann

aev

eth

ese

peop

leth

ere

whe

reyo

uar

ego

ing

isbi

gro

ckof

upon

big

bird

toca

tch

they

said

DPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BA

DJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

(M)

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.L

OC

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

GE

N.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.IN

F.IN

T.

You

men

are

goin

gto

catc

hth

ebi

gbi

rdfr

omth

eto

pof

the

big

rock

.

47ti

hen

goho

gen,

tim

ıhun

na

c

˙ nini

hife

nnen

-ai,

mi

tane

n,ra

ba

˙ doka

fe,

k¯as

idu

vval

age

mm

anu

nfa

hen.

tihe

ngo

hoge

nti

mıh

unna

sdı

˙ nini

hife

nnen

aim

ita

nen

raba

˙ doka

fek

¯asi

duvv

ala

gen

ma

nun

fahe

n

this

sort

bygo

ing

thes

eto

peop

lebi

rdno

tw

illbe

catc

habl

eth

eysa

idth

isfr

ompl

ace

r-fi

shea

ting

bone

sle

tting

gogo

in gw

hen

isno

taf

ter

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NPA

RT

CN

OU

N

AT

TR

.O

BL

.A

BS.

III

AT

TR

.D

AT

.PL

.O

BL

.N

EG

.PA

RT

.FU

T.

INT

.A

TT

R.

AB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.I

NO

M.

AB

S.II

OB

L.

LO

C.

NE

G.

AB

L.

(If)

this

isw

here

you

are

goin

g,th

isbi

rdw

illno

tbe

catc

habl

eto

you

(peo

ple)

,ex

cept

whe

n(l

it."a

fter

itno

tbe

ing

if")

you

goth

ere

from

this

plac

eaf

ter

eatin

ga

raba

˙ do-f

ish

and

thro

win

gaw

ayth

ebo

nes.

48be

˙ nege

n,eb

age-

ai.

be

˙ nege

neb

age

aisa

ying

they

wen

tof

fth

eysa

yV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.II

IPT

.3PL

.E

XT

.

(At

thei

r)sa

ying

(so)

,(t

hese

ven

brot

hers

)w

ent

off.

49ge

kal,

kuri

aha

goho

gen,

fenu

nka

ldı

˙ niın

ıni

kavi

lissa

gehe

dei

fa

c

vıta

ni-a

i.ge

kal

kuri

aha

goho

gen

fenu

nka

ldı

˙ niın

ıni

kavi

lissa

gehe

defa

tvı

tani

aigo

netim

efo

rwar

dgo

ing

appe

arin

gtim

ebi

rdw

here

itsa

tw

asfl

ambo

yant

tree

two

bran

chbe

com

eat

plac

eth

eysa

yV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

DA

T.

AB

S.II

IO

BL

.L

OC

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.O

BL

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

EX

T.

Whe

nth

eyw

ere

goin

gon

furt

her,

the

bird

appe

ared

(to

them

),si

tting

atth

epl

ace

whe

rea

flam

boya

nttr

eefo

rmed

two

bran

ches

.

Page 128: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

124 Texts with interlinear analysis

50in

duve

lai,

duni

dan

˙ dije

hum

ma,

duni

dan

˙ den

rekı

gen

udih

ı-ve

.in

duve

lai

duni

dan

˙ dije

hun

ma

duni

dan

˙ den

rekı

gen

udih

iev

esi

tting

whi

lebo

whi

tting

whe

nfr

ombo

wes

capi

ngit

flew

off

-the

ysa

yV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

(M)

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

OB

L.

OB

L.

LO

C.

AB

L.

AB

S.II

IPT

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Whe

nit

was

shot

atw

ithth

ebo

ww

hile

itw

assi

tting

ther

e,it

flew

away

,(t

hus)

esca

ping

the

bow

(sho

t).

51ud

uhıg

engo

ho,

ege

ha

c

beun

bofi

-ai.

uduh

ıgen

goho

ege

hat

beun

bofi

aifl

ying

goin

gth

atof

hous

ese

ven

brot

hers

itsw

allo

wed

they

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

CA

RD

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.P

L.

PT.I

.3SG

.E

XT

.

Flyi

ngaw

ay,

itsw

allo

wed

(lit.

"dra

nk")

the

seve

nbr

othe

rsof

that

hous

e.

52m

iva

haka

Mel

iasa

ivıg

engo

amun

goam

ungo

holo

len

ve

˙ t

˙ tıge

-ai

karu

˙ nufo

da

c .m

iva

haka

Mel

iasa

ivıg

engo

amun

goam

ungo

holo

len

ve

˙ t˙ tıge

aika

ru

˙ nufo

dak

this

stor

yto

M.

bein

ghe

ard

cryi

ngcr

ying

goin

gfr

omey

ew

hat

fell

was

they

say

tear

adr

opD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

AT

TR

.N

OM

.D

AT

.A

BS.

III

GR

ND

.G

RN

D.

AB

S.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.IV

(+FO

C.)

EX

T.

OB

L.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

Whe

nM

.(’s

daug

hter

)he

ard

abou

tth

isst

ory,

she

wen

tar

ound

cryi

ngan

dcr

ying

,an

da

tear

drop

fell

from

her

eyes

.

53de

ne

karu

˙ nufo

dona

gage

n,fa

c

ke

˙ daka

hae

˙ dage

-ai.

den

eka

ru

˙ nufo

dona

gage

nfa

tke

˙ daka

hae

˙ dage

aith

enth

atte

ardr

oplif

ting

leaf

toa

piec

esh

efi

xed

they

say

AD

VD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

OB

L.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

The

n,ha

ving

take

nup

the

drop

,sh

epu

tit

ona

peac

eof

leaf

.

54e

˙ dafe

,m

ifa

c

ke

˙ dehi

fage

ngo

ho,

e

˙ dafi

-ai

gulie

kiet

erah

a.e

˙ dafe

mi

fat

ke

˙ dehi

fage

ngo

hoe

˙ dafi

aigu

lieki

eter

aha

havi

ngfi

xed

this

leaf

piec

egr

aspi

nggo

ing

whe

resh

epu

tit

was

they

say

ofa

clay

pot

into

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CN

OU

NN

OU

N

AB

S.I

AT

TR

.O

BL

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.I(+

FOC

.)E

XT

.G

EN

.IN

DE

F.D

AT

.

Hav

ing

fixe

dit

ther

e,sh

egr

aspe

dth

epi

ece

ofle

af(a

nd)

put

itin

side

acl

aypo

t.

Page 129: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

125T6 A ˙like ˙dea derike ˙dea

55fa

c

ke

˙ daka

haka

ru

˙ nufo

doe

˙ dage

ngo

hoin

dole

kena

lda

sila

vali-

ai.

fat

ke

˙ daka

haka

ru

˙ nufo

doe

˙ dage

ngo

hoin

dole

kena

lda

sila

vali

aile

afto

api

ece

tear

drop

fixi

nggo

ing

ofsw

ing

mat

belo

wsh

epu

tth

eysa

yN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

OB

L.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

OB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

GE

N.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PT.I

I.3S

G.

EX

T.

Hav

ing

thus

fixe

dth

ete

ardr

opto

api

ece

ofle

af,

she

put

itun

der

the

mat

ofth

esw

ing

bed.

56de

n,gu

lite

˙ lıgat

-ai.

den

guli

te

˙ lıgat

aith

enpo

tst

arte

dsh

akin

gth

eysa

yA

DV

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

EX

T.

The

nth

epo

tst

arte

dsh

akin

g.

57ke

nal

mat

taha

arag

at-a

i.ke

nal

mat

taha

arag

atai

mat

upw

ards

itar

ose

they

say

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

NO

M.

DA

T.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

EX

T.

The

mat

aros

eup

war

d.

58gu

liga

n

˙ dohe

luvı

gat-

ai.

guli

gan

˙ dohe

luvı

gat

aipo

tpi

ece

star

ted

shak

ing

they

say

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

NO

M.

PT.I

II.3

SG.

EX

T.

The

pot

star

ted

shak

ing

(eve

nm

ore)

.

59de

ndu

vas

ke

˙ daku

ngo

ho,

belı

kal

mi

gulie

eter

ein

˙ dole

kena

lda

siot

ıku

duku

daku

-ai.

den

duva

ske

˙ daku

ngo

hobe

lıka

lm

igu

lieet

ere

in

˙ dole

kena

lda

siot

ıku

duku

daku

aith

entim

efr

oma

piec

ego

ing

look

edtim

eth

ispo

tin

side

ofsw

ing

mat

unde

rw

hat

was

islit

tlea

child

they

say

AD

VN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BA

DJ

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

OB

L.

AB

L.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

GE

N.

LO

C.

GE

N.

OB

L.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

T.+

FOC

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

(!)

EX

T.

Aft

erso

me

whi

le,

whe

nsh

elo

oked

insi

de,

ther

ew

asa

little

child

inth

ispo

tun

der

the

mat

ofth

esw

ing.

Page 130: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

126 Texts with interlinear analysis

60de

nm

iku

dd¯a

naga

gen,

dago

naı-

ai.

den

mi

kudd

¯ana

gage

nda

gona

ıai

then

this

child

liftin

gup

she

care

dfo

rth

eysa

yA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

The

nsh

eto

okth

ech

ildou

tan

dfo

ster

edit.

61m

ihe

ngo

ho,

mi

kudd

¯abo

n

˙ dove

ge-a

i.m

ihe

ngo

hom

iku

dd¯a

bon

˙ dove

geai

this

sort

goin

gth

isch

ildbi

gbe

cam

eth

eysa

yD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NA

DJ

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AT

TR

.O

BL

.A

BS.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PR

ED

.PT

.IV

.3SG

.E

XT

.

As

time

pass

edby

(lit.

"goi

ngon

like

this

"),

this

child

grew

up(l

it."b

ecam

eta

ll").

62m

iuah

afi-

ai,

amm

a-ve

,am

mas

ati

ma

nun

fahe

,ku

daku

nilib

un

c

tai?

miu

ahaf

iai

amm

aev

eam

mas

atim

anu

nfa

heku

daku

nilib

unta

i?th

ison

ew

hat

heas

ked

was

they

say

mot

her

-say

ing

tom

othe

rse

lfno

tbe

ing

afte

ra

child

not

was

rece

ived

aski

ngD

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C(M

)N

OU

NPR

ON

PAR

TC

NO

UN

NO

UN

PAR

TC

VE

RB

IPA

RT

C

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.I

(+FO

C.)

EX

T.

NO

M.

INT

.D

AT

.O

BL

.N

EG

.A

BL

.O

BL

.IN

DE

F.N

EG

.PA

RT

.PT

.IN

T.

He

aske

d,‘m

othe

r,di

d(m

y)m

othe

rno

tre

ceiv

ea

child

exce

ptfo

rm

ysel

f(l

it."a

fter

itno

tbe

ing

mys

elf"

)?’

63be

˙ num

ma,

mia

kefi

-ai,

nun-

ai,

tim

asa

libun

-ai

ha

c

firi

hen

kudu

n.be

˙ nun

ma

mia

kefi

ainu

nai

timas

alib

unu

aiha

tfi

rihe

nku

dun

sayi

ngw

hen

this

one

wha

tsh

esa

idw

asth

eysa

yno

sayi

ngto

self

wha

tw

asre

ceiv

edis

sayi

ngse

ven

mal

eso

rtch

ildre

nV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

PAR

TC

QPA

RT

CPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CC

AR

DA

DJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

OB

L.

OB

L.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

T.I

(+FO

C.)

EX

T.

NE

G.

INT

.D

AT

.PA

RT

.PT

.(+

FOC

.)IN

T.

AT

TR

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

NO

M.P

L.

At

his

sayi

ng(s

o),

she

said

,‘y

es(l

it."n

o"),

Idi

dre

ceiv

ese

ven

boys

(bef

ore)

.

64e

ha

c

beun

ma

galo

mat

tebo

n

˙ dodı

˙ nihi

fann

ago

hoge

nve

˙ n

˙ nave

lai

ma

galo

mat

tebo

n

˙ dodı

˙ nie

ha

c

beun

bofi

-ai.

eha

tbe

unm

aga

lom

atte

bon

˙ dodı

˙ nihi

fann

ago

hoge

nve

˙ n

˙ nave

lai

ma

galo

mat

tebo

n

˙ dodı

˙ nie

hat

beun

bofi

aith

ose

seve

nbr

othe

rsbi

ga

rock

onto

pbi

gbi

rdto

catc

hgo

ing

livin

gw

hile

big

aro

ckon

top

big

bird

thos

ese

ven

brot

hers

swal

low

edth

eysa

yD

PRO

NC

AR

DN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JN

OU

ND

PRO

NC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.P

L.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.L

OC

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.

INF.

AB

S.II

IPA

RT

.PR

S.L

OC

.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

LO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

TT

R.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PT

.I.3

SG.

EX

T.

Whe

nth

ose

seve

nbr

othe

rsw

ere

goin

gto

catc

hth

ebi

gbi

rdon

the

big

rock

,th

ebi

gbi

rdon

the

big

rock

swal

low

edth

ose

seve

nbr

othe

rsal

ive.

Page 131: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

127T6 A ˙like ˙dea derike ˙dea

65e

mıh

unge

vaha

ka

c

net-

ai.

em

ıhun

geva

haka

kne

tai

thos

eof

peop

lene

ws

ther

eis

not

sayi

ngD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.G

EN

.PL

.N

OM

.PR

S.3S

G.

INT

.

The

reis

no(f

urth

er)

new

sab

out

them

(lit.

"tho

sepe

ople

").

66vı

mm

a,da

ri-f

u

˙ lu,

˙ nihi

fann

a

c

goho

gen

nive

nnen

-ai.

vın

ma

dari

-fu

˙ ludı

˙ nihi

fann

ago

hoge

nni

venn

enai

bein

gw

hen

child

bird

toca

tch

goin

gno

tit

will

beco

me

she

said

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

+H

ON

(M.)

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

PAR

TC

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

NO

M.

INF.

AB

S.II

IN

EG

.FU

T.3

SG.

INT

.

Thi

sbe

ing

(so)

,m

ych

ild,

itw

illno

tbe

poss

ible

(lit.

"will

not

beco

me"

)th

atyo

u(t

oo)

mig

htgo

toca

tch

the

bird

.’

67m

ihe

nbe

˙ num

ma,

miu

be

˙ niai

,nu

n-ai

,ti

ma

enna

-ve.

mi

hen

be

˙ num

ma

miu

be

˙ niai

nun

aitim

aen

nave

this

sort

sayi

ngw

hen

this

one

wha

the

said

was

they

say

nosa

ying

self

isto

gosa

ying

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

CPA

RT

CQ

PAR

TC

PRO

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

(M)

AT

TR

.O

BL

.O

BL

.L

OC

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.(+

FOC

.)E

XT

.N

EG

.IN

T.

OB

L.

INF.

INT

.

Aft

er(h

er)

sayi

ngso

,(t

hebo

y)sa

id,

‘no,

Iha

veto

gom

ysel

f.’

68ke

fe,

ebag

e-ai

.ke

feeb

age

aiha

ving

said

hew

ent

away

they

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.I

PT.3

SG.

EX

T.

Aft

ersa

ying

so,

hew

ent

away

.

69go

ho,

bon

˙ dodı

˙ nika

raha

duni

dan

˙ dija

ham

iuva

˙ t

˙ tage

nm

arag

enka

riva

lga

n

˙ da

c

jaha

gen

dam

afe

gesa

ebag

inag

e-ai

.go

hobo

n

˙ dodı

˙ nika

raha

duni

dan

˙ dija

ham

iuva

˙ t˙ tage

nm

arag

enka

riva

lga

n

˙ dak

jaha

gen

dam

afe

gesa

ebag

inag

eai

goin

gbi

gbi

rdto

neck

bow

hitti

ngth

ison

eca

usin

gto

fall

killi

ngon

neck

rope

api

ece

beat

ing

pulli

ngho

me

heto

okth

eysa

yV

ER

BA

DJ

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.A

TT

R.

OB

L.

DA

T.

NO

M.

AB

S.O

BL

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.II

IL

OC

.O

BL

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

III

AB

S.I

DA

T.

PT.I

V.3

SG.

EX

T.

He

wen

t(t

here

),sh

otw

ithth

ebo

wat

the

thro

atof

the

bird

,ca

used

itto

fall

dow

n,ki

lled

it,tie

da

rope

arou

ndits

neck

and

took

itho

me

bypu

lling

it.

Page 132: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

128 Texts with interlinear analysis

70ge

sagi

nego

hoge

n,dı

˙ niba

n

˙ doka

n

˙ dala

,be

lıka

lM

elia

geha

c

beun

tıbı

ke

˙ lena

have

.ge

sagi

nego

hoge

ndı

˙ niba

n

˙ doka

n

˙ dala

belı

kal

Mel

iage

hat

beun

tıbı

ke

˙ lena

haev

eho

me

taki

nggo

ing

bird

belly

cutti

nglo

oked

whe

nof

M.

seve

nbr

othe

rsho

wth

eyw

ere

was

play

ing

they

say

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

PNC

AR

DN

OU

NV

ER

BV

B.N

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

(M)

DA

T.

AB

S.A

BS.

III

OB

L.

NO

M.

AB

S.II

PAR

T.P

T.

OB

L.

GE

N.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

DA

T.

EX

T.

Hav

ing

take

nit

hom

e,he

cut

the

(bir

d’s)

belly

and

look

edin

side

—(a

nd)

M.’

s(d

augh

ter’

s)se

ven

boys

wer

epl

ayin

g(t

here

).

71de

ne

mıh

unbe

˙ noan

goho

,dı

˙ nen

nuku

tta-

ai.

den

em

ıhun

be

˙ noan

goho

˙ nen

nuku

ttaai

then

thos

epe

ople

adm

onis

hing

goin

gfr

ombi

rdes

cape

dth

eysa

yA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.A

BL

.PT

.3PL

.E

XT

.

The

n,th

ose

peop

le,

adm

onis

hed

(by

him

),es

cape

dfr

omth

ebi

rd.

72dı

˙ nika

˙ t

˙ tila

gen

reha

kakk

agen

emm

em

aun

kann

a

c

tiv

vela

iM

elia

gedi

anu

kum

e.dı

˙ nika

˙ t˙ tila

gen

reha

kakk

agen

emm

em

aun

kann

atib

ive

lai

Mel

iage

dia

nuku

me

bird

cutti

ngcu

rry

cook

ing

all

mot

her-

and-

child

toea

tbe

ing

whi

leof

Mda

ught

ergo

esou

tN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

PNN

OU

NV

ER

B

NO

M.

AB

S.II

+II

IN

OM

.A

BS.

III

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.IN

F.PA

RT

.PT

.L

OC

.G

EN

.N

OM

.PR

S.3S

G.

He

(the

n)cu

tth

ebi

rd,

cook

eda

curr

y,an

dju

stw

hen

mot

her-

and-

child

ren

wer

eab

out

toea

t,M

elia

ge’s

daug

hter

wen

tou

t.

73he

dıva

˙ dam

akı,

fem

bon

va

˙ dida

˙ nifo

roaf

i-ai

.he

dıva

˙ dam

akı

fen

bon

va

˙ dida

˙ nifo

roaf

iai

done

am

anne

rw

asw

ater

drin

king

wel

lbu

cket

she

hid

they

say

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

+FO

C.

OB

L.

PAR

T.P

RS.

GE

N.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

T.I

EX

T.

She

hid

the

buck

etof

the

wel

l(f

rom

)w

here

(the

yus

edto

)dr

ink

wat

er.

74de

n,m

im

ıhun

kage

nnu

kum

e,da

˙ nine

tıge

n,e

vaha

kade

kkum

ma

mia

be

˙ ni-a

i,de

nm

im

ıhun

kage

nnu

kum

eda

˙ nine

tıgen

eva

haka

dekk

unm

am

iabe

˙ niai

then

thes

epe

ople

eatin

ggo

ing

out

buck

etno

tbe

ing

ther

eth

atst

ory

telli

ngw

hen

this

one

wha

tsh

esa

idw

asth

eysa

yA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VB

.NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.PL

.A

BS.

III

AB

S.N

OM

.A

BS.

III

AT

TR

.N

OM

.O

BL

.L

OC

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.(+

FOC

.)E

XT

.

The

n,af

ter

eatin

g,he

rso

ns(l

it."t

hese

peop

le")

cam

eou

tan

dth

ebu

cket

was

not

ther

e;an

dw

hen

they

talk

edab

out

it,sh

e(l

it."t

his

one"

)sa

id,

Page 133: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

129T6 A ˙like ˙dea derike ˙dea

74a

mi

hind

eti

mam

enti

va

˙ den

fem

bonı

lem

bıge

ngo

hofe

nga

n

˙ dian

gaja

ha-v

e.m

ihi

nde

timam

enti

va

˙ den

fen

bonı

lem

bıge

ngo

hofe

nga

n

˙ dian

gaja

haev

eth

isat

time

selv

esth

ere

from

wel

lw

ater

how

we

drin

kis

bend

ing

goin

gw

ater

inpi

ece

mou

thhi

tting

she

said

DPR

ON

NO

UN

PRO

ND

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

(M)

AT

TR

.L

OC

.O

BL

.PL

.A

TT

R.

AB

L.

NO

M.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

OB

L.

LO

C.

NO

M.

AB

S.IN

T.

‘now

we

have

todr

ink

wat

erfr

omth

isw

ell

bybe

ndin

gdo

wn

and

putti

ng(l

it."b

eatin

g")

the

mou

thin

the

wat

er.’

75de

n,m

im

ıhun

emm

enek

ıva

˙ daha

lem

bıga

tum

ma

mia

hedı

va

˙ dam

akı

emm

enfu

leau

e

˙ daku

llava

˙ daha

va

˙ t

˙ tali-

ai.

den

mi

mıh

unem

men

ekı

va

˙ daha

lem

bıga

tun

ma

mia

hedı

va

˙ dam

akı

emm

enfu

leat

e

˙ daku

llava

˙ daha

va

˙ t˙ tali

aith

enth

ese

peop

leal

lto

geth

erto

wel

lbe

ndin

gdo

wn

whe

nth

ison

edo

nea

man

ner

was

all

back

hand

putti

ngpu

shin

gto

wel

lsh

edr

oppe

dth

eysa

yA

DV

DPR

ON

NO

UN

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

ND

PRO

NV

ER

BN

OU

NPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

TE

MP.

AT

TR

.O

BL

.PL

.O

BL

.PL

.L

OC

.D

AT

.O

BL

.L

OC

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.+

FOC

.O

BL

.PL

.L

OC

.N

OM

.A

BS.

AB

S.D

AT

.PT

.II.

3SG

.E

XT

.

The

n,w

hen

they

all

toge

ther

fina

llybe

ntdo

wn

toth

ew

ell,

she

put

the

hand

onea

chon

e’s

back

,pu

shed

them

and

caus

edth

emto

fall

into

the

wel

l.

76ha

c

gal

mat

im

atte

nja

hali-

ai.

hat

gal

mat

im

atte

nja

hali

aise

ven

rock

sto

pfr

omto

psh

ehi

tth

eysa

yC

AR

DN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BQ

PAR

TC

AT

TR

.N

OM

.O

BL

.A

BL

.PT

.II.

3SG

.E

XT

.

She

put

seve

nst

ones

onto

p(o

fth

em)

from

abov

e.

77ja

hala

hisu

vela

i,du

vas

ke

˙ daku

ne

tane

nnu

kutı

bon

˙ doha

ulak

-ai.

jaha

lahi

suve

lai

duva

ske

˙ daku

ne

tane

nnu

kutı

bon

˙ doha

ulak

aiha

ving

hit

bein

gw

hile

time

with

api

ece

that

from

plac

ew

hat

cam

eou

tw

asbi

ga

cock

they

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

JN

OU

NQ

PAR

TC

AB

S.II

PAR

T.P

T.

LO

C.

OB

L.

AB

L.I

ND

EF.

AT

TR

.A

BL

.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.E

XT

.

Aft

ersh

eha

dpu

t(t

hest

ones

onth

em),

abi

gco

ckca

me

out

ofth

atpl

ace

som

eda

ysaf

ter.

78nu

kum

e,he

diva

˙ dam

akı,

mia

kari

jaha

gen

duvv

agat

-ai.

nuku

me

hedi

va

˙ dam

akı

mia

kari

jaha

gen

duvv

agat

aico

min

gou

tdo

nea

man

ner

was

this

one

onne

ckhi

tting

let

run

away

they

say

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

QPA

RT

C

AB

S.PA

RT

.PT

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.+

FOC

.O

BL

.L

OC

.A

BS.

III

PAR

T.P

T.I

IIE

XT

.

Whe

nhe

cam

eou

t,sh

egr

aspe

d(l

it."h

it")

his

thro

atan

dra

naw

ay.

Page 134: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

130 Texts with interlinear analysis

Fig. 1: Findana bon ˙dana (Ibrahım Mansur)

Page 135: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T7: Kaisaki naisa

c

The coconut shell

Fua

c

Mulaku: Mu ˙hammad Sacıd

Page 136: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

132 Texts with interlinear analysis

1ta

nke

˙ da

c

kuri

edu

vasv

arak

ihı

sira

dde

hısı

rask

alak

u-ai

.ta

nke

˙ dak

kuri

edu

vasv

arak

ihı

sira

dde

hısı

rask

alak

uai

plac

ea

piec

ebe

fore

ina

peri

odbe

ing

king

dom

wha

tth

ere

was

was

aki

ng-l

ord

they

say

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

QPA

RT

C

OB

L.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

GE

N.

LO

C.I

ND

EF.

PAR

T.P

RS.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

EX

T.

Ina

king

dom

exis

ting

ina

peri

oda

long

time

ago,

ther

ew

asa

king

.

2e

rasg

efan

era

dde-

gee

tani

mi

tani

-ge

vaha

kai-

geba

hu-g

eta

fatu

balla

vann

ave

gen,

era

sgef

ane

radd

e-ge

eta

nim

ita

ni-g

eva

haka

i-ge

bahu

-ge

tafa

tuba

llava

nna

vege

nth

atki

ng’s

that

ofki

ngdo

mth

atof

plac

eth

isof

plac

eof

spea

king

ofla

ngua

gedi

ffer

ence

toca

use

tolo

okbe

com

ing

DPR

ON

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AT

TR

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

GE

N.

(M!)

AT

TR

.G

EN

.A

TT

R.

GE

N.

(+M

!)G

EN

.(M

!)G

EN

.(M

!)N

OM

.IN

F.A

BS.

III

Thi

ski

ng,

inor

der

tofi

ndou

tth

edi

ffer

ence

betw

een

the

lang

uage

ssp

oken

here

and

ther

e(l

it."i

nth

ispl

ace

(and

)th

atpl

ace"

)in

his

king

dom

,

2am

ihe

ddev

ıva

˙ dam

akı,

esa

kudu

ruka

kiku

duku

duka

isa

c

hifa

gen

goho

,m

ıhak

ula

vva

mas

ovaf

e,ba

va.

mi

hedd

evı

va

˙ dam

akı

esa

kudu

ruka

kiku

duku

duka

isak

hifa

gen

goho

mıh

aku

lavv

am

asov

afe

bava

now

caus

edto

bedo

neth

ew

ayw

asse

edsm

all

ofa

tree

smal

lsm

all

aco

conu

tgr

aspi

nggo

ing

am

anca

usin

gto

beus

edca

usin

gto

polis

hpl

acin

gA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

JN

OU

NA

DJ

AD

JN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BV

ER

B

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

T.

NO

M.+

FOC

.O

BL

.A

TT

R.

GE

N.I

ND

EF.

AT

TR

.A

TT

R.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.II

IA

BS.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

AB

S.A

BS.

IA

BS.

took

ave

rysm

all

coco

nut

from

asm

all-

seed

coco

nut

tree

and,

afte

rha

ving

am

anpo

lish

itfr

omou

tsid

e,he

plac

edit

(bef

ore

him

self

).

3e

kais

igi

nego

ho,

mi

e

˙ dıva

siak

aha.

eka

isi

gine

goho

mi

e

˙ dıva

siak

aha

that

coco

nut

taki

nggo

ing

now

whe

rehe

put

was

toa

bask

etD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

BS.

AB

S.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

DA

T.I

ND

EF.

Aft

erta

king

this

coco

nut,

hepu

tit

ina

bask

et.

4e

˙ dafe

,e

vasi

gine

goho

,m

ibe

vıas

ia

c

mat

te.

e

˙ dafe

eva

sigi

nego

hom

ibe

vıas

iak

mat

teaf

ter

putti

ngth

atba

sket

taki

nggo

ing

now

whe

rehe

plac

edw

asa

tabl

eup

onV

ER

BD

PRO

NN

OU

NV

ER

BV

ER

BA

DV

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

AB

S.I

AT

TR

.N

OM

.A

BS.

AB

S.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

OB

L.I

ND

EF.

LO

C.

Aft

erpu

tting

it(t

here

),he

took

this

bask

etan

dpu

tit

ona

tabl

e.

Page 137: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

133T7 Kaisaki naisa

c

5ba

hisu

va,

eki

tan-

tane

nm

ıhun

gine

goho

gen,

em

ıhun

n-a

sual

um

iku

ravv

anı,

kont

a

c

tai?

bahi

suva

eki

tan-

tane

nm

ıhun

gine

goho

gen

em

ıhun

asu

alu

mi

kura

vvan

ım

ıko

n(e

t)ta

kta

i?hi

ther

caus

ing

tost

and

toge

ther

from

plac

eto

plac

epe

ople

taki

ngby

goin

gth

ose

peop

lew

ithqu

estio

nno

ww

hat

heca

used

tobe

mad

ew

asw

hat

this

isw

hat

ath

ing

aski

ngA

DV

VE

RB

CA

RD

NO

UN

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

DPR

ON

NO

UN

CO

NJ

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

BD

PRO

NIP

RO

NN

OU

NIP

AR

TC

LO

C.

AB

S.L

OC

.A

BL

.DIS

TR

.PL

.N

OM

.PL

.A

BS.

AB

S.II

IA

TT

R.

OB

L.P

L.

SOC

.N

OM

.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.N

OM

.+FO

C.

AT

TR

.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.IN

T.

Aft

erpu

tting

itth

ere,

heco

llect

edpe

ople

from

vari

ous

plac

esan

das

ked

toth

ose

peop

leth

equ

estio

n,‘w

hat

(ath

ing)

isth

is?’

6 Fsu

alu

kure

vvum

ma,

a

˙ d

˙ du-a

te

˙ lem

ıhun

mi

be

˙ nanı

,su

alu

kure

vvun

ma

a

˙ d

˙ duat

e

˙ lem

ıhun

mi

be

˙ nanı

ques

tion

caus

ing

tom

ake

afte

rA

˙ d

˙ duat

oll

peop

leno

ww

hat

they

say

isN

OU

NV

B.N

OU

NN

OU

NT

OP

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

B

NO

M.

OB

L.

LO

C.

OB

L.

OB

L.

OB

L.P

L.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

Whe

nhe

aske

d(t

his)

ques

tion,

the

peop

lefr

omA

˙ d

˙ duat

oll

said

:

6a Aas

aki

mat

tehi

siva

saki

eter

eo

c

esa

kudu

ruka

kim

asaf

eio

c

kudu

kais

aki

nais

a

c .as

aki

mat

tehi

siva

saki

eter

eot

esa

kudu

ruka

kim

asaf

eiot

kudu

kais

aki

nais

akof

ata

ble

upon

bein

gof

aba

sket

insi

debe

ing

seed

smal

lof

atr

eepo

lishe

dbe

ing

smal

lof

aco

conu

ta

shel

lN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

AD

JN

OU

NN

OU

N

GE

N.I

ND

EF.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

GE

N.I

ND

EF.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

IPA

RT

.PR

S.A

TT

R.

GE

N.I

ND

EF.

NO

M.I

ND

EF.

‘(It

is)

ash

ell

ofa

smal

lpo

lishe

dco

conu

tfr

oma

smal

l-se

edco

conu

ttr

ee,

lyin

gin

aba

sket

whi

chst

ands

upon

ata

ble.

7 Fhu

vadu

-ate

˙ lem

ıhun

mi

be

˙ nanı

,hu

vadu

ate

˙ lem

ıhun

mi

be

˙ nanı

Huv

adu

atol

lpe

ople

now

wha

tth

eysa

yis

NO

UN

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

B

OB

L.

OB

L.

OB

L.P

L.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

The

peop

lefr

omH

uvad

uat

oll

said

(lit.

"say

"):

7a H>a

˙ t

˙ taku

mat

tehu

˙ t

˙ tiva

˙ t

˙ taku

eter

eot

eo

˙ taku

deru

kaku

ma

˙ taif

aiot

eka

u

˙ taku

no

˙ t

˙ teke

.<a

˙ t˙ taku

mat

tehu

˙ t˙ tiva

˙ t˙ taku

eter

eot

eo

˙ taku

deru

kaku

ma

˙ taif

aiot

eka

u

˙ taku

no

˙ t˙ teke

ofa

tabl

eup

onbe

ing

ofa

bask

etin

side

bein

gse

edsm

all

ofa

tree

polis

hed

bein

gof

aco

conu

ta

shel

lN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

GE

N.I

ND

EF.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

GE

N.I

ND

EF.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

IPA

RT

.PR

S.G

EN

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.

‘(It

is)

ash

ell

ofa

smal

lpo

lishe

dco

conu

tfr

oma

smal

l-se

edco

conu

ttr

ee,

lyin

gin

aba

sket

whi

chst

ands

upon

ata

ble.

Page 138: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

134 Texts with interlinear analysis

8 Fde

nm

ulak

am

ıhun

mi

be

˙ nanı

,de

nm

ulak

am

ıhun

mi

be

˙ nanı

then

(of)

Mul

aku

peop

leno

ww

hat

they

say

isA

DV

NO

UN

NO

UN

AD

VV

ER

B

TE

MP.

OB

L.

OB

L.P

L.

TE

MP.

PAR

T.P

RS.

+FO

C.

The

peop

lefr

om(F

ua

c )M

ulak

usa

id(l

it."s

ay")

:

8a Fas

ieki

mat

tehı

siva

siek

iet

ere

o

c

esa

kudu

ruka

kim

asaf

eka

isak

ina

isak

ai.

asie

kim

atte

hısi

vasi

eki

eter

eot

esa

kudu

ruka

kim

asaf

eka

isak

ina

isak

aiof

ata

ble

upon

bein

gof

aba

sket

insi

debe

ing

seed

smal

lof

atr

eepo

lishe

dof

aco

conu

ta

shel

lN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NA

DJ

NO

UN

VE

RB

NO

UN

NO

UN

GE

N.I

ND

EF.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

GE

N.I

ND

EF.

LO

C.

PAR

T.P

RS.

OB

L.

AT

TR

.G

EN

.IN

DE

F.A

BS.

IG

EN

.IN

DE

F.N

OM

.IN

DE

F.

‘(It

is)

ash

ell

ofa

smal

lpo

lishe

dco

conu

tfr

oma

smal

l-se

edco

conu

ttr

ee,

lyin

gin

aba

sket

whi

chst

ands

upon

ata

ble.

9 Fde

nra

sgef

anu

mi

hisa

baha

gend

avaf

e,de

nna

tıja

ivve

vıka

lvi

da

˙ luve

nı,

den

rasg

efan

um

ihi

saba

hage

ndav

afe

den

natıj

aiv

vevı

kal

vida

˙ luve

nıth

enki

ngth

isto

amou

ntca

usin

gto

bele

adth

enre

sult

caus

ing

tobe

hear

dtim

eut

tera

ntw

hat

hebe

cam

ew

asA

DV

NO

UN

DPR

ON

NO

UN

VE

RB

AD

VN

OU

NV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

NV

ER

B

TE

MP.

OB

L.

AT

TR

.D

AT

.A

BS.

IT

EM

P.N

OM

.PA

RT

.PT

.O

BL

.O

BL

.PA

RT

.PR

S.+

FOC

.

Aft

erle

adin

git

upto

this

poin

t,th

eki

ngle

t(e

very

body

)he

arab

out

the

resu

ltan

dut

tere

d,

9a Fti

bahu

-ge

tafa

tu-g

ete

rein

tim

ahi

ta

c

emm

eri

eti

mi

vıa

˙ d

˙ duba

ha.

tiba

hu-g

eta

fatu

-ge

tere

intim

ahi

tas

emm

eri

eti

mi

vıa

˙ d

˙ duba

hath

isof

lang

uage

ofdi

vers

ityfr

omw

ithin

self

tom

ind

mos

tbe

autif

ulno

ww

hich

has

beco

me

isA

˙ d

˙ dula

ngua

geD

PRO

NN

OU

NN

OU

NN

OU

NPR

ON

NO

UN

AD

VA

DJ

AD

VV

ER

BN

OU

NN

OU

N

AT

TR

.G

EN

.(M

!)G

EN

.(M

!)A

BL

.O

BL

.D

AT

.M

OD

.PR

ED

.T

EM

P.PA

RT

.PT

.+FO

C.

OB

L.

NO

M.

‘With

inth

edi

vers

ityof

thes

ela

ngua

ge(s

),th

eon

ew

hich

has

appe

ared

asth

em

ost

beau

tiful

one

tom

ym

ind,

isth

ela

ngua

geof

A

˙ d

˙ du.’

Page 139: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

Short stories

T8: Mu ˙hammad Wa ˙hıd (Ma ˙dulu)

Fini mendamegge ma ˙du hunu

“The warmth of a cool midnight”*

* The original was published in the author’s collective volume Wahıduge Kuruvahakata

c

, Male (Divehi bahai,tarixas xidmat kura qaumı markazu) 1990, 36 ff.; the English translation (by ABDULLAH SAEED KOSHY) waspublished in Finiashi: Heard in the Islands, ed. L. PRUNER, vol. 4, Male 1989, 16 ff.

Page 140: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

136 Short stories

1 ⟨helevunı hunu vegenna

c

i madirıge

c

undagula hedi

c

eve.⟩/helevunı hunu vegen-ai madirıge undagula hedi eve\

Awakened by annoying mosquitoes and a feeling of warmth,

2 ⟨

c

enduga

c

i

c

isındelafa

c

i fenunu huvafenuge ma

c

cas visnalımeve.⟩/endugai isındelafai fenunu huvafenuge maccas visnalım eve\

I sat up in bed and thought about the dream I had.

3 ⟨

c

e

c

ves kahala hamajehe huvafenakas nu ve

c

eve.⟩/ek ves kahala hamajehe huvafenakas nu ve eve\

It was nothing meaningful.

4 ⟨fenu

c

a ˙dıga

c

i huri ko ˙tari

c

e

c

ga

c

i, mıhaku has vegen - u ˙leni kos fenuneve.⟩/fenu a ˙dıgai huri ko ˙tariekgai, mıhaku has vegen - u ˙leni kos fenun eve\

A man was suffocating in an underwater room or cabin.

5 ⟨kan ˙duga

c

i duvahe

c

ga

c

i rolukura u ˙lande

c

ga

c

i

c

indevunı tı fenuneve.⟩/kan ˙dugai duvahekgai rolukura u ˙landekgai indevunı tı fenun eve\

I too seemed to be on a vessel rolling heavily on a rough sea.

6 ⟨hitas

c

eri

c

eve.

c

eki rasrasuga

c

i ja

c

samun namaves kan ˙du matıga

c

i u ˙le ta had duvas vı

c

eve.⟩/hitas eri eve eki rasrasugai jassamun namaves kan ˙du matıgai u ˙le ta hat duvas vı eve\

It must have been from the travelling I did during the last seven days from one island to another.

7 ⟨nidunı ma

c

ege

c

asaruta

c

huvafenun ves fennanı ta

c

eve.⟩/nidunı ma ege asarutak huvafenun ves fennanı ta eve\

When I was sleeping, this appeared (to me again) in a dream.

8 ⟨endun teduvegen hus gaya hure beras nukume

c

ja

c

ımeve.⟩/endun teduvegen hus gai-ai hure beras nukumejjaım eve\

I got up, and went outside. I had no shirt on.

9 ⟨

c

irako ˙lu hingafa

c

i huri janare ˙taru ni

c

valafa

c

i vuma

c

eku varas andiri

c

eve.⟩/irako ˙lu hingafai huri janare ˙taru nivvalafai vuma eku varas andiri eve\

Now, the generator was out. Although it was very dark

10 ⟨

c

alikame

c

net rasuga

c

i, taritakun de

c

alikan, fude vare

c

ge

c

a

c

yakas ve

c

eve.⟩/alikamek net rasugai, taritakun de alikan, fude varekge ayyakas ve eve\

the starlight gave sufficient light.

11 ⟨kurimatıga

c

i huri ge

c

e

c

ge undoli he

c

le kan,

c

e undolıge vahun kiya tuli

c

a ˙dun anga

c

i de

c

eve.⟩/kurimatıgai huri geekge undoli helle kan, e undolıge vahun kia tuli a ˙dun angai de eve\

From the opposite house I heard a swing creaking.

12 ⟨hitas

c

eri

c

eve. miharu mi

c

u ˙lenı kiha

c

ire

c

vegen bava

c

eve.⟩/hitas eri eve. miharu mi u ˙lenı kiha irek vegen bava eve\

Curious about the time,

13 ⟨ga ˙di

c

as balalafa

c

i me, handan vı mi ga ˙dıge akuruta

c

hurı di

c

le gotas nun kameve.⟩/ga ˙dias balalafai me, handan vı mi ga ˙dıge akurutak hurı dille gotas nun kam eve\

I glanced at my watch and remembered the numbers were not illuminated.

14 ⟨mıhaku gada ke

c

sunvare

c

ga

c

i ke

c

sa

c

igenfi

c

eve.⟩/mıhaku gada kessunvarekgai kessaigenfi eve\

Someone started coughing uncontrollably

Page 141: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

137T8 Mu ˙hammad Wa ˙hıd (Ma ˙dulu): Fini mendamegge ma ˙du hunu

15 ⟨ke

c

sunvaru nu hu

c ˙tigen gos neva hus van

c

u ˙le kahala

c

eve.⟩/kessunvaru nu hu ˙t ˙tigen gos neva hus van u ˙le kahala eve\

as if he was suffocating.

16 ⟨

c

e

c

a ˙das kan nenge

c

eve. ku

c

jaku hela

c

igen ro

c

igenfi

c

eve.⟩/e a ˙das kam nu enge eve. kujjaku helaigen roigenfi eve\

Possibly awakened by the sound, a child began crying. Or, maybe the crying had wakened him.

17 ⟨nidi

c

a ˙dakun

c

anhenaku,

c

un!

c

un!

c

un! kiyan fasa

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/nidi a ˙dakun anhenaku, un! un! un! kian fasaifi eve\

A woman commenced singing softly.

18 ⟨ke

c

sai ganegen

c

u ˙lunu mıhage ke

c

sun hu

c ˙ti

c

je

c

eve.⟩/kessai ganegen u ˙lunu mıhage kessun hu ˙t ˙tijje eve\

The crying stopped. And the coughing ceased as well.

19 ⟨

c

askanıge dasun kurimatıga

c

i huri faruburıge matıga

c

i

c

isındelumas hinga

c

igenfımeve.⟩/askanıge dasun kurimatıgai huri faruburıge matıgai isındelumas hingaigenfım eve\

I strolled over to sit on the low wall under the eaves.

20 ⟨hitas

c

eri

c

eve.⟩/hitas eri eve\

It came to (my) mind:

21 ⟨hadaha hamahimeneve.⟩/hadaha hamahimen eve\

How quiet it was.

22 ⟨ras nida, fa

c

i hilava ˙lu

c

obum_e kiya vagutakı mi

c

ı ta

c

eve.⟩/ras nida, fai hilava ˙lu obum e kia vagutakı miı ta eve\

This must be the time they say the island sleeps and even footsteps cannot be heard.

23 ⟨faruburi matıga

c

i isinnamun hitas

c

eri

c

eve. kudinna

c

i

c

anhenun miharu tibenı gega

c

i bava

c

eve.⟩/faruburi matıgai isinnamun hitas eri eve. kudinn-ai anhenun miharu tibenı gegai bava eve\

Relaxing I thought of my wife and children at home.

24 ⟨nunı ma

c

ida

c

ita ge

c

as hinga

c

i dane bava

c

eve.⟩/nunı maidaita geas hingai dane bava eve\

Or, maybe they have already moved to my mother-in-law’s.

25 ⟨mi daturas furi

c

iru

c

aharenge diri

c

u ˙lumuge tere

c

as

c

a

c

isfa

c

i vanı, nu visnuma

c

i got dunukurumuge ko ˙ligan ˙de

c

ge vaieve.⟩/mi daturas furi iru aharenge diri u ˙lumuge tereas aisfai vanı, nu visnum-ai got dunu kurumuge

ko ˙ligan ˙dekge vai eve\When I embarked on this tour, my thoughtlessness and inflexibility had aroused stormy winds in my

life.

26 ⟨mi kan van jehunu sabanakı fa

c

isa

c

eve.⟩/mi kan van jehunu sabanakı faisa eve\

Money was the root.

Page 142: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

138 Short stories

27 ⟨libe

c

e

c

cakun de ko ˙lu nu je

c

sumuge sababun ma ˙duma ˙dun daranñas taketi nagan jehumugema

c

sala

c

eve.⟩/libe eccakun de ko ˙lu nu jessumuge sababun ma ˙duma ˙dun daraññas taketi nagan jehumuge massala

eve\Our income did not cover our expenses and we borrowed.

28 ⟨

c

e

c

cetıge

c

agas

c

a

c

isfa

c

i va badala

c

i libe

c

e

c

cakun de ko ˙lu je

c

sene vara

c

i nu je

c

sene varu visna nu la

c

i

c

e

c

ceti buneven fesumun, den nikut natıja

c

akı hit hama-nu-jehumeve.⟩/eccetıge agas aisfai va badalai libe eccakun de ko ˙lu jessene varai nu jessene varu visna-nu-lai ecceti

buneven fesumun, den nikut natıjaakı hit hama-nu-jehum eve\Without considering higher costs and insufficient money, I reproached my wife. All sorts of nagging

and unpleasantness resulted.

29 ⟨

c

eki

c

eki šakuva

c

eve.⟩/eki eki šakuva eve\

[All kinds of complaints.]

30 ⟨kudinnas a ˙lalumuga

c

i de mıhunnas ves faru va ku ˙da kurevunı,

c

ekaku

c

anekakas dera kurumugeniyatuga_

c

eve.⟩/kudinnas a ˙lalumugai de mıhunnas ves faru va ku ˙da kurevunı, ekaku anekakas dera kurumuge

niyatugai eve\Just to irritate each other, we both developed a negligent attitude towards our children.

31 ⟨

c

ege huri ha

c

undagulaka

c

i asarutake

c ˙haqıqatuga

c

i ufulanı kudinneve.⟩/ege huri ha undagulak-ai asarutakek ˙haqıqatugai ufulanı kudin eve\

Naturally, they faced great difficulties.

32 ⟨mi kan visna

c

iru ves de mıhun kure

c

ekaku ves ma

c

sala hamaje

c

sumas

c

e

c

tanga

c

i

c

isındela

c

ivahaka da

c

kalumas

c

isnagakas nu keruneve.⟩/mi kan visna iru ves de mıhun kure ekaku ves massala hamajessumas ek tangai isındelai vahaka

dakkalumas isnagakas nu kerun eve\Despite our awareness of this neither of us was courageous enough to sit down and come to a

compromising solution.

33 ⟨

c

aharenge

c

anhenunge mizaju ranga ˙las

c

enge

c

eve.⟩/aharenge anhenunge mizaju ranga ˙las enge eve\

*I know how tough my wife can be.*

34 ⟨

c

etere

c

as fun ˙dufun ˙du viyas beru fusun

c

e

c

bas van hit nu ruhe mizajekeve.⟩/etereas fun ˙dufun ˙du vi-as beru fusun ek bas van hit nu ruhe mizajek eve\

*Even if she breaks inside, she will never reveal it.*

35 ⟨hitas

c

ara_

c

eve.⟩/hitas arai eve\

It was reflected in the affection we had for our children.

36 ⟨

c

aharen

c

aharenge kudin dekevamun

c

a

c

i lotbas mi

c

a

c

ı kon badale

c

bava

c

eve.⟩/aharen aharenge kudin dekevamun ai lobbas mi aı kon badalek bava eve\

We were no longer as close as we once were. Their welcoming smiles and shouts decreased.

37 ⟨

c

ofıhun

c

a

c

is ka

c

igen hamajehila vagutuko ˙luga

c

i jaha sakarata

c

i ku ˙le ku ˙livara

c

i naga maja miharuvanı

c

ehen baiaku kuri kamakas vefa

c

i kahala

c

eve.⟩/ofıhun ais kaigen hamajehila vagutuko ˙lugai jaha sakarat-ai ku ˙le ku ˙livarai naga maja miharu vanı

ehen bayaku kuri kamakas vefai kahala eve\The games and fun we enjoyed playing after my office hours

Page 143: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

139T8 Mu ˙hammad Wa ˙hıd (Ma ˙dulu): Fini mendamegge ma ˙du hunu

38 ⟨kudin ves aharenna medu dekenı ma gat kose

c

nuneve. ⟩/kudin ves aharen-ai medu dekenı ma gat kosek nun eve. \

seemed like someone else’s.

39 ⟨hinitun vuma

c

i ba

c

pa

c

e kiyafa

c

i govalun maduvamun

c

a

c

is

c

e

c

ı gega

c

i gengu ˙le kudinnas ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/hinitun vumai bappa e kiafai govalun maduvamun ais eı gegai gengu ˙le kudinnas vejje eve\

Now, they seemed like my neighbor’s children who come to play at my house.

40 ⟨

c

aharenge mu ˙li ˙hayatas mi

c

a

c

ı kon kahala badale

c

bava

c

eve.⟩/aharenge mu ˙li ˙hayatas mi aı kon kahala badalek bava eve\

Why such a change in my whole life?

41 ⟨

c

aharennas mi vanı kı

c

bava

c

eve.⟩/aharennas mi vanı kık bava eve\

What has happened to me?

42 ⟨aharen mıhaka

c

inı kı

c

ve bava

c

eve.⟩/aharen mıhaka inı kık ve bava eve\

Why did I get married?

43 ⟨demafiri

c

egge bo harukama

c

i ma ˙sla ˙hatu netumun

c

e demafiringe kudinnas mi kahalakeku ˙luntaka

c

i be

c

in ˙safu

c

asarutake

c

kurimati kurun

c

e

c

ı kon kahala hamanujehe kame

c

heyyeve.⟩/de-mafiriekge bo harukam-ai ma ˙sla ˙hatu netumun e de-mafiringe kudinnas mi kahala keku ˙luntak-ai

be in ˙safu asarutakek kurimati kurun eı kon kahala hamanujehe kamek heyo eve\*The injustice done to the children and the pain inflicted upon them by two stubborn people is

senseless.*

44 ⟨mi hisabun hitas vannan fesi madarusı da

c

ura

c

i,

c

eku

c

u ˙lunu

c

ekuverinna

c

i, naga majataka

c

i, hingilobıge meya silsilatakeve.⟩

/mi hisabun hitas vannan fesi madarusı daur-ai, eku u ˙lunu ekuverin-ai, naga majatak-ai, hingilobıge meya silsilatak eve\

Then I recalled my school years, the friends, the good times, and the meaningless love affairs.

45 ⟨

c

e

c

gotakun hada fikure

c

net maja duvasvarekeve.⟩/ek gotakun hada fikurek net maja duvasvarek eve\

Those were the happy and carefree days.

46 ⟨

c

ane

c

gotakun, hada haru dana kame

c

net u ˙levunu da

c

urekeve.⟩/anek gotakun, hada haru dana kamek net u ˙levunu daurek eve\

On the other hand, they were the wasted days.

47 ⟨

c

aharen mi

c

ı mıhuna

c

inna mizajuge mıhe

c

nuneve.⟩/aharen miı mıhuna inna mizajuge mıhek nun eve\

Maybe I am not the marrying kind.

48 ⟨zinma

c

a

c

i vajibutaka

c

i gedoru belehe

c ˙tuma

c

i darin bo ˙du kurumuge mas

c

uli

c

yatu

c

e

c

ı

c

e da

c

uruga

c

ives hitas

c

erumun, fuhikan libe kanta

c

takekeve.⟩/zinma-ai vajibutak-ai gedoru belehe ˙t ˙tum-ai darin bo ˙du kurumuge masuliyyatu eı e daurugai ves

hitas erumun, fuhikan libe kantaktakek eve\I have never liked the responsibilities of maintaining a home and rearing children.

Page 144: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

140 Short stories

49 ⟨konme sababaka hedi kurevunu namaves ka

c

iveni

c

enme fahun

c

a

c

is nakamiyabu mi vı

c

ehen vekan nenge

c

eve.⟩/konme sababak-ai hedi kurevunu namaves kaiveni ekme fahun ais nakamiyabu mi vı ehen ve kam

nu enge eve\Maybe that was why my marriage failed.

50 ⟨duruga

c

i huri biya nikagahun va take

c c

uduhigenfi

c

eve.⟩/durugai huri bia nikagahun va takek uduhigenfi eve\

The noise of bats flying out of the big banyon tree some distance away

51 ⟨

c

e vata

c c

e

c

faharaten gova

c

igatuma

c

eku hamahimen danvaruge

c

oman kan ge

c

li

c

je kahala

c

eve.⟩/e vatak ek faharaten govaigatum-ai eku hamahimen damvaruge oman kan gellijje kahala eve\

shattered the midnight silence.

52 ⟨ku

c

li

c

akas berakas ˙tas mıhe

c

ge hunu neva

c

e ˙le kahala hunu kame

c

jehila

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/kulliakas beraka ˙t ˙tas mıhekge hunu neva e ˙le kahala hunu kamek jehilaifi eve\

Suddenly, I felt warmth, like a person’s breath.

53 ⟨ku ˙dakos jehilun vefa

c

i fahatas emberila

c

ifımeve.⟩/ku ˙da-kos jehilun vefai fahatas emberilaifım eve\

Anxiously, I glanced behind me.

54 ⟨

c

e

c

ves mıhaku neteve.⟩/ekves mıhaku net eve\

Nobody was there,

55 ⟨kurimac

cas munuc

amburanulac

u ˙leni kos nubac

i kunivahec

ge vas nefatugac

i jehic

jec

eve.⟩/kurimaccas munu ambura-nu-la u ˙leni kos nubai kunivahekge vas nefatugai jehijje eve\

but I smelled a foul stench.

56 ⟨kurin

c

in gotas

c

emburili

c

iru, varas ka

c

irıga

c

i mıhaku hu

c ˙tigen

c

ahanna dima

c

as balan hu

c ˙teve.⟩/kurin in gotas emburili iru, varas kairıgai mıhaku hu ˙t ˙tigen ahanna dimaas balan huri eve\

Turning around, I faced a man starring at me.

57 ⟨huriha

c

istasita

c

ko ˙las jehi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/huriha istasitak ko ˙las jehijje eve\

My hair raised

58 ⟨mu ˙li ga

c

in hıbihi naga

c

i finive

c

je

c

eve.⟩/mu ˙li gain hıbihi nagai finivejje eve\

and goosebumps formed all over my body; I became cold,

59 ⟨hit

c

avas vegenfi

c

eve.⟩/hit avas vegenfi eve\

and my heart missed a beat.

60 ⟨faruge qagan ˙de

c

ga

c

i fa

c

ivanuge funnabu

c

anuvala

c

igen

c

in tanun ne

c ˙ti

c

je

c

eve.⟩/faruge qagan ˙dekgai faivanuge funnabu anuvalaigen in tanun ne ˙t ˙tijje eve\

My heels slipped from their supporting stone

61 ⟨kurima

c

cas ve

c ˙ten

c

u ˙lunu kahala

c

eve.⟩/kurimaccas ve ˙t ˙ten u ˙lunu kahala eve\

and I almost fell.

Page 145: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

141T8 Mu ˙hammad Wa ˙hıd (Ma ˙dulu): Fini mendamegge ma ˙du hunu

62 ⟨de

c

atun faruburi matıga

c

i

c

at ja

c

sala

c

i hamajehila

c

ifımeve.⟩/de atun faruburi matıgai at jassalai hamajehilaifım eve\

I managed to balance myself with my hands.

63 ⟨kurimatıga

c

i huri mıha

c

aharenge namun govala

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/kurimatıgai huri mıha aharenge namun govalaifi eve\

Smiling the man addressed me by name.

64 ⟨hınlafa

c

i hunu vanı do

c

e

c

ahalaifi

c

eve.⟩/hıllafai hunu vanı do e ahalaifi eve\

"It is warm, isn’t it?

65 ⟨nidan tiya

c

ot ko ˙tari

c

akı kurin

c

eterege huri tan_e bunñeve.⟩/nidan tiya ot ko ˙tariakı kurin eterege huri tan e buni eve\The room you were sleeping in was the master bedroom.

66 ⟨fen ˙de

c

as

c

endu nereni kos ma fini vane

c

e ves bunela

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/fen ˙deas endu nereni kos ma fini vane e ves bunelaifi eve\

If you bring the bed onto the veranda, it will be cooler."

67 ⟨ku ˙lu hikifa

c

i va

c

anga

c

ige terega

c

i

c

ot du nere tunfatuga

c

i ka

c

tala

c

i neva

c

e

c

lafa

c

i, tiya

c

ı kaku he

c

ahala

c

ifımeve.⟩/ku ˙lu hikifai va angaige teregai ot du nere tunfatugai kattalai nevaek lafai, tiyaı kaku he ahalaifım

eve\I moistened my lips with my tongue. Taking a deep breath, I asked who he was.

68 ⟨c

enac

ec

cec

bunanc

anga hu ˙luvalumac

eku kurıgac

i duvi kuni vasc

ac

is nefatugac

i jehic

jec

eve.⟩/ena eccek bunan anga hu ˙luvalum-ai eku kurıgai duvi kuni vas ais nefatugai jehijje eve\

When he opened his mouth to speak, I caught a whiff of the same rotten smell.

69 ⟨ma ˙duma ˙du ro ˙li

c

annamun diya dima

c

in,

c

e vas

c

a

c

ı

c

enage ga

c

in kan nunı

c

enage

c

anga

c

in kanyaqına gatas hı vi

c

eve.⟩/ma ˙duma ˙du ro ˙li annamun diya dimain, e vas aı enage gain kam nunı enage angain kam yaqın-a

gatas hı vi eve\From the wind direction, I was almost certain the odor came from either his mouth or his body.

70 ⟨

c

ena bunñeve.⟩/ena buni eve\

He replied,

71 ⟨"tiya ge

c

akı

c

aharenge ge.⟩/"tiya geakı aharenge ge\

"This is my house.

72 ⟨

c

aharenge namakı, nevi ku ˙datu

c

tu."⟩/aharenge namakı, nevi ku ˙datuttu."\

My name is Nevi Kudathuththu."

73 ⟨"

c

e kamaku

c

irako ˙laku

c

ahanne

c

kale

c

e

c

nu deken.⟩/"e kamaku irako ˙laku ahannek kaleek nu deken\

"I did not see you earlier this evening.

74 ⟨

c

aharenge nan

c

engunı kihine

c

?"⟩/aharenge nam engunı kihinek?"\

How do you know my name?"

Page 146: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

142 Short stories

75 ⟨"

c

aharen miharu mi

c

u ˙lenı mi ge

c

aku nun.⟩/"aharen miharu mi u ˙lenı mi geaku nun\

"I no longer live here.

76 ⟨mi rasaku ves nun.⟩/mi rasaku ves nun\

Not even on this island.

77 ⟨nan

c

engunu gotakı,

c

aharenge gega

c

i nida mıhunge nan masas

c

engen jehene

c

atı."⟩/nam engunu gotakı, aharenge gegai nida mıhunge nam masas engen jeheneatı."\However, I learned your name because I must know who is sleeping in my house."

78 ⟨"mi rasuga

c

i nu ˙lenña miha danvaru mihen ti danı kon takas?"⟩/"mi rasugai nu u ˙leni-a miha damvaru mihen ti danı kon takas?"\"If you are not living here, why are you strolling around this house?"

79 ⟨"mi danı mudas."⟩/"mi danı mudas."\

"I’m going to the sea."

80 ⟨"miha danvaru!"⟩/"miha damvaru!"\

"At this hour?" I asked.

81 ⟨"kan ˙duge darinnas, mudas di

c

umas

c

ire

c c

ire

c c

ove ta?"⟩/"kan ˙duge darinnas, mudas diumas irek irek ove ta?"\

"For the sons of the sea, is there any set time to go to sea?"

82 ⟨mihen bunefa

c

i

c

ena hinga

c

igenfi

c

eve.⟩/mihen bunefai ena hingaigenfi eve\

Asking this question, he started moving.

83 ⟨

c

aharenge hit hamajehe gote

c

nu vi

c

eve.⟩/aharenge hit hamajehe gotek nu vi eve\

It did not please me.

84 ⟨ša

c

kutake

c

vade

c

je

c

eve.⟩/šakkutakek vadejje eve\Doubts seized my mind.

85 ⟨

c

ena

c

e

c

os danı

c

eve.⟩/ena e os danı eve\

He glided away,

86 ⟨

c

ehen namaves, hingafa

c

e

c

nuneve.⟩/ehen namaves, hingafaek nun eve\

albeit he was not walking

87 ⟨fa

c

igu ˙du va hene

c

hi

c

e

c

nu ve

c

eve.⟩/faigu ˙du va henek hiek nu ve eve\

with his feet on the ground.

88 ⟨

c

andirikamun nengenı kan nenge

c

eve.⟩/andirikamun nu engenı kam nu enge eve\

Was it because I could not see clearly in the dark?

Page 147: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

143T8 Mu ˙hammad Wa ˙hıd (Ma ˙dulu): Fini mendamegge ma ˙du hunu

89 ⟨nunekeve.⟩/nunek eve\

No!

90 ⟨

c

enage

c

ate

c

ves fa

c

e

c

ves ˙harakate

c

nu kure

c

eve.⟩/enage atek ves faek ves ˙harakatek nu kure eve\

His limbs were not moving!

91 ⟨

c

e kamaku

c

a

c

is matıga

c

i huregen sohemen da bude

c

hen

c

e

c

os danı

c

eve.⟩/e kamaku ais matıgai huregen sohemen da budek hen e os danı eve\

He glided away like a statue on ice.

92 ⟨mi

c

ı hı va got bava

c

eve.⟩/miı hı va got bava eve\

It appeared like this.

93 ⟨

c

aharenge sekukama hedi hama

c

anna got ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/aharenge sekukam-ai hedi hama anna got vejje eve\

This must be just an illusion.

94 ⟨fureta

c

e

c c

erı kamas hitun hı kosgen biru gannan masa

c

kat kuratı

c

eve.⟩/furetaek erı kamas hitun hı kosgen biru gannan masakkat kuratı eve\

I nearly laughed at my stupidity and the imaginary ghost I feared.

95 ⟨ku

c

li

c

akas kurin ves vata

c c

uduhigat gahun herigatuma

c

eku huriha vata

c c

uduhigenfi

c

eve.⟩/kulliakas kurin ves vatak uduhigat gahun herigatum-ai eku huriha vatak uduhigenfi eve\

Abruptly the bats flew noisily from the banyon tree again.

96 ⟨ma ˙duma ˙dun

c

ivemun diya ra ˙lutakuge

c

a ˙duge tere

c

in varas bo ˙du ra ˙le

c

gon ˙dudosuge gatakugema

c

cas mugurali

c

a ˙du

c

ivuneve.⟩/ma ˙duma ˙dun ivemun dia ra ˙lutakuge a ˙duge terein varas bo ˙du ra ˙lek gon ˙dudosuge gatakuge maccas

mugurali a ˙du ivun eve\Above the constant sounds of the surf washing the shores, came the boom of a big wave breaking.

97 ⟨

c

e

c

as fahu, huriha

c

a ˙de

c

ken ˙di hamahimen ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/eas fahu, huriha a ˙dek ken ˙di hamahimen vejje eve\

Then all was still and quiet.

98 ⟨

c

e

c

ves

c

a ˙de

c

netı

c

eve.⟩/ekves a ˙dek netı eve\

There was not one sound even.

99 ⟨ma ˙duma ˙dun

c

e

c

ivenı mıhaku ro

c

a ˙deve.⟩/ma ˙duma ˙dun e ivenı mıhaku ro a ˙du eve\

I heard a man’s faint, weak cry,

100 ⟨balikasi gotakaseve.⟩/balikasi gotakas eve\

101 ⟨kukura hen ves hı ve

c

eve.⟩/kukura hen ves hı ve eve\

sounding more like a whimper.

Page 148: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

144 Short stories

102 ⟨ranga ˙las visnali

c

iru

c

e

c

a ˙du

c

e

c

annanı ke

c

sa mıhage

c

a ˙du

c

a

c

i ge

c

a dima

c

inneve.⟩/ranga ˙las visnali iru e a ˙du e annanı kessa mıhage a ˙du ai ge a dimain eve\

Finally, I placed it as coming from the coughing man’s house.

103 ⟨getere

c

as vanna hit ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/ge-etereas vanna hit vejje eve\

Wanting to go inside the house where I was sleeping

104 ⟨

c

e kamaku fa

c

iga

c

i vare

c

ves neteve.⟩/e kamaku faigai varek ves net eve\

I tried standing up, but my legs were too weak to support me.

105 ⟨teduvan vı

c

eve.⟩/teduvan vı eve\I had to get up

106 ⟨nu ves teduvevuneve.⟩/nu ves teduvevunu eve\but I could not get up.

107 ⟨fahatun

c

ate

c

kon ˙duga

c

i ba

c

vala

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/fahatun atek kon ˙dugai bavvalaifi eve\

A hand tapped my shoulder from behind.

108 ⟨ha ˙le

c

lava

c

igenfa

c

i faruburi matin fu

c

malevi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/ha ˙lek lavaigenfai faruburi matin fummalevijje eve\

With a shout I sprang off the wall.

109 ⟨"sabas,

c

e kamaku tiyaha jehilun ku ˙da mıhaku ta, ti

c

innanı miha

c

andiri re

c

aku, danvarunukume beruga?"⟩

/"sabas, e kamaku tiyaha jehilun ku ˙da mıhaku ta, ti innanı miha andiri reaku, damvaru nukumeberugai?"\

"Hah! How courageous a man, to sit outside in such a dark night at such a late hour!"

110 ⟨hit te ˙le le

c

barukamunna neva

c

avas vefa

c

i va le

c

bo ˙dukamun de faharaku gudu ve hasi furaneva

c

e

c

lafa

c

i hu

c ˙tamun kahala gotakas bunımeve.⟩/hit te ˙le lek barukamun-ai neva avas vefai va lek bo ˙dukamun de faharaku gudu ve hasi fura nevaek

lafai hu ˙t ˙tamun kahala gotakas bunım eve\My racing heart left me almost breathless. I bent over two or three times, and inhaled deeply. After a

pause, I protested,

111 ⟨"

c

e kamaku va šakıbas sabas. mu ˙lin sihi

c

je.⟩/e kamaku va šakıbas sabas. mu ˙lin sihijje\

"But, Shakeeb, you really startled me.

112 ⟨

c

aharen mi

c

inı .."⟩/aharen mi inı .\

I was here..."

113 ⟨"tiya

c

inı kon fikure

c

ga

c

i kan masas

c

enge

c

e.⟩/tiya inı kon fikurekgai kam masas enge e\

"I know what you’re thinking.

Page 149: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

145T8 Mu ˙hammad Wa ˙hıd (Ma ˙dulu): Fini mendamegge ma ˙du hunu

114 ⟨

c

ehen vı ma ta fahatun mıhaku hingafa

c

i

c

a

c

i kan ves nengunı.⟩/ehen vı ma ta fahatun mıhaku hingafai ai kam ves nu engunı\

Wasn’t it because you were so deeply absorbed that you didn’t realise someone was behind you?

115 ⟨

c

e

c

ı bo ˙du fikuru."⟩/eı bo ˙du fikuru\

That indeed is ‘deep thought’."

116 ⟨"nun_e.

c

aharenge kon ˙duga

c

i

c

at li

c

iru

c

aharen

c

inı kı tiya buya fikuraku nun."⟩/nun e. aharenge kon ˙dugai at li iru aharen inı kı tia buya fikuraku nun\

"When you tapped me, I was not thinking about ‘it’."

117 ⟨"den kon fikure

c

ta?"⟩/den kon fikurek ta?\

"Then, what else is there?

118 ⟨hus hasi ba

c

i vı ma hadane gote

c

ge fikuruga ta?"⟩/hus hasi bai vı ma hadane gotekge fikurugai ta?\

Are you planning something since you are single again?"

119 ⟨"nun_e!⟩/nun e!\

"No!

120 ⟨

c

ehene

c

ves nun.⟩/ehenek ves nun\

Not even that.

121 ⟨miharu handan kuran

c

u ˙le

c

u ˙le handane

c

ves nu vi.⟩/miharu handan kuran u ˙le u ˙le handanek ves nu vi\

I can’t remember, now.

122 ⟨hinga getere

c

as.⟩/hinga ge-etereas\

Let’s go in.

123 ⟨kı

c

ta vı, hela

c

igen diya nukutı?"⟩/kık ta vı, helaigen dia nukutı?\

What woke you up and brought you out?"

124 ⟨"magu hingakas nun.⟩/magu hingakas nun\

"It was not to go out for walking."

125 ⟨nidafa

c

i

c

o

c

va nefatuga

c

i jehunu gada kuni vahakun funma

c

igen teduvevunı.⟩/nidafai ovva nefatugai jehunu gada kuni vahakun fummaigen teduvevunı\

"A rotten smell woke me up.

126 ⟨hama tede

c

. kiriya ho ˙du nu levunı.⟩/hama tedek. kiria ho ˙du nu levunı\

I nearly vomited.

127 ⟨hı vanı kuni gabure

c

ge ka

c

irıga

c

i nidan

c

ovevunu hen.⟩/hı vanı kuni gaburekge kairıgai nidan ovevunu hen\

It was like I was sleeping beside a decaying body.

Page 150: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

146 Short stories

128 ⟨bu ˙lale

c

ge matıga

c

i kuni vanı kan nenge.⟩/bu ˙lalek ge matıgai kuni vanı kam nu enge\

Maybe a dead cat is decomposing on top of the ceiling."

129 ⟨

c

e hisabas bunevunu

c

iru, getere

c

as vadevi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/e hisabas bunevunu iru, ge-etereas vadevijje eve\

By this time we were inside the house,

130 ⟨

c

e

c

ves kahala kuni vahe

c

neteve.⟩/ekves kahala kuni vahek net eve\

but there was no such smell.

131 ⟨šakıbu ves de faharaku nefat damali

c

eve.⟩/šakıbu ves de faharaku nefat damali eve\Shakeeb even sniffed two or three times.

132 ⟨

c

iturakas kuni bu ˙laluge vahaka

c

e

c

nu dakka

c

eve.⟩/iturakas kuni bu ˙laluge vahakaek nu dakka eve\

We didn’t talk about the dead cat any more.

133 ⟨de mıhun de

c

enduga

c

i

c

osove madamage daturu revifa

c

i va gotun masa

c

kat buravane ta

c

ekiya

c

igen daturuge vahaka fesımeve.⟩/de mıhun de endugai osove madamage daturu revifai va gotun masakkat buravane ta e kiaigen

daturuge vahaka fesım eve\Lying down on the camp cots, we started discussing tomorrow’s busy schedule.

134 ⟨ma ginac

irutakec

nu ve, šakıbuge coman gugurıge ma ˙duma ˙duc

a ˙duc

ac

is kanfatugac

i jehic

jec

eve.⟩/ma gina irutakek nu ve, šakıbuge coman gugurıge ma ˙duma ˙du a ˙du ais kanfatugai jehijje eve\

Soon the sound of Shakeeb’s soft snoring came to my ears.

135 ⟨

c

aharen ves nida to

c

e

c

faratakas

c

emburila

c

ifımeve.⟩/aharen ves nida to ek faratakas emburilaifım eve\

Rolling from one side to the other, I tried to sleep too.

136 ⟨

c

e kamaku vakikame

c

kan kan ˙da

c

a ˙la nenge konme ves kamaka fikuru kuran fesi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/e kamaku vakikamek kam kan ˙da a ˙la nu enge konme ves kamak-ai fikuru kuran fesijje eve\

My mind was strangely troubled with disordered thoughts,

137 ⟨fikuru kureve to mi

c

u ˙lenı kon kamaka kan visnan visnan

c

o

c

va, vı gote

c

nenguneve.⟩/fikuru kureve to mi u ˙lenı kon kamak-ai kam visnan visnan ovva, vı gotek nu engunu eve\

eluding my grasp until I slowly slipped into sleep.

138 ⟨hendunu sa

c

ige mezu ka

c

irı ti

c

ba,

c

ahanna šakıba dima

c

as

c

ato ˙luverin

c

išarat kosla

c

vafa

c

i miti

c

bevi de befulun re u ˙lu

c

vi tane

c

hodan

c

u ˙le

c

u ˙le ves nengun_e bunu

c

vi

c

eve.⟩/hendunu saige mezu kairı tibi-ai, ahann-ai šakıb-ai dimaas ato ˙luverin išarat koslavvafai mi tibbevi

de befulun re u ˙l ˙luvvi tanek hodan u ˙le u ˙le ves nu engunu e bunuvvi eve\While Shakeeb and I were breakfasting with the Atoll Chief, he gestured towards us and said to

everyone, "Somebody told me they could not find these two gentlemen last night."

139 ⟨ehen mıhaku bunñeve.⟩/ehen mıhaku buni eve\

Another man said,

Page 151: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

147T8 Mu ˙hammad Wa ˙hıd (Ma ˙dulu): Fini mendamegge ma ˙du hunu

140 ⟨"

c

e de befu ˙lun musimaha duru vı."⟩/e de befu ˙lun musimah-ai duru vı\

"They went mackerel fishing."

141 ⟨"hus bu ˙lıge ganna

c

atiri

c

as ta?"⟩/hus bu ˙lıge ganna atirias ta?\

"Did they go to the spot where they could catch them without bait?"

142 ⟨"nun_e, bu ˙li

c

as sen ˙t jahafa

c

e

c

lıma ganna dima

c

as."⟩/nun e, bu ˙lias sen ˙t jahafa ellıma ganna dimaas\

"No. They went where they can catch it with perfumed hooks."

143 ⟨

c

enmen hıngenfi

c

eve.⟩/ekmen hıngenfi eve\

Everyone laughed at this.

144 ⟨

c

a ˙du ba ˙du ma ˙du valumun

c

ato ˙luverinnas javabu de

c

va gotas katıbu bunu

c

vi

c

eve.⟩/a ˙du ba ˙du ma ˙du valumun ato ˙luverinnas javabu devva gotas katıbu bunuvvi eve\

As the snickering subsided, the island chief remarked,

145 ⟨"

c

e de befu ˙lun

c

avahara le

c

pevı nevi ku ˙datu

c

tu ge ga."

c

ehen mıhaku bunñeve.⟩/e de befu ˙lun avahara leppevı nevi ku ˙datuttu ge ga. ehen mıhaku buni eve\

"Somebody claimed they slept in Nevi Kudathuththu’s house."

146 ⟨"

c

e de befu ˙lun benunfu ˙lu vı gina duvahu fa ˙las huri ge

c

e

c

ga

c

i ti

c

bavan."⟩/e de befu ˙lun benunfu ˙lu vı gina duvahu fa ˙las huri geekgai tibbavan\

"They wanted a place deserted for a long time."

147 ⟨"

c

e

c

ı kı

c

vegen ba?"⟩/eı kık vegen ba?\

"What could be the reason?"

148 ⟨"

c

e

c

ı guguri danmava le

c c

a ˙du gadakamun fare

c

ve

c ˙tun_as

c

ehen mıhakas kame

c

nu vanı

c

erunkamas vatı.⟩

/eı guguri dammava lek a ˙du gadakamun farek ve ˙t ˙tunu-as ehen mıhakas kamek nu vanı erun kamasvatı\

"The reason is that even if a wall breaks because of the loud snoring no one else would get hurt."

149 ⟨

c

ane

c

ka ves hini gan ˙dekeve.⟩/anekka ves hini gan ˙dek eve\

Again another roar.

150 ⟨nevi ku ˙datu

c

tuge nama

c

i, fa ˙lu gege vahaka

c

ige

c

a ˙du

c

ivumun sa

c

i mezuge

c

anga majaluge tere

c

asvanna hit ken ˙di

c

je

c

eve.⟩/nevi ku ˙datuttuge nam-ai, fa ˙lu gege vahakaige a ˙du ivumun sai mezuge anga majaluge tereas vanna

hit ken ˙dijje eve\Hearing Nevi Kudathuththu’s name and the deserted house mentioned, I withdrew from the small talk

around the table

151 ⟨ma ˙duma ˙dun

c

indeve got ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/ma ˙duma ˙dun indeve got vejje eve\

and became quiet.

Page 152: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

148 Short stories

152 ⟨sa

c

in nimigen

c

enmen beras nukutuma

c

eku katıbu dabas gennan to suvalu kosli

c

eve.⟩/sain nimigen ekmen beras nukutum-ai eku katıbu dabas gennan to suvalu kosli eve.⟩

After breakfast, we all left the house. The island chief asked whether to fetch my bag or not.

153 ⟨

c

aharen nan gatımeve.⟩/aharen nam gatım eve\

I was addressed,

154 ⟨

c

e

c

as

c

a ˙lan huri

c

e

c

ceti ves hunnane

c

eve.⟩/eas a ˙lan huri ecceti ves hunnane eve\

"It’s almost packed.

155 ⟨"dabas bala hingava."⟩/dabas bala hingava\

I’ll go with you to get it," I told him thankfully.

156 ⟨de mıhun

c

ekuga

c

i hinga

c

igenfa

c

i katıbu kuren

c

ahalımeve.⟩/de mıhun ekugai hingaigenfai katıbu kuren ahalım eve\

As I walked with Katheeb, I asked,

157 ⟨"nevi ku ˙datu

c

tuge ge fa ˙las lafa

c

i

c

ena mi

c

u ˙lenı kontaku to?"⟩/nevi ku ˙datuttuge ge fa ˙las lafai ena mi u ˙lenı kontaku to?\

"Where is Nevi Kudathuththu living since he left his house deserted?"

158 ⟨"

c

as ta,

c

engi nu la

c

va to?⟩/as ta, engi nu lavva to?\"Oh, you didn’t know?

159 ⟨

c

ena ge

c

lunu fahun bara

c

aharas vure gina duvas ve

c

je."⟩/ena gellunu fahun bara aharas vure gina duvas vejje."\

It’s been 12 years since he was lost."

160 ⟨"ge

c

lunı

c

e."⟩/gellunı e\

"Lost!"

161 ⟨"la

c

ba!

c

e

c

kala ...

c

e

c

kala ... kon bo ˙te

c

to

c

e

c

ı?"⟩/labba! ekkala ... ekkala ... kon bo ˙tek to eı?\

"Yes! That... that... which ship was it?"

162 ⟨"kon bo ˙te

c

?"⟩/kon bo ˙tek?\

"Which ship?" I asked.

163 ⟨"vi

c

sakas divehinna

c

eku ge

c

lifa

c

i ve

c

je nun to bote

c

?"⟩/vissakas divehin-ai eku gellifai vejje nun to botek?\"There was one ship lost with 20 or so Maldivians?"

164 ⟨

c

e bo ˙tuga

c

i ta

c

e ku ˙datu

c

tu vı?"⟩/e bo ˙tugai ta e ku ˙datuttu vı?\

"Was Kudathuththu on that ship?"

165 ⟨"la

c

ba!

c

ena

c

akı

c

ege nevin.⟩/labba! enaakı ege nevin\

"Yes. He was the ship’s captain.

Page 153: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

149T8 Mu ˙hammad Wa ˙hıd (Ma ˙dulu): Fini mendamegge ma ˙du hunu

166 ⟨

c

e

c

ı hada mo ˙lu malimı

c

ek_e

c

inge to."⟩/eı hada mo ˙lu malimıek e inge to\

He was a great navigator."

167 ⟨"

c

ehen ta."⟩/ehen ta\"Is it?"

168 ⟨

c

e hisabun

c

aharen katıbu kuren

c

ituru suvalutake

c

kurane benume

c c

ot kamakas nu fenuneve.⟩/e hisabun aharen katıbu kuren ituru suvalutakek kurane benumek ot kamakas nu fenun eve\

From then on, I saw no need to ask further questions.

169 ⟨mıhaku biru gannavalumas rega

c

i revi revuma

c

i,

c

ami

c

la

c

as hedunu moya hitas

c

ara

c

i nafusudeke ladugateve.⟩

/mıhaku biru gannavalumas regai revi revum-ai, amillaas hendunu moya hitas arai nafusu dekeladugat eve\

I felt ashamed at reacting to someone’s attempts to frighten me.

170 ⟨tima

c

as visnalumuge furu ˙satu nu libe konme dan ˙di va ˙le

c

ga

c

i

c

ehen mıhun

c

ege furu ˙satu naga

c

eve.⟩/timaas visnalumuge furu ˙satu nu libe konme dan ˙di va ˙lekgai ehen mıhun ege furu ˙satu naga eve\

Others take advantage of a situation when one cannot think straight.

171 ⟨visnumuge da

c

ira vaki gotakas falu

c

e ˙li

c

je nama tima bumare

c

hen

c

amburala

c

i

c

e mıhun durasgos tibe henı

c

eve.⟩/visnumuge daira vaki gotakas falu e ˙lijje nama tima bumarek hen amburalai e mıhun duras gos

tibe henı eve\Then, they spin a man like a top and back off laughing.

172 ⟨mıge fahun mi kahala lan ˙de

c

duvahaku ves libunaka nu dename hitun cazum kan ˙da

c

e ˙lımeve.⟩/mıge fahun mi kahala lan ˙dek duvahaku ves libunaka nu dename hitun cazum kan ˙da e ˙lım eve\

I pledged to myself that this would never happen to me again.

173 ⟨

c

ami

c

la he

c

va kamuge ma

c

cas

c

etere hasin ru ˙li ves

c

a

c

eve.⟩/amilla hevva kamuge maccas etere hasin ru ˙li ves a eve\

My stupidity irritated me.

174 ⟨mi ru ˙lıge terega

c

i dabahas huriha

c

e

c

ce

c c

a ˙la

c

i zip bandu kosla

c

i dabas baha

c ˙tafa

c

i huri ko ˙lu filagon ˙di matin dabas

c

ufulalımeve.⟩/mi ru ˙lıge teregai dabahas huriha eccek a ˙lai zip bandu koslai dabas baha ˙t ˙tafai huri ko ˙lu fila gon ˙di

matin dabas ufulalım eve\Still angry, I dumped the rest of my things into my bag and closed it.

175 ⟨

c

e vagutu dabahuge dasuga

c

i

c

ot

c

e

c

ce

c

bimas ve

c ˙ti

c

je

c

eve.⟩/e vagutu dabahuge dasugai ot eccek bimas ve ˙t ˙tijje eve\

When I lifted it from the bench where it was placed, something underneath the bag fell on the floor.

176 ⟨guduve negi

c

iru

c

e

c

ı bi

c

luri gan ˙du te ˙li gosfa

c

i va gi

c

ugandaka

c

eku

c

ot fo ˙to

c

ekeve.⟩/guduve negi iru eı billuri gan ˙du te ˙li gosfai va giugandak-ai eku ot fo ˙toek eve\

It was a framed portrait with the glass broken.

177 ⟨fo ˙toga

c

i hurı

c

enme mıhekeve, firihenekeve.⟩/fo ˙togai hurı ekme mıhek eve, firihenek eve\

A man’s picture.

Page 154: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

150 Short stories

178 ⟨kitan me

c

andiri re

c

e

c

ga

c

i fenunu namaves mi fo ˙toga

c

i mi va mıha

c

ahannas vanı fenifa

c

eve.⟩/kitan me andiri reekgai fenunu namaves mi fo ˙togai mi va mıha ahannas vanı fenifai eve\

Even though the night was dark, I had seen that man.

179 ⟨vahaka ves vanı da

c

kafa

c

eve.⟩/vahaka ves vanı dakkafai eve\

And, I had talked to him.

180 ⟨ma durakun nuneve.⟩/ma durakun nun eve\Not from a distance,

181 ⟨sifa

c

a

c

i

c

is kosla

c

i munuge ba

c ˙tan

c

enge ha ka

c

irinneve.⟩/sifaai is koslai munuge ba ˙t ˙tan enge ha kairin eve\

but from a place where I could clearly distinguish his shape, height, and even facial features.

182 ⟨katıbu bunu

c

vi

c

eve.⟩/katıbu bunuvvi eve\

Katheeb said,

183 ⟨"mi

c

ı

c

ena

c

enme fahun rasas

c

a

c

i

c

iru, gena

c

i fo ˙to

c

e

c

.⟩/miı ena ekme fahun rasas ai iru, genai fo ˙toek\"He brought this picture the last time he came.

184 ⟨miharu hirafus bura ha ˙di vefa

c

i

c

ot_as

c

ena

c

akı varugada bekale

c

kan mi

c

in ves da

c

ka

c

i de

c

e

c

nunto."⟩

/miharu hirafus bura ha ˙di vefai ot as enaakı varugada bekalek kam miin ves dakkai deek nun to\Even though it’s dusty and old, you can still see he had strong features, can’t you?"

185 ⟨

c

ahannas bunevunı

c

enme lafuzekeve.⟩/ahannas bunevunı ekme lafuzek eve\

I could only reply with one word,

186 ⟨

c

e

c

ı, "la

c

ba"

c

eve.⟩/eı, labba eve\

"Yes!"

Page 155: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T9: ˙Habıba ˙Hussain ˙Habıb

Nimun

“The end”*

* The original was published in Fattura, vol. 82, Male 1985, 43-45; the English translation (by ABDULLAH

SAEED KOSHY) was published in Finiashi: Heard in the Islands, ed. L. PRUNER, vol. 3, Male 1988, 26 ff.

Page 156: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

152 Short stories

1 ⟨divehi ra

c

jege

c

a ˙duge cimarat

c

otı varas kulagada gotakas di

c

la

c

a ˙lafa

c

eve.⟩/divehi rajjege a ˙duge cimarat otı varas kulagada gotakas dilla a ˙lafai eve\

The Voice of Maldives building was brightly lit,

2 ⟨ku ˙laku ˙la

c

ige

c

alitakun zınatteri kosfa

c

eve.⟩/ku ˙laku ˙laige alitakun zınatteri kosfai eve\adorned by many kinds of coloured bulbs.

3 ⟨ba

c

e

c

faharu mi zınatterikamas

c

ituru calukamaka jahu genesdenı mu ˙li cimaratas

c

ara

c

igen daratkula

c

eve.⟩/baek faharu mi zınatterikamas ituru calukamak-ai jahu genesdenı mu ˙li cimaratas araigen da ratkula

eve\The decorations were further embellished by the red light oscillating across the entire building.

4 ⟨šarıfu

c

enage ge

c

in nukume ma ˙duma ˙dun hingamun

c

e

c

annanı mi dima

c

aseve.⟩/šarıfu enage gein nukume ma ˙duma ˙dun hingamun e annanı mi dimaas eve\

Shareef walked slowly towards this site

5 ⟨mi

c

ı

c

enage konme re

c

e

c

ge programeve.⟩/miı enage konme reekge program eve\

— this was his every night program,

6 ⟨adeheve!⟩/ades eve!\

alas! —

7 ⟨regan ˙duge ke

c

umas fahu hingalume

c

be

c

vumeve.⟩/regan ˙duge keumas fahu hingalumek bevvum eve\

on his nightly after dinner stroll.

8 ⟨hingalan mi dima

c

as

c

a

c

umeve.⟩/hingalan mi dimaas aum eve\

And, walking, to get in this direction.

9 ⟨mi

c

ı vetuve diya fas

c

aharu

c

sure medu ken ˙dume

c

neti

c

ena kuramun

c

a

c

i kasratekeve.⟩/miı vetuve dia fas ahar-ussure medu ken ˙dumek neti ena kuramun ai kasratek eve\

He had done this for the past five years for exercise.

10 ⟨mi re mi hisabas

c

a

c

umun

c

adi kurimatin vidababu ˙la bokita

c

fenumun reyakı divehi ra

c

jege

c

a ˙dasfanara

c

aharu fure re kan handanas

c

a

c

eve.⟩/mi re mi hisabas aumun adi kurimatin vidababu ˙la bokitak fenumun reakı divehi rajjege a ˙das fanara

aharu fure re kam handanas ai eve\On seeing the decorative lights, he remembered that this was Voice of Maldives’ fifteenth anniversary.

11 ⟨hama

c

ehenme duvahuge

c

avadi neti u ˙lumuga

c

i handanun ka

c

sali dacuvatu ka ˙da medu ves

c

enagexiyalu

c

emburigateve.

c

e

c

onanı

c

ofıhuge mezu matıga

c

eve.⟩/hama ehen-me duvahuge avadi neti u ˙lumugai handanun kassali dauvatu ka ˙da medu ves enage

xiyalu emburigat eve. e onanı ofıhuge mezu matıgai eve\Somewhere on his office desk lay an invitation card forgotten during his busy day.

12 ⟨šarıfu kuriyas hingamun diya

c

eve.⟩/šarıfu kuriyas hingamun dia eve\

Shareef continued on,

Page 157: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

153T9 ˙Habıba ˙Hussain ˙Habıb: Nimun

13 ⟨fenna kulagada mu

c

sandi manzaru balamunneve.⟩/fenna kulagada mussandi manzaru balamun eve\

observing the colorful scenery.

14 ⟨namaves

c

enage hamajehifa

c

i va hitas libunı ku

c

li sihumekeve.⟩/namaves enage hamajehifai va hitas libunı kulli sihumek eve\

Suddenly, he was shocked

15 ⟨hama varas ku

c

li

c

akaseve.⟩/hama varas kulliakas eve\

— all of a sudden —

16 ⟨mi kahala calu manzare

c

ge tere

c

in fennane kamas hı ves nu kura kahala sura

c

e

c

fenumunneve.⟩/mi kahala calu manzarekge terein fennane kamas hı ves nu kura kahala suraek fenumun eve\

by seeing an unexpected figure emerge from the splendid tableau.

17 ⟨

c

anhene

c

kan hitas genuva sura

c

ekeve.⟩/anhenek kam hitas genuva suraek eve\

The form seemed like a female.

18 ⟨ša

c

kas vure yaqın kama

c

enage xiyalu ka

c

iri kosli

c

eve.⟩/šakkas vure yaqın kam-ai enage xiyalu kairi kosli eve\

His uncertainty was dispelled

19 ⟨

c

e

c

iru himato ˙li

c

anhene

c

ge sura sıda

c

ena

c

a dima

c

as

c

ade

c

eve.⟩/e iru himato ˙li anhenekge sura sıda ena-ai dimaas ade eve\

as he made out the shape of a slim woman coming directly towards him.

20 ⟨

c

annanı

c

e

c

lemun

c

anna gotakaseve.⟩/annanı ellemun anna gotakas eve\

*and going zigzagging along the street.*

21 ⟨ba

c

e

c

faharu kali

c

a ˙lamun

c

anna hen hı ve

c

eve.⟩/baek faharu kali a ˙lamun anna hen hı ve eve\

22 ⟨šarıfuge samalukan miharu hu

c ˙tifa

c

i

c

e vanı hama

c

ekani kurimatin

c

e

c

anna

c

anhene

c

ge sura

c

a

c

isifa

c

ige ma

c

caseve.⟩/šarıfuge samalukam miharu hu ˙t ˙tifai e vanı hama ekani kurimatin e anna anhenekge sura-ai sifaige

maccas eve\

23 ⟨hingamun

c

anna gotuge ma

c

caseve.⟩/hingamun anna gotuge maccas eve\

24 ⟨fahatuga

c

i divehi ra

c

jege

c

a ˙duge kulagada bokitaka

c

i ni vi di

c

le ran rihi

c

adi nukula

c

ige

c

ali fasfaruda

c

e

c

hen fene

c

eve.⟩/fahatugai divehi rajjege a ˙duge kulagada bokitak-ai ni vi dille ran rihi adi nukulaige ali fas faruda

ekhen fene eve\

25 ⟨namaves šarıfuge lolakas

c

e kulagada faruda,

c

e

c

ves

c

asare

c

nu kuruva

c

eve.⟩/namaves šarıfuge lolakas e kulagada faruda, ekves asarek nu kuruva eve\

No longer aware of the brilliant panorama in the background,

Page 158: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

154 Short stories

26 ⟨

c

enage ˙ha

c

iran vefa

c

i va siku ˙dıge huriha samalukame

c

vanı ka

c

iri vamun

c

anna

c

anhen sura

c

igema

c

caseve.⟩/enage ˙hairan vefai va siku ˙dıge huriha samalukamek vanı kairi vamun anna anhen suraige maccas

eve\he focussed on the advancing person.

27 ⟨šarıfuge varas ka

c

iriyas

c

a

c

isfa

c

i

c

e mıhage hingun hu

c ˙ti

c

je

c

eve.⟩/šarıfuge varas kairias aisfai e mıhage hingun hu ˙t ˙tijje eve\

She stopped very close to Shareef,

28 ⟨

c

e

c

ı hasfas netifa

c

i

c

adi ˙si

c ˙hatu ge

c

lifa

c

i

c

istasita

c

hevifa

c

i huri medu cumure

c

ge

c

anhenekeve.⟩/eı hasfas netifai adi ˙si ˙h ˙hatu gellifai istasitak hevifai huri medu cumurekge anhenek eve\

a weak, middle-aged woman, with unkempt hair.

29 ⟨"

c

a ....

c

a ....

c

aharenge darifu ˙lu dusin ta?"⟩/a .... a .... aharenge darifu ˙lu dusin ta?\

"H... h... have you seen my child?"

30 ⟨turuturu

c

a ˙la

c

a ˙la huri zıla

c

a ˙de

c

šarıfuge kanfatuga

c

i jehuneve.⟩/turuturu a ˙laa ˙la huri zıla a ˙dek šarıfuge kanfatugai jehunu eve\

Shareef heard a stuttering piercing voice.

31 ⟨

c

anhene

c

ge

c

a ˙duga

c

i hunna

c

oman,

c

adi ma ˙duma

c

itiri

c

adi kanfatas

c

ara medu ni vi gote

c c

e

c

a ˙dakuneteve.⟩

/anhenekge a ˙dugai hunna oman, adi ma ˙duma itiri adi kanfatas ara medu ni vi gotek e a ˙daku neteve\

That voice was devoid of a woman’s usually smooth, soft, pleasing tones.

32 ⟨"bu .... bune .... bunebala!"⟩/bu .... bune .... bunebala!\

"T... t... tell me!"

33 ⟨

c

anhenmıha šarıfa varas ka

c

iriyas jehilafa baras bunefi

c

eve.⟩/anhenmıha šarıf-ai varas kairias jehilafa baras bunefi eve\

She drew near, demanding loudly.

34 ⟨šarıfas libifa

c

i va ˙ha

c

irankamaka

c

adi

c

e vagutu

c

ena

c

as hadan vı gote

c

nengumuge has kamuga

c

i

c

ena

c

as sikuntuta

c

mini ˙ttakas badalu vegen diya

c

iru ves hurevunı

c

eve.⟩/šarıfas libifai va ˙hairankamak-ai adi e vagutu enaas hadan vı gotek nu engumuge has kamugai

enaas sikuntutak mini ˙ttakas badalu vegen dia iru ves hurevunı eve\Unable to speak, engrossed in the trembling woman before him, Shareef remained silent as seconds

lengthened into minutes.

35 ⟨

c

anga

c

in nu bune hurevunı

c

eve.⟩/angain nu bune hurevunı eve\

36 ⟨kurimatıga

c

i hurevi hurevi huri

c

anhenmıhage nikameti ˙hala

c

i

c

adi

c

e mıhage loluga

c

i va birugetere

c

as ge

c

lifa

c

i hurevunı

c

eve.⟩/kurimatıgai hurevi hurevi huri anhenmıhage nikameti ˙halai adi e mıhage lolugai va biruge tereas

gellifai hurevunı eve\Her eyes reflected horror and something which Shareef could not name.

37 ⟨mi

c

ı ves manma

c

e

c

ge sura

c

eve.⟩/miı ves mammaekge sura eve\

*She was a mother.*

Page 159: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

155T9 ˙Habıba ˙Hussain ˙Habıb: Nimun

38 ⟨ge

c

lunu darifu ˙le

c

hoda manma

c

ekeve.⟩/gellunu darifu ˙lek hoda mammaek eve\

*And a mother, anxious for a lost child, never gives up hope.*

39 ⟨

c

e badu na ˙sıbu manma

c

ige karuna hikifa

c

i huri loluge digasa hurahas liyevifa

c

i,

c

adi kurehifa

c

i,

c

evanı duvahaku ves šarıfu nu deke fada mayus kamekeve.⟩

/e badu na ˙sıbu mammaige karuna hikifai huri loluge digasa hurahas lievifai, adi kurehifai, e vanıduvahaku ves šarıfu nu deke fada mayus kamek eve\

Certainly Shareef had never before seen the sorrow embedded in this unfortunate mother’s dried tears.

40 ⟨bireve. hitama

c

eve.⟩/biru eve. hitama eve\

41 ⟨

c

adi varas ku ˙da

c

u

c

mıde

c

ge nivemun da fan ˙du

c

aliko ˙le

c

ves me

c

eve.⟩/adi varas ku ˙da ummıdekge nivemun da fan ˙du aliko ˙lek ves me eve\

Yet, he also saw a fleeting glimmer of hope.

42 ⟨

c

iruko ˙le

c

fahun šarıfas

c

i ˙hsas kurevunı

c

enage kurimatıga

c

i huri

c

anhenmıhage samalukan

c

enagemunun ne

c ˙ti

c

je kameve.⟩/iruko ˙lek fahun šarıfas i ˙hsas kurevunı enage kurimatıgai huri anhenmıhage samalukan enage

munun ne ˙t ˙tijje kam eve\After a while, Shareef noticed the woman’s gaze was not on him,

43 ⟨šarıfuge furagahun fenna manzaras

c

e samalukan hinga

c

je kameve.⟩/šarıfuge furagahun fenna manzaras e samalukan hingajje kam eve\

but directed behind him.

44 ⟨hama

c

e

c

i ˙hsasa

c

eku

c

ena

c

as

c

ivunı

c

a ˙dufasgan ˙dekeve.⟩/hama e i ˙hsas-ai eku enaas ivunı a ˙dufasgan ˙dek eve\

At that moment, he heard a loud noise.

45 ⟨šarıfu

c

emberigateve.⟩/šarıfu emberigat eve\

Spinning around,

46 ⟨ku

c

li

c

akas

c

enage ka ˙li gos hu

c ˙tunı kurimatıga

c

i

c

e

c

vefa

c

i va ba

c

e

c

ge ma

c

caseve.⟩/kulliakas enage ka ˙li gos hu ˙t ˙tunı kurimatıgai ek vefai va baekge maccas eve\

he saw a strange sight. An excited crowd was gathering around something.

47 ⟨ku

c

li

c

akas šarıfu ka

c

irıga

c

i huri

c

anhenmıha

c

e dima

c

as du

c

va

c

igateve.⟩/kulliakas šarıfu kairıgai huri anhenmıha e dimaas duvvaigat eve\

The woman left Shareef and ran towards them.

48 ⟨šarıfu ves haru kos

c

e dima

c

as hinga

c

igateve.⟩/šarıfu ves haru kos e dimaas hingaigat eve\

Bewildered, Shareef followed.

49 ⟨kı

c

vegen kan nengi du

c

va

c

iganemuneve.⟩/kı

c

vegen kam nu engi duvvaiganemun eve\Not knowing, why he ran

50 ⟨

c

e

c

vefa

c

i

c

ot mıhunge tere

c

aseve.⟩/ek vefai ot mıhunge tereas eve\

to the place where people gathered,

Page 160: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

156 Short stories

51 ⟨šarıfas fenunı varas

c

adaya xilafu manzarekeve.⟩/šarıfas fenunı varas adai-ai xilafu manzarek eve\

Šarıf realised a very unusual picture,

52 ⟨ku

c

li

c

asarutakakun hit nu tanavas kosli manzarekeve.⟩/kulli asarutakakun hit nu tanavas kosli manzarek eve\

a picture, which was not delightful at all by its unpleasant circumstances:

53 ⟨cumurun 12 varakas

c

aharu ve dane kamas lafa kureve ku

c

je

c c

at ma

c

cas la

c

igen de mıhaku huritaneve.⟩

/cumurun 12 varakas aharu ve dane kamas lafa kureve kujjek at maccas laigen de mıhaku huri taneve\

Two men were picking up a child of about twelve years of age.

54 ⟨šarıfa

c

i ba

c

dalu kuri nikameti

c

anhenmıha

c

a ˙dun

c

a ˙du naga ro taneve.⟩/šarıf-ai baddalu kuri nikameti anhenmıha a ˙dun a ˙du naga ro tan eve\

Shareef saw that the woman, on reaching the scene, began wailing uncontrollably.

55 ⟨

c

isahitaku fuluhunge bayaku

c

a

c

is

c

e tanas hu

c ˙ta

c

ifi ....⟩/isahitaku fuluhunge bayaku ais e tanas hu ˙t ˙taifi ...\

In a few moments, the police arrived in a bus.

56 ⟨fas

c

e ˙li bekale

c

fa

c

i bannava

c

i

c

e de ma

c

in

c

e bahas le

c

ve to masa

c

kat kura

c

va

c

eve.⟩/fas e ˙li bekalek fai bannavai e de main e bahas levve to masakkat kuravva eve\

An officer got down, and then seemed to assist the mother and child into the vehicle.

57 ⟨mi kan hingumuge terega

c

i maruvafa

c

i

c

ot kamas nuvata he netifa

c

i

c

ot kamas šarıfas hı vi ku

c

jagemusu terega

ci

cot

cecce

cšarıfas fenuneve.⟩

/mi kam hingumuge teregai maruvafai ot kamas nuata he netifai ot kamas šarıfas hı vi kujjage musuteregai ot eccek šarıfas fenun eve\

While this was going on, Shareef observed a syringe clenched in the fist of the motionless child.

58 ⟨

c

e

c

ı

c

injekšan jaha sirinjekeve. ....⟩/eı injekšan jaha sirinjek eve ..\

It was an injection syringe.

59 ⟨mıhunge tere

c

in de mıhakas bunevuneve.⟩/mıhunge terein de mıhakas bunevunu eve\

Someone in the crowd gasped,

60 ⟨

c

e

c

ı kocce

c

he

c

yeve.⟩/eı koccek heyo eve\

"What is this?"

61 ⟨hašiš he

c

yeve .........⟩/hašiš heyo eve .\

"Dead? ... Was it heroin?"

62 ⟨maruvı he

c

yeve.⟩/maruvı heyo eve\

Page 161: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T10: cAbdullah ˙Sadiq

Mudarris vantakamuge lobi

“A teacher’s love”*

* The original was published in Fattura 87, Male 1986, 7-12; the English translation (by ABDULLAH SAEED

KOSHY) was published in Finiashi: Heard in the Islands, ed. L. PRUNER, vol. 1, Male 1988, 24 ff.

Page 162: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

158 Short stories

1 ⟨vagutakı havıruge vaguteve.⟩/vagutakı havıruge vagutu eve\

It was early in the evening.

2 ⟨ ˙hilmı maruke ˙tas dan ge

c

in nukume

c

je

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmı maruke ˙tas dan gein nukumejje eve\Hilmy walked to the market from his house,

3 ⟨ge

c

as benun va ba

c

e

c

taketi gatumas ˙takaeve.⟩/geas benun va baek taketi gatumas ˙takai eve\

to buy some necessities.

4 ⟨

c

ena

c

as maruke ˙tas devunu

c

iru

c

ada

c

ige duvas duvahek_e

c

e

c

gotas

c

e tanga

c

i

c

onna hobo levuma

c

ihalekuge

c

a ˙dun mu ˙li tan vanı gugumalafa

c

eve.⟩/enaas maruke ˙tas devunu iru adaige duvas duvahek e ek gotas e tangai onna hobo levumai halekuge

a ˙dun mu ˙li tan vanı gugumalafai eve\When he reached the market, he heard the usual shouting and noises.

5 ⟨

c

e

c

takun maskiba

c

e

c

genfa

c

i ka

c

irıga

c

i huri ku

c

ja

c

a havalu kosfi

c

eve.⟩/ek takun maskibaek genfai kairıgai huri kujja-ai havalu kosfi eve\

He bought half a dried fish and gave it to the boy near him, his carrier.

6 ⟨

c

ane

c

takun de tin lumbo genfa

c

i

c

ena

c

a ˙havalu kosfi

c

eve.⟩/anek takun de tin lumbo genfai ena-ai ˙havalu kosfi eve\

From another stall he purchased two or three limes

7 ⟨den ˙hilmı gatı mirus ko ˙lekeve. ade! ro mirus ko ˙lekeve.⟩/den ˙hilmı gatı mirus ko ˙lek eve. ade! ro mirus ko ˙lek eve\

and then Hilmy bought some chillies.

8 ⟨

c

e

c

as fahu

c

ena mi ˙srabu jehı daru maruke ˙taseve. ge

c

as daru ko ˙le

c

gannaseve.⟩/eas fahu ena mi ˙srabu jehı daru maruke ˙tas eve. geas daru ko ˙lek gannas eve\

Next, he walked towards where they sold firewood.

9 ⟨"duruve! duruve!⟩/duruve! duruve!\

"Come here! Come here!

10 ⟨mihirı barabaru kani daru."⟩/mihirı barabaru kani daru\

This is the best kaani firewood."

11 ⟨"mi tanun nangava!⟩/mi tanun nangava!\

"Get it here!

12 ⟨

c

a ˙lugan ˙dumen dekas mare

c

demu."⟩/a ˙lugan ˙dumen dekas marek demu\We give a bundle for two ruffias."

13 ⟨"mihirı

c

agu heyo daru.⟩/mihirı agu heyo daru\

"Here are the cheap ones.

Page 163: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

159T10 cAbdullah ˙Sadiq: Mudarris vantakamuge lobi

14 ⟨do ˙lakas mare

c

."⟩/do ˙lakas marek\

One-and-a-half ruffia!"

15 ⟨"vakaru ba

c

lava

c

i gannavamu to?"⟩/vakaru ballavai gannavamu to?\"Will you buy coconut trunks?"

16 ⟨"mi dilifila gendavan vı nun to?"⟩/mi dilifila gendavan vı nun to?\

"Why don’t you take some planks from here?"

17 ⟨ ˙hilmı

c

adi ves kuri

c

as hingamun de

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmı adi ves kurias hingamun de eve\

Hilmy continued walking ahead,

18 ⟨

c

eki tantan vakivakin balamunneve.⟩/eki tantan vakivakin balamun eve\

looking in different directions at all the firewood.

19 ⟨ ˙hilmı hu

c ˙tunı

c

e tanga

c

i huri magu daru funñe

c

ge ka

c

irıga

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmı hu ˙t ˙tunı e tangai huri magu daru fuññekge kairıgai eve\

He stopped near a boy selling magoo firewood.

20 ⟨"kihine

c

daru?"⟩/kihinek daru?\"How much?"

21 ⟨"do ˙lakas mare

c

."⟩/do ˙lakas marek\

"One-and-a-half ruffia."

22 ⟨ ˙hilmı

c

as

c

is

c

e fula

c

i bala

c

ilevi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmıas is e fulai balailevijje eve\Hilmy stared at the young seller

23 ⟨do ˙lakas marek_e buni ku

c

ja

c

a dima

c

as ranga ˙las bala

c

ilevi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/do ˙lakas marek e buni kujja-ai dimaas ranga ˙las balailevijje eve\

and studied him carefully.

24 ⟨

c

ena

c

as yaqıneve.⟩/enaas yaqın eve\

He was certain

25 ⟨

c

e

c

a ˙dakı konme ves

c

iraku konme ves takun

c

enage kanfatuga

c

i jehifa

c

i va

c

a ˙dekeve.⟩/e a ˙dakı konme ves iraku konme ves takun enage kanfatugai jehifai va a ˙dek eve\

that he had heard this voice another place at another time.

26 ⟨ ˙hilmı bala

c

iluma

c

eku

c

e ku

c

jakas ves mına

c

a

c

i dima

c

as bala

c

ilevi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmı balailum-ai eku e kujjakas ves mına-ai dimaas balailevijje eve\

Simultaneously, the boy looked up at him.

Page 164: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

160 Short stories

27 ⟨hataru ka ˙li hama vuma

c

eku ku ˙da hu

c ˙tume

c c

arali

c

eve.⟩/hataru ka ˙li hama vum-ai eku ku ˙da hu ˙t ˙tumek arali eve\

Their eyes met, and there was a short pause.

28 ⟨

c

e

c

as fahu ade! ....⟩/eas fahu ade! ...\After that, alas!

29 ⟨daru vikkan huri ku

c

jage lolun nırali tan fenunı rıti karuna

c

eve.⟩/daru vikkan huri kujjage lolun nırali tan fenunı rıti karuna eve\

Tears trickled down the boy’s face.

30 ⟨ ˙hilmı varas bo ˙das

c

aja

c

ibu vi

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmı varas bo ˙das ajaibu vi eve\

Hilmy was very surprised.

31 ⟨nama ves

c

e tanun diha varakas maru daru genfa

c

i ge

c

in gena

c

i ku

c

ja

c

a ˙havalu kosfi

c

eve.⟩/nama ves e tanun diha varakas maru daru genfai gein genai kujja-ai ˙havalu kosfi eve\

He bought 10 bundles of firewood, and gave them to his carrier to take home.

32 ⟨"kon name

c

ta kiyanı?"⟩/kon namek ta kianı?\"What is your name?"

33 ⟨"nacımu. ˙hilmı

c

akas

c

a ˙lugan ˙du

c

engi

c

e

c

nu la

c

vane. nama ves

c

a ˙lugan ˙das ˙hilmı

c

enge.⟩/nacımu. ˙hilmıakas a ˙lugan ˙du engiek nu lavvane. nama ves a ˙lugan ˙das ˙hilmı enge\

"Naeem. Hilmy won’t know me, but I know Hilmy.

34 ⟨

c

a ˙lugan ˙dakı, ˙hilmıge darivare

c

."⟩/a ˙lugan ˙dakı, ˙hilmıge darivarek\

I was your student."

35 ⟨"

c

aharenge darivarek_e?"⟩/aharenge darivarek e?\

"My student?"

36 ⟨"la

c

ba.

c

a ˙lugan ˙du vaki vı skulge gre ˙d 4C

c

in.⟩/labba. a ˙lugan ˙du vaki vı skulge gre ˙d fosıin\"Yes. I left school when I was in grade 4C.

37 ⟨

c

a ˙lugan ˙duge namakı

c

a ˙hmadu nacımu.⟩/a ˙lugan ˙duge namakı a ˙hmadu nacımu\

My name is Ahmed Naeem.

38 ⟨

c

a ˙lugan ˙das

c

enge, ˙tıcarunnas huri ha kudinge name

c c

engi

c

e

c

nu la

c

vane kan.⟩/a ˙lugan ˙das enge, ˙tıcarunnas huri ha kudinge namek engiek nu lavvane kam\

I understand teachers don’t know all the students’ names.

39 ⟨

c

e gotakı

c

a ˙lugan ˙dumen handan kuran jehifa

c

i

c

onnanı

c

enme tirıhakas ˙tıcarunge nan.⟩/e gotakı a ˙lugan ˙dumen handan kuran jehifai onnanı ekme tirıhakas ˙tıcarunge nam\

We students only have to remember the names of 30 or so teachers.

40 ⟨

c

e

c

a xilafas ˙tıcarunnas handan kura

c

van jehe kudinge cadadu,

c

eta

c

sateka

c

aka gat kurane.⟩/ea xilafas ˙tıcarunnas handan kuravvan jehe kudinge cadadu, etak satekaak-ai gat kurane\

However, teachers must remember hundreds of names.

Page 165: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

161T10 cAbdullah ˙Sadiq: Mudarris vantakamuge lobi

41 ⟨vı ma,

c

e huri ha kudinge name

c

handane

c

ves nu kure

c

vane."⟩/vı ma, e huri ha kudinge namek handanek ves nu kurevvane\

You cannot recall them all."

42 ⟨ku

c

li

c

akas

c

ena te ˙ligenfi

c

eve.⟩/kulliakas ena te ˙ligenfi eve\Suddenly the boy jumped

43 ⟨hı vı dire

c

e

c

ce

c c

enage gayas

c

erı henneve.⟩/hı vı direk eccek enage gayas erı hen eve\

as if a live insect climbed on him,

44 ⟨

c

adi

c

e

c

a

c

eku konme ves

c

e

c

ce

c c

enage

c

atun du vegen

c

e dima bin ma

c

cas ve

c ˙ti

c

je

c

eve.⟩/adi ea eku konme ves eccek enage atun du vegen e dima bim maccas ve ˙t ˙tijje eve\

and something fell from his hand.

45 ⟨

c

e

c

ı singire ˙te

c

ge fil ˙tar(u) buri

c

ekeve.⟩/eı singire ˙tekge fil ˙tar(u) buriek eve\

It was a cigarette butt.

46 ⟨

c

e fil ˙tarun vaki vegen

c

e fil ˙taras vure kurin bin ma

c

cas ve

c ˙tifa

c

i

c

otı varas digu hudu

c

a ˙ligan ˙dekeve.⟩/e fil ˙tarun vaki vegen e fil ˙taras vure kurin bim maccas ve ˙t ˙tifai otı varas digu hudu a ˙ligan ˙dek eve\

Near the butt was a long piece of white ash.

47 ⟨"

c

an, miharu handan ve

c

je.⟩/an, miharu handan vejje\

"Yes, I remember, now.

48 ⟨

c

a ˙hmadu nacımu do!"⟩/a ˙hmadu nacımu do!\

You are Ahmed Naeem, aren’t you?"

49 ⟨ ˙hilmı mi

c

a ˙liko ˙las balan hurefa

c

i buneli

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmı mi a ˙liko ˙las balan hurefai buneli eve\

Hilmy eyed the cigarette ash.

50 ⟨"kihine

c

vegen ta skulun vaki vı?"⟩/kihinek vegen ta skulun vaki vı?\

"Why did you leave school?"

51 ⟨"promošan ˙tes ˙t dadi ka

c

iri vefa

c

i

c

o

c

va

c

a ˙luganduge manma bali vegen

c

engı ma rasas diya

c

ı.⟩/"promošan ˙tes ˙t dadi kairi vefai ovva a ˙luganduge mamma bali vegen engı ma rasas diaı\

"The promotion test was very close when they informed me my mother was sick, and I knew I must goback to my island.

52 ⟨

c

a ˙lugan ˙das rasas devunu

c

iru manma vanı mi dunye du kura

c

va

c

i

c

ane

c

duniye

c

as daturukura

c

vafa

c

i.⟩/a ˙lugan ˙das rasas devunu iru mamma vanı mi dunie du kuravvai anek dunieas daturu kuravvafai\

When I reached home, my mother had already left this world and gone to the other.

53 ⟨

c

a ˙lugan ˙du vanı

c

enme ku ˙da

c

iru ves lobuveti ba

c

pa

c

e

c

ge

c

ogaveri hiyalun ma ˙hrum vefa

c

i.⟩/a ˙lugan ˙du vanı ekme ku ˙da iru ves lobuveti bappaekge ogaveri hialun ma ˙hrum vefai\

Even as a small child, I was deprived of the love of a father."

Page 166: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

162 Short stories

54 ⟨"den heyo." nacımuge lolun fa

c

i bamun da karuna

c

ige de rongas varas gina

c

iru van den balanhurehurefa ˙hilmı

c

e vahaka hu

c ˙tevali

c

eve.⟩/den heyo. nacımuge lolun fai bamun da karuna inge de rongas varas gina iru van den balan

hurehurefa ˙hilmı e vahaka hu ˙t ˙tevali eve\Seeing Naeem’s tears, Hilmy halted his tale with, "Now stop,"

55 ⟨

c

adi xud

c

ena ves

c

is dasas jaha

c

ili

c

eve.⟩/adi xudu ena ves is dasas jahaili eve\

and dropped his gaze.

56 ⟨den ˙hilmı, nacımuge baga mıhasa

c

i

c

a

c

ibu va varas digu vefa

c

i huri tumbu ˙li mati mahas bala

c

ili

c

eve.⟩/den ˙hilmı, nacımuge baga mıhas-ai aibu va varas digu vefai huri tumbu ˙li mati mahas balaili eve\

Hilmy looked at Naeem’s old shirt, his untrimmed moustache and beard,

57 ⟨

c

adi tantanga

c

i foti

c

a ˙la

c

i, rodi

c

aruvafa

c

i huri fa ˙tlunasa

c

i fu ve

c ˙ten ta

c

yaru vefa

c

i huri fa

c

ivanasbalali

c

eve.⟩/adi tantangai foti a ˙lai, rodi aruvafai huri fa ˙tlunas-ai fu ve ˙t ˙ten tayyaru vefai huri faivanas balali eve\

and then at his patched trousers, and slippers, almost worn through.

58 ⟨ku ˙da ves ša

c

ke

c

neteve.⟩/ku ˙da ves šakkek net eve\

There was no doubt

59 ⟨

c

enme fa ˙lukan bo ˙du ˙haqıqatakı " ˙haluge duleve."⟩/ekme fa ˙lukam bo ˙du ˙haqıqatakı ˙haluge dul eve\

His state was miserable at any rate.

60 ⟨"den bunan."⟩/den bunan\

61 ⟨ ˙hilmı

c

ena

c

a dima

c

as balalafa

c

i buneli

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmı ena-ai dimaas balalafai buneli eve\

Hilmy glanced at him and said,

62 ⟨"ge

c

as gosfa

c

i vagute

c

libi

c

je nama mi re ha ga ˙di ba

c

i

c

ehakas ha

c

iru

c

aharemen ge

c

as gosla

c

i dı

c

inge!"⟩/geas gosfai vagutek libijje nama mi re ha ga ˙di bai ehakas hairu aharemen geas goslai dı inge!"\"If you have time, after you’ve finished work and gone home, come to my house around 6:30 p.m."

63 ⟨"la

c

ba!"

c

ena

c

ufulun fo ˙lilafa

c

i bunñeve.⟩/labba! ena ufulun fo ˙lilafai buni eve\

"Yes!" he answered, very happily.

64 ⟨fen bova

c

igenfa

c

i va mıhakas fen libene dima

c

as feni

c

je nama

c

e mıhaku

c

e dima

c

as kiha barakasdu

c

va

c

i gannane to

c

eve?⟩/fen bovaigenfai va mıhakas fen libene dimaas fenijje nama e mıhaku e dimaas kiha barakas duvvai

gannane to eve?\If a thirsty man sees a place where he can get water, he will run to that place as fast as possible.

Page 167: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

163T10 cAbdullah ˙Sadiq: Mudarris vantakamuge lobi

65 ⟨ban ˙du ha

c

i genfa

c

i va mıhakas ka

c

eti ko ˙le

c

dene mıhaku ve

c

je nama

c

e mıhaku mi dennevimıhaka dima

c

as kiha

c

i barakas du

c

va

c

i gannane to

c

eve?⟩/ban ˙du hai genfai va mıhakas ka eti ko ˙lek dene mıhaku vejje nama e mıhaku mi dennevi mıhak-ai

dimaas kihai barakas duvvai gannane to eve?\If offered food, how fast will a hungry man run to that person?

66 ⟨nacımu vanı,

c

enage

c

e hıteri

c

akas miha varas benun vefa

c

eve.⟩/nacımu vanı, enage e hıteriakas miha varas benun vefai eve\

Naeem was in need of a helper so badly.

67 ⟨nacımu fa

c

i ba hunna ge

c

as gos fen vara la

c

igen ˙hilmımen ge

c

a dima

c

as hinga

c

igatı

c

enage "defayakun" nuneve.⟩

/nacımu fai ba hunna geas gos fen vara laigen ˙hilmımen ge-ai dimaas hingaigatı enage de fayakunnun eve\

Going to where he was staying in Male’, Naeem showered, and then rushed towards Hilmy’s house.Not with his feet,

68 ⟨karakas vure ves haluvi duvelıga

c

i daturu kura mo ˙tosa

c

ikale

c

ga

c

i kahala

c

eve.⟩/karakas vure ves haluvi duvelıgai daturu kura mo ˙tosaikalekgai kahala eve\

he was even faster than a motorcycle or car.

69 ⟨nacımu varas birun hure ˙hilmımen ge dorosi hu ˙luvali

c

eve.⟩/nacımu varas birun hure ˙hilmımen ge dorosi hu ˙luvali eve\

Timidly, Naeem opened Hilmy’s door.

70 ⟨

c

e

c

iru,

c

ena

c

as fenunı dadi den me

c

aka jehen den mi tanga

c

i ku ˙len tibi de ku

c

jaku

c

e ge hanigo ˙literen la

c

igenc

e ko ˙las gos niva va taneve.⟩/e iru, enaas fenunı dadi den meak-ai jehen den mi tangai ku ˙len tibi de kujjaku e ge hanigo ˙li teren

laigen e ko ˙las gos niva va tan eve\Inside, he saw two children disappear into a narrow alleyway.

71 ⟨

c

iru ko ˙le

c

vanden hurelafa

c

i

c

e tanga

c

i huri rangabılakas

c

obali

c

eve.⟩/iru ko ˙lek vanden hurelafai e tangai huri rangabılakas obali eve\

He waited for some time, then pressed the doorbell.

72 ⟨ku

c

li

c

akas medu cumure

c

ge firihenaku mi ko ˙las

c

annatı feni

c

je

c

eve.⟩/kulliakas medu cumurekge firihenaku mi ko ˙las annatı fenijje eve\

Suddenly Naeem saw a middle-aged man approaching him.

73 ⟨

c

ena mun ˙dun

c

aruva jahalafa

c

i huri gotunna

c

i

c

atuga

c

i

c

ot fen de

c

etigan ˙dun

c

ena

c

e

c

a

c

ı gastakasfen den

c

u ˙lefa

c

i kan

c

enge

c

eve.⟩/ena mun ˙dun aruva jahalafai huri gotun-ai atugai ot fen de etigan ˙dun ena e aı gastakas fen den

u ˙lefai kam enge eve\From his tucked up sarong and the watering can in his hand, it was apparent that he was watering the

plants.

74 ⟨"kı

c

kura ku

c

je

c

?"⟩/kık kura kujjek?\

"What do you want?"

75 ⟨" ˙hilmı

c

u ˙lu

c

va to?"⟩/ ˙hilmı u ˙luvva to?\

"Is Hilmy at home?"

Page 168: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

164 Short stories

76 ⟨"

c

eba

c

u ˙lu

c

va. mi nan ganelanı. ma ˙du kosla!"⟩/eba u ˙luvva. mi nam ganelanı. ma ˙du kosla!\

"Yes. Wait, I will tell him."

77 ⟨

c

ena

c

e faratas diya ta ma gina

c

ire

c

nu ve, ˙hilmı nukume

c

je

c

eve.⟩/ena e faratas dia ta ma gina irek nu ve, ˙hilmı nukumejje eve.⟩

Not long after that man disappeared, Hilmy came out.

78 ⟨

c

ena

c

isını

c

e ge fen ˙da matıga

c

i huri bo ˙du

c

un ˙do

c

ye

c

ga

c

eve.⟩/ena isını e ge fen ˙da matıgai huri bo ˙du un ˙doyyekga eve\

He sat down on the big swing

79 ⟨

c

isınnamun

c

e tanga

c

i huri digu gon ˙di

c

akas

c

išarat koslafa

c

i nacımuge gatuga

c

i

c

isinnan bunñeve.⟩/isınnamun e tangai huri digu gon ˙diakas išarat koslafai nacımuge gatugai isinnan buni eve\

and showed Naeem a chair.

80 ⟨nacımu

c

e gon ˙dıga

c

i

c

isınde

c

je

c

eve.⟩/nacımu e gon ˙dıgai isındejje eve\

Naeem also sat down.

81 ⟨"kihine

c

ta tiya

c

u ˙le gege kanta

c

?" ˙hilmı

c

un ˙dolıge valuga

c

i vatun hifaha

c ˙talafa

c

i nacıma dima

c

asku ˙da kos lembilafa

c

i

c

ahali

c

eve.⟩/kihinek ta tia u ˙le gege kantak? ˙hilmı un ˙dolıge valugai vatun hifaha ˙t ˙talafai nacım-ai dimaas ku ˙da kos

lembilafai ahali eve\Hilmy held the swing’s rope with his left hand and, slightly bending towards Naeem, asked, "How are

things at the house where you are staying now?"

82 ⟨ ˙hilmı, nacıma dima

c

as balali

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmı, nacım-ai dimaas balali eve\

He considered Naeem,

83 ⟨mi faharu la

c

igen

c

in gamıs ranga ˙leve.⟩/mi faharu laigen in gamıs ranga ˙lu eve\noticing that the shirt was a little better,

84 ⟨nama ves giruvanuge

c

eterega

c

i huri da rongun

c

e gamıs donnan vefa

c

i va kama

c

i, konme vessababaka hure nu dovevifa

c

i va kan hama ve

c

eve.⟩/nama ves giruvanuge eteregai huri da rongun e gamıs donnan vefai va kam-ai, konme ves sababak-

ai hure nu dovevifai va kam hama ve eve\but the stain mark on the collar indicated that it needed washing

85 ⟨boluge

c

istasigan ˙du tat vefa

c

i huri hurumunna

c

i munu matıga

c

i huri teyokame

c

ge sababun fenvarafa

c

i

c

e vanı sa

c

iboni ko ˙le

c

ves nu la kan ranga ˙las visne

c

eve.⟩/boluge istasigan ˙du tat vefai huri hurumun-ai munu matıgai huri teyokamekge sababun fen varafai e

vanı saiboni ko ˙lek ves nu la kam ranga ˙las visne eve\and his oily face showed he had not used any soap.

86 ⟨"gege kanta

c

ranga ˙lu." nacımu bunñeve.⟩/gege kantak ranga ˙lu. nacımu buni eve\

"It’s all right," Naeem answered.

87 ⟨"ke

c

in bu

c

ima

c

i

c

anna

c

unuge kanta

c

ves ranga ˙lu.⟩/kein buim-ai annaunuge kantak ves ranga ˙lu\

"Food and clothing are also all right,

Page 169: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

165T10 cAbdullah ˙Sadiq: Mudarris vantakamuge lobi

88 ⟨nama ves gega

c

a

c

i gen beruga

c

i kuran jehe masa

c

katun duvalu da hataru dan

c

onnanı furifa."⟩/nama ves gegai-ai gen berugai kuran jehe masakkatun duvalu da hataru dam onnanı furifa\

but a lot of work has to be done at home and outside in the market."

89 ⟨

c

enage vahaka hıvanı te

c

tirıhuge ho ˙ligan ˙de

c

sa ˙lısfahakas ja

c

salafa

c

i huri henneve.⟩/enage vahaka hıvanı tettirıhuge ho ˙ligan ˙dek sa ˙lısfahakas jassalafai huri hen eve\

He related his story as if a 33 rpm record was being played at 45 rpm speed.

90 ⟨"

c

adi ba

c

e

c

rere masa

c

kat hunna gotun nidenı ves

c

egara bara jaha fahun.⟩/adi baek rere masakkat hunna gotun nidenı ves egara bara jaha fahun\

"And, some nights I get to sleep only after 11:00.

91 ⟨

c

a ˙lugan ˙du nu la hiku kiyava hit ve.⟩/a ˙lugan ˙du nu la hiku kiava hit ve\

I would like to learn a lot,

92 ⟨

c

ehen nama ves furatama kamakı ban ˙du furana mu

c

ti kurume

c

nun to."⟩/ehen nama ves furatama kamakı ban ˙du furana mutti kurumek nun to\

but first I have to find a way to eat, don’t I?

93 ⟨mi kahala ge

c

akas mi fe bunı ves

c

ehen vegen.⟩/mi kahala geakas mi fe bunı ves ehen vegen\

That’s why I came to this sort of house.

94 ⟨nama ves miha hisabas diya

c

i ma

c

a ˙lugan ˙dakas dene

c

nu kiyavane kan

c

a ˙lugan ˙das

c

engi

c

je.⟩/nama ves miha hisabas diai ma a ˙lugan ˙dakas denek nu kiavane kam a ˙lugan ˙das engijje\

But, now I know that I cannot learn anything.

95 ⟨

c

e

c

ı

c

a ˙lugan ˙dumen varuge nasıbu dera mıhunnas vevene kame

c

nun kan visni

c

je."⟩/eı a ˙lugan ˙dumen varuge nasıbu dera mıhunnas vevene kamek nun kan visnijje\

Education is not a thing for the unlucky."

96 ⟨nacımuge de lolun

c

e

c

ves hifehe

c ˙tume

c

neti karunata

c

fa

c

i ba

c

igateve.⟩/nacımuge de lolun ekves hifehe ˙t ˙tumek neti karunatak fai baigat eve\

There was no holding back the tears from Naeem’s eyes.

97 ⟨"

c

a ˙lugan ˙dakı mi kahala kame

c

minvaru kura

c

vafa

c

i va mıhakas vı namaka

c

a ˙lugan ˙du

c

e ha ku ˙da

c

iru

c

a ˙lugan ˙duge ba

c

pa

c

e

c

de mi

c

otumuge calamas dature

c

nu kure

c

vıs.⟩/a ˙lugan ˙dakı mi kahala kamek minvaru kuravvafai va mıhakas vı namaka a ˙lugan ˙du e ha ku ˙da iru

a ˙lugan ˙duge bappaek de mi otumuge calamas daturek nu kurevvıs\"If I was a person destined for it, my father would not have left me when I was so young,

98 ⟨

c

adi manma ves

c

e ha ku

c

li gote

c

ga

c

i kalange ra ˙hmatas dature

c

nu kure

c

vıs.⟩/adi mamma ves e ha kulli gotekgai kalange ra ˙hmatas daturek nu kurevvıs\

and my mother also would not have gone to God’s blessings so suddenly.

99 ⟨mi huri ha kame

c

mihen huruma

c

eku ves

c

a ˙lugan ˙du hada kiyava hite

c

ve

c

e.⟩/mi huri ha kamek mihen hurum-ai eku ves a ˙lugan ˙du hada kiava hitek ve e\

But still I like to learn,

100 ⟨ma

c

in bafa

c

in nagafa

c

i duniye matıga

c

i tibe

c

enme gat mıhunnakı kiyava

c

i de mıhun.⟩/main bafain nagafai dunie matıgai tibe ekme gat mıhunnakı kiavai de mıhun\

and, aside from parents, teachers are the most dependable people.

Page 170: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

166 Short stories

101 ⟨

c

ehen vı ma,

c

e

c

ves laduveti kame

c

neti

c

a ˙lugan ˙duge muda

c

risas

c

a ˙lugan ˙du

c

ades kuran

c

a ˙lugan ˙daskiyavane gote

c

ha

c

dava

c

i de

c

va!"⟩/ehen vı ma, ekves laduveti kamek neti a ˙lugan ˙duge mudarrisas a ˙lugan ˙du ades kuran a ˙lugan ˙das

kiavane gotek haddavai devva!\So, I do not feel shy to plead for you to teach me. Please, find a way for me!"

102 ⟨

c

ena

c

as gis levi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/enaas gis levijje eve\

By this time he was sobbing.

103 ⟨"nu ro

c

i nacımu."⟩/nu roi nacımu\

"Don’t cry, Naeem."

104 ⟨ ˙hilmıge

c

atun

c

e kan mana kurumas

c

išarat koslamun bunñeve.⟩/ ˙hilmıge atun e kam mana kurumas išarat koslamun buni eve\

Hilmy motioned with his hand to stop.

105 ⟨"hama ranga ˙lu vahaka

c

e

c

bunan.⟩/hama ranga ˙lu vahakaek bunan\

"Really,

106 ⟨nacımu fenifa

c

i nacımu vı dera fenifa

c

i

c

aharen mi ge

c

as

c

a

c

is den mi bunı ves

c

ahannas nacımastiya kahala fur ˙sate

c

hoda

c

i devi dane to balan vegen.⟩/nacımu fenifai nacımu vı dera fenifai aharen mi geas ais den mi bunı ves ahannas nacımas tiya

kahala fur ˙satek hodai devi dane to balan vegen\when I saw you, Naeem, and how sad you were, I told you to come here, to see whether I could

provide an educational opportunity for you.

107 ⟨

c

ahannas varas ranga ˙las nacımas vefa

c

i huri got

c

i ˙hsas kureve.⟩/ahannas varas ranga ˙las nacımas vefai huri got i ˙hsas kureve\

I understand very well what’s happened to you.

108 ⟨tiya kahala kantakuga

c

i ma ˙sla ˙hatas varas bo ˙das bayan jehene.⟩/tia kahala kantakugai ma ˙sla ˙hatas varas bo ˙das bayan jehene\But, in such cases, you must always see that nobody gets angry.

109 ⟨

c

enme furatama nacımu

c

e ge

c

as gos

c

e ge mıhun gatuga

c

i mi vahaka da

c

kalan jehene.⟩/ekme furatama nacımu e geas gos e ge mıhun gatugai mi vahaka dakkalan jehene\

First, go to your place and ask them about this opening.

110 ⟨

c

e mıhunge gatuga

c

i bune,

c

aharen muda

c

risaku

c

e ge

c

as

c

aharen gendavan benun ve

c

je

c

e.

c

ehenbuna

c

ce

c

inge!⟩/e mıhunge gatugai bune, aharen mudarrisaku e geas aharen gendavan benun vejje e. ehen

bunacce inge!\Tell them one of your teachers wants to keep you in his home!

111 ⟨den

c

annanı, kon

c

irakun?"⟩/den annanı, kon irakun?\

Then, when will you come back?"

112 ⟨nacımu lolun karuna fohelan

c

in gotas nazaru hingalafa

c

i ˙hilmı suvalu kosli

c

eve.⟩/nacımu lolun karuna fohelan in gotas nazaru hingalafai ˙hilmı suvalu kosli eve\

[Hilmy asked Naeem, cleaning the tears that had fallen from his eyes.]

Page 171: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

167T10 cAbdullah ˙Sadiq: Mudarris vantakamuge lobi

113 ⟨"

c

a ˙lugan ˙du benumı hama miharu mi vagutu ves mi gega

c

i hunnan.⟩/a ˙lugan ˙du benumı hama miharu mi vagutu ves mi gegai hunnan\

"From this instant, I want to be here.

114 ⟨vı ma,

c

a ˙lugan ˙du ge

c

as goslafa

c

i

c

annakas ma gina

c

ire

c

nu vane.⟩/vı ma, a ˙lugan ˙du geas goslafai annakas ma gina irek nu vane\

It won’t take much time to go and come back."

115 ⟨nacımu

c

e ge

c

in nukume

c

je

c

eve.⟩/nacımu e gein nukumejje eve\

Naeem left.

116 ⟨ ˙hilmı

c

e un ˙dolıga

c

i

c

is jahala

c

igen

c

ineve.⟩/ ˙hilmı e un ˙dolıgai is jahalaigen in eve\

Hilmy stayed in the swing, pondering the situation.

117 ⟨

c

eru ˙hilmı, hama

c

is jahala

c

igen

c

inı

c

akı nuneve.⟩/eru ˙hilmı, hama is jahalaigen inıakı nun eve\

118 ⟨

c

ena

c

inı, varas varugada xiyalutake

c

ge tere

c

as genbigenneve.⟩/ena inı, varas varugada xiyalutakekge tereas genbigenn eve\

119 ⟨ ˙hilmı hitas

c

ara

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmı hitas arai eve\It came to his mind,

120 ⟨"hada mo ˙lu ku

c

jekeve.⟩/hada mo ˙lu kujjek eve\

"He was an excellent student

121 ⟨huri ha ma

c

da

c

akas ves

c

ena hama

c

e ha mo ˙leve.⟩/huri ha maddaakas ves ena hama e ha mo ˙lu eve\

in all subjects,

122 ⟨liya le

c

ves

c

e ha rı

c

ceve.⟩/lia lek ves e ha rıti eve\

especially handwriting," he thought.

123 ⟨vahaka de

c

kumun mu ˙li skulun de faharu 1vana hodafa

c

i ve

c

eve.⟩/vahaka dekkumun mu ˙li skulun de faharu ekvana hodafai ve eve\

"And, he even got the first place in oratory.

124 ⟨skulge maja

c

laga

c

i

c

enme fahun

c

ena liyeli

c

ingiresi mazumunuge fen varu ranga ˙lukamun huri hamuda

c

risun tarıfu kure

c

vi

c

eve.⟩/skulge majallagai ekme fahun ena liyeli ingiresi mazumunuge fen varu ranga ˙lukamun huri ha

mudarrisun tarıfu kurevvi eve\All the teachers complimented his English essay in the school magazine.

125 ⟨nama ves huri ha ves kamakı taqdıreve.⟩/nama ves huri ha ves kamakı taqdır eve\

But everything depends on fate.

Page 172: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

168 Short stories

126 ⟨

c

e fakıras nikan

c

e dima vi got balaseve.⟩/e fakıras nikam e dima vi got balas eve\

See what has happened to him.

127 ⟨manma maruvı

c

eve.⟩/mamma maruvı eve\

His mother died,

128 ⟨

c

u ˙lene ranga ˙lu ge

c

e

c

ves nu libunı

c

eve!⟩/u ˙lene ranga ˙lu geek ves nu libunı eve!\and he didn’t get a good place to live.

129 ⟨

c

ena, ke.jı.

c

in fenigen mi hisabas gena

c

umuga

c

i

c

ahannas kos devifa

c

i va masa

c

kate

c

ves made

c

nuvane

c

eve.⟩/ena kejıin fenigen mi hisabas genaumugai ahannas kos devifai va masakkatek ves madek nu vane

eve\The work I did in bringing him from kindergarten to this level is more than enough.

130 ⟨masa

c

kate

c

fasafa

c

i nu nimenıs.⟩/masakkatek fasafai nu nimenıs\

However, if you start a work

131 ⟨hu

c ˙talumakı,

c

e masa

c

katuge nimume

c

nuneve.⟩/hu ˙t ˙talumakı, e masakkatuge nimumek nun eve\

you must also complete it.

132 ⟨c

enage taculımı masac

kat fesic

ekakı hama gac

imu vesc

ahanneve.⟩/enage taulımı masakkat fesi ekakı hama qaimu ves ahan eve\

I am also a person who started his education,

133 ⟨

c

ehen vı

c

iru

c

ena

c

e

c

cakas vanden

c

ena

c

as kiyava

c

i dinumakı,

c

aharenge ves masa

c

katakas nu ve

c

e

c

nu dane

c

eve.⟩/ehen vı iru ena eccakas vanden enaas kiavai dinumakı, aharenge ves masakkatakas nu veek nu

dane eve\so, to teach him until he becomes a man is sort of my duty.

134 ⟨mına mo ˙lu vegen qa

c

umuga

c

i furanı kon maqame

c

kan

c

engenı kakas he

c

yeve?⟩/mına mo ˙lu vegen qaumugai furanı kon maqamek kam engenı kakas heyo eve?\

Who knows what national post he will hold after his schooling?

135 ⟨

c

adi

c

ehen nun-as

c

e varas kiyavan

c

e de ku

c

jakas kiyava

c

i dinumakı, kiyava

c

igen tibe mıhunnaskos den jehene ves kamekeve.⟩

/adi ehen nun-as e varas kiavan e de kujjakas kiavai dinumakı, kiavaigen tibe mıhunnas kos denjehene ves kamek eve\

Besides, if he is so eager to learn, it’s required for those who know more to teach him.

136 ⟨

c

ahannas ves miharu

c

e varu ku

c

jaku gega

c

i behe

c ˙te varas fa

c

isa ko ˙le

c c

eba libe

c

eve.⟩/ahannas ves miharu e varu kujjaku gegai behe ˙t ˙te varas faisa ko ˙lek eba libe eve\

Now I earn enough to keep a boy in my house,

137 ⟨vı ma, nacımas

c

enage ge

c

lifa

c

i va mustaq bal hoda

c

i dinumuga

c

i

c

aharen

c

ehı nu van vı kı

c

vegenhe

c

yeve?⟩/vı ma, nacımas enage gellifai va mustaq bal hodai dinumugai aharen ehı nu van vı kık vegen heyo

eve?\so why shouldn’t I help Naeem retrieve his lost future?

Page 173: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

169T10 cAbdullah ˙Sadiq: Mudarris vantakamuge lobi

138 ⟨nacımu

c

e buni gotun ves

c

enage den huri

c

ehıteri

c

akı

c

enage muda

c

riseve.⟩/nacımu e buni gotun ves enage den huri ehıteriakı enage mudarris eve\

From what he said, his teacher is the sole person who could help him now.

139 ⟨

c

aharen

c

ena mi gega

c

i baha

c ˙tanameve.⟩/aharen ena mi gegai baha ˙t ˙tanam eve\

So, I will keep him here,

140 ⟨

c

aharen

c

ena

c

as kiyava

c

i denameve.⟩/aharen enaas kiavai denam eve\

educate him,

141 ⟨

c

aharen

c

ena

c

as mustaq bale

c

hoda

c

i denameve.⟩/aharen enaas mustaq balek hodai denam eve\

and give him a future."

142 ⟨...........⟩

*Ibrahim Fulhu’s wife’s anger was extreme.*

143 ⟨"

c

ena

c

as kon mustaq bale

c

hoda

c

i devenı kale

c

as?⟩/enaas kon mustaq balek hodai devenı kaleas?\

"What future is he going to provide you?

144 ⟨

c

e

c

ı, kalege muda

c

rise

c

vı ma tiya hitas

c

aranı kale la

c

va

c

ena

c

e

c

ves masa

c

kate

c

nu kuruvanekamas do!⟩

/eı, kalege mudarrisek vı ma tia hitas aranı kale lavva ena ekves masakkatek nu kuruvane kamasdo!\

Do you think that just because he’s your teacher he won’t give you any chores!

145 ⟨

c

ehen vane

c

e

c

nu.⟩/ehen vaneek nu\Don’t think so.

146 ⟨tiya ge

c

as kale gendan tiya

c

u ˙lenı hama kale la

c

va nokirı kuruvan.⟩/tia geas kale gendan tia u ˙lenı hama kale lavva nokirı kuruvan\

They want to take you to get someone to work for them.

147 ⟨gula nu ta ˙luvan.⟩/gula nu ta ˙luvan\

148 ⟨mi gega

c

i kale tanko ˙le

c

ranga ˙las masa

c

kat kos

c

u ˙le tan fenunı ma, ˙hilmıge hatgan ˙du kukulava

c

igatı.⟩/mi gegai kale tanko ˙lek ranga ˙las masakkat kos u ˙le tan fenunı ma, ˙hilmıge hatgan ˙du kuku lavaigatı\

Since they’ve seen you working so hard, Hilmy couldn’t rest until he got you.

149 ⟨male

c

aku miharaku nu ˙le tiya buna kahala mıhaku.⟩/maleaku miharaku nu u ˙le tia buna kahala mıhaku\

*In Male’, there are no such people now.*

150 ⟨

c

enme ranga ˙lu. kale de. mi ge

c

in nukume.⟩/ekme ranga ˙lu. kale de. mi gein nukume\

All right, you can go from this house,

Page 174: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

170 Short stories

151 ⟨

c

aharemen balanan ˙hilmı kale

c

as kiyava

c

i de tan.⟩/aharemen balanan ˙hilmı kaleas kiavai de tan\

but we will see how Hilmy teaches you.

152 ⟨

c

e

c

ı

c

aharemen nu danna ˙hilmı

c

e

c

vi

c

ya!"⟩/eı aharemen nu danna ˙hilmıek vi-ai!"\

We know this Hilmy very well."

153 ⟨

c

ibrahım fu ˙luge

c

anhenunge ru ˙li vanı,

c

ege ha

c

dun na

c ˙talafa

c

eve.⟩/ibrahım fu ˙luge anhenunge ru ˙li vanı, ege haddun na ˙t ˙talafa eve\

*Ibrahim Fulhu’s wife’s anger was extreme.*

154 ⟨nacımuge fosi nere

c

e ge fen ˙da ma

c

cas

c

e

c

lali

c

eve. nun, hurali

c

eve.⟩/nacımuge fosi nere e ge fen ˙da maccas ellali eve. nun, hurali eve\

She threw Naeem’s box of belongings out onto the veranda.

155 ⟨nacımu fosi kon ˙das la

c

igen, romun romun

c

e ge

c

in nukume

c

je

c

eve.⟩/nacımu fosi kon ˙das laigen, romun romun e gein nukumejje eve\

Naeem shouldered his box and started off, crying.

156 ⟨

c

ena

c

as ˙hilmımen ge

c

as devunu

c

iru ˙hilmı

c

inı bat kaseve.⟩/enaas ˙hilmımen geas devunu iru ˙hilmı inı bat kas eve\

When he reached Hilmy’s place, Hilmy was having his dinner.

157 ⟨

c

iruko ˙lakun mıhaku nukume nacımu gova

c

igen vanı getere

c

aseve.⟩/iruko ˙lakun mıhaku nukume nacımu govaigen vanı ge etereas eve\

After a few minutes, a man came and showed Naeem in.

158 ⟨fosi behe

c ˙tı

c

e ge ka ge

c

a gu ˙lifa

c

i hunna ko ˙tari

c

e

c

ga

c

eve.⟩/fosi behe ˙t ˙tı e ge ka ge-ai gu ˙lifai hunna ko ˙tariekgai eve\

Naeem’s things were placed in the room adjacent to the dining room.

159 ⟨ku ˙da

c

iruko ˙lakun nacımu fenunu

c

iru

c

ena

c

inı bat kaseve.⟩/ku ˙da iruko ˙lakun nacımu fenunu iru ena inı bat kas eve\

Soon, Naeem joined Hilmy at the dinner table,

160 ⟨ ˙hilmı

c

in mezuge

c

ane

c

faratuga

c

eve.⟩/ ˙hilmı in mezuge anek faratuga eve\

(sitting) vis-à-vis with Hilmy.

161 ⟨

c

e gega

c

i

c

u ˙le don ˙husa

c

in varas rı

c

cas bi

c

luri tasıge berun fohela

c

ifa

c

i nacımu ka

c

irıga

c

i fen tasibaha

c ˙tali

c

eve.⟩/e gegai u ˙le don ˙husain varas rıccas billuri tasıge berun fohelaifai nacımu kairıgai fen tasi baha ˙t ˙tali

eve\Don Hussain, the servant, cleaned a tumbler very carefully and served Naeem water.

Page 175: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

Fairy tales and

Fables

T11: Anga gada miturai, anga ma ˙du mituru (1)

“The two friends and Santhimariyanbu”

Male: cAbdullah ˙Sadiq*; A ˙d ˙du: ˙Hassan Sacıd

* The text in the standard language was published in a newspaper; cp. fig. 2, p. 174. The translation intoEnglish appeared in Finiashi: Heard in the Islands, ed. L. PRUNER, vol. 1, Male 1988, 1 ff.

Page 176: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

172 Fairy tales and Fables

1 ⟨

c

aga gada mitura

c

aga ma ˙du mitura mi

c

ı varas bo ˙du de

c

ekuverınneve.⟩/anga gada mitura anga ma ˙du mitura miı varas bo ˙du de ekuverın eve\

anga gada miturai anga ma ˙da miturai de vennakı (verinakı) de ra ˙t ˙tehin (rahumatterin).Anga Gadha Mithuru and Anga Madu Mithuru were two good friends.

2 ⟨

c

e

c

re

c

aku,

c

aga ma ˙du mituru binbi mafus ka

c

igen

c

atiri matıga

c

i⟩/ek reaku, anga ma ˙du mituru bimbi mafus kaigen atiri matıgai\

ed reaki bimbi maufisi keuma

c

faha

c

, anga ma ˙da mitura gonodasa

c

ebege.One night, after eating bimbi maafuh, Anga Madu Mithuru went to the beach.

3 ⟨huri ho ˙lu

c

a

c ˙te

c

ga

c

i nidafa

c

i

c

o

c

va⟩/huri ho ˙lu a ˙t ˙tekgai nidafai ovva\

ede ho ˙lo asaki irın, (den ede) nida

c

vesio

c

.He sat on a holhu ashi, then, lay down to sleep on it.

4 ⟨santi mariyabu

c

a

c

is⟩/santi mariyambu ais\

maufıse vas dovagen, santumaria anga ma ˙da mitura nidau o

c

velei bai.Drawn by the smell of maafuh, Santhimariyanbu came to Anga Madu Mithuru while he slept,

5 ⟨

c

aga ma ˙du mituruge huri ha dattake

c

lu

c

safa

c

i varas a dattake

c

jaha

c

i dıfi

c

eve.⟩/anga ma ˙du mituruge huri ha dattakek lussafai varas a dattakek jahai dıfi eve.\

eage da

c

nagalai, ehen kahalei au da

c

se ˙ta

c

jahafi.removed his teeth, and replaced them with a nice, new set of teeth.

6 ⟨hedunu

c

aga gada mituruge ge

c

as di

c

umun,⟩/hendunu anga gada mituruge geas diumun,\

hennai, anga ma ˙da mitura ege ra ˙t ˙tehi anga gada mitura ekahau ebege.In the morning, Anga Madu Mithuru visited his friend, Anga Gadha Mithuru.

7 ⟨

c

aha

c

ifi

c

eve. "tiya

c

ı, kale kihine

c

jehi datpila

c

e

c

he

c

yeve."⟩/ahaifi eve. tiaı, kale kihinek jehi datpilaek heyo eve.\

ea

c

angai tibi au da

c

fenifei, anga ma ˙da mitura

c

e libe ˙nei kehennaka

c

tau ehi.On seeing his friend’s nice new teeth, Anga Gadha Mithuru asked how he got them.

8 ⟨bunñeve.

c

aharen mafus ka

c

igen

c

atiri matı ho ˙lu

c

asıga

c

i nidifa

c

o

c

va, santi mariyabu

c

a

c

is jahadinıtı

c

eve."⟩/buni eve. aharen mafus kaigen atiri matı ho ˙lu asıgai nidifa ovva, santi mariyambu ais jaha dinıtı

eve.\anga ma ˙da mitura santumariage vahaka kei derefei, ea

c

e da

c

dinı ea kamas be ˙ni.Anga Madu Mithuru told him the story of Santhimariyanbu and how she gave him the nice teeth.

9 ⟨

c

e

c

a ˙du

c

ahafa

c

i

c

aga gada mituru bunñeve.⟩/e a ˙du ahafai anga gada mituru buni eve.\

mi vahaka a ˙da ehuma

c

fahi anga gada mitura be ˙ni mi reakı timage rei au.After hearing the story, Anga Gadha Mithuru said, "Tonight is my night.

10 ⟨mi re

c

aharen ti

c

a taga

c

i

c

onnanameve.⟩/mi re aharen tia tagai onnanam eve.\

ava etan mi rei esun.I will be there tonight."

Page 177: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

173T11 Anga gada miturai, anga ma ˙du mituru (1)

11 ⟨

c

e re mafus ka

c

igen ho ˙lu

c

asıga

c

i

c

aga gada mituru

c

o

c

va⟩/e re mafus kaigen ho ˙lu asıgai anga gada mituru ovva\

ehen vi mei, e rei anga gada mitura maufisi kagen e ede vesio

c

eage rahumatteria kurie rei vesio

c

tani.So, that night, Anga Gadha Mithuru ate maafuh and lay down on the same bed his friend used the

previous night.

12 ⟨santi mariyabas mafus vas duva

c

igen

c

a

c

is⟩/santi mariyambas mafus vas duvaigen ais\

kudu velake ˙da

c

fahun maufıse vas libigen santumaria anga gada mitura

c

ekaha

c

bai.After a while, drawn by the smell of the maafuh, Santhimariyanbu came to Anga Gadha Mithuru,

13 ⟨datta

c

lu

c

safa

c

i

c

e datta

c

gonñas

c

a ˙la

c

i⟩/dattak lussafai e dattak goññas a ˙lai\

e angai tibi da

c

nagafei ea ati o

c

kota ˙lau e ˙dafi.pulled out his teeth and put them in her sack.

14 ⟨

c

alun dattake

c

jahan kamas koludate

c

jehi tanı,

c

aga gada mituru bunñeve.⟩/alun dattakek jahan kamas koludatek jehi tanı, anga gada mituru buni eve.\

au da

c

angai jaha fa ˙t ˙taga

c

, santumaria angai da ˙la tayyara ke ˙da ko

c

anga ma ˙da mitura be ˙nı:Then she started replacing them with nice, new teeth. Just as Santhimariyanbu was setting one molar

tooth in place, Anga Gadha Mithuru said,

15 ⟨"

c

e mituruge dattakas vure rıti kos deti!

c

ige"

c

eve.⟩/e mituruge dattakas vure rıti kos deti! inge eve.\

"balafele ma angai tibi au da

c

afage ra ˙t ˙tehi mıha

c

angai tibi datav vanı ma riveti (au)"."Please see that my new teeth are nicer than my friend’s."

16 ⟨mihen hama bunumun gat birun santi mariyabuge

c

atuga huri datta

c

aga gada mituruge

c

agayas

c

ukalafa

c

i duve higa

c

je

c

eve. den datta

c

hurı hunnane gotakaseve.⟩/mihen hama bunumun gat birun santi mariyambuge atuga huri dattak anga gada mituruge angayas

ukalafai duve hingajje eve. den dattak hurı hunnane gotakas eve.\ee mehen be ˙ni a ˙da ahafei, santumaria biri ginagen ea ati o

c

dabaha (kota ˙la) ban ˙dun jahalai, ee mi ˙limu ˙nu mati datun forovalai ebege.

Hearing him speak, Santhimariyanbu was so frightened that she upset her whole bag and ran away,leaving him covered with teeth sticking to his face.

17 ⟨mi kama varas dera vegen⟩/mi kam-ai varas dera vegen\

anga gada mitura mi kamai deetere vara

c

hitama koffi.Anga Gadha Mithuru was very sad about this.

18 ⟨

c

aga ma ˙du mituruge ge

c

as diya ma, varas malamat kos

c

e

c

ceti kiya hedi

c

eve.⟩/anga ma ˙du mituruge geas dia ma, varas malamat kos ecceti kia hedi eve.\

hennai ege rahumatteri anga gada mitura

c

ekaha

c

ge mei, ede malama

c

koffei ihafi.In the morning, when he visited his friend, Anga Madu Mithuru laughed and made fun of him.

Page 178: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

174 Fairy tales and Fables

Fig. 2: Anga gada mitura, anga ma ˙du mitura (1 and 2) (cAbdullah ˙Sadiq)

Page 179: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T12: Anga gada miturai, anga ma ˙du mituru (2)

"The two friends and the flying jar"

Male: cAbdullah ˙Sadiq*

* The text in the standard language was published in a newspaper; cp. fig. 2, p. 174. The English translationappeared in Finiashi: Heard in the Islands, ed. L. PRUNER, vol. 3, Male 1988, 1 ff.

Page 180: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

176 Fairy tales and Fables

1 ⟨

c

ane

c

duvahaku, de miturun havıru finñas higalan nukume

c

je

c

eve.⟩/anek duvahaku, de miturun havıru fiññas hingalan nukumejje eve.\

One evening Anga Gadha Mithuru and Anga Madu Mithuru went for a stroll.

2 ⟨higamun higamun gos kore

c

ge

c

a

c

seri

c

as nukumevi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/hingamun hingamun gos korekge asserias nukumevijje eve.\

They reached the beach when it was almost sunset.

3 ⟨

c

e ha tanas devunu tana

c

iru

c

o

c

sen ka

c

iri vefa vale

c

bo ˙dukamun, ge

c

as di

c

umas vahaka da

c

ka

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/e ha tanas devunu tan-ai iru ossen kairi vefa valek bo ˙dukamun, geas diumas vahaka dakkaifi eve.\

Just as it was getting dark, Anga Gadha Mithuru decided to go back.

4 ⟨

c

e kamaku,

c

aga ma ˙du mituru ge

c

as da hite

c

nu tveve.⟩/e kamaku, anga ma ˙du mituru geas da hitek nu tu eve.\

But, as Anga Madu Mithuru did not want to,

5 ⟨mihen ve ge

c

as

c

annan jehunı,

c

aga gada mituru

c

ekanñeve.⟩/mihen ve geas annan jehunı, anga gada mituru ekani eve.\

Anga Gadha Mithuru returned home alone.

6 ⟨

c

aga ma ˙du mituru koruge

c

a

c

serıga

c

i hurelafa

c

i, tantan balamun higamun higamun dani kosfenunı

c

e tage gahe

c

ka

c

irıga

c

i huri ja ˙di

c

ekeve.⟩/anga ma ˙du mituru koruge asserıgai hurelafai, tantan balamun hingamun hingamun dani kos fenunı

e tage gahek kairıgai huri ja ˙diek eve.\After walking a little farther, Anga Madu Mithuru saw a huge jar near a tree.

7 ⟨mi ja ˙di fenigen

c

aga ma ˙du mituru gos

c

e ja ˙di

c

as

c

erefi

c

eve.⟩/mi ja ˙di fenigen anga ma ˙du mituru gos e ja ˙dias erefi eve.\

He went up to it, and,

8 ⟨

c

eru

c

iru

c

o

c

si

c

adiri ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/eru iru ossi andiri vejje eve.\

seeing it empty, decided to spend the night inside the jar.

9 ⟨danba

c

e

c c

a ˙lafa

c

i

c

aga ma ˙du mituras teduvevunı, ja ˙di ka

c

irin bayaku vahaka da

c

ka

c

a ˙du

c

ivigenneve.⟩/dambaek a ˙lafai anga ma ˙du mituras teduvevunı, ja ˙di kairin bayaku vahaka dakka a ˙du ivigen eve.\

Late in the night, he was awakened by whispering outside the jar.

10 ⟨

c

a ˙du hurı

c

eku lava lafa

c

eve.⟩/a ˙du hurı eku lava lafa eve.\

Listening carefully,

11 ⟨visnali

c

iru,

c

e

c

ı, kotaru bayakeve.⟩/visnali iru, eı, kotaru bayak eve.\

he realised this was made by a lot of pigeons.

12 ⟨

c

iru ko ˙lakun, ras kotaru digu magu ku ˙li

c

as ku ˙li jahafa

c

i, kuru magu ku ˙li

c

as ku ˙li jahafa

c

i, ja ˙dimatin tin faharu funma

c

igen di

c

umas fahu,

c

iven fesı, lava

c

e

c

ge

c

a ˙deve.⟩/iru ko ˙lakun, ras kotaru digu magu ku ˙lias ku ˙li jahafai, kuru magu ku ˙lias ku ˙li jahafai, ja ˙di matin tin

faharu fummaigen diumas fahu, iven fesı, lavaekge a ˙du eve.\The king pigeon did a sword folk dance, and jumped over the jar three times. Next, the pigeons started

singing a song,

Page 181: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

177T12 Anga gada miturai, anga ma ˙du mituru (2)

13 ⟨re

c

as vuren mi re bar_e,

c

e re

c

as vure mi re bar_e".⟩/reas vuren mi re baru e, e reas vure mi re baru e.\

"Tonight it’s heavier than last night."

14 ⟨mi lava

c

ige

c

a ˙da

c

i

c

eku ja ˙di ma

c

cas

c

aran fasa

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/mi lavaige a ˙dai eku ja ˙di maccas aran fasaifi eve.\

And, with the singing of that song, Anga Madu Mithuru felt the jar rising up.

15 ⟨

c

aramun

c

aramun gos duniye vas kuburakas vı ma,

c

ekati

c

aneka

c

cas buna

c

a ˙du

c

ive

c

eve.⟩/aramun aramun gos dunie vas kumburakas vı ma, ekati anekaccas buna a ˙du ive eve.\

It rose up and up until the earth became a small ball. Anga Madu Mithuru heard the pigeons askingeach other,

16 ⟨mi re gendanı, kon bimakas he

c

yeve? bune

c

peve.⟩/mi re gendanı, kon bimakas heyo eve? bunefi eve.\

"Where shall we take the jar tonight?"

17 ⟨mi re gendanı lo bimas

c

eve.⟩/mi re gendanı lo bimas eve.\

"Tonight we’ll take it to the bronze land."

18 ⟨

c

iru ko ˙lakun tane

c

ga

c

i baha

c ˙ta

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/iru ko ˙lakun tanekgai baha ˙t ˙taifi eve.\

Then he felt the jar lowered and being set down somewhere.

19 ⟨ja ˙din nukut

c

iru,

c

e sorumen

c

e duhi gos vanı, ma duruga

c

eve.⟩/ja ˙din nukut iru, e sorumen e duhi gos vanı, ma durugai eve.\

After the pigeons flew away, he came out of the jar, and started walking around.

20 ⟨

c

aga ma ˙du mituru

c

e bimas fa

c

iba higala hedumas fahu

c

e tage gasgahun meva bide, ka

c

ihada

c

igen ja ˙di

c

as vade

c

je

c

eve.⟩/anga ma ˙du mituru e bimas faiba hingala hedumas fahu e tage gasgahun meva binde, kai hadaigen

ja ˙dias vadejje eve.\He saw lots of fruit trees. After eating some fruit, he went back to sleep in the jar.

21 ⟨

c

ane

c

duvas vefa

c

i

c

iru

c

ossi

c

ehakas

c

iru vumun, kotaruta

c c

atu ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/anek duvas vefai iru ossi ehakas iru vumun, kotarutak atu vejje eve.\

The next day, at the same time in the evening he heard the same noises as the night before,

22 ⟨ras kotaru digu magu ku ˙li

c

as ku ˙li jaha kuru magu ku ˙lias ku ˙li jaha ja ˙di matin tin faharufunma

c

igen di

c

umas fahu,

c

e

c

kala lava kiyafa

c

i ja ˙di

c

ufu

c

lan fasa

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/ras kotaru digu magu ku ˙lias ku ˙li jaha kuru magu ku ˙lias ku ˙li jaha ja ˙di matin tin faharu fummaigen

diumas fahu, ek kala lava kiafai ja ˙di ufullan fasaifi eve.\and the king pigeon did the same warlike folk dance as on the previous day. With the song "Tonight

it’s heavier than last night,"

23 ⟨ma

c

cas

c

ara duniye vas kuburakas vı ma, ras kotaru

c

ahali

c

eve.⟩/maccas ara dunie vas kumburakas vı ma, ras kotaru ahali eve.\

he felt the jar rising. Again, as it rose up until the earth became a small ball the king pigeon asked,

24 ⟨mi re gendanı, kon bimakas he

c

yeve? bunñeve.⟩/mi re gendanı, kon bimakas heyo eve? buni eve.\

"Where shall we take the jar tonight?"

Page 182: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

178 Fairy tales and Fables

25 ⟨mi re gendanı, rihi bimaseve.⟩/mi re gendanı, rihi bimas eve.\

"Tonight we’ll take it to the silver land," answered the others.

26 ⟨

c

iru ko ˙lakun ja ˙di tane

c

ga

c

i baha

c ˙tafa

c

i, kotaruta

c

diya ma,

c

e bimas fa

c

iba ku ˙da rihi ko ˙le

c

ja ˙di

c

as lahedumas fahu, meva ka

c

igen ja ˙di

c

as vade

c

o

c

va

c

iru

c

ossi

c

adiri ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/iru ko ˙lakun ja ˙di tanekgai baha ˙t ˙tafai, kotarutak dia ma, e bimas faiba ku ˙da rihi ko ˙lek ja ˙dias la

hedumas fahu, meva kaigen ja ˙dias vade ovva iru ossi andiri vejje eve.\After some time, Anga Madu Mithuru felt the jar being lowered onto the ground, and heard the pigeons

leaving. Slowly, he crept out of the jar. There was silver everywhere. Seeing fruit trees, he ate theirfruit and collected some silver. Then he got back in the jar.

27 ⟨hama nidili tana

c

eku hen kotarutakuge

c

a ˙du

c

ivi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/hama nidili tan-ai eku hen kotarutakuge a ˙du ivijje eve.\

That night, once again,

28 ⟨kurı re fada

c

in kanta

c

kurumas fahu, ja ˙di hifa

c

igen,

c

uduhen fasa

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/kurı re fadain kantak kurumas fahu, ja ˙di hifaigen, uduhen fasaifi eve.\

the same events took place as before.

29 ⟨duniye vas kuburakas vı ma, ras kotaru

c

aha

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/dunie vas kumburakas vı ma, ras kotaru ahaifi eve.\

He heard the king pigeon ask the others

30 ⟨mi re gendanı, kon bimakas he

c

yeve? bunñeve.⟩/mi re gendanı, kon bimakas heyo eve? buni eve.\

where they should take the jar.

31 ⟨mi re gendanı, ran bimaseve.⟩/mi re gendanı, ran bimas eve.\

They answered that they would take the jar to the golden land.

32 ⟨

c

iru ko ˙le

c

vumun, ja ˙di tane

c

ga

c

i baha

c ˙tafa

c

i, kotaruta

c

higa

c

je

c

eve.⟩/iru ko ˙lek vumun, ja ˙di tanekgai baha ˙t ˙tafai, kotarutak hingajje eve.\

In a little while he felt the jar being lowered onto the ground and heard the pigeons fly away.

33 ⟨

c

aga ma ˙du mituru ja ˙din

c

ara, bin ma

c

cas febi

c

iru, tede

c

me

c

eve.⟩/anga ma ˙du mituru ja ˙din ara, bin maccas febi iru, tedek-me eve.\

Anga Madu Mithuru crawled out of the jar and saw that what the pigeons said was true.

34 ⟨hus raneve.⟩/hus ran eve.\

There was gold all around him.

35 ⟨den benun varakas ranta

c

naga

c

i gengenes ja ˙di

c

as

c

a ˙la hada

c

igen vade

c

o

c

va kotaruta

c c

atu ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/den benun varakas rantak nagai gengenes ja ˙dias a ˙la hadaigen vade ovva kotarutak atu vejje eve.\He collected as much gold as he wanted and got back into the jar. During the night, the pigeons came

back for the jar again.

Page 183: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

179T12 Anga gada miturai, anga ma ˙du mituru (2)

36 ⟨

c

e sahitu ras kotaru digu magu ku ˙li

c

as ku ˙li jaha kuru magu ku ˙li

c

as ku ˙li jaha hedumas fahu, ja ˙dimatin tin faharu funma

c

igen gosfa ja ˙di

c

ufulan

c

anga

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/e sahitu ras kotaru digu magu ku ˙lias ku ˙li jaha kuru magu ku ˙lias ku ˙li jaha hedumas fahu, ja ˙di

matin tin faharu fummaigen gosfa ja ˙di ufulan angaifi eve.\On the way, he heard them singing again,

37 ⟨"re

c

as vure mi re bar_e!

c

e re

c

as vure mi re bar_e!" kiyamun ja ˙di hifa

c

igen

c

uduhi

c

a

c

is

c

ihas vesja ˙di huri taga

c

i baha

c ˙ta

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/reas vure mi re bar e! e reas vure mi re bar e!" kiamun ja ˙di hifaigen uduhi ais ihas ves ja ˙di huri

tagai baha ˙t ˙taifi eve.\"Tonight it’s heavier than last night," and with that they lifted the jar and rose up high until the earth

became a small ball.

38 ⟨

c

e sorumen di

c

umun ja ˙din

c

ara ge

c

as ranta

c c

ufu

c

la

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/e sorumen diumun ja ˙din ara geas rantak ufullaifi eve.\

Finally, they lowered the jar to its original place near the beach. After the pigeons left, Anga MaduMithuru got out of the jar, and took the silver and gold home with him.

39 ⟨mi kan

c

aga gada mituras

c

egigen

c

aha

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/mi kan anga gada mituras engigen ahaifi eve.\

Somehow, Anga Gadha Mithuru learned that his friend had come across a lot of gold.

40 ⟨"kale

c

as miha, rantake

c

libunı kon takun he

c

yeve?"⟩/kaleas miha, rantakek libunı kon takun heyo eve?\

and was very curious to know how he got it.

41 ⟨denc

aga ma ˙du mituru, hamac

ekani ran bimas tiya re, vı huri ha gotec

kiya dınin vı ma,c

agagada mituru bunñeve.⟩

/den anga ma ˙du mituru, hama ekani ran bimas tia re, vı huri ha gotek kia dınin vı ma, anga gadamituru buni eve.\

When Anga Gadha Mithuru asked him how it happened, Anga Madu Mithuru related the story of thelast night, when he visited the golden land.

42 ⟨

c

ahannas

c

e ja ˙di da

c

kan hingaseve.⟩/ahannas e ja ˙di dakkan hingas eve.\

Anga Gadha Mithuru was truly anxious to go and gather the gold,

43 ⟨den de miturun

c

ekı ga

c

e tanas higa

c

je

c

eve.⟩/den de miturun ekıgai e tanas hingajje eve.\so Anga Madu Mithuru showed him the jar.

44 ⟨balakas nu hur

c

aga gada mituru

c

e ja ˙di

c

as vade

c

je

c

eve.⟩/balakas nu hure anga gada mituru e ja ˙dias vadejje eve.\

Quickly, Anga Gadha Mithuru climbed into the jar

45 ⟨dan ba

c

e

c c

a ˙lafa

c

i,

c

e

c

kala kotaruta

c c

a

c

is ras kotaru digu magu ku ˙li

c

as ku ˙li jaha kuru magu ku ˙li

c

asku ˙li jahafa

c

i ja ˙di matin tin faharu gosfa

c

i ja ˙di hifa

c

igen

c

udu

c

sa

c

igenfi

c

eve.⟩/dan baek a ˙lafai, ek kala kotarutak ais ras kotaru digu magu ku ˙lias ku ˙li jaha kuru magu ku ˙lias ku ˙li

jahafai ja ˙di matin tin faharu gosfai ja ˙di hifaigen udussaigenfi eve.\and waited for the pigeons to come that night. Anga Gadha Mithuru heard the king pigeon doing his

dance,

Page 184: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

180 Fairy tales and Fables

46 ⟨"mi re ves" kiyanı, "reyas vuren mi re bar_e,

c

e re

c

as vure mi re bar_e ..." mi henneve.⟩/mi re ves, kianı, reas vuren mi re bar e, e reas vure mi re bar e ... mi hen eve.\

and with the song, "Tonight it’s heavier than last night,"

47 ⟨ma

c

cas

c

ara, duniye vas kuburakas vı ma, bune

c

peve.⟩/maccas ara, dunie vas kumburakas vı ma, bunefi eve.\

the pigeons lifted the jar and rose up until the earth became a small ball.

48 ⟨"mi re baha

c ˙tanı kon bime

c

ga

c

i he

c

yeve?" bunñeve.⟩/mi re baha ˙t ˙tanı kon bimekgai heyo eve? buni eve.\

The king pigeon asked "Where shall we take it tonight?"

49 ⟨"lo bimuga

c

eve."⟩/lo bimugai eve.\

The others replied, "We’ll take it to the bronze land."

50 ⟨hama bunumun

c

aga gada mituru

c

ovelafa

c

i bunefi

c

eve.⟩/hama bunumun anga gada mituru ovelafai bunefi eve.\

On hearing this, Anga Gadha Mithuru exclaimed,

51 ⟨"nunekeve!⟩/nunek eve!\

"No! no.

52 ⟨mi re ves gendan vanı, hama ran bimaseve.⟩/mi re ves gendan vanı, hama ran bimas eve.\

Tonight you must take it to the golden land also.

53 ⟨

c

aharen vi

c

ya, vakin lo bimas gen gos gen ve dane he

c

yeve?⟩/aharen vi-ai, vakin lo bimas gen gos gen ve dane heyo eve?\

Just because it is me, why should you take it to the bronze land?"

54 ⟨ja ˙di tere

c

in

c

a ˙de

c c

ivunu ha

c

i

c

irun huri ha kotaru ja ˙di

c

aka ja ˙di

c

eke kiyafa

c

i du koslumun

c

a

c

is binmatıga

c

i jehunu jehunun ja ˙di te ˙li,

c

aga gada mituru fis fis ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/ja ˙di terein a ˙dek ivunu hai irun huri ha kotaru ja ˙diak-ai ja ˙diek e kiafai du koslumun ais bim matıgai

jehunu jehunun ja ˙di te ˙li, anga gada mituru fis fis vejje eve.\Terrified at the noise coming from inside the jar, the pigeons let it go. Down came the jar with Anga

Gadha Mithuru.

Page 185: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T13: Fu ˙lu digu han ˙dige vahaka

The devil with the long navel

Male: cAbdullah ˙Sadiq*; Fua

c

Mulaku: Aminat Mu ˙hammad Sacıd

* The text in the standard language was published in a newspaper; cp. fig. 3, p. 188.

Page 186: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

182 Fairy tales and Fables

1

M⟨

c

e ba

c

u ˙leye,

c

e ba

c

u ˙leye,

c

a

c

imina bı

c

a

c

i, hasan takura, mi de mafirin

c

idegen

c

u ˙leta ku ˙daduvasko ˙le

c

ge fahun hasan takuru fura

c

igen, daturaku higa

c

je

c

eve.⟩/e ba u ˙le-e, e ba u ˙le-e, amina bı-ai, hasan takur-ai, mi de mafirin indegen u ˙leta ku ˙da duvasko ˙lekge

fahun hasan takuru furaigen, daturaku hingajje eve.\Once there lived Aminat Bı and Hassan Takuru. A certain time after having got married, Hassan Takuru

embarked for a journey.F ed duvaheki vendunai amina bı ai ke mıhaku.

ek duvaheki vendunaı amina bı ai ke mıhaku.Once there lived a (wo)man called Amina Bı.

2

M⟨

c

ege fahun,

c

e

c

duvahaku, havıru

c

a

c

imina bı,

c

e rasu hukuru kura ma miskitu va ˙lu dosas fen balahiga

c

je

c

eve.⟩/ege fahun, ek duvahaku, havıru amina bı, e rasu hukuru kura ma miskitu va ˙lu dosas fen bala

hingajje eve.\One day, (a little bit) later, Aminat Bı went to the well of the great Friday mosque of her island in the

evening in order to fetch (some) water.F e mıha ebage ai miskite va ˙do doraha fen e ˙danna.

e mıha ebage ai miskite va ˙do doraha fen e ˙danna.That woman (lit. "person") went to the well of the mosque to fetch (lit. "pluck") some water.

3

M⟨

c

a

c

imına bı fen furan fasafa balali tana fenunı miskitu gibula vı faratuga

c

i "fu ˙ludigi han ˙di" kasbolu nasi ga ˙dakun, bolas veli furan

c

inda

c

eve.⟩/amına bı fen furan fasafa balali tan-ai fenunı miskitu gibula vı faratugai fu ˙ludigi han ˙di kas bolu

nasi gan ˙dakun, bolas veli furan indai eve.\When Aminat Bı, while starting filling in water, looked around, she saw the devil with the long navel

who, being aside the Qibla, was shovelling bone sand onto (his) head with a coconut shell.F goho, hisu velai, fu ˙ludigi handi hısı naisakaha ka

c

veli e ˙dan bolaha furanna.goho, hisu velai, fu ˙ludigi handi hısı naisakaha kas veli e ˙dan bolaha furanna.

When she went there, the devil with the long navel was just filling some bone sand, which he hadcollected in a coconut shell, onto his head.

4

M⟨

c

a

c

imına bı gat birun, ba ˙diya kihili jaha

c

igen, duvefa gos,

c

e hisabu ga ˙duge mıhunge gatuga

c

i, mivahaka bunefi

c

eve.⟩/amına bı gat birun, ba ˙diya kihili jahaigen, duvefa gos, e hisabu gan ˙duge mıhunge gatugai, mi

vahaka bunefi eve.\Aminat Bı was frightened, (she) ran away crying and told this story to the (other) people.

F hisu velai mi amina bısa fenna biraha duvva gat ai.hisu velai mi amina bısa fenna biraha duvva gat ai.

When A.B. saw this, she was frightened and ran away.

5

M⟨

c

e re

c

asu

c

iru o

c

si mıhun nidafa

c

i hila va ˙lu

c

obunu tana

c

ekuhen,

c

ivunı ge bitu ka

c

irın govali

c

a ˙deve.⟩/e reas iru ossi mıhun nidafai hila va ˙lu obunu tan-ai ekuhen, ivunı ge bitu kairın govali a ˙du eve.\

That evening, after sunset, when people were sleeping and no more sound(s) could be heard, she heardthe sound of (somebody) calling through the wall.

F den, kommi reiki mia nidanna onna velai, fu ˙ludigi handi aho mi be ˙nanı,den, kommi reeki mia nidanna onna velai, fu ˙ludigi handi aho mi be ˙nanı,

Then, every night when she was sleeping, the devil with the long navel came and asked,

Page 187: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

183T13 Fu ˙lu digu han ˙dige vahaka

6

M⟨"tede

c

he.

c

a

c

imına bı

c

e? mi

c

adu havıru hukuru miskitu gibula vı faratuga

c

i, fu ˙ludigu han ˙di, kasbolu nasiga ˙dakun, bolas veli furan

c

inda dusıma_ve bunıma he?"⟩/tedek he. amına bı e? mi adu havıru hukuru miskitu gibula vı faratugai, fu ˙ludigu han ˙di, kas bolu

nasigan ˙dakun, bolas veli furan inda dusıma eve bunıma he?"\‘Is it true, Aminat Bı, did you tell (the people) that you saw the devil with the long navel shovelling

bone sand into (his) mouth with a coconut shell this evening aside of the Qibla of the Friday-Mosque?’F teda

c

tai, amina bı ai ta disi tai tima naisakaha ka

c

veli e ˙dan bolaha furanna hisu velai.tedas tai, amina bı ai ta disi tai tima naisakaha kas veli e ˙dan bolaha furanna hisu velai.

‘Is it true, Aminat Bı, that you saw me when I was shovelling bone sand into (my) mouth with acoconut shell?’

7M ⟨

c

a

c

imına bı bunñ_e nunek_e!⟩/amına bı buni e nunek e!\

Aminat Bı said: ‘No!’F be ˙num ma, amina bı be ˙nı, tima ni dakima ve ai.

be ˙num ma, amina bı be ˙nı, tima ni dakima eve ai.At his saying (so), A.B. answered, ‘I did not see (that).’

8M ⟨

c

aharen bunı, "ran nasi ko ˙lakun bolas ran furu

c

van

c

inda dusima_ve

c

eve."⟩/aharen bunı, ran nasi ko ˙lakun bolas ran furuvvan inda dusima eve eve.\

‘I said, "I saw how he was shovelling gold into (his) mouth (lit. "head") with a golden shell."’F tima dısı ta ran nasi ko ˙lakun bolaha ran furuvanna hisu velai ai.

tima dısı ta ran nasi ko ˙lakun bolaha ran furuvanna hisu velai ai.‘I saw you when you were filling gold into your mouth (lit. "head") with a (piece of a) golden coconut

shell.’

9M ⟨den hı genfa

c

i han ˙di higa

c

je.⟩/den hı genfai han ˙di hingajje.\

Then, (thus) being satisfied, the devil walked away.F be ˙num ma, den miu kakka

c

jahafe ihan ihavun ebage ai.be ˙num ma, den miu kakkak jahafe ihan ihavun ebage ai.

At (her) saying (so), he went away laughing ‘ha ha ha’.

10

M⟨

c

ane

c

ka

c

ane

c

re ves, hama

c

e danvaru

c

a

c

is

c

ehen

c

aha

c

ifi

c

eve. mi faharu ves

c

a

c

imına bı bunı,hama,

c

ehenneve.⟩/anekka anek re ves, hama e damvaru ais ehen ahaifi eve. mi faharu ves amına bı bunı, hama, ehen

eve.\Another night, at the same hour, she heard the same (words). This time too, Aminat Bı said ‘it was just

like this.’F den ene

c

reekias aho mihen ehum ma, mia be ˙nı, hama ehen ai.den enek reeki-as aho mihen ehum ma, mia be ˙nı, hama ehen ai.

Then, yet another night, when he came and asked like this, she answered in just the same way.

Page 188: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

184 Fairy tales and Fables

11M ⟨bunumun hı genfa

c

i, higa

c

je

c

eve. mi gotas kanta

c

van fesumun,

c

a

c

imına bı hiken fasa

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/bunumun hı genfai, hingajje eve. mi gotas kantak van fesumun, amına bı hiken fasaifi eve.\

(Once more) satisfied by (her) saying (so), he went away. As it continued to be (lit. "(the) facts havingstarted to be") this way, Aminat Bı began to lose weight (lit. "to get thin").

F e kal hasan fu ˙lu ni hise ai mi rasi.e kal hasan fu ˙lu ni hise ai mi rasi.

At that time, Hassan Fu ˙lu was not present on that island.

12

M⟨hasan takuras

c

adevunu

c

iru

c

a

c

imına bı hıvanı kasi ko ˙le

c

henneve.

c

a

c

imına bı fenifa hasan takurubune

c

peve. "

c

a

c

imına bı, ti

c

a ha hikifa tını kı

c

vegen he?"⟩/hasan takuras adevunu iru aimına bı hıvanı kasi ko ˙lek hen eve. amına bı fenifa hasan takuru

bunefi eve. amına bı, tia ha hikifa tını kık vegen he?"\When Hassan Takuru returned, Aminat Bı was (thin) like a piece of bone. When he saw Aminat Bı,

Hassan Takuru asked: ‘Aminat Bı, why have you become so thin?’F den hasan fu ˙lu mi rasaha aho be ˙nı ettakı kuma tai ta ti varaha hemaı.

den hasan fu ˙lu mi rasaha aho be ˙nı ettakı kuma tai ta ti varaha hemaı.Then, when Hassan Fu ˙lu came (back) to this island, he said ‘why are you so very thin?’

13M ⟨

c

a

c

imına bı bunñeve. hasan takuru fura

c

igen, diya fahun,⟩/amına bı buni eve. hasan takuru furaigen, dia fahun,\

Aminat Bı said: ‘after (you,) Hassan Takuru, had embarked and gone away,F be ˙num ma, be ˙nı

be ˙num ma, be ˙nıWhen he spoke (like this), (Amina Bı) said,

14

M⟨

c

e

c

duvahaku havıru, hukuru miskitu va ˙lu dosas fen bala gos hu

c ˙ta fenunı, fu ˙lu digu han ˙dimiskitu gibula vı faratuga

c

i, kas bolu nasiga ˙dakun, bolas veli furan

c

inda

c

eve.⟩/ek duvahaku havıru, hukuru miskitu va ˙lu dosas fen bala gos hu ˙t ˙ta fenunı, fu ˙lu digu han ˙di miskitu

gibula vı faratugai, kas bolu nasigan ˙dakun, bolas veli furan inda eve.\‘one day, in the evening, I went to the well of the Friday Mosque in order to get (some) water, (and

suddenly) I saw the devil with the long navel who, being near by the qibla, was shovelling bone sandinto (his) mouth (lit. "head") with a coconut shell.

F fu ˙ludigi handi kommi reiki tima nidanna onna velai, aho undagu ko hadanna hedı ai.fu ˙ludigi handi kommi reeki tima nidanna onna velai, aho undagu ko hadanna hedı ai.

‘every night, when I lie down for sleeping, the devil with the long navel comes making it difficult (forme) to do so.

15

M⟨den

c

aharen birun

c

a

c

is,

c

e vahaka mi hisabu ga ˙du mıhun gatuga bunefımeve.

c

ege fahun konmere

c

aku, fu ˙lu digu han ˙di gege bitu ka

c

iri

c

as

c

a

c

is,

c

ahanı

c

eve.⟩/den aharen birun ais, e vahaka mi hisabu gan ˙du mıhun gatuga bunefım eve. ege fahun konme

reaku, fu ˙lu digu han ˙di gege bitu kairias ais, ahanı eve.\Then, gripped by fear, I told this to the people. Ever since then, every night, the long navelled devil

comes near (our) house, asking:

Page 189: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

185T13 Fu ˙lu digu han ˙dige vahaka

16

M⟨"tede

c

he,

c

a

c

imına bı

c

e, hukuru miskitu gibla vı faratuga

c

i fu ˙lu digu han ˙di kas bolu nasiga ˙dakunbolas veli furan

c

inda dusıma_ve bunıma he?"⟩/"tedek he, amına bı e, hukuru miskitu gibla vı faratugai fu ˙lu digu han ˙di kas bolu nasigan ˙dakun

bolas veli furan inda dusıma eve bunıma he?"\‘Is it true, Aminat Bı, that you told (the people) that you saw the long navelled devil near the qibla of

the mosque filling sand into (his) mouth (lit. "head") (with) a coconut shell?’

17

M⟨den

c

aharen bunanı, "nunek_e! ran nasi ko ˙lakun, bolas ran furu

c

van

c

inda dusıma_ve

c

eve." denhan ˙di hı genfa

c

i, higa

c

ije

c

eve ...⟩/den aharen bunanı, "nunek e! ran nasi ko ˙lakun, bolas ran furuvvan inda dusıma eve eve." den

han ˙di hı genfai, hingajje eve ...\Then I say, ‘no! I saw him filling gold into (his) mouth (lit. "head") with a golden shell.’ Then the devil

goes away, contented (as it were).’

18M ⟨hasan takuru bunñeve. mi re,

c

a

c

i ma, "

c

a

c

ek_e dusım_e." bunaseve.⟩/hasan takuru buni eve. mi re, ai ma, "aek e dusım e." bunas eve.\

Hasan Takuru said: ‘When he will come tonight, (say), "I have watched something new."’F den, be ˙nı ettakı ha ve ai tiusa mi rei la ˙da denna (?) ve.

den, be ˙nı ettakı ha ve ai tiusa mi rei la ˙da denna eve.Then he said, ‘okay, I will play a trick on him tonight.’

19

M⟨mihen bunefa gege bi

c

tac

, raga ˙las bac

dac

enme lo va ˙lec

ves, nu hunnane hen hadafac

ic

uturuc

edubi

c

dos faratu bitun, heyo varuge

c

e

c

lo va ˙lu behe

c ˙ti

c

eve.⟩/mihen bunefa gege bittak ranga ˙las badda ekme lo va ˙lek ves nu hunnane hen hadafai uturu endu

biddos faratu bitun heyo varuge ek lo va ˙lu behe ˙t ˙ti eve.\After speaking (like this), he inspected the walls of the house well, and taking care that no other hole

was present, he made one good hole into the wall beside the upper bed.

20M ⟨den lonu mirus ga ˙de

c

fu ˙duvafa

c

i, kosi va ˙li buri

c

e

c

, ta

c

yaras be

c

vi

c

eve.⟩/den lonu mirus gan ˙dek fu ˙duvafai, kosi va ˙li buriek, tayyaras bevvi eve.\

Then he prepared some salt and chili and a blunt knife.F kefe, be ˙nı ettakı tayyaro keranna ke lo ˙no miris, den kosi kosi va ˙la

c

huanna ke.kefe, be ˙nı ettakı tayyaro keranna ke lo ˙no miris, den kosi kosi va ˙lak huanna ke.

Saying so, he told her to prepare some salt and chili and then to look for a very blunt knife.

21M den, fu ˙ludigi handi am ma, be ˙nanna ke ha ve ai, hama disima ve.

den, fu ˙ludigi handi am ma, be ˙nanna ke ha eve ai, hama disima eve.Then (he told her), when the devil comes, to say ‘yes, I saw you like this’.

22M ⟨dan vumun

c

ehen rere ves, fada

c

in, fu ˙lu digu han ˙di

c

atu ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/dam vumun ehen rere ves, fadain, fu ˙lu digu han ˙di atu vejje eve.\

When the time had come this night, the devil with the long navel appeared as usual.F den, hama e rei ba ve ai.

den, hama e rei ba ve ai.Then the (the devil) came (again) the same night.

Page 190: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

186 Fairy tales and Fables

23M ⟨

c

a

c

is

c

ehen

c

ehumun,⟩/ais ehen ehumun,\

When he came and asked (as usual),F am ma miu be ˙nı, teda

c

tai ta disi tai naisi gan ˙dakaha ka

c

veli e ˙dan bolaha furanna hisu velai.am ma miu be ˙nı, tedas tai ta disi tai naisi gan ˙dakaha kas veli e ˙dan bolaha furanna hisu velai.

When he came, he said, ‘is it true that you saw (me) when I was filling bone sand into my mouth (lit."head") using a coconut shell?’

24M ⟨

c

a

c

imına bı bunñeve. "

c

a

c

ek_e! dusıma_ve

c

eve."⟩/amına bı buni eve. "aek e! dusıma eve eve."\Aminat Bı said: ‘Something new: I saw you!’

F be ˙num ma, amina bı be ˙nı, ha ve ai, hama disima ve.be ˙num ma, amina bı be ˙nı, ha eve ai, hama disima eve.

A.B. answered, ‘yes, I saw you like this.’

25M ⟨den

c

iven fesı ge vasa

c

igen duva

c

a ˙deve.

c

iruko ˙lakun

c

e

c

kala lo va ˙lun fu ˙lu banan fasa

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/den iven fesı ge vasaigen duva a ˙du eve. iruko ˙lakun ek kala lo va ˙lun fu ˙lu banan fasaifi eve.\

Then (they) heard a noise (he produced) by going around the house. After a certain time he started toput his navel through the hole.

F den, hedı va ˙damakı, e tani hısi balakun fu ˙lu kullali ai.den, hedı va ˙damakı, e tani hısi balakun fu ˙lu kullali ai.

Then he pushed his navel through the hole which was there.

26M ⟨hasan takuru

c

atas kahanı

c

eve.⟩/hasan takuru atas kahanı eve.\

Hassan Takuru scratched (it) with his hand.F kullum ma hasan fu ˙lu hedı liki, fu ˙lu gan ˙do buri koliai.

kullum ma hasan fu ˙lu hedı liki, fu ˙lu gan ˙do buri koliai.When he pushed it through, Hassan Fu ˙lu cut off a piece of the navel.

27

M ⟨

c

eterige furi, beruge furi, den hus ve

c

je hen hı vı ma hasan takurufu ˙las ku

c˙li

c

e

c

, jehumun, paslafa

c

i

c

is, bituga han ˙dıge ba ˙du jehunu

c

a ˙du

c

ivi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/eterige furi, beruge furi, den hus vejje hen hı vı ma hasan takurufu ˙las ku ˙l ˙liek jehumun, pas lafai is,

bituga han ˙dıge ban ˙du jehunu a ˙du ivijje eve.\Hasan Takurufu ˙lu heard the sound of (the devil’s) hitting the wall with his belly after being blown up

inside, blown up outside, and bursting.

28

M ⟨

c

e vagutu

c

atuga

c

i

c

ot kosi da

c

bura vali tila ga ˙dakun, fu ˙luga

c

i ka

c

ta

c

i gatumun fu ˙lu vaki koslafa

c

etaga

c

i lonu mirus, ga ˙de

c c

a ˙la

c

ifi

c

eve. den te ˙ligenfa

c

i "

c

a

c

do, ma fu ˙lo! fu ˙laku, fu ˙lo!"_e govamun⟩/e vagutu atugai ot kosi dabbura vali tila gan ˙dakun, fu ˙lugai kattai gatumun fu ˙lu vaki koslafa e tagai

lonu mirus, gan ˙dek a ˙laifi eve. den te ˙ligenfai "addo, ma fu ˙lo! fu ˙laku, fu ˙lo!" e govamun\Then (Hassan Takuru) cut the navel with the blunt knife he held in his hand until having cut it through,and (he) put salt and chili on the surface of the wound. Being wounded (in this way), (the devil) cried,

‘woe, my navel, my navel!’F buri kofe, lo ˙no miris lım ma, addoi, ma fu ˙le ai.

buri kofe, lo ˙no miris lım ma, addoi, ma fu ˙le ai.After cutting it, (Hassan Takuru) applied some salt and chili, (and the devil said), ‘woe, my navel!’,

Page 191: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

187T13 Fu ˙lu digu han ˙dige vahaka

29M ⟨duvamun gos,

c

e rasun ves fa

c

iba

c

i gen higa

c

je

c

eve.⟩/duvamun gos, e rasun ves faibai gen hingajje eve.\

and he ran away, leaving this island.F kefe, a ˙do lavan lavamun ebage ai.

kefe, a ˙do lavan lavamun ebage ai.Crying (lit. "saying") so, making continuous noise, he went away.

30M ⟨

c

ege fahun mi

c

ada

c

i jehen den ves fu ˙lu digu han ˙dige

c

udagule

c c

e

c

ves mıhakas nu fora

c

eve ....⟩/ege fahun mi adai jehen den ves fu ˙lu digu han ˙dige undagulek ekves mıhakas nu fora eve ....\

After that, nobody ever heard about difficulties produced by the long navelled devil ...

31M ⟨vahaka hu

c ˙tunı

c

eve⟩/vahaka hu ˙t ˙tunı eve\The story is finished.

Page 192: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

188 Fairy tales and Fables

Fig. 3: Fu ˙lu digu han ˙di (cAbdullah ˙Sadiq)

Page 193: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T14: Makana findana

“Brother-in-law stork”

Male: cAbdullah ˙Sadiq*

* The text in the standard language was published in a newspaper; cp. fig. 4, p. 196. The English translationappeared in Finiashi: Heard in the Islands, ed. L. PRUNER, vol. 2, Male 1988, 1 ff.

Page 194: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

190 Fairy tales and Fables

1 ⟨makana

c

idegen

c

u ˙lenı fidanage da

c

ta

c

aka

c

i

c

eve.⟩/makana indegen u ˙lenı findanage dattaak-ai eve.\Maakana was married to Findhana’s elder sister,

2 ⟨fidana

c

idegen

c

u ˙lenı, makanage ko

c

ko

c

aka

c

i

c

eve.⟩/findana indegen u ˙lenı, makanage kokkoakai eve.\

and Findhana was married to Maakana’s younger sister.

3 ⟨mi gotun makana

c

a

c

i, fidana vanı, de ˙li

c

anunnaseve.⟩/mi gotun makana-ai, findana vanı, de ˙lianunnas eve.\

Therefore, they were brothers-in-law.

4 ⟨

c

e

c

duvahaku fidana

c

a

c

is makana ˙li

c

asbe gatuga

c

i bunñeve:⟩/ek duvahaku findana ais makana ˙lianbe gatugai buni eve\

One day, Findhana came to Maakana and suggested,

5 ⟨"konme ves masa

c

kate

c

kurava higas_e,"⟩/konme ves masakkatek kurava hingas e\

"Let’s do some work."

6 ⟨makana ˙li

c

anbe bunñeve.⟩/makana ˙lianbe buni eve.\

Maakana asked,

7 ⟨"kuranı kon masa

c

kate

c

he?"⟩/kuranı kon masa

c

katek he?\"What shall we do?"

8 ⟨fidana bunñeve.⟩/findana buni eve.\Findhana answered,

9 ⟨"va ˙lu teren tanko ˙le

c

safu koslafa

c

i da ˙de

c

ha

c

dama higas_e".

c

enme raga ˙l_e!⟩/va ˙lu teren tanko ˙lek safu koslafai dan ˙dek haddama hingas e. ekme ranga ˙lu e!\

"We’ll clear a space in the woods and plant something."

10 ⟨den de ˙li

c

anun

c

e

c

bas kiyalafa va ˙lu tere

c

in tanga ˙de

c

safu kosgen, da ˙du kosa

c

i fasga ˙du jehumasfahu, ka

c ˙tala

c

inda

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/den de ˙lianun ekbas kialafa va ˙lu terein tangan ˙dek safu kosgen, dan ˙du kosai fasgan ˙du jehumas fahu,

ka ˙t ˙tala indaifi eve.\So they agreed and started to work. They ploughed and prepared the field and planted sweet potatoes.

11 ⟨duvas ko ˙lakun da ˙du ha vanı, gayas ves

c

ara

c

igenfane henneve.⟩/duvas ko ˙lakun dan ˙du ha vanı, gayas ves araigenfane hen eve.\

The potatoes grew very well.

12 ⟨

c

e ha varu gada

c

as da ˙du hedi ka

c ˙tala konnan vı ma, fidana

c

a

c

is, makana ˙liyanbe gatuga

c

ibunñeve.⟩

/e ha varu gadaas dan ˙du hedi ka ˙t ˙tala konnan vı ma, findana ais, makana ˙liyanbe gatugai buni eve.\When it was time to harvest, Findhana went to Maakana and said,

Page 195: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

191T14 Makana findana

13 ⟨"da ˙du

c

otı hedifa

c

eve."⟩/"dan ˙du otı hedifai eve."\

"Our potatoes are ready for harvesting.

14 ⟨ ˙li

c

anbe benun ba

c

e

c

bunas_e."⟩/ ˙lianbe benun baek bunas e."\

Which part of the field do you want?"

15 ⟨visnalafa

c

i bunñeve.⟩/visnalafai buni eve.\

After thinking for a while, Maakana decided,

16 ⟨"

c

ahannas da ˙dun bimuge ma

c

ceve."⟩/ahannas dan ˙dun bimuge mati eve.\

"I want everything above the ground."

17 ⟨fidana bunñeve.⟩/findana buni eve.\Findhana replied,

18 ⟨"

c

ahannas bimuge

c

a ˙di ta

c

eve!"⟩/ahannas bimuge a ˙di ta eve!\

"That means I will have to take what is left under the ground."

19 ⟨

c

e sahitu makana da ˙duge bimun ma

c

cas huri ka

c ˙tala kuri ta

c

kosa la

c

igen, bo ˙di

c

akas badegen gengos, gedoru ma

c

cas va

c ˙tala

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/e sahitu makana dan ˙duge bimun maccas huri ka ˙t ˙tala kuri tak kosa laigen, bo ˙diakas badegen gen

gos, gedoru maccas va ˙t ˙talaifi eve.\They agreed. Within a short time, Maakana gathered all the leaves and stems into a pile and took them

to his home.

20 ⟨

c

e vagutu, makanage

c

anhenun nukume balalafa

c

i bunñeve.⟩/e vagutu, makanage anhenun nukume balalafai buni eve.\

His wife saw them and asked,

21 ⟨"ti

c

a

c

ı kı

c

kura bo ˙di vare

c

he

c

yeve?"⟩/tiaı kık kura bo ˙di varek heyo eve?"\

"What are these for?"

22 ⟨"mi

c

ı

c

ahuremen de ˙liyamun da ˙du ha

c

dafa

c

i

c

aharen negi ba

c

eve.⟩/miı ahuremen de ˙liyamun dan ˙du haddafai aharen negi bai eve.\

Maakana replied, "We two brothers-in-law planted a sweet potato crop and this is the share I took."

23 ⟨

c

anhenun

c

e

c

seve. "ko

c

ko gen diya

c

ı kon

c

e

c

ce

c

he?"⟩/anhenun ehi eve. kokko gen diaı kon eccek he?\"Which part did my brother take?" she inquired.

24 ⟨bunñeve. "bimuge

c

a ˙di

c

eve!⟩/buni eve. bimuge a ˙di eve!\

"What is left under the ground.""

Page 196: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

192 Fairy tales and Fables

25 ⟨

c

anhenun bunñeve. ⟩/anhenun buni eve. \His wife exclaimed,

26 ⟨"

c

aharemen ko

c

koge huri varuge bu

c

di

c

e

c

ves, kalage neti

c

ya

c

eve.⟩/aharemen kokkoge huri varuge buddi ekves, kalage neti-ai eve.\

"You don’t have the brains my brother has.

27 ⟨ka

c ˙tala

c

ige

c

enme fa

c

ida huri ba

c

i hunnanı, bimuge

c

a ˙dıga

c

eve."⟩/ka ˙t ˙talaige ekme faida huri bai hunnanı, bimuge a ˙dıgai eve.\

In sweet potatoes, everything valuable is underground. That is where the potatoes are."

28 ⟨makana bunñeve.⟩/makana buni eve.\

Maakana said,

29 ⟨"mi faharu vı got ta

c

eve! ....⟩/mi faharu vı got ta eve! ....\

"What to do? It happened this time,

30 ⟨den faharakun, tiya hen, viyaka nu denameve."⟩/den faharakun, tia hen, viaka nu denam eve.\

but it will never happen again."

31 ⟨

c

ane

c

ka ves da ˙du ha

c

da <mausim>

c

adu ve

c

je

c

eve.⟩/anekka ves dan ˙du hadda mausim adu vejje eve.\

Soon the next farming season began.

32 ⟨

c

indane

c

e

c

caka

c

i medu fidana

c

ahalı ma ....⟩/indane eccak-ai medu findana ahalı ma ....\

Findhana went to Maakana and asked, "What shall we plant this time?"

33 ⟨makana bunı, "

c

indane

c

e

c

ce

c c

egenı ko

c

ko

c

as_e!"⟩/makana bunı, indane eccek engenı kokkoas e!\

Maakana responded, "That is up to you."

34 ⟨mi henneve. ... "

c

an ta

c

e!"⟩/mi hen eve. ... an ta e!\

So,

35 ⟨bunefa

c

i, mi faharu

c

indı zuvari

c

eve.⟩/bunefai, mi faharu indı zuari eve.\

Findhana planted corn.

36 ⟨da ˙du hedi zuvarita

c

nukume,

c

osta

c

jaha don vı ma ˙li

c

anbe

c

a ba

c

dalu vefa

c

i fidana bunñeve.⟩/dan ˙du hedi zuaritak nukume, ostak jaha don vı ma ˙lianbe-ai baddalu vefai findana buni eve.\

When the plants had grown and the corn ripened, Findhana met his brother-in-law and said,

37 ⟨"da ˙du hedi

c

je

c

eve.⟩/dan ˙du hedijje eve.\

"It is time for harvesting again.

Page 197: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

193T14 Makana findana

38 ⟨ ˙li

c

anbe, benun ba

c

e

c ˙li

c

anbe nagas_e."⟩/ ˙lianbe, benun baek ˙lianbe nagas e.\You take which ever part you want."

39 ⟨makana bunñeve. "mi faharu

c

ahannas bimuge

c

a ˙di

c

eve."⟩/makana buni eve. mi faharu ahannas bimuge a ˙di eve.\

"This time I will take what is underground," Maakana said.

40 ⟨fidana "

c

enme raga ˙l_e!"⟩/findana, ekme ranga ˙lu e!\

Findhana replied, "All right,"

41 ⟨bunefa

c

i, gos zuvarita

c

ke ˙dı ma makana

c

e gastakuge muta

c

naga

c

igen bo ˙di

c

akas badegen gen gos,gedosas va

c ˙tala

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/bunefai, gos zuaritak ken ˙dı ma makana e gastakuge mutak nagaigen bo ˙diakas badegen gen gos,

gedosas va ˙t ˙talaifi eve.\and cut down all the corn. When he left, Maakana dug out all the roots, and took them to his home.

42 ⟨

c

e tan dekefa

c

anhenun bunñeve.⟩/e tan dekefa anhenun buni eve.\Seeing them, his wife demanded,

43 ⟨"tiya yo

c

e" ....⟩/tia yo e ....\

"What is this?"

44 ⟨"mı mi faharu da ˙du hac

dac

igenc

ahuren negi bac

eve."⟩/mı mi faharu dan ˙du haddaigen ahuren negi bai eve.\

Maakana said, "This is my share of the corn crop."

45 ⟨ko

c

ko gen diya

c

ı kon

c

e

c

ce

c

he?"⟩/kokko gen diaı kon eccek he?\

"Which part did my brother take?"

46 ⟨makana zuvabu dineve. "bimuge ma

c

ceve."⟩/makana zuabu din eve, bimuge mati eve."\

"What is above the ground."

47 ⟨

c

anhenun, < ˙hayran> vefa

c

i, bunñeve.⟩/anhenun, ˙hayran vefai, buni eve.\

His wife complained,

48 ⟨ñaki tiya

c

ı!⟩⟨ñaki tiaı⟩

"You are very foolish.

49 ⟨zuvarige fa

c

ida huri ba

c

i hunnanı, bimuge matıga

c

eve.⟩/zuarige faida huri bai hunnanı bimuge matıgai eve.\

The nutritious part of corn is above the ground.

50 ⟨ka ˙le

c

akı, bo ˙du moya

c

ekeve."⟩/ka ˙leakı, bo ˙du moyaek eve.\

You are mad."

Page 198: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

194 Fairy tales and Fables

51 ⟨makana bunñeve.⟩/makana buni eve.\Then the stork said,

52 ⟨mi faharu vı got ta

c

eve!⟩/mi faharu vı got ta eve!\

"What to do? It happened this time.

53 ⟨den faharakun hama hila tiya hene

c

nu vane

c

eve."⟩/den faharakun hama hila tia henek nu vane eve.\

It won’t happen again."

54 ⟨

c

ane

c

ka ves da ˙du ha

c

dane

c

uven fasa

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/anekka ves dan ˙du haddane uven fasaifi eve.\

Once more, when the next season began, they started their farming.

55 ⟨mi faharu ves, fidana, ˙liyanbe kuren

c

indanı kon

c

e

c

ce

c

to

c

ahali

c

eve.⟩/mi faharu ves, findana, ˙liyanbe kuren indanı kon eccek to ahali eve.\

This time again, Findhana asked his brother-in-law, what to plant.

56 ⟨

c

ena bunı, tiya got

c

egenı hama ko

c

koyas_e"

c

eve.⟩/ena bunı, tia got engenı hama kokkoyas e eve.\This one said, the one who knows best, are you.

57 ⟨mi faharu

c

inda hi

c

tala

c

eve.⟩/mi faharu inda hittala eve.\

They planted hiththala.

58 ⟨da ˙du hedi hi

c

tala fa

c

iba duvas vı ma, fidana bunñeve.⟩/dan ˙du hedi hittala faiba duvas vı ma, findana buni eve.\

At harvest time, Findhana asked his brother-in-law

59 ⟨"da ˙du hedi

c

je

c

eve. benun ba

c

e

c

bunu

c

vas_e."⟩/dan ˙du hedijje eve. benun baek bunuvvas e.\

to choose his share.

60 ⟨fikuru koslafa

c

i bunñeve.⟩/fikuru koslafai buni eve.\

Maakana said,

61 ⟨"mi faharu bebe

c

as bimun ma

c

ceve."⟩/mi faharu bebeas bimun mati eve."\

"This time I want what is above the ground."

62 ⟨

c

enme raga ˙l_e bunefa

c

i bunñeve.⟩/ekme ranga ˙lu e bunefai buni eve.\

Findhana said, "All right.

63 ⟨"tiya henna bebe gos bebege ba

c

i kosala

c

igen gendaseve.⟩/tia hen-ai bebe gos bebege bai kosalaigen gendas eve.\

Go and take the part you want."

Page 199: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

195T14 Makana findana

64 ⟨bo ˙du vefa

c

i varu gada

c

ı ves ˙li

c

anbe ti

c ˙ta

c

eve!"⟩/bo ˙du vefai varu gadaı ves ˙lianbe ti ˙t ˙t-ai eve!\

65 ⟨hi

c

tala gastakuge fattaka kabo ko ˙lita

c

bo ˙di

c

akas badegen tubula

c

igen,

c

ufalun makana gos gedoruma

c

cas va

c ˙talı ma⟩/hittala gastakuge fattak-ai kabo ko ˙litak bo ˙diakas badegen tumbulaigen, ufalun makana gos gedoru

maccas va ˙t ˙talı ma\So, Maakana gathered up all the leaves and stems and took them to his home.

66 ⟨

c

anhenun

c

e hen faharu faharu ves fada

c

in mı kon

c

e

c

ce

c

to

c

aha

c

ifi

c

eve.⟩/anhenun e hen faharu faharu ves fadain mı kon eccek to ahaifi eve.\

As in the previous times, his wife demanded, "What is this?"

67 ⟨mi

c

ı mi faharu hi

c

tala da ˙dun

c

aharen negi ba

c

eve. bimun ma

c

ceve."⟩/miı mi faharu hittala dan ˙dun aharen negi bai eve. bimun mati eve.\

Maakana answered, "This is my share from the hiththala field."

68 ⟨

c

anhenun

c

antarıs vefa

c

i bunñeve.⟩/anhenun antarıs vefai buni eve.\Then his wife was angry and said,

69 ⟨tiya

c

ı hama raga ˙lu moya

c

ekeve.⟩/tiaı hama ranga ˙lu moyaek eve.\

"You are a real fool.

70 ⟨hic

talac

ige fac

ida huri bac

i hunnanı bimugec

a ˙dıgac

eve." .....⟩/hittalaige faida huri bai hunnanı bimuge a ˙dıgai eve. .....\

In hiththala everything valuable will be underground."

71 ⟨makana

c

is dasas jahala

c

igen

c

idefa bunñeve.⟩/makana is dasas jahalaigen indefa buni eve.\

Maakana pondered what she said.

72 ⟨"mi huri ha bo ˙di

c

e

c

ves

c

ahannas mi libunı ˙li

c

an ko

c

ko

c

a hure

c

eve.⟩/mi huri ha bon ˙diek ves ahannas mi libunı ˙lian kokko-ai hure eve.\He concluded, "All this has happened because of my brother-in-law.

73 ⟨

c

e

c

ce

c

bunakas ves nu kurene nun he! ....⟩/eccek bunakas ves nu kurene nun he! ....\

But, what can I say?

74 ⟨

c

e hen vı ma den

c

enaya

c

ekı

c

u ˙lun hu

c ˙talı

c

e".⟩/e hen vı ma den enaya ekı u ˙lun hu ˙t ˙talı e.\

After all he is my brother-in-law. So, I’ll stop working with him."

75 ⟨(vahaka ves nimunı

c

eve).⟩/(vahaka ves nimunı eve).\

Page 200: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

196 Fairy tales and Fables

Fig. 4: Makana findana (cAbdullah ˙Sadiq)

Page 201: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T15: Fileima ˙di

“Filomadi”*

A ˙d ˙du: ˙Hassan Sacıd

* The English translation by ABDULLAH SHAVI (based on an oral version by KARAANGE FATHMA DIDI, Fua

c

Mulaku) was published in Finiashi: Heard in the Islands, ed. L. PRUNER, vol. 4, Male 1989, 4 ff.

Page 202: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

198 Fairy tales and Fables

1 ete

c

zamana kurin, fari fileima ˙die bekakai baddala koffi.etek zamana kurin, fari fileima ˙dia bekak-ai baddala kosfi..

Long, long ago a reef flounder met a beki.

2 e duvahi fileima ˙diege lo hisı eage bole de farati, ehen husi hei mahamennas hinne leka

c

.e duvahi fileima ˙diage lo hisı eage bole de farati, ehen husi hei mahamen-as hinne lekas..

At that time the flounder had an eye on each side of its head, like all the other fish.

3 de mahias vara

c

(gina) kudu kudu, ka

c

be ˙nun ni ve kahalei kasi tibei.de mahi-as varas gina kudu kudu, kas be ˙nun ni ve kahalei kasi tibei..

Both fish have a great many small bones, making them undesirable for food.

4 rad rasi mıhun e kai ven ˙denı ka ˙lela maha

c

nuata kan ˙di ven ˙de ehem maha

c

ni libe ˙ne fehe.ras rasi mıhun e kai ven ˙denı ka ˙lela mahak nuata kan ˙di ven ˙de ehen mahak ni libe ˙ne fehe..

Islanders eat them only when they cannot get tuna and other big ocean fish.

5 miamen baddala vı mei, maha vahaka dakka

c

fasaga

c

.miamen baddala vı mei, maha vahaka dakkas fasagat..

Upon their meeting, the fish began a conversation with each other.

6 e de mahun kure mahaka

c

gayes enehaka vanı itiri sifa netumuge sababun ege deverie (deeti)ehaka enehaka gai tibi kasıge adadai deetere a ˙da lavai arairun ve

c

fa ˙t ˙tafie.e de mahun kure mahak-a gai-es enehak-a vanı itiri sifa netumuge sababun ege de-verie (de-eti)

ehak-a enehak-a gai tibi. kasıge adad-ai de-etere a ˙da lavai arairun ves fa ˙t ˙tafie.As they were insignificant fish with little to brag about, they started boasting about the great number of

bones they had, teasing each other.

7 e deetıge zuabuge mede everie masveriakai dima emberigen ahafie:e de-etıge zuabuge mede everie masveriak-ai dima emberigen ahafie:.

In the midst of their argument they turned to a fisherman, asking,

8 "afirin kuren emme kasi ginei kanka gai?afirin kuren ekme kasi gineı kanka gai?.

"Which of us has the most bones?"

9 ede javvab derefi:ede javvab derefi:.

He answered,

10 "beka gai fileima ˙diav vanı ek kasi itirau hisei."beka gai fileima ˙dias vanı ek kasi itiras hisei..

"The beki has one more bone than the filomadi."

11 beka hiu hama jehegen kiburuverikamai ekı fatamun ebege.beka hit hama jehegen kiburuverikam-ai ekı fatamun ebege..

Relieved, the beki swam away proudly.

12 mi rihikulaige (= rihikulai) maha minivankamai ekı eterevarieai gonodasieai koreai fata velei ta

c

mi kalas fenehe.mi rihikulaige (rihikulai) maha minivankam-ai ekı eterevarie-ai gonodasie-ai kore-ai fata velei tas

mi kal-as fenehe..You can still see this silvery fish, swimming freely in lagoons and inshore lakes.

Page 203: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

199T15 Fileima ˙di

13 e vagute fileima ˙die onnei fara matte hitamaverikamai ekı gova govai.e vagute fileima ˙die onneı fara matte hitamaverikam-ai ekı gova govai..Meanwhile, the flounder remained on the reef, sadly crying and crying.

14 e hei bara lo fuhumuge sababun eage lo bole ef farataka

c

kassagen ebege.e hei bara lo fuhumuge sababun eage lo bole ek faratakas kassagen ebege..

She wept so hard that both eyes slid onto one side of her head.

15 mi kamai deetere vı dera bon ˙dakamun ef fahun fileima ˙die amunge etere fetun hu ˙t ˙talai a ˙diauebege.

mi kam-ai de-etere vı dera bon ˙dakamun ek fahun fileima ˙die amunge etere fetun hu ˙t ˙talai a ˙diasebege..

Deeply ashamed of her defeat, she no longer swam about openly, but went to the bottom.

16 adas ee adias vara

c

ladagani.adu-as ea adi-as varas ladagani.

Nowadays, still very shy,

17 ea onnei e kalaki deagan ˙di hinne kula gau aruva aruvai a ˙die vesifei.ea onneı e kalaki deagan ˙di hinne kula gas aruva aruvai a ˙die vesifei..

she lies flat, camouflaging herself with the drab color of the ocean floor.

18 takau ea otı kontaki kan be ˙na

c

ni engehe, vara

c

kaverin fari omau tela tantan ni bala fehena.takas ea otı kontaki kam be ˙nas ni engehe, varas kaverin fari omas tela tantan ni bala fehena..

You cannot tell where she is, unless you look very closely at the smooth places of the reef in shallowwater.

19 mı fileima ˙die eage adai xilafu mu ˙nai ada kadata

c

libe ˙ne go

c

.mı fileima ˙die eage adai xilafu mu ˙nu-ai ada kadatak libe ˙ne got..

And that is how the filomadi got her strange face and habits.

Page 204: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

200 A Dives akuru Document (Fatko ˙lu)

Fig. 5: Fatko ˙lu F6

Page 205: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T16: Nadalla Takuru*

Addu: ˙Hassan Sacıd

* The English translation by ABDULLAH SHAVI (based on an oral version by MAGIEDURUGE IBRAHIM DIDI,Fua

c

Mulaku), was published in Finiashi: Heard in the Islands, ed. L. PRUNER, vol. 5, Male 1990, 13 ff.

Page 206: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

202 Fairy tales and Fables

1 nadellakı huvadu ate ˙le hu ˙langa matte farati fara

c

kaverie onna rasa

c

.nadellakı huvadu ate ˙le hu ˙langa matte farati faras kaverie onna rasak..

Nadalla is an island located on the long coral reef fringing the western side of Huvadu Atoll.

2 takuru ve hai bon ˙da vı e rasi evvias taulıman ni libi.takuru ve hai bon ˙da vı e rasi ek-vi-as taulıman ni libi..

Takuru was born and raised in Nadalla, but received no schooling.

3 ehen vi mei, eakı e rasi hisi emme fakıri taulıman ne

c

mıha kamugai vege.ehen vi mei, eakı e rasi hisi ekme fakıri taulıman net mıha kamugai vege..

Therefore, he became the poorest and least educated man in his island.

4 ea bon ˙da vi mei, eau engige anhen kudin ea

c

vahaka dakka

c

be ˙nun nun kan.ea bon ˙da vi mei, eas engige anhen kudin eas vahaka dakkas be ˙nun nun kam..

When he came of age, he realised the girls did not want to talk with him.

5 ee fakıri hale lena

c

ke

c

ni engi hisi velei, evvias mıhaka

c

ea

c

heu edeka

c

be ˙numa

c

nun.ea fakıri hale lenas kes ni engi hisi velei, ek-vi-as mıhakas eas heu edekas be ˙numak nun..

No one esteemed him since he was impoverished and illiterate.

6 eau hı vege, emmennas eei deetere balanı nikameti ko

c

kama

c

.eas hı vege, ekmen-as eai de-etere balanı nikameti kos kamak..

He resented being despised by everyone.

7 mi kamai deetere hiu hama ni jehigen, ede ege ra

c

du koffei a ˙d ˙du ate ˙le deku ˙ne rasakau ebege.mi kam-ai de-etere hit hama ni jehigen, ede ege ras du koffei a ˙d ˙du ate ˙le deku ˙ne rasakas ebege..

Disgusted with his situation, he left his island and sailed south to Addu Atoll.

8 ee enun rad rasias hinnac

masakkac

ke ˙de fehenas, evvias mıha eei deetere heu gotakac

ni beli.ea enun ras rasi-as hinnas masakkat ke ˙de fehena-as, ek-vi-as mıha eai de-etere heu gotakas ni

beli..Although he tried staying in several islands, nobody paid much attention to him.

9 eage vahaka dekkun ma ranga ˙la

c

nun adi ea

c

ni engei mıhun hi

c

jehe kahalei vahaka ke

c

evennaivahaka dakka

c

.eage vahaka dekkun ma ranga ˙lak nun adi eas ni engei mıhun hit jehe kahalei vahaka kes even-ai

vahaka dakkas..His way of talking was unrefined and he did not know any good stories or how to discuss interesting

things.

10 emme fahun ede e ra

c

du koffei hanke ˙dau ebege.ekme fahun ede e ras du koffei hanke ˙das ebege..

Finally, he settled in the island of Hankede.

10a emme fahun ede hanke ˙de au ke rasi vazamveri vega

c

.ekme fahun ede hanke ˙de au ke rasi vazamveri vegat..

(Finally he became a settler in the island named Hanke ˙de.)

11 e tani ede mussanti mıhunna

c

rukau arai kaisi e ˙dai de

c

fasafi.e tani ede mussanti mıhunnas rukas arai kaisi e ˙dai des fasafi..

There he climbed palm trees and harvested coconuts for rich people.

12 tin ahara

c

fahun ede havva au ke anhen kudakai indefi.tin aharas fahun ede havva au ke anhen kudak-ai indefi..

After three years, he married a girl named Havva.

13 "makı mi ko hama eka ˙ni fakırak-au" e kambulege ekehe be ˙nafi.makı mi ko hama eka ˙ni fakırak-au, e kambulege ekehe be ˙nafi..

"I am only a poor man now," he told her.

Page 207: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

203T16 Nadalla Takuru

14 "ehen fehenas, ma ravafei otı mada aharatekaka

c

faha

c

mussanti mıhun kamau hita mıhaka

c

vegen, ambara (emberi)] rasau e

c

."ehen fehena-as, ma ravafei otı mada aharatekakas fahas mussanti mıhun kamas hita mıhakas

vegen, ambara (emberi). rasas es."But I have a scheme for returning to my island in a few years rich and respected."

15 mi vahaka kei derefei, evvias mıhaka

c

ekehe ni be ˙na

c

kei e kambulege ekehe ede be ˙nafi.mi vahaka kei derefei, ek-vi-as mıhakas ekehe ni be ˙nas kei e kambulege ekehe ede be ˙nafi..

He confided his plan to her and warned her not to tell anybody about it.

16 everie hanke ˙de eu ahara

c

nuata eav vanı gina duvaha

c

ufaverikamai ekı ven ˙difie, hisabaka

c

fakırikan i ˙hsas ke ˙dun nun fehe.everie hanke ˙de ek aharas nuata eas vanı gina duvahas ufaverikam-ai ekı ven ˙difie, hisabakas

fakırikam i ˙hsas ke ˙dun nu. fehe.They lived in Hankede for a year or so, and were happy except for the limitations of their poverty.

17 e ra

c

du ke ˙dumuge kurie takuru ege timbili digi koffi.e ras du ke ˙dumuge kurie takuru ege timbili digi kosfi..

Shortly before leaving, Takuru grew a long beard

18 adi hudu annaye ea amella rakko ke ˙de faisa

c

ginafi.adi hudu annaye ea amella rakko ke ˙de faisas ginafi..

and bought beautiful white clothes for himself with his hard earned savings.

19 ea vehi rasau eage anhenunnai ekı ba ˙t ˙telakun ede furafi.ea vehi rasas eage anhenun-ai ekı ba ˙t ˙telakun ede furafi..

He sailed with his wife on a batteli back to the island of his birth.

20 huvadu ate ˙lac

foramun, ea feratumac

ma ˙da ke ˙deı fiorie.huvadu ate ˙las foramun, ea feratumas ma ˙da ke ˙deı fiorie..

Reaching Huvadu atoll it stopped first at the island of Fiori.

21 takuru den gasdu koffi eage revun fasa

c

.takuru den gasdu koffi eage revun fasas..

Takuru decided he would try his plan there.

22 ede hudu gamıha

c

lagen mun ˙du endegen, gonodasau ebege.ede hudu gamıhak lagen mun ˙du endegen, gonodasas ebege..

He donned his white shirt and mundu and went ashore.

23 kiburuverikamai bon ˙dakan dakkamun ede emmenna

c

anguvafi, ea aı, hatara ahara ve ti ko

c

,arabikarai hise kiavagen kan.

kiburuverikam-ai bon ˙dakam dakkamun ede ekmennas anguvafi, ea aı, hatara ahara ve ti kos,arabikarai hise kiavage. kam.

Adopting a proud, aloof attitude, he informed everyone he had just completed four years of study inArabia.

24 mıha ee gabulu koffie, everie ea

c

geu e

c

davvatu derefie.mıha ea gabulu koffie, everie eas ges es davvatu derefie..

The people believed him. They invited him into their homes,

25 adi ea

c

ranga ˙la ka

c

derefei hadias derefie.adi eas ranga ˙la kas derefei hadia-as derefie..

and gave him good food and gifts.

26 ehen vı mei, ede nimmafi eage revun kamiabu kama

c

.ehen vı mei, ede nimmafi eage revun kamiabu kamak..

So, he concluded, "My plan works."

Page 208: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

204 Fairy tales and Fables

27 reigan ˙daki mauludu ke

c

ee davvat libe ˙ne mei, ee vara

c

jehilun vege.reigan ˙daki mauludu kes ea davvat libe ˙ne mei, ea varas jehilun vege..

When he was invited to take part in a Maulud at night, Takuru became a bit nervous.

28 eage anhenun eau handan ko

c

derefi "to bala, mı husi hei kalaki fasseha kama

c

nun".eage anhenun eas handan kos derefi. to bala, mı husi hei kalaki fasseha kamak nun..

His wife reminded him, "You see, it’s not always so easy."

29 lada gatun nuata e tan geun nun fehe ne

c

kama

c

hı koffei ede ravafi.lada gatun nuata e tan geun nun fehe net kamak hı koffei ede ravafi..

Knowing he must go or lose face, he developed a plan of action.

30 rasi tibi hei musku ˙lin eage vasai irifei tibe everie mauludu fa ˙t ˙ta

c

kei be ˙nafie.rasi tibi hei musku ˙lin eage vasai irifei tibe everie mauludu fa ˙t ˙tas kei be ˙nafie..

When the most venerable old men of the island gathered around him and sat down, they asked him tostart the Maulud.

31 ehen vı mei, ee hite etere ravafei o

c

go

c

matin ede macnane

c

etta

c

ke

c

fasafi.ehen vı mei, ea hite etere ravafei ot got matin ede macnanek ettak kes fasafi..

So, maintaining his dignified attitude, he began chanting nonsense,

32 ege etere bae divehi akurai arabi a ˙dai himenei.ege etere bae divehi akura-ai arabi a ˙da-ai himenei..

combining Maldivian words and Arabic sounds.

33 emmennasas ee kei etta

c

engei kama

c

hı koffei ede hama jehige.ekmennas-as ea kei ettak engei kamak hı koffei ede hama jehige..

He convinced everyone he knew what he was saying. So he fared better than he expected.

34 husi hei kama

c

ranga ˙la vehe kamugai balagen, ede emberi eage rasau ebege.husi hei kamak ranga ˙la vehe kamugai balagen, ede emberi eage rasas ebege..

Very optimistically, he resumed his journey back to his island.

35 ede e tanias ranga ˙la

c

ven ˙de

c

fasafi.ede e tani-as ranga ˙las ven ˙des fasafi..

There he managed extremely well too.

36 mıha ee kamau hitai eage lafas hodai miskide duaverikan kiavai dinumasas edeta.mıha ea kamas hitai eage lafas hodai miskide duaverikan kiavai dinumas-as edeta..

People respected him, sought his advice, and often he was asked to lead prayers at the mosque.

37 ee eki ge ge dınuge kanteti kerasas gini gos ranga ˙la ka

c

etteti dere tafatu go

c

gota

c

kamauhitata.

ea eki ge ge dınuge kanteti keras-as gini gos ranga ˙la kas etteti dere tafatu got gotak kamas hitata..He was invited to make religious chants in houses and was given good food and treated with deference.

38 ee libe ˙ne tafatu hadiage sababun ee tanavas mıhaka

c

vege.ea libe ˙ne tafatu hadiage sababun ea tanavas mıhakas vege..He became wealthy from the many presents people gave him.

39 eage anhenun hanke ˙de havva eai deetere vara

c

ufa vei.eage anhenun hanke ˙de havva eai de etere varas ufa vei..

His wife, Hankede Havva, was very happy with him.

40 ehen fehenas, e

c

duvahaki ege nimun kaveri vege.ehen fehena-as, ek duvahaki ege nimun kaveri vege..

But inevitably, one day this came to an end.

Page 209: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

205T16 Nadalla Takuru

41 huvadu ate ˙le vadu hinne arabi bas denne nakatteria e

c

duvahaki e rasun fenige.huvadu ate ˙le vadu hinne arabi bas denne nakatteria ek duvahaki e rasun fenige..

A nakatteriya from the island of Vadu in the same atoll who was well versed in Arabic, appeared inNadalla.

42 ea mıhun mu ˙ne e ˙dafei ve ka ˙nafa

c

nagala ˙ne mıhaka

c

beheti hen hı vege fehe, ede aba dasas darahodasau kefei fa ˙la rasakau ebei.

ea mıhun mu ˙ne e ˙dafei ve ka ˙nafat nagala ˙ne mıhakas beheti hen hı vege fehe, ede aba dasas darahodas-au kefei fa ˙la. rasakas ebei.

Usually, Takuru made an excuse to get firewood from a deserted island whenever he heard an importantperson was expected, avoiding those who could unmask him.

43 ehen fehenas, mi mıhakı (mıhakı) mi kan dene hisi mıhaka

c

ve hedı, ea aı takurua

c

ni anguvaisidrun.

ehen fehena-as, mi mıhakı (mıhakı) mi kan dene hisi mıhakas ve hedı, ea aı takuruas ni anguvaisirrun..

But this man was an unassuming man who arrived quietly and caught Takuru completely off guard.

44 e ilmuveria geaka

c

van ko, takuru inı e ge etere ek kani fotakun ke kamau hede

c

.e ilmuveria geakas van ko, takuru inı e ge etere ek kani fotakun ke kamas hedes..

The scholar entered a house while Takuru was chanting in a corner, pretending to read from a book.

45 ege kurimatte, kelei anda andai hisi.ege kurimatte, kelei anda andai hisi..

A stick of sandalwood burned in front of him.

46 takuru ke ettaki a ˙da ahagen e ilmuveria ajaibu vege, ea kenı kon etta

c

kan ni engi.takuru ke ettaki a ˙da ahagen e ilmuveria ajaibu vege, ea kenı kon ettak kam ni engi..

Listening to Takuru’s chant the educated man wondered, "What is he saying?"

47 takuru kaverie hisi meze kaverie hu ˙t ˙tigen hise ede e fota

c

balafi.takuru kaverie hisi meze kaverie hu ˙t ˙tigen hise ede e fotas balafi..

Going to stand beside the table next to Takuru, he glanced at the book.

48 e fo

c

lefei hisı bon ˙da arabi akurun.e fot lefei hisı bon ˙da arabi akurun..

It was written in bold Arabic characters.

49 ta kiavanı mi fotun tau takuru ekuhun ede ahafi.ta kiavanı mi fotun tau takuru ekuhun ede ahafi..

"Were you reading this?" he asked Takuru.

50 mi tani etau ahara

c

ve ti ko

c

, mıhunge kamau hitun libigen hisefei, takuru ma ˙da ma ˙dun be ˙nafi,"hau".

mi tani etak aharas ve ti kos, mıhunge kamas hitun libigen hisefei, takuru ma ˙da ma ˙dun be ˙nafi,"ha-au"..

Having been respected here for years Takuru replied with imperturbable calm, "Yes."

51 tai (= takı) ete

c

mıhun o ˙lova mıhakau ede be ˙nafi.tai (takı) etek mıhun o ˙lova mıhak-au ede be ˙nafi..

"You are an imposter!" the man declared.

52 adi ate ˙leverin ekehe be ˙nasumau as be ˙ni.adi ate ˙leverin ekehe be ˙nasum-au-as be ˙ni..

"I will tell the Atoll Chief about you".

Page 210: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

206 Fairy tales and Fables

53 takuruge kulavara badalu vege.takuruge kulavara badalu vege..Takuru’s expression changed.

54 biri verikamun furigen ede ehen ni hadau adees koffi.biri verikamun furigen ede ehen ni hadas adees kosfi..

Filled with fear, he begged him not to do so.

55 nakatteriage hiu hama jassai denuma

c

ede eage hitamaveri zuan duvasvaruge vahaka kei derefi.nakatteriage hit hama jassai denumas ede eage hitamaveri zuan duvasvaruge vahaka kei derefi..

He told him about his sad youth, hoping to warm the nakatteriya’s heart.

56 ehen fehenas, mi mıha eage go

c

du ni kera

c

vegen ede e rasi verikan kera ra

c

tenaduvau ebege.ehen fehena-as, mi mıha eage got du ni keras vegen ede e rasi verikam kera ras tenaduvas ebege..

But this man was relentless in his resolve. He went to the capital island Havaru Tinadu,

57 adi miage vahaka ate ˙leveria ekehe be ˙nafi.adi miage vahaka ate ˙leveria ekehe be ˙nafi..and revealed the truth to the Atoll Chief.

58 e rasi nadelle mıhun o ˙lovagen, timaı arabi kiavagen hisi mıhakau kefei ven ˙de mıhau ebihi

c

.e rasi nadelle mıhun o ˙lovagen, timaı arabi kiavagen hisi mıhak-au kefei ven ˙de mıhak ebihis..

"There is a wretched man on this island Nadalla who claims he spent four years studying in Arabia.

59 hagı gati ea e duvasvara heda ke ˙deı divehi rukau ara

c

hanke ˙de.hagı gati ea e duvasvara heda ke ˙deı divehi rukas aras hanke ˙de..Actually he spent that time in Hankede climbing coconut palms."

60 ate ˙leveria takuru hodac

bakim fen ˙duvafi.ate ˙leveria takuru hodas bakin fen ˙duvafi..

The atoll chief sent a party of men to find Takuru.

61 everie havara tenaduvau ea baginata.everie havara tenaduvas ea baginata..They brought him to Havaru Tinadu.

62 sateka eti fara

c

jessuma

c

fahi ee ambarai nadella

c

fen ˙duvalie.sateka eti farak jessumas fahi ea ambarai nadellas fen ˙duvalie..

After giving him a hundred lashes, they sent him back to Nadalla.

63 takuru e ˙di ka ˙nafa

c

nege ˙ne mei hanke ˙de havva ladun mara ve vara

c

vi.takuru e ˙di ka ˙nafat nege ˙ne mei hanke ˙de havva ladun mara ve varas vi..

When Takuru was unmasked, Hankede Havva thought she would die of shame.

64 mi nikameti kan ihusas koggen, e kambulege ea du kollai ambarai a ˙d ˙du ate ˙la

c

ebege.mi nikameti kam ihusas kosgen, e kambulege ea du koslai ambarai a ˙d ˙du ate ˙las ebege..

Feeling deceived she left him and went back to Addu Atoll.

65 takuru eage umurun bakı hisi duvas nadellai heda ke ˙deı fakıri rasi mıhun kamau ni hitamıhakage gote.

takuru eage umurun bakı hisi duvas nadellai heda ke ˙deı fakıri rasi mıhun kamas ni hita mıhakagegote..

Takuru remained in Nadalla the rest of his life, the poorest and least respected man in the island.

Page 211: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T17: Juha

A ˙d ˙du: cAlı Ma ˙nikufanu

Page 212: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

208 Fairy tales and Fables

1 e

c

duvahi, den mi juhau ke mıha eba ven ˙dei.ek duvahi, den mi juha-au ke mıha eba ven ˙dei..

Once upon a time, there lived a man named Juha.

2 vara

c

ban ˙du ha hai hune jehi, vara

c

nikameti ko

c

ven ˙denı.varas ban ˙du ha hai hune jehi, varas nikameti ko

c

ven ˙denı..He was (lit. "lived") very poor and very weak from hunger.

3 den hisı rasgefanu.den hisı rasgefanu..

Furthermore (lit. "then"), there was a king.

4 rasgefanu hinnei kai ban ˙da bon ˙do koggen.rasgefanu hinnei kai ban ˙da bon ˙do koggen..

The king was living (well by) making himself a big stomach by eating.

5 juhaka

c

kahetta

c

ni libe.juhaka

c

kahetta

c

ni libe..But Juha received nothing for eating.

6 vara

c

ban ˙du hau ve vagutu ai.vara

c

ban ˙du hau ve vagutu ai..By the time he became more (and more) hungry.

7 mehen vegen, juha rasgefanau hasadaveri vege.mehen vegen, juha rasgefanau hasadaveri vege..Because of this, Juha started envying the king.

8 den, juha hita erı rasgefana

c

bon ˙dia

c

desumau.den, juha hita erı rasgefana

c

bon ˙dia

c

desumau..Thus, it came to his mind, ‘I am going to play a trick on him.’

9 hitau arafe, rasgefanu hukurau e magi meda

c

hedi lekakı gos, bon ˙do gufala

c

lafi.hitau arafe, rasgefanu hukurau e magi meda

c

hedi lekakı gos, bon ˙do gufala

c

lafi..It had come to (his) mind to lay a big dropping into the middle of the road where the king used to go to

the Friday prayer.

10 lafei, hedi lekakı, bole o

c

bolun koppa nagen gufale matte e ˙dagen de farati de a

c

e ˙dagen obaga

c

.lafei, hedi lekakı, bole o

c

bolun koppa nagen gufale matte e ˙dagen de farati de a

c

e ˙dagen obaga

c

..After laying it he took off the cap which he had on (his) head, put it on the dropping and pressed (it

with his) two hands on both sides.

11 den, (mehen hadagen o

c

velei), rasgefanu hukura

c

va ˙dagannavamun juha mehen hadagen o

c

veleifenigen rasgefanu suala koffi, bala juhau, ta te otı kehenaka

c

hadagen tau?den, (mehen hadagen o

c

velei), rasgefanu hukura

c

va ˙dagannavamun juha mehen hadagen o

c

veleifenigen rasgefanu. suala koffi, bala juhau, ta te otı kehenaka

c

hadagen tau?Then, when the king was ambulating to the Friday prayer and appeared where Juha was doing this, the

king asked, ‘look, Juha, why are you doing this?’

12 be ˙ni mei kefi, manipu ˙lau, dene his tau tima disı ranun o

c

dı ˙nakau.be ˙ni mei kefi, manipu ˙lau, dene his tau tima disı ranun o

c

dı ˙nakau..Being asked (so), he said, ‘excellency, did you (not) know that I saw a bird from gold?

13 e dı ˙na uduhigen e velei, tima bole ou etigan ˙da nagafei, elli mei dı ˙na dasi vege au.e dı ˙na uduhigen e velei, tima bole ou etigan ˙da nagafei, elli mei dı ˙na dasi vege au..

When this bird flew up, I lifted the thing which was on my head, threw it and so the bird got under it.

Page 213: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

209T17 Juha

14 den ingen as, jehe ˙ne mei tima mi otı e ˙dai obagenau.den ingen as, jehe ˙ne mei tima mi otı e ˙dai obagenau..

Thus, it fell down, and since it hit the ground, I have been holding (it) by pressing (it).

15 tima mia naga

c

eu at-as du kollı fehe, mia ebe ˙neti mi otı au.tima mia naga

c

eu at-as du kollı fehe, mia ebe ˙neti mi otı au..If I let loose but one hand to take it, it might happen that it disappears.’

16 manipu ˙lau mia nagai derefelak kei.manipu ˙lau mia nagai derefelak kei..

He said: ‘Sultan, would you please lift this (for me)!’

17 be ˙ni mei, rasgefanu tofigan ˙di hifafei, halalai naga

c

hingi mei, juha kefi, manipu ˙lau, tehen kamini esiau.

be ˙ni mei, rasgefanu tofigan ˙di hifafei, halalai naga

c

hingi mei, juha kefi, manipu ˙lau, tehen kami niesiau..

When the king grasped the hat, and tried to lift (it) while holding (it), Juha said, ‘excellency, in thisway it may not work (lit. "go").’

18 e

c

farati dasun a

c

kulla

c

kei.e

c

farati dasun a

c

kulla

c

kei..He told him to push his hand under (the hat on) one side.

19 be ˙ni mei, rasgefanu ma ˙da ma ˙dun ma ˙da ma ˙dun toppigan ˙di etera

c

a

c

veduvi mei, ma ˙da etta

c

atijehige.

be ˙ni mei, rasgefanu ma ˙da ma ˙dun ma ˙da ma ˙dun toppigan ˙di etera

c

a

c

veduvi mei, ma ˙da etta

c

atijehige..

When the king very very slowly pushed his hand inside the hat, it (the hand) touched something soft.

20 jehe ˙ne mei, misi fihaga

c

.jehe ˙ne mei, misi fihaga

c

..When it touched (that), he closed (his) fist.

21 misi fihaga

c

mei, ati ahurun ahurun gu divage.misi fihaga

c

mei, ati ahurun ahurun gu divage..After closing his fist, the excrements started running through the fingers of (his) hand.

22 juha hedı lekakı, ba ˙di ba ˙di lafei divi ebege.juha hedı lekakı, ba ˙di ba ˙di lafei divi ebege..

Juha, however, ran away, moving his body to and fro.

Page 214: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

210 A Dives akuru Document (Fatko ˙lu)

Fig. 6: Fatko ˙lu F9

Page 215: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

T18: Buddiveri musa ˙lo*

The wise rabbit

Fua

c

Mulaku: Aminat Mu ˙hammad Sacıd

* This is a well-known story from the Old Indic Pañcatantra (I, 8 in the edition M.R. KALE, Pañcatantra ofVi ˙s ˙nusarman, 3rd ed., Delhi 1982, 46 ff.); for other versions of the fable cf. Th. BENFEY, Pantschatantra: FünfBücher indischer Fabeln, Märchen und Erzählungen, 1. Th., Leipzig 1859, 179 ff.

Page 216: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

212 Fairy tales and Fables

1 ed duvahaki ven ˙dun ai jangaliaki minikavage

c

.ek duvahaki ven ˙dunu ai jangaliaki minikavagek.

In a jungle, there once lived a tiger.

2 mi minikavago hada va ˙damakı mi jangalie tibe hai kudu janavara te kanıy ai.mi minikavago hada va ˙damakı mi jangalie tibe hai kudu janavara te kanı ai.

He used to eat small living beings in this jungle.

3 den mi kan jangalie ehen janavaro ekaha bon ˙do vegen emmen salla ko.den mi kam jangalie ehen janavaro ekaha bon ˙do vegen ekmen salla ko.

Because of this, the other animals in the jungle came together for a meeting.

4 den nimmı eusa si ˙tiya fe ˙novannave.den nimmı eusa si ˙tiya fe ˙novanna eve.

They decided to send him a letter.

5 den eusa timamenge tedein kommias mıhaku ma ˙nikufanenge keumakaha komme duvahekiekaku ka ettaka enna.

den eusa timamenge tedein kommi-as mıhaku ma ˙nikufanenge keumakaha komme duvaheki ekakuka ettaka enna.

One (lit. "a person") from among us will come to (be) your excellency’s meal every day.

6 den mi kan singa gabul ke ˙di ai.den mi kam singa qabul ke ˙di ai.

The lion (!) accepted it.

7 komme duvaheki e

c

janavaroe

c

ai.komme duvaheki ek janavaroek ai.

Each day one animal came (to him).

8 adakı musa ˙loge duvahai.adakı musa ˙loge duvas-ai.

Today is the day of the rabbit.

9 den musa ˙losa giunı ma lahen ai.den musa ˙losa giunı ma lahen ai.

To the rabbit it happened to come very late.

10 den singa hısı rı ˙di aragennai.den singa hısı rı ˙di aragen-ai.

So the lion became angry.

11 singa ehı ai, kuma tai mi hai laha vı.singa ehı ai, kuma tai mi hai laha vı.

The lion asked, ‘why has it happened (lit. "become") (that you come) as late as this?’

12 be ˙num-ma be ˙ni ai, mi jangalie o

c

ehen minıkavago kahaigen timasa ni giunı ai.be ˙num-ma be ˙ni ai, mi jangalie ot ehen minıkavago kahaigen timasa ni giunı ai.

At (his) saying so, (the rabbit) said, ‘I could not come to you because of another tiger living (lit."being") in this jungle who scratched me.

13 eu tima kanna be ˙naha hedı ai.eu tima kanna be ˙naha hedı ai.

He said that he would eat me himself.’

Page 217: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

213T18: Buddiveri musa ˙lo

14 den singa be ˙ni ai mi jangalie ni hinna hinnai tima varo mıhaku; mi jangalien emme bon ˙dı timave ai.

den singa be ˙ni-ai mi jangalie ni hinna hinnai tima varo mıhaku; mi jangalien ekme bon ˙dı tima veai.

Then the lion said, ‘there will be nobody else in this jungle like me. I am the biggest one in thisjungle.’

15 kefe, geyai singaya ekı musa ˙lo.kefe, geı-ai singaya ekı musa ˙lo.

At (his) saying so, the rabbit went together with the lion (to show him).

16 e o

c

tana

c

balanna ge kal fen ga ˙deki etere ti otai.e ot tanas balanna ge kal fen gan ˙deki etere ti ot-ai.

When they went (around) looking where that one was, they found him (lit. "he was") in a water pond.

17 mi singa o

c

velai, ene

c

singa hedı va ˙damakı, fen ga ˙di eteraha fummali ai.mi singa ot velai, enek singa hedı va ˙damakı, fen gan ˙di eteraha fummali ai.

This lion being there, the other lion jumped into the water pond.

18 fummum ma eu marovege ai.fummum ma eu marovege ai.

Jumping in, he died.

19 eusa mi fenunı fen ga ˙di eteren euge hianı ai.eusa mi fenunı fen gan ˙di eteren euge hianı ai.

What he had seen was his (own) reflection (lit. "shadow") from inside the water pond.

Page 218: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

214 Copper Plate Documents (Lomafanu)

Fig. 7: Lomafanu L1, pl. d1

Fig. 8: Lomafanu L2, pl. 15

Fig. 9: Lomafanu L3, pl. 3/1

Fig. 10: Lomafanu L4, pl. g/1

Page 219: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

Survey of

historical documents

Copper-plate Documents in Evela and Dives akuru

(Lomafanu)

L1: This lomafanu was registered as no. 1 by BELL (1940, 180) who named it after“Haddummati” (today Lam) Atoll; given that its subject matter is about the donationof a mosque on the island “Gamuduvu” (today Gamu or Gan) of this atoll1, the name“Gamu Lomafanu” would be more appropriate. According to BELL, this lomafanumust have consisted at least of 17 plates originally, the (authentic) page numbers of themanuscript ending with m ˙n = 17. 15 plates have been preserved, with one plate missingat the beginning. A “rough translation” by BELL can be found under no. 907 (86/82) aspart of the author’s bequest in the Government Archives, Colombo (Sri Lanka)2.According to this translation, the numbering of the plates ranges from f (= 2; “i”) to ms(= 17). The fragments that were left unaccounted for by BELL have provisionally beensubsumed under mx and my here. A plate which BELL subsumed as no. 19 under“Haddummati No. 2” (cf. L4) seems to be a further fragment of the present lomafanu,given that it exhibits six lines as all the plates listed under L1 do; this plate is referredto as mz here. The lomafanu is dated into the year “582 after the Prophet (Mu ˙hammad)went to heaven”; if this passage refers not to the Ascension of the Prophet (micrag) butto his death (in A.D. 632), the lomafanu must have been written about 1194 A.D. Thisdating coincides with the statement that the lomafanu was published in the third year ofthe reign of King Gaganadıtya.3 According to the Chronicle of the Kings (Radava ˙li, cf.below: RC 11,10), the beginning of the reign of “Gannadıtta” must have occurred inA.H. 588 ≈ A.D. 1192; the king ruled for seven years.

L2: “Isdu Lomafanu”: This lomafanu, which is named after the island Isdu (in Haddum-mati or Lam Atoll), is the most voluminous one that has been preserved; it comprises20 plates à 2 pages à 5 lines. Its first edition was published in 1986 by HASSAN AHMEDMANIKU and G.D. WIJAYAWARDHANA (“Isdhoo Loamaafaanu”, Colombo: RoyalAsiatic Society). The dating of this lomafanu is identical with that of L1.

L3: “Dambidu Lomafanu”: This document, called “Eterukolu (Palace) Lomafanu” or“Lomafanu of the inner palace” by BELL (1940, 180 f.), would be better named afterthe island of Dambidu (in Haddummati or Lam Atoll), because its subject is the

1 For the atolls and islands referred to in this survey, cf. the map printed as fig. 11 on p. 224 below.2 I am grateful to the director of the Archive who allowed me to inspect and use this material.3 For the name of this king cf. GIPPERT (forthcoming), fn. 13.

Page 220: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

216 Survey of historical documents

donation of a mosque on this island. According to BELL, it must have contained 16plates (counted from m = 1 to mg = 16) in the beginning, with plate 14 (mg = 16)missing already at the time of BELL, who transcribed plates m (single-sided: “A”) andmg (front page: “A”) only. A complete but not very reliable edition was published in1982 by the “National Centre for Linguistic and Historical Research” in Male (thendirected by HASSAN AHMED MANIKU) under the title of “Loamaafaanu: Transliteration,Translation and notes on Palaeography. Vol. 1”; a former attempt of reading (by ALEE

NAJEEB) has recently appeared (2001). This lomafanu is dated into the year “583 afterthe Ascension of the Prophet to heaven” and into the fourth year of the reign of KingGaganadıtya; thus, the year A.D. 1195 can be regarded as the date of its origin.

L4: This lomafanu, which BELL (1940, 182) registered under the name of the “HaddummatiAtoll” as well (cp. L1 above), should be better named “Kudahuvadu Lomafanu” afterthe island it concerns (in Nılandu South or Dal Atoll). It contains 8 plates (à 2 pages à7 lines) which were presumably written by two different hands, possibly not at the sametime. The lomafanu has not yet been edited so far; a rough translation with atranscription of the first two pages can be found in BELL’s bequest (GovernmentArchives, Colombo) under the signature 906/86:81, however. The “Nelles-Jumbo-GuideMalediven”, München 1994, p. 47 shows a total view of the given lomafanu buterroneously identifies it with the “Isdhoo loamaafaana” (sic; cf. L2 above). The date ofthe lomafanu refers to the sixth year of the reign of Queen (!) Raaradesvara, who,according to the chronicle (RC 12,7), ascended the throne in A.H. 630 (≈ A.D. 1232);accordingly, the lomafanu must have been written A.D. 1237-1238.

L5: The first edition of a document named “Bo ˙dugalu Lomafanu” can be found in BELL(1940, 182 ff). According to this edition, it contained 10 plates (à 2 pages à 5 lines) atBELL’s time. Its date, which is written in Arabic on the first plate, refers to the yearA.H. 758, approximately corresponding to A.D. 1356 as the year of its origin. Itcoincides with the reignal period of Queen Radaabarnna, who, according to thechronicle (RC 17,1), ascended the throne (for the first time) in A.H. 748.

L6: This single plate of a lomafanu was published by BELL (1930, 541 ff.) as “no. 1”;according to BELL, it belonged to “Mr. E. ’Abdul Hamíd Dídí” in Colombo at thattime. BELL stated a high degree of similarity with the “Bo ˙dugalu Lomafanu” (L5) fromthe impression of its handwriting and the figuring of the words in general. There are noreferences as to the date of origin.

L7: Another single plate of a lomafanu; it was published by BELL (1930, 552 ff.) as“no. 2”. There are no references to the date of origin either.

L8: Fragment (about the half) of a single plate which was published by BELL (1930, 560 ff.)as “no. 3”. The al-gazı Ibrahım Pa ˙tina[kinage] mentioned here (the name can besupplemented according to the Haññamıdu-Fatko ˙lu, cf. F6 below) seems to be identicalwith Sultan Ibrahım III who reigned from A.H. 993 to 1017 (≈ A.D. 1585-1609) andwas killed on 28th Šawwal 1017 A.H. (≈ 4.2.1609) when fighting against Malabarpirates. With high probability, the lomafanu refers to the time of reign of Mu ˙hammadŠugaci cImad ud-dın (A.H. 1029-1058 ≈ A.D. 1620-1648; cf. BELL 1930, 561 f.).

Page 221: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

Documents in Dives-akuru on paper and wood

(Fatko ˙lu)

F1: “Ko ˙lufusi Fatko ˙lu”: The document is undated but it can with certainty be assigned tothe period of the reign of Sultan Mu ˙hammad Bo ˙du Takurufanu (between A.D. 1573 andA.D. 1585). It was first edited by BELL (1940, 188 f.). Its subject is the donation of amosque on the island of Ko ˙lufusi in Mulaku (Mım) Atoll.

F2: “Hasan Pa ˙tina Fatko ˙lu”: An unedited fatko ˙lu dated the 17th Šawwal A.H. 1036 (≈1.7.1627). Clearly it notarises a decoration.

F3: “Gan Fatko ˙lu”: The document which was edited for the first time by BELL (1940, 190f.) is also called “Fila Fatko ˙lu”; it consists of an inscription on a wooden board of 1,70× 0,54 m which attests the donation of a mosque on Gan Island in A ˙d ˙du Atoll. It isdated the 23rd Mu ˙harram A.H. 1062 (≈ 5.1.1652), i.e. the fifth year of the reign ofSultan Ibrahım Iskandar I (time of reign 1648-1687). A coloured photograph of a partof the inscription can be found in M. AMIN, D. WILLETTS, P. MARSHALL, “Journeythrough Maldives”, Nairobi 1992, 14.

F4: “Ba Miskit Fatko ˙lu”: The text attesting the donation of a mosque of the same namein Male is written on a wooden beam which has been preserved in the Male Museumsince the destruction of the mosque some years ago. A first edition of the inscription(transcribed into Tana) was published in MM, 38 f. The text is dated the 11th RamadanA.H. 1062 (≈ 16.8.1652); this date again coincides with the fifth year of reign ofIbrahım Iskandar I.

F5: “Gamu Fatko ˙lu”: The unedited fatko ˙lu attests a donation for the rebuilding of theFriday Mosque on Gamu Island in Haddummati (Lam) Atoll (cp. also L1) by SultanMu ˙hammad (son of ˙Haggı cAlı Tukkala) who reigned from A.H 1104-1112 ≈ A.D.1692-1701. It is dated into the year A.H. 1108 (≈ A.D. 1696).

F6: “Haññamıdu Fatko ˙lu”: This unedited fatko ˙lu (cp. fig. 5, p. 200) is not identical withthe document registered and partly edited by BELL (1930, 565, note 2) under the nameof “Hañña Mídú Fat-ko ˙lu” (sic) although both documents refer to the grave of the sameAl-gazı Ibrahım (cf. also L8) on the island of Haññamıdu in Ari (Alif) Atoll. The givenfatko ˙lu notarises that Sultan Mu ˙hammad cImad-ud-dın in the seventh year of his reigntransferred the care for this grave to a certain cAlı Muqrı (“recitator of the Qur

c

an”).Probably, this Mu ˙hammad cImad-ud-dın is the second Sultan known under this namewho reigned A.H. 1116-1133 (≈ A.D. 1704-1721); correspondingly, this fatko ˙lu musthave been written by 1711 A.D.

F7: “Isseri Fatko ˙lu”: This document contains a decree by Sultan Mu ˙zaffar Mu ˙hammadcImad ud-dın II who reigned from A.H. 1116 to 1133 (≈ A.D. 1704-1721); it is datedinto the year A.H. 1127 ≈ A.D. 1715 and concerns a donation to the island Isseri inNılandu South (Dal) Atoll.

F8: “Kan ˙dudu Fatko ˙lu”: The unedited manuscript which is dated into the year A.H. 1147(≈ A.D. 1735) attests a donation for the Friday Mosque on the island Kan ˙dudu inKo ˙luma ˙dulu (Ta) Atoll by Sultan Ibrahım Iskandar II who reigned from A.H. 1133 to1163 (≈ A.D. 1721-1750).

Page 222: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

218 Survey of historical documents

F9: “Kuramati Fatko ˙lu”: The undated, unedited fatko ˙lu (cf. fig. 6, p. 210) attests theinstallation of a certain Musa, son of Ma ˙hmud, as the

˘Ha ˙tıb of an island with the same

name in “Huvadummatti” (Huvadu or Gaf) Atoll by Sultan Ibrahım Iskandar II (cf. F8above). An exact date is missing.

F10: “Ku ˙dahuvadu Fatko ˙lu”: This document was edited by BELL (1940, 193 ff.; theillustration given there as plate M contains but the beginning up to line 21). It is datedinto the year A.H. 1164 (≈ A.D. 1751), i.e. the second year of the reign of SultanMu ˙hammad cImad-ud-dın III (reigning period A.H. 1163-1173 ≈ A.D. 1750-1759). Itapproves the renewal of an older “lomapanu” concerning the mosque of the islandKu ˙dahuvadu in Nılandu (Dal) Atoll. Possibly this refers to the Lomafanu “L4” (cf.above).

F11: “Diamigilı Fatko ˙lu”: This unedited fatko ˙lu is dated into the year A.H. 1164 (≈ A.D.1751) too, but it refers to the third year of the reign of Mu ˙hammad cImad-ud-dın III. Itattests the donation of a mosque on the island of Diamingilı in Ko ˙luma ˙dulu (Ta) Atoll(a coloured photograph of this document is printed in “Maldives. A Nation of Islands”,Male’ 1983, 20 f.).

F12: “Tinadu Fatko ˙lu”: This unedited and undated document was not issued by a Sultanbut by different officials. It refers (maybe as a court decision?) to a certain DonKanbuloge from Havo ˙d ˙da or Tinadu island (in Huvadu South or Gaf-Dal Atoll).Probably it was written in the second half of the 18th c.

F13: “Havo ˙d ˙da Fatko ˙lu”: This unedited fatko ˙lu which cannot be dated exactly notarises agift to a certain ˙Hassan, son of Mu ˙hammad

˘Ha ˙tıb, from the island Havo ˙d ˙da in

“Huvadummatti” (Huvadu South or Gaf-Dal) Atoll. Like the preceding document, itprobably dates from the second half of the 18th c.

The Chronicle (Radava ˙li)

RA: A Tana manuscript of the Radava ˙li, i.e. the Maldivian chronicle of the kings, whichwas registered as variant “A” by BELL who published but a short excerpt (one pageonly; cf. 1940, 198 f.). This version of the Radava ˙li ends with Sultan Mu ˙hammadKalaminja, i.e. Mu ˙zaffar Mu ˙hammad cImad ud-dın II, who reigned from A.H. 1116 to1133 ≈ A.D. 1704-1721. According to BELL, the manuscript consists of 31 pages.

RB: A manuscript of the Radava ˙li written in Dives akuru and registered as “B” by BELLwho published an excerpt of it. According to BELL, the last name that was recorded inthis ms. was that of Sultan Mu ˙hammad cImad-ud-dın III who reigned from A.H. 1163to 1173 ≈ A.D. 1750-1759; thus, it must have been written about 40 years later thanms. A (cf. above).

RC: A second Tana manuscript of the Radava ˙li which was edited in facsimile in 1979 bythe Divehi bahai tarıxas xidmat kura qaumı marukazu [National Center for Linguisticand Historical Research] in Male. It consists of 38 pages, the content of p. 10 beingalmost a duplicate of that of p. 9; a fact that can possibly be explained by assuming achange of the underlying manuscript model. This variant — which represents the onlycomplete version of the Radava ˙li we dispose of so far — ends with Šay

˘h ˙Haggı ˙Hasan

who reigned from A.H. 1193 to 1213 ≈ A.D. 1779-1799.

Page 223: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

Inscriptions in Dives akuru

Inscriptions from A ˙d ˙du:

IDAH 1: An unedited inscription which cannot be dated exactly, on the gravestone of acertain Don cAlı Takurupanu, son of ˙Hassan Takurupanu and cAıša Bıpanu, fromthe graveyard of the Medu Mosque in Hitadu.

IDAM 1: An unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain ˙Sanfa, grand-daughter (?)of Mu ˙hammad Pan ˙dia Takurupanu, dated 11th (?) Šacban A.H. 1134(≈ 19.5.1625). An excellent photograph of this gravestone has been published in“Nelles-Jumbo-Guide Malediven”, München 1994, 186.

Inscriptions from Male:

IDMBM 1: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain cAıša Bıpanu, daughter of cAlı Ba ˙deriTakurupanu from Takandu and Amina Kambuloge from Marandu (both islandsare located in Tiladummati North or Ha-Alif Atoll), died 5th Šacban 1148(≈ 31.12.1735), from the cemetery of a “Ban ˙dara Mosque” in Male. A pictureof this stone can be found in BELL 1924 (pl. 1), its transcription and translationib. p. 291; for the person of cAlı Ba ˙deri Takurupanu cf. ib. 298. The stone seemsnot to exist any longer today. It was neither mentioned in the description of theBan ˙dara Mosque of Henveru in MM, no. 39, p. 99 f., nor in the description ofthe Ban ˙dara Mosque of Mafannu, ib. no. 24, p. 66 f.

IDMDM 1: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain ˙Sanfa Bıpanu, daughter of the Wazır

˙Haggı ˙Hussain Famuladeri, died 22nd Gumad al-a˘hıra A.H. 1114 (≈ 13.11.1702),

from the cemetery of the former Dolidan Mosque in Male. A picture of thegravestone can be found in BELL 1924 (pl. 1), a transcription and translation ofthe inscription ib., p. 291. Obviously, the stone does not exist any longer either.

IDMDM 2: Inscription on the tombstone of a certain cAıša Kabuloge, daughter ofMu ˙hammad Menai Kaloge, died 15th Ragab 1105 A.H. (≈ 12.3.1694). In MM,no. 14, p. 29, this inscription was transcribed into Tana and listed as No. 5.According to a photograph (private property of HASSAN AHMED MANIKU), theoriginal place of this gravestone was to the left of that registered underIDMDM 1, in the graveyard of the Dolidan Mosque in Male. Obviously it hasnot been preserved either.

IDMEM 1: Inscription on the tombstone of a certain Maria Kanbadi Kilage, daughter ofSultan Mu ˙hammad cImad-ud-dın (I, reigned from A.H. 1029 to 1058 A.H. ≈A.D. 1620-1648), and one Fatuma Kilage from Barasu (today Bara

c

, inTiladummati North / Ha-Alif Atoll), from the graveyard of the former Eterekoi ˙lu(“Inner Palace”) Mosque; the date of the death is given as the “14th Rama ˙dan”without a year being engraved. A picture of the gravestone was provided byBELL (1924, pl. II), together with a transcription and translation (ib., p. 292). InMM, the mosque is listed by the name of “Masgid cAfıf-ud-dın” (nr. 32, p. 82),the stone appearing as no. 3. Probably it has not been preserved.

Page 224: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

220 Survey of historical documents

IDMEM 3: Inscription on a pillar which reminds of a tombstone by its form; it was placednear the “Eterekoi ˙lu Mosque” (Inner Palace Mosque) in Male. It contains areport on the capturing of Male by Malabar conquerors on the 13th ˙Safar A.H.1166 (≈ 12.12.1752), who on this occasion kidnapped Sultan Mu ˙hammad cImad-ud-dın III, and the reconquest of Male by ˙Hassan Ra ˙n ˙na Ba ˙deri Ma ˙nikupanu andthe rebuilding of the palace by Ismail Mava ˙di. The inscription was first editedby BELL (1940, 173 f. with pl. A, 4); in MM it is listed as no. 1 of the stonespertaining to the mosque “Masgid cAfıf-ud-dın” (no. 32), p. 82. For the contentscp. also ITMP 1-2.

IDMEM 4: Inscription on the gravestone of one Kadıda (˘Hadıga) Bıpanu, daughter of cAıša

Kambulege from Ma ˙didu (?, in Miladumma ˙dulu North or Šaviyani Atoll) andcAlı Takurupanu (?) from Mavilipu ˙ti (?), died 20th Gumad-al-awwal 1086 A.H.(≈ 11.8.1675), from the cemetery of the Eterekoi ˙lu (“Inner Palace”) Mosque.The inscription seems to be identical with that given as No. 9 in MM undermosque no. 32 (cp. IDMEM 1) on p. 83. Apparently, the stone no longer exists,but a photograph of it has been preserved (private property of HASAN AHMEDMANIKU).

IDMHM 1: Inscription on the western wall of the portal of the Friday Mosque (HukuruMiskit) in Male, attesting the donation of the Mosque by Sultan IbrahımIskandar I who reigned 1648-1687 A.D. It has not preserved but there is apicture of it in MHM (1984, 267). A first edition was published by BELL (1940,171 f. under no. 6e), a second one can be found in MHM (1984, 305).

IDMHM 2: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain ˙Hussain Uttama Pa ˙diaru Takuru, sonof Mu ˙hammad Uttama Pa ˙diaru Takuru from A ˙d ˙du, died 14th Šacban 1072 A.H.(≈ 4.4.1662), from the graveyard of the Friday Mosque in Male. The stone islocated close to the south-western corner of the mosque; on its backside there isan Arabic inscription. MHM (1984) exhibits a picture of good quality (p. 381)and a transcription into Tana (p. 282).

IDMHM 3: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain ˙Hussain Bo ˙du Do ˙timena Ki ˙nagepanu,son of Wazır Mu ˙hammad Pamuladeri Ma ˙nikupanu, died 6th ¯Du’l- ˙higga 1178A.H. (≈ 27.5.1765), from the cemetery of the Friday Mosque. The stone wasregistered as no. XIII, 142 in MHM (1984, 372).

IDMHM 4: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain ˙Hussain Amin (?) Kilagepanu, grand-son (?) of cUmar Rannabaderi Kilage, died 18th Gumad al-awwal 1089 A.H.(≈ 8.7.1678), from the graveyard of the Friday Mosque. The stone is listed as no.IV, 9 in MHM (1984, 346).

IDMHM 5: Inscription on the tombstone of a certain Amina Kilagepanu (?), daughter of

˙Hussain Bo ˙du Do ˙timena Kilagepanu, from the cemetery of the Friday Mosquein Male. Its dating has become almost illegible (13. xxx A.H. 11xx). Apparently,the stone was not registered in MHM (1984).

IDMHM 6: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain Ibrahım (?) Hadeigiri Kalogepanu, died20th Gumad al-a

˘hıra 1131 A.H. (≈ 10.7.1719) (?), from the cemetery of the

Friday Mosque in Male. The inscription has been heavily damaged, the stonehaving been broken several times. Apparently, it was not registered in MHM(1984).

Page 225: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

221Inscriptions in Dives akuru

IDMHM 7: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain Al-cAzız cAlı Rannaba ˙deri Kilagepanu,son of Wazır Mu ˙hammad Famuladeri Manikupanu, died 29th Šacban 1196 A.H.(≈ 9.8.1782), from the cemetery of the Friday-Mosque in Male. The stone wasregistered as no. II, 14 in MHM (1984, 327).

IDMMM 1-4: Inscription on the four walls of the so-called Medu Miskit of Male, attestingthe donation of the mosque by Sultan Ibrahım Iskandar I who reigned 1648-1687A.D. MHM (1984) exhibits a reproduction (p. 173 ff.) as well as a transcriptionof the text into Tana (p. 97 and 165 ff.). In MM the inscription is not mentionedin the treatise of Medu Miskit (no. 7, p. 14).

Inscriptions in Tana

Inscriptions from A ˙d ˙du:

ITAG 1: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain ˙Hussain Ma ˙nikufanu, son of

˙Hasan Ma ˙nikufanu from Gan, died 24th Gumad al-awwal A.H. 1148 (≈11.10.1735), from the cemetery of the mosque in Gan. Together with three otherstones inscribed in Tana (ITAG 2-4), the stone stands in a family grave.

ITAG 2: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain Ibrahım Ma ˙nikufanu, son ofSultan cAlı bin as-sul ˙tan ˙Hassan Ma ˙nikufanu (cAlı VII / ˙Hassan X., cf. ITAH 1/ 3), died 28th Rama ˙dan 1171 (≈ 4.6.1758), from the cemetery of the mosque inGan (cp. ITAG 1).

ITAG 3: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain Amina Ma ˙nika (?), daughter(?) of ˙Hussain Ma ˙nikufanu (cp. ITAG 1), died 8th ˙Hagg ( ¯Du’l- ˙higga) 1201 A.H.(≈ 20.9.1787), from the cemetery of the mosque in Gan.

ITAG 6: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain Amina Kambulege, daughterof (Šugac) bin Mu ˙hammad Kalege, died 23rd Rabıc ul-awwal 1173 A.H. (≈13.11.1759), from the cemetery of the mosque in Gan (cp. ITAG 1).

ITAH 1: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain Gabrail Sacıd bin al- ˙haggı

˙Hassan (= Sultan ˙Hassan X., reigning A.H. 1113 ≈ A.D. 1701), son of SultancAlı (VII, reigning A.H. 1112 ≈ A.D. 1701), died 14th ˙Safar 1188 A.H. (≈26.4.1774), from the cemetery of the Friday Mosque in Hitadu. Together withthe tombstone ITAH 2 (cf. below) this stone stands in the so-called “Sultan’sgrave”. For the two sultans concerned cf. BELL (1924, 298).

ITAH 2: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain cAlı Manikufanu (Takuru?),died 15th Gumad al-awwal 1205 A.H. (≈ 20.1.1791), from the cemetery of theFriday Mosque in Hitadu.

ITAH 3: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a Wazır ˙Hassan bin cAlı bin al-sul ˙tanhaggı ˙Hassan (X) bin al-sul ˙tan cAlı al-Karım (VII, cf. ITAH 1 above), died 24thMu ˙harram 1222 A.H. (≈ 3.4.1807), from the cemetery of the Friday Mosque inHitadu.

Page 226: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

222 Survey of historical documents

ITAH 5: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain cAıša Manika, daughter (?) of

˙Hassan Manikufanu, died 20th Mu ˙harram 1179 (≈ 9.7.1765), from the cemeteryof the Friday Mosque in Hitadu. This and another stone (ITAG 5) stand in theso-called “donor’s grave”.

ITAH 6: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain Mu ˙hammad Takurufanu, sonof Yusuf Fan ˙dia Takurufanu (?), died 20th ¯Du’l-qacda 1134 A.H. (≈ 1.9.1722),from the cemetery of the Friday Mosque in Hitadu.

ITAM 1: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain Amina Bıfanu, daughter ofSittı Bıfanu and Mu ˙hammad Bo ˙du Takurufanu, died 1st ˙Hagg ( ¯Du’l- ˙higga) 1161A.H. (≈ 22.11.1749), from the cemetery in Mıdu.

Inscriptions from Fua

c

Mulaku:

ITFM 2: Unedited inscription on the gravestone of a certain Ibrahım, son of ˙HussainFanu, died 4th ¯Du’l-qacda (?) 1290 A.H. (≈ 24.12.1873), from the cemetery ofDa ˙dumagu in Fua

c

Mulaku.

Inscriptions from Male:

ITMHM 1: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain Mu ˙hammad Ma ˙nikufanu, son ofFamuladeri Ma ˙nikufanu (?), died 20th ¯Du’l-qacda (x13x), from the cemetery ofthe Friday Mosque in Male. The stone is registered as no. I, 52 in MHM (1984,320).

ITMHM 2: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain Ibrahım Ma ˙nikufanu, son of a Wazır

˙Hassan Haku[ra]i Takurufanu (cf. ITMHM 4; for the person in question cf. BELL1924, 298) and Amina Manikufanu from Fua

c

Mulaku, died 3rd Ragab 1219A.H. (≈ 8.10.1804), from the cemetery of the Friday Mosque in Male. The stoneis registered as no. I, 48 in MHM (1984, 319).

ITMHM 3: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain Fa ˙tuma (sic, in Arabic) Manikufanu,grand-daughter of cUmar Bo ˙du Ba ˙deri Takurufanu, from A ˙d ˙du, died 12th ¯Du’l-qacda 1190 A.H. (≈ 23.12.1776), from the cemetery of the Friday Mosque inMale. The stone is registered as no. I, 46 in MHM (1984, 319).

ITMHM 4: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain Fatuma Manikufanu, daughter of theGreat Wazır ˙Hassan Hakura

c

Takurufanu (cf. ITMHM 2) from Takandu(Tiladummati North / Ha-Alif Atoll), died 12th ¯Du’l-qacda 1195 A.H. (≈30.10.1781), from the cemetery of the Friday Mosque in Male. The stone isregistered as no. I, 45 in MHM (1984, 318 f.).

ITMHM 7: Inscription on the gravestone of a certain ˙Hawwa Manikufanu, daughter of KakaiDon cAlı Takurufanu and Fatuma Fanu from Bo ˙dugalu, died 9th Rabıc al-awwal(?) 1193 A.H. (≈ 27.3.1779), from the cemetery of the Friday Mosque in Male.The stone is registered as no. III, 4 in MHM (1984, 334).

Page 227: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

223Inscriptions in Tana

ITMKM 1: Inscription in the outer wall of the Kaluvakaru Mosque in Male which attests thefoundation of the mosque by Sultan ˙Hassan Nur-ud-dın (reigning A.H. 1193-1213 ≈ A.D. 1779-1799) in the tenth year of his reign. This mosque, whoseoriginal place was in the middle of the main street of Male (Bo ˙du Magu) inHenveru quarter, was transferred to the south-eastern corner of the Sultan’s Parkin the 1980ies (private information from HASSAN AHMED MANIKU).

ITMP 1-2: Inscriptions on two wooden beams which were originally affixed outside andinside of the lintel above the portal of the Sultan’s Palace; today bothinscriptions are exhibited in the Male Museum. Their content (similar to that ofthe Dives akuru inscription IDMEM 3 but using other words) is about theconquest of Male, which was accompanied by the kidnapping of SultanMu ˙hammad cImad-ud-dın III, by Malabar conquerors on the 13th ˙Safar 1166A.H. (≈ 12.12.1752), the reconquest of Male by ˙Hassan Ra ˙n ˙na Ba ˙deriMa ˙nikufanu, and the reconstruction of the palace by a certain Ismaıl Mava ˙di.The inscription was first edited by BELL (1940, 174 f., no. 8).

Page 228: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

224 Survey map of the Maldivian atolls

Fig. 11: Maldivian Atolls

Page 229: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

Additional indexes (to vol. I)

Text passages

F1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129F1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 200F1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50F1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28F1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129F1, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194F1, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203F1, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203F1, 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F1, 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135F1, 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130F1, 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F1, 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134F2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60F2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 195F2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 135F2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135F2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135F2, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F2, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135F2, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135F2, 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F2, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130F2, 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201F3, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 134F3, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 136, 209F3, 3 . . . . . . . 130, 134, 135, 199F3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 195F3, 6 . . . . . 42, 75, 130, 131, 136F3, 6-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 136F3, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 60, 130F3, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 115, 131F3, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F3, 11 . . . . . . . . . . 39, 182, 200F3, 12 . . . . . . . . . . 133, 200, 201F3, 14 . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 69, 201F3, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74F3, 16 . . . . . . . . . . 200, 201, 209F3, 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133, 201F3, 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133F3, 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131F4, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 131, 201F4, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 200, 201F4, 3 . . . . . . . . . 19, 28, 200, 205F4, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . 138, 194, 200F4, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133, 194F5, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134F5, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 195F5, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 194F5, 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F5, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 200F5, 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28F5, 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 210

F5, 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210F5, 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 239F5, 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69F5, 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 239F5, 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F5, 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 133F5, 38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F5, 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 28, 75F5, 41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 201F5, 43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19F5, 46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133F5, 47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201F5, 49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133F6, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F6, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F6, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 200F6, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136F6, 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 194F6, 15-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134F6, 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135F6, 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69F6, 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42F6, 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133F7, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199F7, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134F7, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195F7, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60F7, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F7, 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 200F7, 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F7, 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133F7, 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42F7, 38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42F8, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134F8, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133, 199F8, 16 . . . . . . . . . . 60, 118, 123F8, 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F8, 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194F8, 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19F8, 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69F8, 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74F8, 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F8, 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 201F8, 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133F8, 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201F8, 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194F9, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F9, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133F9, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F9, 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42F10, 6 . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135, 199F10, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60F10, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

F10, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28F10, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40F10, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130F10, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F10, 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131F10, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F10, 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 200F10, 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131F10, 18 . . . . . . . . . . 40, 50, 239F10, 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42F10, 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58F11, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F11, 7 . . . 60, 134, 135, 195, 199F11, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F11, 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F11, 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F11, 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . 131, 210F11, 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 200F11, 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F11, 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37F11, 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131F11, 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 194F12, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136F12, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135, 136F12, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130F13, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39F13, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F13, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F13, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28F13, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74F13, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133F13, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194F13, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92F13, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133F13, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133F13, 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200F13, 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 201IDAH 1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114IDAH 1, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115IDAM 1, 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134IDAM 1, 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60IDAM 1, 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135IDMBM 1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 116IDMBM 1, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . 135IDMD 1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112IDMD 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33IDMDM 1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 121IDMDM 1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 114IDME 3, 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39IDME 3, 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39IDMEM 1, 19 . . . . . . . . . . . 116IDMEM 1, 22 . . . . . . . . . . . 112IDMEM 3, 14 . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Page 230: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

226 Indexes

IDMEM 3, 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . 42IDMEM 3, 31 . . . . . . . . . . . 137IDMEM 4, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 115IDMEM 4, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . 114IDMH 2, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112IDMHM 1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 131IDMHM 1, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 135IDMHM 1, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . 42IDMHM 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 119IDMHM 2, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 200IDMHM 2, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . 32IDMHM 3, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60IDMHM 4, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . 113IDMHM 4, 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . 40IDMHM 4, 22 . . . . . . . . . . . 190IDMHM 5, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 111IDMHM 6, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 114IDMHM 6, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 135IDMHM 6, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 135IDMHM 7, 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . 123IDMHM 7, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 115IDMHM 7, 18 . . . . . . . . . . . 137IDMMM 1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 131IDMMM 1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 200IDMMM 2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69IDMMM 3, 4 . . . . . . . . 113, 200IDMMM 3, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28IDMMM 4, 6 . . . . . . . . 138, 200ITAG 1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ITAG 1, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32ITAG 1, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ITAG 1, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115ITAG 2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . 111, 123ITAG 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ITAG 2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ITAG 2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115ITAG 3, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37ITAG 3, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 43ITAG 3, 6 . . . . . . . . . . 117, 137ITAG 6, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115ITAG 6, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135ITAH 1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112ITAH 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60ITAH 3, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ITAH 3, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115ITAH 3, 6 . . . . . . . . . . 123, 137ITAH 4, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ITAH 4, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ITAH 6, 2 . . . . . . . . . . 118, 123ITAM 1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123ITAM 1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 60ITAM 1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33ITFM 2, 3 . . . . . . . 114, 117, 123ITFM 2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 43ITMHM 1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ITMHM 1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ITMHM 1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ITMHM 1, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40ITMHM 2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

ITMHM 2, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64ITMHM 2, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ITMHM 3, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60ITMHM 4, 3 . . . . . . . . . 33, 117ITMHM 4, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60ITMHM 5, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ITMHM 7, 2 . . . . . . . . 114, 117ITMHM 7, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 135ITMKM 1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 210ITMKM 1, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . 201ITMKM 1, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . 138ITMKM 1, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33ITMP 1, 3 . . . . 61, 137, 200, 229ITMP 1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . 137, 195ITMP 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . 111, 200ITMP 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L1 d/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L1 d/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . 17, 33, 115L1 d/1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 229L1 d/2, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45L1 d/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . 209, 237L1 d/2, 3 . . . . . . 18, 43, 200, 229L1 d/2, 4 . . . . . . . . 133, 209, 237L1 d/2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L1 f/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 137L1 f/1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132L1 f/1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L1 f/2, 1 . . . . . . . . . . 17, 18, 33L1 f/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L1 f/2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199L1 f/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199L1 g/1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56L1 g/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64L1 g/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 122L1 g/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39L1 g/2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L1 n/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . 19, 28, 60L1 n/1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L1 s/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41L1 s/1, 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28L1 s/1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19L1 s/1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205L1 s/2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20L1 t/1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43L1 t/1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 131L1 t/2, 1 . . . . . . . . 74, 229, 230L1 t/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199L1 md/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64L1 md/1, 2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56L1 md/1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56L1 md/2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L1 mn/1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153L1 mn/1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208L1 mn/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36L1 mn/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116L1 mn/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . 131, 209L1 ms/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55L1 mx/1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56L1 mx/2, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

L1 mx/2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199L1 mx/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32L1 my/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64L1 my/1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L1 my/1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L1 my/1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122L2 1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55L2 1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55L2 1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55L2 2, 1 . . . . . . . . . 55, 209, 237L2 2, 5 . . 91, 162, 201, 229, 230L2 3, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50L2 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 133, 200L2 4, 1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56L2 4, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32L2 4, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L2 4, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56L2 4, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56L2 5, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 58L2 5, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 200L2 5, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64L2 5, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 122L2 6, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 200L2 6, 2 . . . . . . . 19, 60, 207, 239L2 6, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 205L2 6, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69L2 7, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19L2 8, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L2 8, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199L2 8, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41L2 9, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41L2 9, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209L2 9, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30L2 10, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157L2 10, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56L2 11, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 201L2 11, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19L2 12, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121L2 15, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41L2 15, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 135L2 17, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201L2 18, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56L2 21, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59L2 21, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199L2 22, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 194, 209L2 22, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42L2 22, 3 . . . . . . . . 36, 133, 200L2 24, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131L2 25, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61L2 25, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64L2 26, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 123L2 27, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L2 27, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201L2 28, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133L2 28, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 74L2 28, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30L2 32, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61L2 32, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133L2 33, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 37

Page 231: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

227Text passages

L2 33, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115L2 34, 1 . . . . . . . . 91, 162, 200L2 34, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229L2 34, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55L2 36, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132L2 36, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 131L2 37, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 116L2 38, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209L2 38, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131L3 1/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 116L3 1/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55L3 2/2, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 157L3 2/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39L3 2/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 56L3 2/1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . 133, 195L3 3/2, 1 . . . . . . 19, 60, 207, 239L3 3/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20L3 3/1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L3 3/2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201L3 3/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L3 3/1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 200L3 4/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229L3 4/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . 30, 32, 60L3 4/1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 60L3 5/1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L3 5/2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199L3 6/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28L3 6/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41L3 6/1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28L3 6/1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28L3 6/1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30L3 7/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131L3 7/2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131L3 10/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 60L3 10/1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L3 10/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L3 11/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20L3 12/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201L3 12/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133L3 12/1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19L3 12/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133L3 12/2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74L3 13/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133L3 15/2, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74L3 15/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201L3 15/1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L3 15/1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55L4 b/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L4 g/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 69L4 e/2, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 64L4 e/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 200L4 f/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L4 e/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20L4 a/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229L4 c/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157L4 e/1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229L4 c/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60L4 f/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201L4 c/1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

L4 b/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50L4 a/2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19L4 c/2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 200L4 f/1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201L4 d/1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L4 f/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74L4 d/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41L4 g/1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 136L4 c/2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32L4 a/1, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 201L4 f/1, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 69L4 b/2, 7 . . . . . . . . 74, 201, 205L4 c/1, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200L5 1/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 116L5 2/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50L5 4/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201L5 4/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 116L5 4/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229L5 4/2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114L5 5/1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69L5 5/1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42L5 5/1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19L5 5/2, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18L5 5/2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190L5 5/2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74L5 5/2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74L5 5/2, 6 . . . . . . . . . 39, 90, 201L6 1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 135L6 1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58L6 2, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 194, 205L6 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 135L6 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19L6 2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 203L7 2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 203L8 1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199L8 1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115L8 1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60MBh. 1,61,6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 258R. 1,48,7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58R. 3,8,7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58RA 1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135RA 1, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39RA 1, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134RA 1, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 135RA 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130RA 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60RA 2, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195RA 2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60RA 2, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190RA 21, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39RA 21, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135RB 1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39RB 1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134RB 1, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136RB 1, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136RB 1, 11 . . . . . . . . 33, 130, 135RB 1, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121RB 1, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60RB 1, 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

RC 1, 5-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69RC 1, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60RC 1, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59RC 1, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69RC 2, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40RC 3, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135RC 3, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210RC 3, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33RC 4, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130RC 4, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200RC 4, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130RC 4, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74RC 4, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135RC 5, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 134RC 5, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239RC 5, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 49RC 6, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135RC 6, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135RC 7, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229RC 8, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195RC 8, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39RC 8, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 136RC 9, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130RC 9, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60RC 9, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 118RC 9, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190RC 9, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157RC 10, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130RC 10, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135RC 10, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 116RC 10, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157RC 12, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39RC 13, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60RC 14, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39RC 16, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200RC 19, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135RC 22, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39RC 23, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135RC 26, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32RC 26, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135RC 28, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134RC 29, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40RC 30, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60RC 30, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40RC 32, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33RC 34, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135RC 37, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135T1, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249T1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252T1, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257T1, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247T1, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185T1, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147T1, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48T1, 20-20a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148T1, 21a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227T1, 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152T1, 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255T1, 34a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Page 232: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

228 Indexes

T1, 49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257T1, 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130T1, 51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254T1, 54a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148T1, 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261, 262T1, 65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259T2, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258, 262T2, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227T2, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255T2, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261T2, 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255T2, 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160T2, 60-60a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256T2, 64a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145T3, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 259T3, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230T3, 12 . . . . . . . . . . 145, 147, 259T3, 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145T3, 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252T3, 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152T3, 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251T3, 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251T3, 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102T3, 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144, 150T3, 40-41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260T3, 41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259T3, 44-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259T3, 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150T3, 48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102T3, 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150T3, 59-60 . . . . . . . 145, 148, 253T3, 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151T3, 69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262T4, 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

T4, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 151T4, 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255T4, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254T4, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250T4, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247T4, 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248T4, 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250T4, 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250T4, 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109T4, 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250T4, 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257T4, 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259T4, 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147T4, 44a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48T4, 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48T5, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259T5, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151, 259T5, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151, 259T5, 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151, 259T5, 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151T6, 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 255T6, 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48T6, 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48T6, 61-62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149T6, 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248T6, 72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161T7, 6a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256T7, 7a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256T7, 8a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256T7, 9a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 161T8, 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257T8, 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164T8, 53-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

T8, 71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144T8, 78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151, 242T8, 99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252T8, 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252T8, 140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147T8, 152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255T8, 165 . . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 253T8, 168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61T9, 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109T9, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251T9, 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252T9, 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250T9, 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248T9, 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 252T9, 61-62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249T10, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251T10, 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109T10, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249T10, 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254T10, 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254T10, 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252T10, 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242T10, 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164T10, 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254T11, 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164T11, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106T12, 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106T12, 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152T13, 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144T15, 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106T16, 3 . . . . . . 107, 149, 253, 261T16, 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109T16, 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48T17, 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Word forms

Old Dhivehi

afunge kau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130afunge (pers.pron.gen.) . . . . . 130afuremenge kau . . . . . . . . . . 130afuremenge (pers.pron.pl.gen.) 33,

130afuren (pers.pron.) . . 34, 130-132afurenge kau . . . . . . . . . . . . 130afurenge (pers.pron.gen.) . . . . 130aharamen (pers.pron.pl.) . . . . 130aharu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62aharun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62ahuren (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . 130ais (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229-ak (indef.suff.) . . . . . . . . 69, 92⟨alifang⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . 33⟨alipan⟩ (Pyrard) . . . . . . . . . . . 33a ˙la (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 133

a ˙lage (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 133a ˙likamu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133a ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133a ˙lukamak (nom.sg.indef.) . . . 133a ˙lukamu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133a ˙lukan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133a ˙lun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133a ˙lutakun (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . 133-ana (part.pres.suff.) . . . . . . . 199angaakun (abl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 69apuremenge kau . . . . . . . . . . 130apuremenge (pers.pron.pl.gen.) 33,

130apuren (pers.pron.) . . . . 130, 131apurenge kau . . . . . . . . 130, 135apurenge (pers.pron.gen.) . . . 130ara (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 200

⟨aret⟩ (Pyrard) . . . . . . . . . . . . 34arua (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200asu pu ˙te (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 42ate ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 36, 97ato ˙l-ato ˙lu (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 75ato ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28atun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60a ˙t- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131-a ˙t (dat.ending) . . . . . . . . . 57, 92-a ˙ta (dat.ending) . . . . . . . . 57, 97*a ˙ta-duvu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19a ˙tara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙t ˙duvu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19*a ˙tu-duvu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19ava ˙t ˙teria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 41⟨a

c

diha⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117-a (def.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Page 233: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

229Word forms: Old Dhivehi

-ai (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136-as (inf.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 182-a ˙t (inf.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 182ban ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60ban ˙dun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60⟨ba ˙dun⟩ (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60bafaakai (obl.sg.indef. + conj.) . 69*balana (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 199balan (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193⟨bárhi⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . . 34basuna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 201batveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74batveriage (gen.sg.) . . . . . . 19, 74bahattarivanai . . . . . . . . . . . . 119bavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114bavısvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114⟨be⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136bei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75⟨bei⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136bei-beikalun (distr.pl.) . . . 75, 136beikalaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . 136beikalun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 136beikalunai (pl. + conj.) . . . . . 136⟨bekalunap⟩ (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . 136bekalunas (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . 136bekalunai (pl. + conj.) . . . . . . 136/be/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136bimu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19binbai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19bingan ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19boga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69bogaak (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 69bogaek (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 69boli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59bolın (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59⟨Bouraspaty⟩ (Pyrard) . . . . . . . 33buda ˙t (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133bulat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64⟨Burasfati⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . 33⟨caré⟩ (Pyrard) . . . . . . . . . . . . 34dambu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60dabuduven (top.abl.) . . . . . . . . 60dabuduvun (top.abl.) . . . . . . . . 60dakvana (part.pres.) . . . . . . . 199darana (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 200darın kren (abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 61darın (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61dasu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 49da ˙tan (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 194da ˙ta ˙t (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 194da ˙ta ˙ta (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 194⟨da ˙ta ˙tu⟩ (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 194da ˙tu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 49da ˙tun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42da (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 200dena (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200dene (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200

dia (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 239diame (vb.n.loc.sg.) . . . 207, 239diasin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32dihasatta-satirıs . . . . . . . . . . 121dihen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60din (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 190, 205dinpanti (impv.post.) . . . . . . . 190⟨dinu⟩ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 205dis- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60disen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60divehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131divu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 131*divu-vesi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40do ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 122do ˙los-to ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙losu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙losu-to ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙losu-to ˙losu . . . . . . . . . . . . 122dorakan (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 194doraka ˙t (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 194do ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92do ˙nyaka ˙t (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 92duppo ˙lı (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41duvesın kren (abl.pl.) . . . . . . . 61duvesın (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61duvu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 131dyahin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32dyasin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-e (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-e (loc.ending) . . . . . . . . . 56, 57e uren (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130e urena ˙tu (dat.pl.) . . . . . 130, 131-ek (indef.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 69ekavisati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116/ek-men/ (pron.adj.pl.) . . . . . . . 91eko ˙los . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111, 122eksateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123eku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17⟨ekvana⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37emme beikalun . . . . . . . . . . . 136emme (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . 133emmen (pron.adj.pl.) . . . . 91, 162-en (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . 59, 60-en (plur.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 132-ena (part.pres.suff.) . . . . . . . 200etyaka ˙tu (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 39etyaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 39etyak (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 39, 90etye (nom.sg.indef.?) . . . . . . . . 39etyeti (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 39evana (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 199eviana (part.pres.) . . 199, 200, 258evyana (part.pres.) . . . . 199, 258evya (part.pres.) . . . . . . 200, 258faharu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92fahun (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75fanas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 116fasdo ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 123fasdo ˙los eko ˙los . . . . . . . . . . 122

fassihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110fasvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-fanu (hon.suff.) . . . . . . 135, 137fen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59⟨feng⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . . 33⟨fiohi⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . . 33⟨forhi⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . . 34fuvas mulaku (top.) . . . . . . . . 64gadya ˙naak (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 69ga ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30gaha (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200gam- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 60game (gen./loc.?) . . . . . . . . . . 56gamu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20ganna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 201gannaı (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 201-ge (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 131geakan (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 194geaka ˙t (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 194geme (gen./loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 56gemen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 56, 60gen (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 213, 229gen ve ˙lena (abs. + part.pres.) . 200gen vu ˙le (abs. + part.pres.) . . 200gena (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213gen-ais (abs. + abs.) . . . . . . . 230gene (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229gene gosu (abs. + abs.) . . . . . 229gene vu ˙lena (abs. + part.pres.) 200genfi (part.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . 229gos (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229govana (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 200gu ˙lena (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 200haddava ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . . . . 210haddummattyan (top.dat.) . . . 194handu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60handun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60⟨hadun⟩ (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60hasan kalo (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . 135hasan (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135hahai eksateka . . . . . . . . . . . 123hedduman (vb.n.dat.sg.) . . . . 195henevi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157higa (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 201higra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59higrain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59hin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32hinnaak (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 69hunna ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . 210hu ˙nna-hu ˙ti (part.pres. + pret.) . 203hu ˙ti (part.pret.) . . . . . 34, 44, 203

˙husayn (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

˙hussayn (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 32iduna (part.pres.) . . . . . . 30, 201imu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-in (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 59-in (plur.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 132isduven (top.abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 60

Page 234: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

230 Indexes

isduvu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19isduvun (top.abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 60⟨istari⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . . 34isuduvu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 19isuduvun (top.abl.) . . . . . . . . . 60/kambal-/ (stem) . . . . . . . . . . 135kabalage (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . 135[kambalage] (gen.sg.def.) . . . 135kabalun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 135[kambalun] (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 135kabalunge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . 135[kambalunge] gen.pl. . . . . . . 135kabau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135[kambau] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135⟨kabau⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135⟨kabau wahhabu binti

aminatu⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . 135kabo (voc.form) . . . . . . . . . . 135[kambo] (voc.form) . . . . . . . 135kabulege (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . 135[kambulege] (gen.sg.) . . . . . . 135[kambulo] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136kambulo (voc.form) . . . . . . . 136kabuloge (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . 135[kambuloge] (gen.sg.) . . . . . . 135kabulo (voc.form) . . . . . . . . . 135[kambulo] (voc.form) . . . . . . 135kadivarun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 74kafırunai (nom.pl. + conj.) . . . 133kal- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135kala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135kalamedi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39kalamidi . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 135kalaminja (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . 135⟨kalaminja⟩ (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . 39kala (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 75, 134/kala-as/ (dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 135kalas (dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 135⟨kalasa⟩ (dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 135kalemen (pl.) . . . . . . 70, 91, 135kale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135kalegefanunge (gen.pl.) . . . . . 135kalegepanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135/kal-kal-un/ (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . 75kalo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135kaloa ˙t (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 135kaloge (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 135kalogepanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135kalogepanun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . 135kalun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75kam- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . 19, 133kamgati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19kamgatyakun (pl.indef.) . . . . . . 19kamu . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 19, 133kamugatın-ai (nom.pl. + conj.) . 19kamugattakun (pl.indef.) . . . . . 19kamugatyakun (pl.indef.) . . . . . 19kan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-kan (suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

⟨kárhi⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . . 34katıbu (obl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 61kau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135kau mu ˙hammad . . . . . . . . . . 135kaukambal- (stem) . . . . . . . . 135[kaukambalunge] (gen.pl.) . . . 135⟨kaukabalunge⟩ (gen.pl.) . . . . 135kaukalun (distr.pl.) . . . . . 75, 135kaukalunas (dat.distr.pl.) . 75, 135kaukan . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135kauverikamun (abl.) . . . . . . . . 60kauverikan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60karddaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74karddaveriak (nom.sg.indef.) . . 74karddaverın (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 74karudaveriin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 74ke ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28ke ˙luma ˙dule (top.loc.) . . . . . . . 28kia (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 200kibaakan (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 69kihun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60kom-mısaku (interr.pron.) . . . 153kon (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 153kosu (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33ko ˙t (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215ko ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41ko ˙t ˙tak-ai (nom.sg.indef. +

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41ko ˙t ˙t-ai (nom.sg. + conj.) . . . . . 41ko ˙t ˙t-evyana (nom.sg. + part.

pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41ko ˙tu (abs.) . . . . . 17, 33, 201, 215krana (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 200⟨krana ˙ta⟩ (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 195⟨kren⟩ (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61kuburu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30kulaa ˙ta (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56ku ˙la (part.pret.) . . . . . . 133, 208ku ˙laiman (vb.n.dat.sg.) . . . . . 194ku ˙laima ˙t (vb.n.dat.sg.) . . . . . . 194ku ˙laima ˙tu (vb.n.dat.sg.) . . . . . 194ku ˙lain (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 194kurana (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 200kurana ˙ta (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 195kuravana (part.pres.) . . . . . . . 200kuravvana (part.pres.) . . . . . . 200kuravva (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 200kura (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200kura ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 210kuren (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61kya (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 200lias (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193lias-u ˙lema (inf. + 1.pl.pres.) . . 230lias-u ˙lema-ve (inf. + 1.pl.pres.

+ quot.partc.) . . . . . 182, 193liyas (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182liyas-u ˙lema (inf. + 1.pl.pres.) 182,

193liya ˙t (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

liya ˙t-u ˙lema (inf. + 1.pl.pres.) 182,193

lı (pret.part.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 190lıfanti (impv.post.) . . . . . . . . 190lıpanti (impv.post.) . . . . . . . . 190lokapalavarun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . 74ma (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . . . . . 129maaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 69madınaas (top.dat.) . . . . . . . . 195madınaa ˙tu (top.dat.) . . . . . . . 195madınaya ˙t (top.dat.) . . . . . . . 195madınaya ˙tu (top.dat.) . . . . . . 195madınaan (top.dat.) . . . . . . . . 195madınaa ˙t (top.dat.) . . . . . . . . 195madınaaan (top.dat.) . . . . . . . 195ma ˙dule (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56maharadun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50mahun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60makkain (top.abl.) . . . . . . . . . 60manikufanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137manikupana ˙ta (dat.sg.) . . . . . 137manikupanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ma ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 137ma ˙niku . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 137ma ˙nikufanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ma ˙nikufanuge (gen.sg.) . . . . . 137ma ˙nikufanunge (gen.pl.) . . . . 137⟨Maspillaspoury⟩ (Pyrard) . 33, 34/mas-un/ (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 60masi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59masın (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59matya ˙ta (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 39ma

c

kaiveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74magemen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 60me (partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161-men (plur.suff.) . . . . . 70, 72, 91mi taketi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138mi uren (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 130mi urena ˙tu (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . 131mi urennai (pl. + conj) . . . . . 131mi vuren (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 130mi vurena ˙ta (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . 131mi vurenge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . 131mi vurenge ˙ta (loc.dat.pl.) . . . . 131-midi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135-mijja (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 135mıhunan (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 58mıhuna ˙tu (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 58mıs- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153mısaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 153mısuna ˙ta (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 58mu ˙hammad (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . 135muloku (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64mu ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-na (part.pres.suff.) . . . . . . . . 201namadu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45negena (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 200negu ˙nu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 209⟨niafati⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . 33

Page 235: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

231Word forms: Old Dhivehi

⟨niapaty⟩ (Pyrard) . . . . . . . . . . 33nikume (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60*nikunna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . 201nikunnai (part.pres.) . . . . . . . 201nimu ˙nu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 209nu (neg.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 201nuvadiha . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 117nuvadihavana . . . . . 114, 117, 123o ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92o ˙diaka ˙t (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 92o ˙dyakan (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 92ona- (num.elem.) . . . . . . . . . 114onatiris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115onavihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114onavihivana . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114o ˙natirısvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115ot (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56ovuna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 56padaek (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 69paharaka ˙t (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . 92pahurakan (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . 92pa ˙l ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43panasu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123pasvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33pasvisi . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 122-panu (hon.suff.) . . . . . . 135, 137pemusveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74⟨penne⟩ (Pyrard) . . . . . . . . . . . 33⟨piohy⟩ (Pyrard) . . . . . . . . . . . 33piri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132pratama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 37-pu ˙lu (hon.suff.) . . . . . . . . 41, 54pu ˙te (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42pu ˙tı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41pu ˙t ˙t-ai (nom.sg. + conj.) . . . . . 41pu ˙tu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42puvak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64puvak mulok (top.) . . . . . . . . . 64radu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50radun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50ras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 75ras-ras-beikalun-ai (distr.pl. +

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75ras-ras-kalun (distr.pl.) . . . . . . 75rasunasya (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . 55rasunge (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 55rasunsya (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 55rasunusia (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . 55rasu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 131ra ˙t ˙tehi . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 38, 41ra ˙tu . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 18, 33, 38ra ˙tvesyaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . 37rada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50raddye (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39radya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39⟨raja⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

rajje (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39randye (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39ranje (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39ratde (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39reakun (abl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 60re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60⟨rorhi⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . . 34*ru ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59ru ˙dın (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59sandu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33sataru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56sata ˙lısvana . . . . . . . . . . 118, 123sateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 123⟨satirıs⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118sauda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112sautirısvana . . . . . . . . . 118, 123sauvıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115sauvısu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115savana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123⟨sa

c

bıs⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115saleh (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116salısu (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sime (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 56sinya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69susein (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32sata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

˙satavısu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

˙sattha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121-tak (plur.suff.) . . . . . . . . 72, 133tak (pron.adj.) . . . . . 62, 72, 163taketi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138taketige (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . 138⟨tari⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . . . 34tauliyamulaveri . . . . . . . . . . . 74tauliyamulaverikan . . . . . . . . . 74tauliyaverın (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 74*temena (part.pres.) . . . . . . . 199*temene (part.pres.) . . . . . . . 199tevısu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115teha ˙t ˙tıvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119⟨teha

c˙tıvana⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tevıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-ti (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 190tibena (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 200tima (pron.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131⟨tori⟩ (Christopher) . . . . . . . . . 34⟨tori⟩ (Pyrard) . . . . . . . . . . . . 34to ˙t ˙duvu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19*to ˙tu-duvu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19- ˙t (inf.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 210u ˙lema (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 182u ˙lu ˙nu (part.pret.) . . . . . 130, 209-un (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . 59, 60-un (plur.suff.) . . . . 132, 133, 135-u ˙nu (part.pret.suff.) 175, 208, 209

upasakavarun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . 74uren kuren (abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 61uren (pl.) . . . 40, 60, 61, 130-132urena ˙tu (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 131urenge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 131urennai (pl. + conj.) . . . . . . . 131vad- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 201vaduna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 201vadunaı (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 201va ˙dai (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201va ˙duna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 201vana (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200-varun (hon.suff.pl.) . . . . . . . . 74vasana (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 200va (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 200va ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . . 210varuverın (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 74veddya (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 40veddya-ve (3.sg.pret.IV + quot.

partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239veddye (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 40vedye (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . . 40ve ˙di (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 201vejja (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . . . 40ve ˙lena (part.pres.) . . . . . . 36, 200ve ˙l ˙lakara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69ve ˙l ˙lakaraak (nom.sg.indef.) . . . 69vena (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200⟨venja⟩ (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . . 40veren (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60veri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 75veria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 38veru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 157*vesi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40vevu ˙nu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 209⟨ve

c

ja⟩ (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . . 40⟨ve

c

je⟩ (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . . 40vihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 131vinsati . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 116†viyana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199vı (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 75, 201vırasinga (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . 131vıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114-vıs (num.elem.) . . . . . . 114, 115vı-vı (part.pret.distr.pl.) . . . . . . 75vo ˙di (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 201vu ˙le (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200vu ˙lena (part.pres.) . . . . . . 36, 200/vu ˙le/ (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 200vu ˙lu ˙nu (part.pret.) . . . . . 130, 209vu ˙nu (part.pret.) . . . . . . 237, 238vuren (pl.) . . . . . . . . 40, 130-132vurena ˙ta (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 131vurenge ˙ta (loc.dat.pl.) . . . . . . 131†vyana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199⟨ystarin⟩ (Pyrard) . . . . . . . . . . 34

Page 236: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

232 Indexes

A ˙d ˙du

-∅ (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175/-a/ (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175/-a/ (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-a (abs.ending) . . . . . . . 216, 227amba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31ambi . . . . . . . . . . 31, 80, 85, 158ambi mıhage (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . 85ambin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 85andanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 213addan ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43andi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213adi (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250andun huli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78andun hula

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . 78andun hula

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . 78andun hula (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . 78andun hule (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . 78a ˙da . . . . . . . . . 65, 103, 138, 148a ˙dagada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103a ˙d ˙deha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117afage (pers.pron.gen.)106, 127, 141,

144afinna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . . . 142/afiria/ (pers.pron.nom.pl.) 132, 134afirie (pers.pron.nom.pl.) 132, 134,

140, 142afirin ekuhun (pers.pron.abl.pl.) 142afirin (pers.pron.obl.pl.) . 132, 134,

140, 142afiringe faratun (pers.pron.abl.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142afiringe (pers.pron.gen.pl.) 142, 144afirinna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . . 142anga . . . . . . . . . 59, 63, 103, 106anga gada mitura . . . . . . . . . 103anga ma ˙da mitura . . . . . . . . . 103angai (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101angai (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106angain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 59, 63angara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63angarain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 63ahafi (3.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . 148ahara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 109aharenge (pers.pron.gen.) . . . . 248-ai (abs.ending) . . . 212, 216, 227ai (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . 207, 244-ain (1.sg.pret.ending) . . . . . . 244-ak (indef.suff.) . . . . . . . 73, 152/-ak/ (indef.suff.) . . . 69, 70, 163-ak- (indef.suff.stem) . . . . . . 253-akı (foc.marker) . . . . . 252, 253-aku (indef.suff.obl.) . . . . . . . . 73/al/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22alanasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 48ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 103aligada . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 103alı boxarı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

a ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 35amanatteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/amanat-veri/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 104amella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42amma (nom.sg.def.) . 42, 81, 145ammamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . 81ammau (nom.sg.def. + quot.

partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 145, 259an (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 204anhen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 158anhen geri . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 158anhen mıha . . . . . . . . . . 80, 158anhena (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 80anhenun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80annei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204appa (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 41, 81appamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 81arage (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . 229, 251arai (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48araiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 233aranı . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 233, 251as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 83-as (emph.partc.) . . 160, 161, 250assateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121asseri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42/as/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 117, 124/-as/ (dat.ending) . . . . 57, 58, 62asara . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 114, 116asavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116/as-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109ase

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109/at/ . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 43, 46, 79ata

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . . 79ate ˙le27, 28, 35, 47, 66, 81, 97, 201,

206ate ˙leveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74ate ˙leveria (nom.sg.def.) . . . 74, 81/at-tela/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43attela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 63attelain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63atun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 60au . . . . . . . . . . 22, 102, 106, 164au (quot.partc.) 144, 150, 258, 259ava (pers.pron.nom.) 127, 129-131,

140, 141, 228, 244, 246, 261avas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102avverin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124a

c

. . . . 25, 46, 79, 109, 117, 124-a

c

(dat.ending) . . . . . . 57, 58, 62-a

c

(indef.suff.) 69, 70, 77, 155, 163-a

c

(inf.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 173-a (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-a (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-a (def.suff.) 68, 69, 77, 106, 138a (part.pret.) . . 207, 244, 245, 253,

255-a (quest.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 245

amba

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 85ada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20adavegen (adv.) . . . 243, 246, 261adıtta . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 42, 63adıttain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63a-ettenna (part.pret. + cond.

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240a-fehe (part.pret. + cond.conj.) 240ahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 117-ai (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250a ˙le (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-an (def.abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 93as (abs.) . . . . . . . . 150, 215, 257badan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80badan esa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 80badan esa (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 80bandi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 213ba ˙d ˙dela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42bafa (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 81bafamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 81bagıca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 245bagıcai (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 245bai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124bai (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . 194baivara (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . 162bakamu ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 65bakari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47/bal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22bala (2.sg.impv.)151, 167, 183, 191,

261bala (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167bala balai (red.abs.) . . . 211, 215bala- (pres.stem) . . . 26, 167, 192balafei (abs.I) . . . . . . . . 211, 227balafele (2.sg.impv.pol.) 106, 191balafi (2.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . 226balafi (3.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . 226balafi (part.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . 226balafia (2.pl.pret.I) . . . . . . . . 226balafia (3.pl.pret.I) . . . . . . . . 226[balafie] (3.pl.pret.I) . . . . . . . 226balafima (1.pl.pret.I) . . . . . . . 226balafin (1.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . 226balafı-fehe (part.pret.I + cond.

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240balagen (abs.III) . . . . . . 211, 227balai (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169balai (2.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . . 246balai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169balai (3.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . . 246balai (abs.) . . 167, 191, 211, 215balai balai (red.abs.) . . . 211, 215balai derefele (abs. + 2.sg.

impv.pol.) . . . . . . . . . . . 191balai dıesi (abs. + 3.sg.pot.pres.

interr.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191balalai (abs.II) . . . . . . . 211, 227

Page 237: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

233Word forms: A ˙d ˙du

balali (2.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . . . 226balali (3.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . . . 226balali (part.pret.II) . . . . 226, 240balalia (2.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . . 226balalia (3.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . . 226[balalie] (2.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . 226[balalie] (3.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . 226balalima (1.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . 226balalin (1.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . . 226balama (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . 183balama (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 169balama (1.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . 246balamı (1.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . 246balamun (ger.) . . . . . . . 167, 197balan (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . 167, 169balanı106, 166, 167, 174, 175, 178,

226, 234, 236balanı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . 198balata (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 169balata (2.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . 246balata (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 169balata (3.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . 246balau (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . 183, 261bala (part.pres.) . . . . . . 167, 198bala-fehe (part.pres. + cond.

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240balahe (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . 176, 178balahe (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . 176, 178balaheti (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 178bala ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . 167, 198, 210bala ˙nei (part.fut.l.f.) 167, 198, 210balas- (inf.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 192balasa (inf.interr.) . . . . . . . . . 247/balasia/ (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 176/balasia/ (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 176balasia (2.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246balasia (3.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246balasie (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 176balasie (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 176balası (2.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . . 246balası (3.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . . 246balasuma (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 176balasuma (1.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . 246balasumı (1.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . 246balasun (1.sg.fut.) . . 167, 176, 177bala

c

(inf.) . . . 167, 192, 193, 210bali ve indige (abs. + 3.sg.pret.

IV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230ba ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 96ba ˙li (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96ban (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 204bannanı . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 234bannei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204bappa (nom.sg.def.) 41, 46, 48, 81bappamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . 81bara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 111basi . . . . . . . . . . 23, 46, 62, 78/bat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79batteli . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 47, 79

bau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 102bau ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23ba

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79bakin (indef.pron.) . . . . 154, 160/basak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 78/basas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78basa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78basa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 78base (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78bavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114baza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66bazara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45bende (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213bende ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237bendiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 234bele ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236beli (2.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 175beli (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 175beli (part.pret.) . . . 167, 174, 198,

240, 255beli- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . 26, 167/belia/ (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 175/belia/ (3.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 175belia (3.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . . 246belia (3.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . . 246belie (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 175belie (3.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 175beliehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . 178, 232,

234, 240beliesı (3.sg.pot.pres.interr.) . 234,

247belima (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 175belima (1.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . 246belimı (1.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . 246belin (1.sg.pret.) . . . 167, 175, 226beliva (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 175beliva (2.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . 246belı (2.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . . 246belı (3.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . . 246belı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . 167, 198belun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . 167, 196/be ˙lel/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 97be ˙lela (nom.sg.def.) 48, 82, 88, 97be ˙lelamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . 82be ˙lele (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97be ˙leu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 97bema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63bemun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63be ˙nafi (3.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . 150be ˙nai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 169be ˙nanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 234be ˙ni (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 138be ˙ni (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 147be ˙niehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 234bera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66berasseti . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 43bebe (nom.sg.def.) 22, 67, 81, 87,

136bebemen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 82

/bek-/ (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . 107beka (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 107beka (obl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 106be ˙nun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 262bes . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 64, 81, 83besveria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . 47, 81besia (3.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . . 247besı (2.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . . . 247besı (3.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . . . 247besuma (1.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . 247besumı (1.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . 247besuva (2.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . 247beviehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 234bevigen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . 261be

c

- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107bi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 207binde (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214binde ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237bindi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 214bindiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 234bie ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 237billuri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42/bim/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 79, 96bime (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 79, 96bin (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 204binnei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204bis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32bı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . . 207bıehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . . . 234bıri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 66, 102bon ˙da . . . 18, 31, 47, 53, 82, 102bon ˙dana (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 148/bon ˙dana-ai/ (nom.sg.def. +

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249bon ˙da (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 82bon ˙dakan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54bon ˙damen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . 82bofa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81bofain (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81boi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215/bok/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 76, 82/bokak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 76boka

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 76boka (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 76, 82bokamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 82bokkora . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 47, 79/bokkor-a-as/ (dat.sg.def.) . . . . 79bokkorai (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 79bokkorain (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . . 79bokkora

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 79/bol/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 79bola

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 79boli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 82bolie (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 77, 82boliemen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 82bolie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 77bo

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 76, 82bo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 64, 79

Page 238: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

234 Indexes

bogen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . 215boi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215bokoba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47buda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63budain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63buddi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 104buddiveri . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 104da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49daddo ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43dan ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43daffa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42dagan ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dagi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213daguna

c

(inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 203dagunei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213dahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105dak- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44daki (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213dakkanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43dakkasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43dakunei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236dakunei (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . 44/dam/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49/dama-gat/ (3.sg.pret.III) . . . . 227damaga

c

(3.sg.pret.III) . . . . . . 227damanı . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 234dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 160dara (obl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145dari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80darin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80/dasas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 194dasa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 194dasi (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dasun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 49, 161/dat/ . . . . . . 25, 43, 79, 106, 164/datas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106datav (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106data

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 79data (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 79/dat-kasi/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43datta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46datta (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 42, 81dattamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 81da

c

. . . . . . . . . . 25, 79, 106, 164de . . . . . . . 46, 81, 106, 109, 124de bofain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81de has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121de mıhun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124dea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63deain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63de ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28/de-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109dege (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213dege ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237degi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 203de-gu ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125deha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110deha

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

dei (2.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . . . 247dei (3.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . . . 247deke (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213dekkiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 236deku ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . 35, 65, 209dema (1.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . 247dememun (ger.) . . . . . . . . . . 257demenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257demiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 234demı (1.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . 247den (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 250dene (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 207, 214dene hi

c

(abs. + part.pret.) . . . 207deni (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214denı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138, 205dennei . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 236dera ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27dere (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 191, 215derefele (2.sg.impv.pol.) . . . . 191derefı-fehe (part.pret.I + cond.

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240deta (2.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . . 247deta (3.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . . 247de-tin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125devana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123deverin . . . . . . . . . . 74, 81, 124de-fehe (part.pres. + cond.

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240deneti (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255desa (inf.interr.) . . . . . . . . . . 247desia (3.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . . 247desı (2.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . . . 247desı (3.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . . . 247desuma (1.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . 247desumı (1.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . 247desuva (2.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . 247deti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124deviehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 234de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109dida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63didain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63die ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 237digge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42digi . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 102, 158dima (1.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . . 247dimmı (1.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . 247dimva (2.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . 247din (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 138, 205dina (2.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . . 247dina (3.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . . 247dinı (2.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . . 247dinı (3.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . . 247disi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 203divage (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 229divai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169divanı . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 43, 202divehi 32, 40, 47, 62, 78, 80, 131divehin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80divessa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) 40, 47, 78

divi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 202divvanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 43dıehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . . . 234dıesi (3.sg.pot.pres.interr.) 191, 247dı ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 35do ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙los de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙los eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙los tine

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122domveli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 102donkeu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36dora

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34dore (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97/dot/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 206dotı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 206dove ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237do

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 206do- (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214dofei (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214doi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 214doi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214do ˙na

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79do ˙ne (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79do ˙ni . . . . 20, 27, 35, 43, 79, 246do ˙nin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79dora . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 65, 97dua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81duaveria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 81duisatta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121/dum/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 79, 96dume (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96dun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 79, 96/dur-ak-i/ (loc.sg.indef.) . . . . . 158duru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 158duvahaka

c

(dat.sg.indef.) . . . . 158duvas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158/duvas-ak-i/ (loc.sg.indef.) . . . 160-e (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-e (2.sg.fut.ending) . . . . . . . . 177e (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 193-e (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-e (3.sg.fut.ending) . . . . . . . . 177-e (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . 212-214-e (def.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68e (dem.pron.) . 138, 139, 146-151e- (dem.pron.stem) . . . . . . . . 138e etteti (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . 143e etteti (pers.pron.pl.) . . 138, 140e ettetıge (pers.pron.gen.) . . . 143e ettetta

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . 143e ettettin (pers.pron.abl.) . . . . 143-e (gen.ending) . 55, 62, 93, 96, 97-e (loc.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . . 56e (pers.pron.nom.) . 81, 140, 142e taketi (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . 143e taketta

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . 143e takettin (pers.pron.abl.) . . . . 143e takettıge (pers.pron.gen.) . . . 143

Page 239: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

235Word forms: A ˙d ˙du

ea (pers.pron.obl.)81, 139, 140, 142,150, 245

/ea-akı/ (pers.pron. + foc.marker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

eage faratun (pers.pron.abl.) . . 142eage (pers.pron.gen.) 142, 144, 164ea

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . . . . 142ea (dem.pron.def.) . . . . . . . . 138ea (pers.pron.nom.) . 81, 140, 142eai (pers.pron.gen.) . . . . 138, 142eain (pers.pron.abl.) . . . . . . . 142eakı (pers.pron. + foc.marker) 149,

253ebe- (prev.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244ebe-ge (prev. + 3.sg.pret.) . . . . 48ebe-gen (prev. + 1.sg.pret.) . . 244/endas/ (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 48[endau] dat.sg. . . . . . . . . . . . . 48ende . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66ende (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213ede (pers.pron.nom.) 139, 140, 142,

150, 151, 178edenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234ede ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 236ende ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237ediehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . . 234edifin (1.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . 226eduru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 80edurun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 88e ˙dafie (3.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . 257[ee] (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . . . . 139effahara

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 42egara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 122enge ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236/eggom/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43eggoma (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 43eggon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43ehaka enehaka

c

(recip.pron.) . . 152ehaka (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 152ehei (adv.) . . . . . . . 27, 151, 162ehen (adv.) . . . . . . 149, 151, 164ehı-au (part.pret. + foc.marker

+ quot.partc.) . . . . . . . . . 150ei (2.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . . . . 247-ei (3.sg.pres.ending) . . . . . . . 214ei (3.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . . . . 247-ei (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 62eı (dem.pron. + foc.marker) . . 138/ek/ . . . 42, 69, 107-109, 160, 161-ek (indef.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 152/-ek/ (indef.suff.) . . . 69, 70, 163ekahattari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ekavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114/ek-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109eketi eneketta

c

(recip.pron.) . . 152eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109eki ges-gehun . . . . . . . . . . . . 160eki ge-ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160eki (indef.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 160

eki mıs-mıhun . . . . . . . . . . . 160ekı (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249ekı (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 249/ek-me/ (pron.adj.) . . . . . . 42, 46/ek-men/ (pron.adj.pl.) . . . 46, 161/ek-men-as/ (pron.adj.pl. +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 161ekunifanas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122ekunitindo ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . 122/ek-vana/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123/em/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46ema (1.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . . 247emı (1.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . . 247emme (pron.adj.) 42, 46, 107, 149,

160, 161emmen (pron.adj.pl.) 46, 161, 162emmenge (pron.adj.gen.pl.) . . 161emmenge-as (pron.adj.gen.pl. +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 161emmenn-as (pron.adj.pl. +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . 160, 161emmennas-as (pron.adj.dat.pl.

+ emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . 161emmenna

c

(pron.adj.dat.pl.) . . 161en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 227en (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 261/en-ak/ (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . 163ena

c

(pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . 163enehaka

c(dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . 152

enı 145, 150, 193, 207, 215, 231,238, 243, 244, 245, 256

enı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . 145, 180,243, 261

eriehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . . 233erige (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . . 229es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83esa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 46/esak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 80esa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . . 80esa (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 80eta (3.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . . . 247etere (obl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245eterea (obl. + quest.partc.) . . . 245eti . . . . . . . 39, 75, 124, 138, 155-eti (fut.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 178/eti-ak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 164/eti-eti/ (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 75/ettak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 138ettaketi (pers.pron.pl.) . . 138, 140ettaketıge (pers.pron.pl.gen.) . 138etta

c

ne

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164etta

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 39, 138etta (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 39, 152ettai (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 39ettain (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 39etta

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . . 39ettenna (cond.conj.) . . . . . . . 239etteti (distr.pl.) . . 39, 75, 138, 155eu has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

eva (2.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . . . 247even (pers.pron.obl.pl.) . 140, 143evenna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . . 143/e-veria/ (pers.pron.nom.pl.) . . 140everie (pers.pron.nom.pl.) 81, 140,

143, 246everin (pers.pron.obl.pl.) . 81, 140,

143everinge faratun (pers.pron.abl.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143everinge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) . 143,

144everinna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . 143evvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123evvies (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38e

c

. . . . 42, 69, 107-109, 123, 161-e

c

(indef.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 69, 70e (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 253-ehe (pot.suff.) 178, 233, 234, 236e ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . 253, 254e ˙nei (part.fut.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 145esa (inf.interr.) . . . . . . . . . . . 247-esı (pot.suff.interr.) . . . 234, 245fahara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42/fahar-as/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 42fahaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81fahaveriage (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . 81faheti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124fahettaka

c(dat.indef.) . . . . . . 126

fahe

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109faitela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 79faitelain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 63faitela

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 79faivan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25fakıri . . 45, 54, 103, 106, 107, 149fakırikan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54fali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78/fali-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 78falie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 78fa ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 67fanara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112fanas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 123fani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 35, 79fansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116fansavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115fa ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 35farabada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63farabadain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 63faratun (abl.) . . . . . . . 61, 62, 95fas . . . . . . . 23, 32, 97, 109, 124fasdo ˙los . . . . . . . . . 107, 116, 123fasdo ˙los de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙los eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙los eko ˙los . . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙los nuvae

c

. . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙los tin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117fasdo ˙los tine

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 117/fas-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109fassateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Page 240: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

236 Indexes

fassateka asatirıs . . . . . . . . . . 121fassihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 123fassihi de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122fassihi eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 122fasverin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124fasa- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26fasanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 234/fat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 64, 67fatanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26fa ˙t ˙ta (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170fa ˙t ˙ta-gannanı . . . . . . . . . . . . 170favara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66fa

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 64fa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 42, 68fadigimaku ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65faga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fagain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fai (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68fain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68fala (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 78fara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42fa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68fe ˙daga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31fehe (cond.conj.) 23, 48, 239, 240,

248fehenna (cond.conj.) . . . . . . . 239fehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105fehurehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 78fehurehiei (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . 77fehurehie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 77fehuressa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . 77fehuresse (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . 77-fei (abs. ending) . . . . . . . . . . 27-fele (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 191-feleu (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . 191fen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 79, 80fen foda

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 80fen tika

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 80fene (gen./loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 56fene ˙na (3.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . 246fene ˙nei (2.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . 246fene ˙nei (3.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . 246fene ˙nema (1.pl.pret.interr.) . . . 246fene ˙nemı (1.sg.pret.interr.) . . . 246fene ˙neva (2.pl.pret.interr.) . . . 246fenesumı (1.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . 246feniesia (3.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246feniesia (2.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246feniesı (2.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246feniesı (3.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246feniesuma (1.pl.fut.interr.) . . . 246fe ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 63, 79fe ˙nun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fera ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 35, 48fesenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 234fesi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 78fesi- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26fesiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . . 234fetenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

fera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66feranveria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 81/fesak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 69, 78/fesas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 78fesa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 78fesa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 69, 78fesa (nom.sg.def.) . . . . 21, 69, 78fese (gen.) . . . . . . . . . 21, 69, 78-fi (pret.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226fia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 63fiain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fiava ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65findana (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 138/findana-ai/ (nom.sg.def. +

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249findanu (obl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 148fiehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 77, 84fiessa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 47, 77fiessa (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 77fihalin (1.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . . . 229fihanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229fihenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229fihige (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 229fileima ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107/fileima ˙di-e-as/ (dat.sg.def.) . . 107fino ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 132firi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132firi mıha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80firihen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157firihen geri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158firihen kudda . . . . . . . . . . . . 157firihen mıha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157firin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 132fisi . . . . . . . . 21, 41, 78, 79, 132/fısak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 78/fısas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78fısa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78fısa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 78fıse (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 78/fodak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 80foda

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 65, 80foda (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 65, 80fodo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82fo ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78/fot/ . . . . . . . . . . 18, 25, 64, 76/fotas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25fota

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25fota

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 76fota (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 76fote (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25fo

c

. . . . . . . . . . . 18, 25, 64, 76/fo ˙lak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 78/fo ˙las/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78fo ˙la

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78fo ˙la

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 78fo ˙la (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 78fo ˙le (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78/fuak/ . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 96, 138fuaki (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

fua

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 96, 138fufi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34fummali (3.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . 251fummanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251fuppa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41fuppamei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41furei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27fu ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 65funafin (1.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . 226funalin (1.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . . 226gada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105gada fehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105gan ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65/gan ˙dak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 80-gan ˙da

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 80ga ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78ga ˙die (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 78gai . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 67, 149gai (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68gai (obl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106gain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68/gal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 43gala (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 88gali (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25gamıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32gani (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213gannei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205ga ˙nanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125/gat/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 205gatı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 205gau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 24, 64/gayas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68/gayi/ (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68/gayin/ (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68ga

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 205/ga ˙das/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78ga ˙da

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78ga ˙da (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 78ga ˙de (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78ga

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68-ge (gen.ending) . . 61, 62, 95, 138ge (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 138, 207geaki (loc.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 262/geas/ (dat.) . . . . . . 243, 244, 247gea

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67gen ˙di . . . . . . . . . 27, 62, 78, 79geha

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93geha (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 93geha (obl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 252gehai (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 93gehan (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . 93, 159geha

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 93gehe (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93gehun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93gei (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 207-gen (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 244gen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67geri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95geria

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Page 241: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

237Word forms: A ˙d ˙du

gerie (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95gerie (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 95geriea

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 95geriei (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 95geriein (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 95gerin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95ges . . . . . . . . . 32, 64, 83, 93, 97ges- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . 93, 159ges-gehun (distr.pl.abl.) . . . . . 160geu (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244ge . . . . . . . . 21, 67, 79, 243, 247ge (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67/gendak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 78/gen ˙das/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 78gen ˙da

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78gen ˙da

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 78gen ˙de (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78ge-ge (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 160geviehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 234ge

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243[ge

c

] (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247gie ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . 237, 238gina ginain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162gina (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . 162ginain (pron.adj.abl.) . . . . . . . 162gine (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 213, 229gine ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237gineviehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 234gıehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 234, 236gıesı (3.sg.pot.interr.) . . . . . . 247gıesı (3.sg.pot.pres.interr.) . . . 247gos (abs.) . 32, 48, 214, 215, 257/got/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 151/got-as/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 151go

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 151govamun (ger.) . . . . . . . . . . . 257govanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257gua

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68gue (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68guguru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66gu ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125gu ˙na keranı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-gu ˙na (num.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 125gurei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27guun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68gu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68ha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109handa . . . . . . . . . 31, 32, 65, 96hadagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . 151hadanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234haddeha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117haddo ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123handi (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96/ha-ek/. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hakuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65harakatteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/harakat-veri/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hasada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

hasadaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hasateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121hassateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121/hat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 124hatara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hatarasateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121hataraverin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81/hatar-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hatare

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hatavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116/hat-diha/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117/hat-do ˙los/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123hate

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hattari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117-hattari (num.elem.) . . . . . . . 119haturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 80haturun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80ha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117hau . . . . . 22, 24, 32, 64, 76, 112/haul/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 112haula

c

(nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 76haula (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 76, 88haule (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24havıri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66havırin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66havverin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124ha

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 124ha (aff.partc.) . . . . . . 23, 42, 250has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121hedenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234hedi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255hediehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 234hei (pron.adj.) . 27, 151, 157, 162hela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63helain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63hema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 102hen . . . . . . . . . . . . 147, 151, 157henna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66he ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 66he ˙nahiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 66he ˙nahirin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 66heras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27heruvanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . . . 43hia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121-123hiau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47hiki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 102himara . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 65, 96himari (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96hinnasumı (1.sg.fut.interr.) . . . 246hinna

c

(inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210hinna ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 210hinna ˙nei (part.fut.l.f.) . . . . . . 210hinnei . . . . . . . . . . 44, 107, 245hinnesı (2.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246hinnesı (3.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246hippi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41hise (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 205, 214hisei (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214hisei (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

hise ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237hisi hei (indef.pron.) . . . 151, 162hisi (part.pret.) . 34, 44, 149, 151,

203, 256hisiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . . 234hisimı (1.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . 246hisin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 243hisı (2.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . . . 246hisı (3.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . . . 246hisı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . 245, 252hisumı (1.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . 246hiva ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 65hi

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 207hodanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234/hodas/ (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 160hodasau (inf. + quot.partc.) . 145,

259hoda

c

(inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160hodiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 234homa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63homain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63hudu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 105hukuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65hu ˙langa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102hun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46hu ˙nu . . . . . . . . . 35, 65, 102, 209huturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 102hu ˙t ˙tanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44hu ˙t ˙tenı (caus.intr.) . . . . . . . . . 44huvanda . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 97huvandi (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 97-i (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 168-i (3.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 168-i (3.sg.pres.ending) . . . . . . . 213-i (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . 212-214-i (gen.ending) 55, 56, 62, 93, 96,

97-i (loc.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-i (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . 202, 203/-ia/ (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 178/-ia/ (2.pl.fut.ending) . . . . . . . 177/-ia/ (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 178/-ia/ (3.pl.fut.ending) . . . . . . . 177inde (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257indei (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214indige (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 230indoli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-ie (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 178-ie (2.pl.fut.ending) . . . . . . . . 177-ie (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 178-ie (3.pl.fut.ending) . . . . . . . . 177ingila

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 79ingila (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 79ingili . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 79ingiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 66ingirin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66ihi . . . . . . . . . 21, 46, 62, 77, 82ihie (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 77, 82ihiemen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Page 242: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

238 Indexes

ihie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 77immı (1.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . 246-in (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-in (abl.ending) . . 59, 62, 66, 93in (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 204-in (plur.suff.) 70, 80, 81, 95, 132,

155inı (2.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . . . 246inı (3.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . . . 246inı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . . 245innei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204iri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66irınde (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214irınde ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237irındi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 214irın (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 205irın- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 173irındegen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . 245irındegena (abs.III + quest.

partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245irındiesı (3.sg.pot.pres.interr.) 234,

247irındı (2.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . 246irındı (3.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . 246irınduma (1.pl.pres.interr.) . . . 246irındumı (1.sg.pres.interr.) . . . 246irınduta (2.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . 246irınduta (3.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . 246irınnasa (inf.interr.) . . . . . . . . 247irınnasia (2.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . 246irınnasia (3.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . 246irınnası (2.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246irınnası (3.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246irınnasuma (1.pl.fut.interr.) . . 246irınnasumı (1.sg.fut.interr.) . . 246irınnei (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . 205irun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66/issas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77issasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 77issasie (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 77issasie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 77issa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77isse (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77/itir-as/ (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 107itirau (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107itira

c

(adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106itiri (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106iya (cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . . . 240iyye (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 246-ı (foc.marker) . 73, 107, 148-150,

152, 251-253, 257, 260ı ˙tu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 65jambe (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93jambu . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 65, 93jamburoz- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . 94jamburoza

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . 94jamburoza (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . 94jamburozai (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . 94jamburozain (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . 94

jamburoza

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . 94jamburoze (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . 94jamburozu . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 94jamburozun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 94jaha- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26jahafi (3.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . 164jahanı . . . . . . . . . 26, 32, 40, 43jassanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . 40, 43javvu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65jadu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67jehenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26jehe ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236jehi- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26/jehum/ (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . 262jehumak-ai (obl.sg.indef. +

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262jehun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 262joli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20juhau (p.n.nom. + quot.partc.) 151/-k/ (indef.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 69kamburu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31kamburuveria (nom.sg.def.) . . . 81kadure (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97kaduru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 97kan ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93kan ˙dagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . 257kan ˙danı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257/kan ˙das/ (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 262kan ˙de (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93kafa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 81kafain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63kahalei (pron.adj.) . . . . 154, 163kahumbu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65kai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215kaise (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24kaisi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 34kakkanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44/kal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 255kal- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157kalamidi- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 39kalege (nom.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 251kalo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135ka ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105/kam/ . . . . . . . . 46, 96, 240, 255kama

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 240kami (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96kamu (obl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149kamugai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149kan . . . . . . . . . . 46, 96, 240, 255kan (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255kanka- (interr.pron.stem) . . . . 153kankage faratun (interr.pron.

abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155kankage (interr.pron.gen.) 127, 155kanka

c

(interr.pron.dat.) . . . . . 155ka ˙ni (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213ka ˙n ˙nei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203kara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 65, 67karu ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

kasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83kasi . . . . . . . . . . 23, 43, 78, 107kasie (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 78ka ˙t ˙tela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43kau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81kau bofain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81kau ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65kaverie (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 245kafa (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 81kafamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 81kafi (3.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . . 151kafuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 65kagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . 215, 227kaheti (impers.fut.) . . . . . . . . 162kai (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215/kas/ (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . 243, 247/kasak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 78/kasas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78kasa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78kasa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 78, 83kase (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78kau (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243kaye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151ka

c

(inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 247, 261ke- (interr.pron.stem) 152, 156, 157ke (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 208/ke ˙dak/ (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 138ke ˙da

c

(obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 138ke ˙de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 59, 66ke ˙de (part.pret.) . . . 36, 208, 240ke ˙deı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 208kehei digi (interr.pron.) . . . . . 158kehei duraki (interr.pron.loc.) . 158kehei duru (interr.pron.) . . . . 158kehei duvahaka

c

(interr.pron.dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

kehei (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . 127kehei vara

c

(interr.pron.) 127, 158/ke-hen-ak-as/ (interr.pron.dat.) 158kehenaka

c

(interr.pron.dat.) 127,151, 158

kehuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66kei (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185kei (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 208kekenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44/kel/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36kelei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27ke ˙ne (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213ke ˙ne ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237ke ˙ni (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 203ke ˙niehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 234keo ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66keranduru fufi . . . . . . . . . 34, 77keranduru fufie (nom.sg.def.) . . 77keranduru fufie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) 77keranı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208, 236keranı-a (part.pres.l.f. + quest.

partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245kera ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 210

Page 243: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

239Word forms: A ˙d ˙du

kera ˙nei (part.fut.l.f.) . . . . . . . 210keras- (inf.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 192kera

c

(inf.) . . . . . . . . . . 192, 210keye (interr.pron.nom.) . 153, 155keyye (interr.pron.nom.) 127, 153,

155ke (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 258, 259ke (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 254kefi (3.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . 145, 147kenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145kenı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 257kian (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 159kian vegen (interr.pron.) 127, 159kiehi . . . . . . . . . . 21, 47, 77, 84kiehin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84[kien] (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . 159[kien vegen] (interr.pron.) . . . 159kiessa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84kiessa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . 47, 77, 84kiesse (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84kie ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 237kihei (interr.pron.) . 27, 157, 162ki ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 35, 66ki ˙lin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66kiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66kirun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66kitaka

c

(interr.pron.) . . . 127, 158kıehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . . . 234koba (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . 156kombakin (interr.pron.nom.pl.) 154,

155kombakinge faratun (interr.

pron.abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 155kombakinge (interr.pron.gen.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155kombakinna

c

(interr.pron.dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

konda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65koffı-fehe (part.pret.I + cond.

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240kokko- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . 96kokko (nom.sg.def.) 22, 42, 67, 82,

87, 96kokkoa

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 96kokkoge faratun (abl.sg.def.) . . 96kokkoge (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 96kokkomen (pl.def.) . . . . . . 82, 96kokkomenge faratun (abl.sg.

def.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96kokkomenge (gen.pl.def.) . . . . 96kokkomenna

c

(dat.pl.def.) . . . . 96/kol/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22kolli (part.pret.II) . . . . . . . . . 240ko ˙le (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214ko ˙le ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237ko ˙li (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214ko ˙li (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 203ko ˙lonei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203kommi duvahaki (indef.pron.) 160

kommi etta

c

(indef.pron.) . . . . 160kommi (indef.pron.) . . . . . . . 160/kommi-as eti-ak/ (indef.pron.) 160kommıas etta

c

(indef.pron.)160, 161kommıas mıha

c

(indef.pron.) . 160kon etteti tekaka

c

(interr.pron.dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

kon etteti tekaki (interr.pron.gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

kon etteti tekakun (interr.pron.abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

kon etteti teka

c

(interr.pron.pl.indef.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

kon (interr.pron.)127, 148, 152-157,159, 164

kon kahalei (interr.pron.) 154, 164/kon-bakin/ (interr.pron.nom.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154konkalaka

c

(interr.pron.dat.) . . 157konkalaki (interr.pron.loc.)127, 157konkalakun (interr.pron.abl.) . 157/kon-me/ (indef.pron.) . . . . . . 161/kon-mi-as/ (indef.pron. +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 160konnanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213kontaka

c

(interr.pron.dat.) 155, 156kontaki (interr.pron.gen.) . . . . 155kontakun (interr.pron.abl.) 155, 156/kon-tan-ak-as/ (interr.pron.

dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156/kon-tan-ak-i/ (interr.pron.loc.) 156/kon-tan-tan-ak-as/ (interr.pron.

dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156/kon-tan-tan-ak-i/ (interr.pron.

loc.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 156kontantaka

c

(interr.pron.dat.pl.) 156kontantaki (interr.pron.loc.pl.) 75,

156kontantakun (interr.pron.abl.pl.) 156konta

c

(interr.pron.) . 127, 153-155kontaki (interr.pron.loc.) 127, 156/kos/ (abs.) . . . . . . 215, 242, 255kosanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41kosara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 97kosari (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97/kos-dı-fi/ (abs. + part.pret.I) . 242kosi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41kota ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65ko

c

(abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215, 255ko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 157ko (conj.) . . . . . . . 245, 254, 262kudda (nom.sg.def.)39, 77, 80, 145,

147, 163kudi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 85kudi- (stem) . . . . . . . 39, 80, 163kudin (pl.) . . . . . . 77, 80, 85, 163kudinge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 77kudu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163/kuku ˙las/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . 247

kuku ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35kula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105ku ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 209kuruba . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 63, 94kuruba- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . 94kurubai (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 94kurubain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . 63, 94kuruba (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 94kurubai (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 94kurubain (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 94kuruba

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94kuruba

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 94/kudak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 77kuda

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 77, 85lada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105lanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 227lappanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 225lassa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 77lavvanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44la

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44la

c

ni vei (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . 44lagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . 227lahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77lai (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262lehekı (nom.sg.indef. + foc.

marker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152lei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27lek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152lekakı (nom.sg.indef. + foc.

marker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152lema hinga (1.pl.impv. + 2.sg.

impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184lemma (1.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . 246lemmı (1.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . 246/let/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 240, 256leta (3.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . . . 246letı (2.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . . . 246letı (3.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . . . . 246levva (2.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . . 246le

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 240, 256lei (2.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . . . 246lei (3.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . . . 246leli (part.pret.II) . . . . . . . . . . 240lema (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 184lemı (1.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . . 246lena (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 256/lena-ı/ (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . 245lena ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 256lenasumı (1.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . 246lenaya (part.pres. + foc.marker

+ quest.partc.) . . . . . . . . . 245lenei (part.pres.l.f.) . 22, 234, 245lenesia (2.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246lenesia (3.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . 246lenesı (2.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . . 246lenesı (3.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . . . 246lenesuma (1.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . 246lenesumı (1.sg.fut.interr.) . . . . 246lian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Page 244: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

240 Indexes

lianun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80libenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234libiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . . 234libiesı (3.sg.pot.pres.interr.) . . 247lie ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . 236, 237lıehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . . . 234/lol/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 79lola

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 79lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 79ma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106ma ekuhun (pers.pron.abl.) . . 141ma (pers.pron.obl.) 127, 129, 140,

141, 145, 240, 243-245, 261mad- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94mada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 94mada fehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105mada (pron.adj.) . . . . . . 105, 163mada

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94mada (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 94madai (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 94madain (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 94mada

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 94madi (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94madun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94madun (pron.adj.abl.) . . . . . . 163ma ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 103, 163ma ˙da

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83ma ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77ma ˙die (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 77ma ˙die

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 77mafiriakamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . 106maga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138mage faratun (pers.pron.abl.) . 141mage (pers.pron.gen.) . . . . . . 141magun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 138mahakun (abl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 59maha

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93maha

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 76maha (nom.sg.def.) . . . 76, 82, 93mahai (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 93mahain (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . 59, 93mahamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . 82maha

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 93mahi (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 96mahun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 59, 93main bafain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81main (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81maku ˙na

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 76maku ˙na (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 76maku ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 209/mal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 76mala

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 76mala (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 76, 88mali (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 96mamma (nom.sg.def.) . 42, 48, 81mammamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . 81/mas/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43mas 18, 32, 59, 76, 81-83, 93, 96,

97

mas- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93masakka

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245/mas-a-in/ (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . . 59massara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65/mas-un/ (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 59masveria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 81/mas/ (pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . . 247masafei (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 256mati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 39matta

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39matte (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39ma ˙tta

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34mau . . . . . . . . . . 22, 24, 76, 96ma

c

(pers.pron.dat.) 141, 228, 229,234, 236, 238

-ma (1.pl.ending) . . . . . 168, 175/-ma/ (1.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . 177ma (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106maduma

c

(adv.) . . . . . . . 23, 247mafa- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81mafa (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 81mafamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 81mama (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 81mamamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . 81mamui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24mavahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78mavahiei (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 78mavahie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 78mavassa

c(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

mavasse (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 78me (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 147-me (emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . 161mede . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50, 66mehen (adv.) . . . . . 127, 147, 151mehi . . 25, 32, 40, 47, 62, 77, 95mehi- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95mehiea

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 95mehiei (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 95mehiein (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 95mehin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95mei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41mei (conj.) . . . . . . . 147, 149, 255meku ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209mela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63melain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-men (plur.suff.) 70, 71, 80-82, 87,

95, 106, 161mendiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66mendirin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 66messa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . 40, 95messa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 40, 77messa (nom.sg.def.) . . 40, 77, 95messe (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . 40, 95mesi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105meha

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 40, 77meha (nom.sg.def.) 21, 40, 77, 95melamfati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77melamfatie (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . 77melamfatie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . 77

meze (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245mezu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245mi (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245mi (dem.pron.) . . . . 70, 127, 139,

145-147, 150, 151mi gota

c

(adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 151mi kahalei (dem.pron.) . . . . . 127mi ko (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . 127mi tan (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . 127mi vara

c

(dem.pron.) . . . . . . . 127miage (dem.pron.gen.) . . . . . 127miara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 66mia (dem.pron.def.) . . . . . . . . 70miamen (pron.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 70mide (pers.pron.nom.) . . 139, 150/mi-ı/ (dem.pron. + foc.marker) 253minai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 169miris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64misi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26mitura (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 80mituru . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 80, 103miturun (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . 47, 80mı (dem.pron. + foc.marker) 145,

148, 253/mıdel/ . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 82, 97mıdel- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93mıdela

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93mıdela

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 76mıdela (nom.sg.def.) 76, 82, 88, 93,

97mıdelai (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 93mıdelain (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 93mıdelamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . 82mıdela

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 93mıdele (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . 93, 97mıdelun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 93mıdeu . . . . . . . . . 76, 82, 93, 97mıhaka (nom.sg.indef. + conj.) 138mıhakı (nom.sg.indef. + foc.

marker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253mıha

c

ne

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164mıha (nom.sg.def.) 80, 95, 107, 149m´ıha (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 48mıha (obl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 106mıhage faratun (abl.sg.def.) . . . 95mıhage (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . 61, 95mıhaı (nom.sg.def. + foc.

marker) . . . . . . . . . . 252-254mıhakı (obl.sg.indef. + foc.

marker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73mıha

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 95mıhun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 95mıhunge faratun (abl.pl.) . . 61, 95mıhunge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . 61, 95mıhunna

c

(dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 95mıs- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 95/mıs-ak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . 160, 164mıs-mıhun (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . 160mo ˙logan ˙da . . . . . . . 144, 145, 150

Page 245: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

241Word forms: A ˙d ˙du

mo ˙logan ˙dai (nom.sg.def. +conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

mudi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77mudie (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 77mudie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 77mun ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65mugu . . . . . . . . . . 65, 102, 105/mul/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22mu ˙li (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . 107-mun (ger.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 197muni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81muni-kafain (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 81muni-mafain (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 81munna (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 81munnamen (pl.def.) . . . . . . . . . 81mussanti . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 151mu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22mu ˙ne (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96mu ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 96musun . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 47, 64-n (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . 168, 175/-n/ (1.sg.fut.ending) . . . . . . . 177nagalai (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . 164naguvagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . 257naguvanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257naisa (obl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 161naise (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24naisi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24/nakat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25naka

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25na ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 76, 96na ˙na

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 76na ˙na (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 76na ˙ni (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96nava- (num.elem.) . . . . . . . . 120/nava-ahi/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navafansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navahattari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navaha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navasa ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navatirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navanavei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114-116navavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116navei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117na ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 47nara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65naringa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-ne (part.pres.suff.) . . . . . . . . 200nera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27/net/ (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . 261, 262/net/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . 107, 149netigen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . 261netı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 208netun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 149ne

c

(3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . . . . 261ne

c

(part.pret.) 107, 149, 208, 261neduru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 65

/nefat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79nefata

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 79nefa

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79ni bala (neg.partc. + 2.sg.

impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261ni balau (neg.partc. + 2.pl.

impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261ni beliehe (3.sg.pot.pres.neg.) 232,

234ni e (2.sg.impv.neg.) . . . . . . . 193ni en (neg.partc. + 1.sg.pres.) . 261ni (neg.partc.)44, 45, 145, 162, 184,

246, 250, 260, 261, 262ni temiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.neg.) 232ni vediehe (3.sg.pot.pres.neg.) 232nidanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 234nida (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 23nida ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 247nide ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236nidiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 234nikkuri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42/nil/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22nimenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212nime ˙ne (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 209nimi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212nimige (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228/nit-kuri/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42nukumei (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 214nukume ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . 237nukumi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 214nukumiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 234nukumigatin (1.sg.pret.III) 227, 228nukumige (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . 228nukunnei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205/nukut/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 205nukutı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . 205nuku

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 205nun (neg.partc.) 23, 144, 245, 250,

260, 261nun-au (neg.partc. + quot.

partc.) . . . 145, 148, 150, 259,260

nuva . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 116, 120nuva

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110nuvadeha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117/nuvak/. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110nuvasateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121nuvasateka asanavei . . . . . . . 121nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 22, 105ñakas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45ñam ñam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45ñam ñam ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45ñaki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45ñeku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45- ˙ne (part.fut.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 210ohibada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63ohibadain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 63oi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 68oivara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

oivara

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68o ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65o ˙na- (num.elem.) . . . . . . . . . 114o ˙nafansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120o ˙nahattari . . . . . . . . . . 114, 120o ˙naha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120o ˙nasa ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120o ˙nasatta . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 120o ˙natirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 120o ˙navei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120o ˙navihi . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 120o ˙noahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120/ot/ (part.pret.) . . . . 161, 205, 256otı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . 151, 205ove (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214ove ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237oye (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68oyei (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 68oyin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68o

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . 161, 205, 256ogaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80pangan ˙da

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 80radun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80ranga ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102raggau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43rahumat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81rahumatteria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . 81rahumatterin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 81ra ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76ra ˙la

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 76ra ˙la (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 76rammas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43ran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102ranun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102rasgefanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80raskalun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80/ras/ . . . . . . 18, 64, 79, 132, 149/rasas/ (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 48[rasau] (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 48rasi (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149/rat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 105/rat-gal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43/rat-mas/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43ra ˙t ˙tehi . . . . . . . . . 37, 78, 80, 106ra ˙t ˙tehin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80ra ˙t ˙tessa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 78ra

c

. . . . 18, 64, 79, 105, 132, 149ra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21radde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39reha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63rehain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63rei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 67, 68rekenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23reke (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 23ri ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35rihenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44rihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102riveti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 106

Page 246: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

242 Indexes

rındu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105sabbıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115sahi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213sahunei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203sai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 25, 68sa ˙lıs de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117sa ˙lıs de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117satara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 114sateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sateka bahattari . . . . . . . . . . 121satekavana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123satta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sauda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112sauvıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115saya

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68saye (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68sayin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68safu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47salıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sa ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sehe (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213sehe ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237sehi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 203se ˙ta

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 164[sidrun] (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43/sirrun/ (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43si ˙tia

c

(indef.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 245si ˙tı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33so ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 113suhi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77sussa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 77-sa (interr.inf.ending) . . . . . . 245-t (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 205ta ekuhun (pers.pron.abl.) . . . 141ta (pers.pron.obl.) . 133, 134, 140,

141, 145, 151, 178, 245, 255/tafiria/ (pers.pron.nom.pl.) . . 134tafirie (pers.pron.nom.pl.) 134, 140,

143, 247tafirin ekuhun (pers.pron.abl.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143tafirin (pers.pron.obl.pl.) 134, 140,

143, 178tafiringe faratun (pers.pron.abl.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143tafiringe (pers.pron.gen.pl.) . 143,

144tafirinna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . 143tage faratun (pers.pron.abl.) . . 141tage (pers.pron.gen.) . . . 141, 144/tak/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153tan . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 156, 247tan-tan (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 156tari . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 62, 77, 95tari- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95tarie (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 77, 95tariea

c

(dat.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 95tariei (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 95tariein (abl.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 95

/tari-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . 47, 77tarie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 47, 77tarin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . 59, 62, 95tasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78tau (quest.partc.)145, 148, 151, 255,

258, 259taulıman . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 149taulıman ne

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 107tayyara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42ta

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . 141, 234-ta (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 168-ta (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 168tara

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95tare (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95tarıx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45/tasak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 78/tasas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78tasa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78tasa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 78tase (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78taza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 103te (dem.pron.) 144, 146, 147, 150,

151teakı (dem.pron. + foc.marker) 150tebe- (prev.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244tebe-ain (prev. + 1.sg.pret.) . . 244tebe-ai (prev. + 2.sg.pret.

interr.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247tebe-ai (prev. + 3.sg.pret.

interr.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247tebe-ama (prev. + 1.pl.pret.

interr.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247tebe-amı (prev. + 1.sg.pret.

interr.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247tebe-ata (prev. + 2.pl.pret.

interr.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247tebe-ata (prev. + 3.pl.pret.

interr.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247tebe-ava (prev. + 2.pl.pret.

interr.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247tebe-gen (prev. + 1.sg.pret.) . . 244teb-o (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 214tede . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 104tedeveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 104tedeveria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 81teduvanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227/teduvi-gat/ (3.sg.pret.III) . . . . 227teduviga

c

(3.sg.pret.III) . . . . . 227/te-ı/ (dem.pron. + foc.marker) 253/tek/ (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . 155/tel/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 25, 79tela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 43te ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 35, 62, 77te ˙lie (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 77te ˙lie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 77te ˙lin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62teme (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . 168, 184teme- (pres.stem) . . . . . 168, 209temei (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 174

temei (2.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . 246temei (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 174temei (3.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . . 246temema (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . 184temema (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 174temema (1.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . 246tememı (1.sg.pres.interr.) . . . . 246tememun (ger.) . . . . . . . 168, 197temen (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . 168, 174temenı . . 166, 168, 174, 175, 209,

227, 228, 234temenı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . 168, 199teme ˙na (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176teme ˙na (3.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176teme ˙na (3.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . 246teme ˙ne (2.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176teme ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236teme ˙ne (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176teme ˙ne (part.pret.) . . . . 168, 175,

199, 209teme ˙ne- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . 168teme ˙nei (2.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . 246teme ˙nei (3.sg.pret.interr.) . . . . 246teme ˙nei (part.pret.l.f.) . . 168, 199teme ˙nema (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . 176teme ˙nema (1.pl.pret.interr.) . . 246†teme ˙nemı (1.sg.pret.interr.) . 246teme ˙nen (1.sg.pret.) . . . 168, 176teme ˙neva (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . 176teme ˙neva (2.pl.pret.interr.) . . . 246temeta (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 174temeta (2.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . 246temeta (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 174temeta (3.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . 246temeu (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . 184teme (part.pres.) . . . . . . 168, 199temehe (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . 177, 178temehe (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . 177, 178teme ˙ne (part.fut.) . . 168, 199, 210teme ˙nei (part.fut.l.f.) 168, 199, 210temesa (inf.interr.) . . . . . . . . 247/temesia/ (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177/temesia/ (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177temesie (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 177temesie (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 177temesuma (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . 177temesun (1.sg.fut.) . . . . 168, 177teme

c

(inf.) . . . . . . 168, 195, 210temi (abs.) . . . . . . . 168, 212, 215temi temi (red.abs.) . . . . . . . . 215temiehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . 178, 232,

234temiesı (3.sg.pot.pres.interr.) . 247temifei (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . 227temige (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228temigen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . 227temı gandu (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . 184temı gan (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . 184temun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . 168, 196

Page 247: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

243Word forms: A ˙d ˙du

teu . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 25, 64, 79te (dem.pron. + foc.marker) . 145,

148, 253tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tevıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115tibema (1.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . 246tibenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 242tibeta (2.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . 246tibeta (3.pl.pres.interr.) . . . . . 246tibesia (2.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . . 246tibesia (3.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . . . 246tibesuma (1.pl.fut.interr.) . . . . 246tibi (part.pret.) . . . . 106, 160, 162tibia (3.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . . 246tibima (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 243tibima (1.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . 246tibiva (2.pl.pret.interr.) . . . . . 246/tikak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 80tika

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 80tika (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . . 80tiki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47tima ekuhun (pron.abl.) . . . . . 146tima (pron.) . . . 48, 133, 144-146tima (pron.obl.) . . . . . . . . . . 145timage faratun (pers.pron.abl.) 146timage (pron.gen.) . 144, 146, 150timamen ekuhun (pron.abl.pl.) 146timamen (pron.pl.) . . . . . . . . 146timamenge faratun (pron.pl.

abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146timamenge (pron.gen.pl.) 144, 146timamenna

c

(pron.dat.pl.) . . . . 146tima

c

(pron.dat.) . . . . . . . . . . 146tin . . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 108, 109tin bofain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81tin has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121tindo ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122tindo ˙los eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 122/tin-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109tineti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124tine

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109tin-gu ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125tinsateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121tinvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123tinverin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 81tirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116tirıs de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs e

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs nuva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs nuvae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tı ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66tır . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46tosi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77tosie (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 77tosie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 77to (pers.pron.nom.) 133, 140, 141,

178, 247

udagu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31uddan ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42u ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 65ufa . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 104, 240ufaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 104ungu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65/uk-dan ˙di/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42uku ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 209-uma (1.pl.fut.ending) . . . . . . 177-un (1.sg.fut.ending) . . . . . . . 177-un (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . 59, 62-un (plur.suff.) . . . 70, 80, 81, 95-un (vb.n.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 196us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32uturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65uxtu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20ua

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20ue (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20un (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20uru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 65-va- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 170vad- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 167vadi (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 173vadi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . 173, 213vadu (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 184vadu (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . 167, 184vaduma (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . 184vaduma (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 173vadun (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . 167, 173vaduta (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 173vaduta (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 173va ˙da . . . . . . . . . . 35, 36, 65, 93va ˙de (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93va ˙di mıha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80va ˙din (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80vagutu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65vai . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 68, 103vaigada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103vain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68va ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79vamma (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176van (2.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 176van (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 176van (part.pret.) . . . 167, 175, 199,

205van- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 167van- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 167-vana (ord.suff.) . . . . . . 123, 124vana (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 176vana (3.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 176vanin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . 167, 176vanı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . 106, 107vanı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . 167, 199vannahe (2.sg.fut.) . . . . 177, 178vannahe (3.sg.fut.) . . . . 177, 178vanna ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . 167, 199,

210vanna ˙nei (part.fut.l.f.)167, 199, 210

/vannasia/ (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . 177/vannasia/ (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . 177vannasie (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177vannasie (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177vannasuma (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . . 177vannasun (1.sg.fut.) . . . 167, 177vanna

c

(inf.) . . 167, 195, 196, 210vanne (part.pres.) . . 167, 199, 200vannei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205vannei (part.pres.l.f.) 167, 199, 200vanu (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . 167, 184vanun (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . 167, 173vanun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . 167, 196vara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 158varagada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103/var-ak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 158vara

c

(adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106vara

c

gina (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . 106vara

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 158vas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103vasgada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103vasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78/vat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161vati (loc.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 161va ˙t ˙tanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26vau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 24vaule (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24/vayas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68vaye (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68/vayin/ (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68va

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161-va (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . 169, 175-va (interr.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 169vare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79vareduni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47/vasak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 78/vasas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78vasa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78vasa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 78vase (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78va

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68ve- (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236vede- (abs.) . . . . . . 167, 212, 213vedefei (abs.I) . . . . . . . 213, 227vedege (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228vedegen (abs.III) . . . . . 213, 227vedelai (abs.II) . . . . . . . 213, 227vedemun (ger.) . . . . . . . 167, 197vede ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237vedi (abs.) . . . 167, 212, 213, 215vedi vedi (red.abs.) . . . . . . . . 215vediehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . 178, 232,

234ve ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 79, 206vege (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . . 149vegen (abs.III) 151, 159, 215, 255vegen (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 255vei (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215vei (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215, 236

Page 248: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

244 Indexes

/vel/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 25velei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27veli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36venı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151, 208venı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . 106, 107-veri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81veri . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 124, 140-veria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 81veria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . . 74-verie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 81verin (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-verin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 81, 124vesi- (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206vesi ni ove ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.

neg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237vesionnei . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 206/vesiot/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 206vesiotı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . 206vesiovefei (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . 214vesiove ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237vesio

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 206vesiofei (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . 214vesioi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 214

vesioi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214ve ˙t ˙tenı . . . . 26, 36, 182, 212, 230ve ˙t ˙ti (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 212, 214veu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 25/vev/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25veve ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237veviehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 234ve (part.pres.) . . . . . 106, 200, 240ven ˙dei (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 214ven ˙den (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 36ven ˙denı (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 151ven ˙de ˙ne (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237ven ˙de ˙ne (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 206ven ˙de ˙nei (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . 206ven ˙de ˙nen (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . 36ven ˙diehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 234ve-fehe (part.pres. + cond.

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240vehe (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . . 240vehe (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . . . 236vela . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 160, 254velei (conj.) . . . . . . 160, 249, 254

velei (loc.) . . . . . . . 160, 249, 254ven ˙denı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206ve ˙ne (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . . 210ve ˙nei (part.fut.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 210vesı (3.sg.pot.pres.interr.) . . . 234ve

c

(inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210vi (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 238vi (part.pret.) . . . . . 149, 208, 237vidi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114vihivana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123vikkanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44vina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63vinain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63vu ˙nu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 237xadima . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 133xadima (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 253-y (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 168-y (3.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 168ya (cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . 240-ye (def.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68-ye

c

(indef.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 69/-

c

/ (inf.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Fua

c

Mulaku

-∅ (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-∅ (3.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-a (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175ambo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31ambu . . . . . . . . . 31, 85, 86, 158ambu mıhage (gen.sg.) . . . . . . 85andanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 213addan ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43adi (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250a ˙d ˙deha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117a ˙de

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83a ˙do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83, 103a ˙dogada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103afun (pers.pron.obl.pl.) . 130, 132,

142afunge faraten (pers.pron.abl.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142afunge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) 142, 144afunna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . . 142afu (pers.pron.nom.pl.) . 130, 132,

141, 142anga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 103anga gada mitura . . . . . . . . . 103anga ma ˙do mitura . . . . . . . . . 103angaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 59, 63angara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63angaraen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 63aha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 83-aha (dat.ending) 57, 58, 62, 97, 98-aha (inf.ending) . . . . . . 173, 181aharen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98ahare

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83

aharo . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83, 98ahafi (3.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . 149ahe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83ai (quot.partc.) 149, 227, 258, 259-ak (indef.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 73/-ak/ (indef.suff.) . . . . . . . 70, 82akiraha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98akiren (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98akiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-akı (foc.marker) . . . . . 252, 253-aku (indef.suff.obl.) . . . . . . . . 73al . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 46, 102alamari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84alamarie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 84alanasi . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 48, 84alanasie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 84ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 98, 103aligada . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 103aliha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98amanatteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/amanat-veri/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 104amma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248ammasa (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . 248ammave (nom. + quot.partc.) . 248an (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 204/an-ek/ (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . 152anhen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158anhen geri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158anhen mıha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158annaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 181annaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 235annahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 181

ann¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 181aranı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235arage (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . . 229-as (emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . 250assateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121asseri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42/as/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 117, 124/-as/ (dat.ending) . . . . . . . 57, 62-asa (dat.ending) 18, 57, 58, 62, 97asara . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 114, 116asavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116/as-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109ase

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109asi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98asiaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98asien (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98asiha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98aso . . . . . . . . . 86, 109, 117, 124asoverin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86/at/ . . . . . . . . . 25, 43, 46, 88, 98ate ˙le . . . . . . . . 27, 28, 35, 47, 66ate ˙leveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86ate ˙leverun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 86aten (abl.) . . . . 46, 60-62, 85, 98atin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60atiraha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98atiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98/at-tela/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43attela . . . . . . . . . . 43, 63, 83, 98attelaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 63, 98attelae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 83atte

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Page 249: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

245Word forms: Fua

c

Mulaku

ava (pers.pron.nom.) 130, 131, 141avaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102a

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 46, 88, 98-a

c

(dat.ending) . . . . . . 57, 58, 62-a

c

(indef.suff.) . . . . . 70, 82, 158-a (1.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 177-a (abs.ending) . . . . . . . 212, 227-a (conj.) . . . . . . . . 82, 249, 250-a (def.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71a (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207ambe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 85ambun aten (abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . 85ambun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 86ambunge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 85ambunna

c

(dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 85ada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20andi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213adıtta . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 42, 63adıttaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63ahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 117aho (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 215, 256aı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . . 207a ˙laha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21a ˙len (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21a ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 35amilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42bagıca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161bahuge (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 161bai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124baiken (indef.pron.pl.) . . . . . . 261baivaro (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . 162bakamu ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 65bakari . . . . 47, 84, 87, 88, 98, 99bakariamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . 87, 88bakarie (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99bakarien (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 99bakarie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 84bakariha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . 98, 99bakarite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 87, 88bal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 102bala (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . 167, 183bala (part.pres.) . . . . . . 167, 198bala- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . 26, 167balama (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . 183balama (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 169balamun (ger.) . . . . . . . 167, 197balan (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . 167, 169balanı 166, 167, 174, 175, 178, 236balanı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . 167, 198balanna (inf.) . 167, 180, 192, 195balanna (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . 179, 180balanna (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176balannen (1.sg.fut.) 167, 176, 179,

180balannen (3.sg.fut.) . 176, 179, 180balannen (part.fut.) . . . . 167, 198balannena (3.pl.fut.) 176, 179, 180balannenin (1.sg.fut.) 167, 176, 179

balannenı (part.fut.l.f.) . . 167, 198balanneye (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 180balanneyye (2.sg.fut.) . . 176, 179balanne (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . 176, 179balann¯e (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 198balanneva (2.pl.fut.) . . . 176, 179balanneva (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 180balatta (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 169balau (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 183balayye (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 169bala (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169bala (abs.) . . . . . . . 167, 211, 215bala bala (red.abs.) . . . . . . . . 215balafe (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . 227balagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . 227balalai (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . 227balali (part.pret.II) . . . . . . . . 255balava (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 169bal¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . 198, 201bali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103ba ˙lamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87ba ˙le (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96ba ˙le

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83ba ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83, 87, 96ba ˙lote

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87ban (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 204bannaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 181bannaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 235bannahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 181bann¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 181bappa . . . . . . . 41, 46, 48, 87, 97bappamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 87bappasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 97baro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103batteli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 47bandi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 213bara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111bavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114b¯a ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23b¯asaha (dat.) . . . . . . . 84, 98, 99b¯ase (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 99b¯asen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 99b¯ase

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 84b¯asi . . . . . 23, 46, 62, 84, 98, 99b¯azamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87b¯aze

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83b¯azu . . . . . . . . . . 23, 66, 83, 87bende (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213bendıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 235bendun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237behe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83beli (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 175beli- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . 26, 167belin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . 167, 175belı (part.pret.) . . . . 167, 174, 198belı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . 167, 198belıa (3.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 175belıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 232belıma (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 175

belıva (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 175belıyye (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . 175belun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 236belun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . 167, 196be ˙lal . . . . . . . . . . 86, 88, 97, 99be ˙lal (pl.) . . . . . . 86, 88, 97, 100be ˙lalaha (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 100be ˙lalaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . 148be ˙lalamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . 87, 88be ˙lalen (abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 100be ˙lalen (abl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 100be ˙lale

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83be ˙lali (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97be ˙lali (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 100be ˙lali (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 100be ˙lalte

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 88be ˙lalu . . . . 83, 86-88, 97, 99, 100be ˙lalu gaen (abl.sg.) . . . . . . . 100be ˙lalu gai (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . 100be ˙lalu gasa (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . 100be ˙lalusa (dat.sg.) . . . . . . 97, 100be ˙ni (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . 256, 258be ˙num ma (vb.n. + conj.) . . . 258be ˙num (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . 258/be ˙nun/ (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . 258berasfati . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 43bere . . . . . . . . . . 66, 83, 88, 145berete

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88bere

c(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83

bebe . . . . . . . . . . 22, 67, 87, 136bebemen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87behe . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 64, 83be ˙nun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 262besveria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47bevvigen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . 261binde (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214bindevun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237bindi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 214bindıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 235bindun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237bihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32billuri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42/bim/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 96bime (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 96bin (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 204binna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 181binnaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 181binnaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 235binn¯ahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 181/bis/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32biun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . . 237bı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . . 207bıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 235bıri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 66, 102bon ˙danu (obl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . 252bon ˙danu-a (obl.sg. + conj.) . . 249bon ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 87bon ˙daen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Page 250: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

246 Indexes

bon ˙dae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 84bon ˙dai (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84bon ˙damen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 87bon ˙dasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 84bon ˙do . 18, 31, 47, 102, 106, 149/bok/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 87bokamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 87bokkora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 47/bok-tek/ (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87bol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 64boli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 98, 99boliaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . 98, 99bolie (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99bolien (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99bolie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 84botte

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87bo

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 87bo (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215bo (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215bokiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47buda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63budaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63buddi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 104buddiveri . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 104buma . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 83, 98bumaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 63, 98bumae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 83da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49daddo ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43dan ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43dagan ˙do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dagonaha (inf.) . . . . . . . 181, 203dagonaı . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 235dagonahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . 181dagon¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 181dahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105dak- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44dakkanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43dakonaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 181dakonaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236dakonaı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . 44dakon¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 181dakunahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . 181/dam/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49daro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54daroma ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 256dasaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49/dasas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 194dasi (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dasun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49/dat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 43datta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 46da

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25dagi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213daki (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213daraha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99dare

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 84dari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 86, 99

dari aten (abl.) . . . . . . . . . 98, 99darige (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99darun aten (abl.pl.) . . . . . . 98, 99darun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 99darunge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 99darunna

c

(dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 99de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 109, 124de has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121de mıhun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124dea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63, 97deaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63deasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97de ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28/de-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109dege (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213degıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 235degun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237deha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110dehae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110deke (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213dekkıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 236deku ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 65den (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 250dene (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 207, 214dene hısı (abs. + part.pret.l.f.) 207deni (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214denı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205dennaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 236dennahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 181denn¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 181dennen-ı (part.fut.l.f.) . . . . . . 258dera ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27dere (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215derefe (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . 256devana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123deverin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124degı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 203delaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98delen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98deli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98deneti (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255deti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109dida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 83didaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63didae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83digi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 102din (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 205dinıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 235dinun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 237divanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 202divehi 32, 40, 47, 62, 85, 86, 131divesse

c

(nom.sg.indef.) 40, 47, 85divessun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86divi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 202dıfa (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256dı ˙naha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98dı ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 35, 98doe (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 214

doıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 235do ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙los de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙los tine

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122domveli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 102donkel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36donnaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 181donna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 181donnahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 181donnaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235doraha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34dorei (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97dore

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83doro . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83, 97/dot/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 206dovefe (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . 214dovun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237do

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 206doi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214do ˙ni . . . . . . . . 20, 27, 35, 43, 98do ˙niha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98dotı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 206duisatta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121/dum/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 96dume (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96dun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 96duru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 158duvaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158duvanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43/duvas-aku/ (obl.sg.indef.) . . . 160duvvanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-e (3.sg.pres.ending) . . . . . . . 214-e (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . 212-214e (dem.pron.) . 139, 146, 147, 150,

151-e (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . 55, 96-e (loc.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . . 56e mıhun (pers.pron.obl.pl.)140, 141,

143e mıhunge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) 143,

144e mıhunna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . 143e mıhu (pers.pron.nom.pl.)140, 141,

143e (pers.pron.nom.) . . . . 141, 142ea (pers.pron.obl.) . 136, 139, 141,

142, 149eage faraten (pers.pron.abl.) . . 142eage (pers.pron.gen.) . . . 142, 144eai (pers.pron.gen.) . . . . . . . . 142easa (pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . . . 142eba-gem (prev. + vb.n.obl.) . . 148ende . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 83ende (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213ede (pers.pron.nom.) 139, 141, 142ende

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83endıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 235edun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 236

Page 251: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

247Word forms: Fua

c

Mulaku

endun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237eduru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 88edurunte

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 88egara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 122engıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 236engun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236ehai (adv.) . . . . . . . 27, 151, 162ehe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83ehen (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151ehe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83-ei (gen.ending) . . . . . 55, 96, 97-ei (loc.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . . 56ejjun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43/ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109, 161/-ek/ (indef.suff.) . . . 70, 82, 153,

163ekaku enekakusa (recip.pron.) 152/ek-aku/ (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . 152ekavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114/ek-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109eke

c

. . . . . . . 108, 109, 155, 158ekı (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249ekı (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 249/ek-me/ (pron.adj.) . . . . . . 42, 46/ek-men/ (pron.adj.pl.) . . . 46, 161ekuni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122ekunifanas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122ekunifassihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122ekunitindo ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . 122/ek-vana/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123/em/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-ema (1.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . 177ema (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 180emma ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256emme maun . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161emme (pron.adj.) 42, 46, 107, 160,

161emme rieti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161emmen ekı (pron.adj.pl.) . . . . 162emmen (pron.adj.pl.) 46, 161, 162en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 261-en (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . 177en (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 180-en (3.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . 177-en (abl.ending) . . . . . 59, 62, 98en (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 255-ena (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 177/en-ek/ (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . 163ene

c

(pron.adj.) . . . . 48, 152, 163-enin (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . 177enı 207, 215, 231, 235, 238, 243,

247enı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 180ennen (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 247ennen (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 235ennen (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 236erıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 235erıge (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . . 229esfia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

esfiae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83esna ˙le

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 84esna ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84esa

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . . 82ese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 46, 82eti . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 75, 124, 155/eti-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 164/eti-eti/ (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 75etta (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 180ettaha (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 39ette (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39etten (abl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39etteti (distr.pl.) . . . . . 39, 75, 155ette

c

ne

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164ette

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 39eu (pers.pron.obl.) 139, 141, 142,

149euge faraten (pers.pron.abl.) . . 142euge (pers.pron.gen.) . . . 142, 144eusa (pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . . . 142eve (quot.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 248evvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123evvias (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38-eyye (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . 177eyye (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 180e

c

. . . . . . . . . 108, 109, 123, 161e

c

has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121-e

c

(indef.suff.) . . . 70, 82-84, 163-¯e (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 177-e (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 177e (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 180¯e (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 180¯e (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 254, 255-eva (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 177eva (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 180fahasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97fahaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-88fahaveriamen (pl.) . . . . . . 87, 88fahaverite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 88fahaverun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . 86-88faha . . . . . . . 23, 32, 86, 97, 109fahaverin . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 124fahena (cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . 239fahe

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109fah¯e (cond.conj.) 23, 48, 239, 248faitela . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 83, 88faitelaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 63faitelae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 83faitelate

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88faivan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 83faivane

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 83fakıri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 103fa ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 67fanara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112fanas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123fani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 35fanima ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256fansavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115fansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

faraten (abl.) . . . . . . . 61, 62, 98faro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88farobada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63farobadaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 63farote

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88/fas/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32fasdo ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 123fasdo ˙los de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙los eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙los eko ˙los . . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙los nuvae

c

. . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙los tin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117fasdo ˙los tine

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 117/fas-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109fassateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121fassihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 123fassihi de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122fassihi eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 122fasa- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26fasanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26/fat/ . . . . . . . . 25, 64, 67, 83, 88fatanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26fate

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83fatte

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88faure

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83fauru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 83fa

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 64, 83, 88fa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 42, 68fadigimaku ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65faga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 83fagaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fagae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83faheti . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 124fale

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 85fali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 109f¯a ˙ne

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 85f¯a ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 35, 85fen ˙daga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31fehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105fehuressei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87fehuresseite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 87fehuressey(y)amen (pl.) . . . . . . 87fen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25fenei (gen./loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 56fenen (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 248fenenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248fe ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 63fe ˙naen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fera ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27fesenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26fesi- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26fetenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-fe (abs. ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 27feru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66fesak-ai (nom.sg.indef. + quot.

partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148fese

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 85fesi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 85fia . . . . . . . . . 47, 63, 88, 97, 98

Page 252: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

248 Indexes

fiaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 98fiate

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88fia ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65fiasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97findanu-a (obl.sg. + conj.) . . . 249fino ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 132fiohi . . . . . . . . . . 47, 85, 98, 99fiossaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . 98, 99fiosse (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99fiossen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99fiosse

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 47, 85firi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 132firihen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157firihen geri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158firihen kudda . . . . . . . . . . . . 157firihen mıha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157firin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86fıse (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34fıse

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 85fısi . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 41, 85, 132foda

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 82fode

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 82fodo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65/fot/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 25, 64fo

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 25, 64/fuak/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 96fuaki (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96fua

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 96fulla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97fullasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97fuppa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41fuppamei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41furai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27fu ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 65gada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105gada fehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105gan ˙de

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83ga ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84ga ˙die

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 84gan ˙do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83gai . . . . . . . . . 24, 57, 67, 98, 99/gal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43gal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 24, 64gali (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25gamıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32gannaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 181gannaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205, 235ganna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 181gannahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 181/gat/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 205ga

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . 205, 256gatı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 205g¯ani (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213-ge (gen.ending) . . . . . 61, 62, 98gehasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97gehe . . . . . . . . 32, 64, 83, 88, 97gehe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83/ges/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 88ges-gehun (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . 160

geste

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 67ge (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 207gen ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 62geı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . 147, 207gina (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . 162gine (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 213, 229ginevıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 235ginevun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237giun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237, 238gıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 236goho (abs.) . . . 32, 148, 214, 257/gos/ (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32/got/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 151/got-as/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 151go

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 151guguru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66guima ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256-gu ˙na (num.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 125gurai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27gu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68ha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109had¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 149haddeha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117haddo ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123hande

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83handi (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96hando . . . . . . . 31, 32, 65, 83, 96/ha-ek/. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hafta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97haftasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97hai (pron.adj.) . 27, 151, 157, 162hajjaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 247hakuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65harakatteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/harakat-veri/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hasada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hasadaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hasateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121hassateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121/hat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 124/hatar-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hatare

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hataro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hatarosateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121hatavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116/hat-diha/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117/hat-do ˙los/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123hate

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hattari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117haturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66ha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117haul . . . . 22-24, 32, 64, 112, 247haulakk-a (obl.sg.indef. +

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 250haul-au (nom.sg. + quot.partc.) 247haule (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24haule

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 82

haulu (obl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 257haulu-a (obl.sg. + conj.) . . . . 250havıri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66havverin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124ha

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 124-ha (dat.ending) . . 57, 58, 62, 98has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121h¯a (aff.partc.) . . . . . . . . . 23, 250hedı (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255hedı (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 148hendune

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 83hendunu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 83hela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63helaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63hema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 102hen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151, 157he ˙nahiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28he ˙ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 66, 88he ˙nete

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88he ˙nihiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66heras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27heye (quest.partc.) . . . . . . . . 256hia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121-123hia do ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123hia ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 65, 83hia ˙le

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83hiki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 102himare (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96himare

c(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 83

himaro . . . . . . . . 47, 65, 83, 96hinnaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 181hinnahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 181hinnaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 235hinn¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 181hippi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41hise (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214hise (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205hisevıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 235hisevun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237/hit/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 88, 161/hitas/ (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 161hita

c

(dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 161hite

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83hitte

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88hi

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 88, 161hısi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 256hısin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 243hısı hai (indef.pron.) . . . . . . . 162hısı (part.pret.l.f.) 34, 44, 203, 207homa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63homaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63huanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235huanna (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 255hudu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 105huıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 235hukuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65hu ˙lango . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102hun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46hu ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 65, 102

Page 253: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

249Word forms: Fua

c

Mulaku

huturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 102hu ˙t ˙tanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44hu ˙t ˙tenı (caus.intr.) . . . . . . . . . 44huvandei (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . 97huvando . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 97huha (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 195huhi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 195-i (3.sg.pres.ending) . . . 168, 213-i (abs.ending) . . . . . . . 212, 237-i (gen.ending) . . . . . . 55, 96, 97-i (loc.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-i (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . 202, 203inde (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214inde (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214indevıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 235indevun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237indoli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 88indolite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88-ie (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 168ifa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83ifae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83ingili . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 88ingilite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88ingiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 66ihal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 88ihale

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83ihalte

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88ihanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235ihıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 235iki ges-gehun . . . . . . . . . . . . 160iki (indef.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 160iki mıs-mıhun . . . . . . . . . . . 160ila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83ilae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83-in (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-in-∅ (3.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . 177in (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 204-in (plur.suff.) . . . . . 71, 86, 155-inin (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . 177-inma (1.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . 177-inna (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . 177innaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181innaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 235innahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 181inn¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 181-inne (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . 177-inva (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . 177iri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66irınde (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214irındi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 214irındıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 235irındun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237irın (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 205irın- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 173irınnaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 181irınnaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205, 235irınna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 181irınnahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 181issasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 88

issasite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88itiraha (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 106itiri (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106iyye (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-ı (foc.marker) . 73, 251-253, 260ıha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195ıhamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87ıhe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . . 85ıhi . . . . . 21, 46, 62, 85, 87, 195ıhite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87ı ˙te

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . . 83ı ˙tu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 65, 83-ıyye (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . 175jambe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83jambu . . . . . . . . . 60, 65, 83, 88jamburozu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65jambute

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88jaha- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26jahanı . . . . . . 26, 32, 40, 43, 227jahagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . 227jahan (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . 227jangali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98jangaliaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . 98jangaliha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 98jassanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . 40, 43javvu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65jadu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67jehenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26jehi- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26jehı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 257jehun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 236joli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 88, 98joliaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98jolite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88kamburu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31kandul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83kandule

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 83kaduraha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 98kadurei (gen.) . . . . . . . . . 97, 98kaduren (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 98kadure

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 83kaduru . . . . . . 65, 83, 88, 97, 98kadurute

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 88kan ˙danı . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 252kafa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 87, 88kafaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63kahala (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . 154kahumbe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 83kahumbu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83kahumbute

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 87kaise (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24kaisi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 34, 88kaisite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88kaki ˙damen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 87kaki ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87kaki ˙dite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87kakkanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44kakkagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . 149kakul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

kakulte

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88/kal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255kal (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . 254, 255kal- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157kalamidi- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 39ka ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105/kam/ . . . . . . 46, 83, 88, 96, 255kame

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 83, 88kami (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96kan . . . . . . . . 46, 83, 88, 96, 255/kan/ ‘corner’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88kan ‘corner’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88kan (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255kane

c

(nom.sg.indef.) ‘corner’ . 88kante

c

(nom.pl.) ‘corner’ . . . . . 88kan-te

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88ka ˙n ˙naha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 181ka ˙n ˙naı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 235ka ˙n ˙n¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 181ka ˙n ˙n¯ahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 181kara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 67, 88karaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63karate

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88kare

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83kari (loc.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 248karo . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83, 248karu ˙ne

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 83karu ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83kasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83kasae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83kau ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65ka (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215ka (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215kabafaun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 86kabafaunge faraten (abl.pl.) . . . 98kafage faraten (abl.) . . . . . . . . 98kafamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 87, 88kafate

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88kafi (3.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . . 148kafuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 65kagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . 227kaka ataha (interr.pron.dat.) . . 155kakage faraten (interr.pron.abl.) 155kakage (interr.pron.gen.) . . . . 155kakasa (interr.pron.dat.) . . . . . 155kan (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227ka ˙nı (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213kase

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 85kasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 88kasite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88k¯asi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23ke ˙dakun (abl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 59ke ˙de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 59, 66ken ˙dı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 252ken ˙dıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 235kehuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66kei (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 258, 259kekenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44/kel/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Page 254: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

250 Indexes

kelai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27ke ˙la (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 36, 208ke ˙laı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 208ke ˙lenaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 181ke ˙lenaı . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 235ke ˙lena (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 181ke ˙lenahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 181ke ˙leun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237ke ˙ne (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 213, 214ke ˙nıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 235ke ˙nun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237kerandul huhi . . . . . . . . . 34, 195keranı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208, 236keranna (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 195keu ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66ke (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185ke (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 208kefe (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227keı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 208kel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 88kele

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83kelte

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88ke ˙li (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214ke ˙lı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 203kenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227k¯e ˙nı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 203keye (interr.pron.nom.) . 153, 155ki- (interr.pron.stem) 152, 156-158kihai (interr.pron.) . 27, 157, 162kihai varakaha (interr.pron.dat.) 158/ki-hin-ak/ (interr.pron.) . . . . . 158kihinake (interr.pron.) . . . . . . 158kihina

c

(interr.pron.) . . . . . . . 158kihinne (interr.pron.) . . . 147, 158ki ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 35, 66kiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66kitaka

c

duvaha (interr.pron.) . . 158kite

c

duvaha (interr.pron.) . . . 158kite

c

(interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 158kiun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . . 237kıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 235kıha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 47, 84kıhaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84kıhae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 47, 84kıhai (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84kıhasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84kombaiken- (interr.pron.stem) 155kombaikenge faraten (interr.

pron.abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 155kombaikenge (interr.pron.gen.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155kombaikenna

c

(interr.pron.dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

kombaikea (interr.pron.nom.pl.) 155koba (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . 156kondo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65kokko . . . . 22, 42, 67, 84, 87, 97kokkoe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 84kokkomen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

kokkosa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 97kol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22ko ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84ko ˙lie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 84kommi duvahaku (indef.pron.) 160kommi ette

c

(indef.pron.) . . . . 160kommi (indef.pron.) . . . . . . . 160kommias etta

c

(indef.pron.) . . 160kommias mıhaku (indef.pron.

obl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160kommias mıhe

c

(indef.pron.) . 160kon etteti tekakaha (interr.pron.

dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155kon etteti tekakun (interr.pron.

abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155kon etteti tekeke

c

(interr.pron.nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 155, 158

kon etteti tekeki (interr.pron.gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

kon (interr.pron.) . . 152-157, 159kon kahala (interr.pron.) . . . . 154konirakun (interr.pron.abl.) . . 157konkalakaha (interr.pron.dat.) . 157konkalaki (interr.pron.loc.) . . . 157konkalakun (interr.pron.abl.) . 157/kon-me/ (indef.pron.) . . . . . . 161konnanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213kontanakaha (interr.pron.dat.) . 156kontanakun (interr.pron.abl.) . 156kontanekaha (interr.pron.dat.) . 156/kon-tan-ek-i/ (interr.pron.loc.) 156kontaneki (interr.pron.loc.) . . . 156kontanekun (interr.pron.abl.) . 156kontantanakaha (interr.pron.dat.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156kontantanakun (interr.pron.abl.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156kontantanekaha (interr.pron.dat.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156/kon-tan-tan-ek-i/ (interr.pron.

loc.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156kontantaneki (interr.pron.loc.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 156kontantanekun (interr.pron.abl.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156kontakaha (interr.pron.dat.) . 151,

155, 156/kos/ (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255kosanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41kosarei (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97kosare

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 83kosaro . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83, 97kosi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41kota ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65ko (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215, 255kontakun (interr.pron.abl.) 59, 155konteke

c

(interr.pron.indef.) . . 153konteke

c

(interr.pron.nom.) 153-155konteki (interr.pron.gen.) . . . . 155

kubusma ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256kudd¯a . . 23, 39, 85, 86, 149, 163kudd¯a aten (abl.sg.) . . . . . . . . 85kudd¯age (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 85kudd¯asa (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 85kudi- (stem) . . . . . . . 39, 85, 163kudu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163kuku ˙lakk-a (obl.sg.indef. +

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250kuku ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35kuku ˙lu-a (obl.sg. + conj.) . . . 250kula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105kuma

c

(interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . 159kuma

c

vegen (interr.pron.) . . . 159ku ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35kuruba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 63kurubaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 63kudaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 248kude

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 85kudun aten (abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 85kudun (pl.) . . . . . . . 85, 86, 163kudunge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 85kudunna

c

(dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 85labanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48laban (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . . 48labba (aff.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 42lado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105lanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227lappanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 225la

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44lagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . 227lan (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227lei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27lenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22libenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248limboi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82limboya

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 82libunu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 248liennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 235lik- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82lika

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 82likı (nom.sg. + foc.marker) . 148,

149liun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 236, 237lol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 88lote

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88ma (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . 129, 141mado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65mado fehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105mado (pron.adj.) . . . . . . 105, 163madun (pron.adj.abl.) . . . . . . 163ma ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83ma ˙dae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 83ma ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84ma ˙die

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 84ma ˙do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 163mage faraten (pers.pron.abl.) . 141mage (pers.pron.gen.) . . 141, 144maha . . 18, 32, 54, 83, 96-98, 261

Page 255: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

251Word forms: Fua

c

Mulaku

mahasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . 97, 98mahen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 59, 98mahe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83mahi (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 98mal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 24, 96mali (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 96mamma . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 48, 99mammage faraten (abl.) . . . . . . 99mammage (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . 99mammamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 99mammamenge faraten (abl.pl.) . 99mammamenge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . 99mammamenna

c

(dat.pl.) . . . . . . 99mammasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . 99-ma ˙na (dim.suff.) . . . . . . 54, 256/mas/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 43, 54masma ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 256massare

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 83massaro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83masveria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86masverun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 86masa (pers.pron.dat.) 141, 228, 236masafe (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 256mati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 39mattaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . 34, 39matte (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39maun bafaun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 86maun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-ma (1.pl.ending) . . . . . 168, 175ma (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106ma (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . 255, 258ma (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148madaha (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 23mamui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24mavahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98mavahiaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . 98-me (emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . 161mede . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50, 66mei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41mela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63melaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63-men (plur.suff.) 70, 71, 86, 87, 99,

134, 161mendiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66meha

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . 40, 195mehamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 87mehe (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40mehe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 40, 85mehi 21, 25, 32, 40, 47, 62, 85, 87,

195mehite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87meliage dia (p.n.nom.) . . . . . 251mere . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 66, 83mere

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83mi (dem.pron.) 139, 146-151, 161,

227mi gotaha (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . 151mi mıhun (pers.pron.pl.) . . . . 162mia (pers.pron.f.) . . . . . 139, 149

midalusa (dat.sg.) . . . . . . 97, 100mihen (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 151mirihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64misi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26mitura

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 82mituru . . . . . . 66, 82, 86, 97, 103miturun (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . 47, 86miturusa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 97miu (pers.pron.m.) . . . . 139, 149mı (dem.pron. + foc.marker) . 148mıdal . . . . . . . . . 86, 87, 97, 99mıdal (pl.) . . . . . . . . 86, 97, 100mıdalaha (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 100mıdalamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 87mıdalen (abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 100mıdalen (abl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 100mıdale

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . 82, 83mıdali (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . 97, 100mıdali (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 100mıdalu . . 83, 86, 87, 97, 99, 100mıdalu gaen (abl.sg.) . . . . . . 100mıdalu gai (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . 100mıdalu gasa (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . 100mıdalu-a (obl.sg. + conj.) . . . 250mıdelakk-a (obl.sg.indef. +

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 250mıdele

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 82mıha

c

ne

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164mıha . . . . . . . . 48, 73, 85, 86, 97mıhage (gen.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 61mıhakuı (obl.sg.indef. + foc.

marker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73mıhasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97mıhun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 86, 134mıhunge aten (abl.pl.) . . . . . . . 61mıhunge faraten (abl.pl.) . . . . . 61mıhunge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 61mıs- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134/mıs-ak/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 164/mıs-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 160mıs-mıhun (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . 160mun ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65mugu . . . . . . . . . . 65, 102, 105mul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22mulehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85mulesse

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 85mu ˙li (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . 107mussandi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42musi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105mu ˙naha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98mu ˙ne (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 98mu ˙nen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98mu ˙ne

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83mu ˙nu . . . . . . . . . 65, 83, 96, 98musun . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 47, 64m¯ude

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 85m¯udi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 85-n (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . 168, 175naise (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

naisi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24/nakat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25naka

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25nam (cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . . 241nannigaten (abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . 100nannigati (pl.) . . . . . . . . 99, 100nannigattaha (dat.pl.) . . . . . . 100nannigatte (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . 100nannigattu . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 100nannigattu gaen (abl.sg.) . . . . 100nannigattu gai (gen.sg.) . . . . . 100nannigattu gasa (dat.sg.) . . . . 100na ˙ne (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96na ˙ne

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83na ˙no . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83, 96navai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117navara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114-116navavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116na ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 47nare

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83naringu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66naro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83nera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 83nerae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 83/net/ (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . . . 261ne

c

(3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . . . . 261netı (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261ni belıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.

neg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232ni (neg.partc.) 45, 145, 184, 250,

260, 261ni tem˛ıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.

neg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232ni vendevıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.

neg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232niaduru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 65nidanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 235nid¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 23nidıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 235nidun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 236nikkuri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42nil . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 22, 105nimenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212nimı (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212nimıge (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228nimun (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 209/nit-kuri/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42nu (neg.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 145nukume (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 214nukumege (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . 228nukumevıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) 235nukumevun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . 237nukume (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 214nukunnaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . 181nukunnaı . . . . . . . . . . . 205, 235nukunna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . 181nukunnahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . 181/nukut/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 205nuku

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 205

Page 256: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

252 Indexes

nukutı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . 205nun (neg.partc.) 23, 145, 248, 250,

260, 261nuva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 116nuvadeha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117/nuva-ek/. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110nuvae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110nuvasateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121ohibada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 83ohibadaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 63ohibadae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 83oi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 68onnaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 181onnahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 181o ˙ne

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83o ˙no . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 83/ot/ (part.pret.) 181, 205, 248, 256ove (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 214ove (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214ovıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 235ovun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 237o

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . 181, 205, 256ogaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104olanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235olıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 235otı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . 205, 227rad-raso (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 75radun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86ranga ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102raggal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43rahumatteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86rahumatterun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 86ra ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54ra ˙loma ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 256ra ˙loma ˙nak-ai (obl.sg.indef. +

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258rammaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43ran (obl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148raskalun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86/ras/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132rase

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 83raso . . . . . . . 18, 64, 75, 83, 132/ras-ras/ (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 75/rat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 105/rat-gal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43/rat-mas/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43ra ˙t ˙tehi . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 85, 86ra ˙t ˙tesse

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 85ra ˙t ˙tessun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86ra

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105ra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21radde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39reha . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63, 149rehaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63rehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87rehiamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 87rehite

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87rei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 67, 68rekenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 235

rekevıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 235rek¯e (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 23rieti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 161riha (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 195rihenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44rihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195riveti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 161rındul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105[rud] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48/ruk/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147rukaha (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 147ru

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 147sabbıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115sahunaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 181sahuna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 181sahunahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 181sahunaı . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 235sai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 25, 68sa ˙lıs de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117sa ˙lıs de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117satara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 114sateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121satekavana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123satta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sauda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112sauvıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115safu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47sahi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213salıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sa ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sehe (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213sehıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 235sehun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 237sehı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 203si ˙tı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33so ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 113-t (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 205ta (pers.pron.obl.) . 133, 134, 141,

147tafatu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161tafatuge (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . 161tafinna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . . 143tage faraten (pers.pron.abl.) . . 141tage (pers.pron.gen.) . . . 141, 144tai (quest.partc.) . 147, 151, 247, 2

48, 255, 258, 259tan . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 151, 156tan-tan (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 156tari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 84/tari-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 47tarien (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 62tarie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 47, 84tasbıha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248tasa (pers.pron.dat.) . . . 141, 248tayyaro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42takaha (dat.sg.indef.) . . . 151, 261tamen (pers.pron.pl.) 134, 141, 143tamenge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) . 143,

144

tamenna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . 143tarıx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45tase

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 85tasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85taza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 103tedeveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/-tek/ (plur.suff.) . . . . . 71, 87, 99/tek/ (pron.adj.) . . . . . . 155, 158/tel/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25tel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 64tela . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 43, 82, 99telaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99telai (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99tela

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 82telasa (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99teme- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . 168temema (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . 184temema (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 174temen (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . 168, 174temenı . . . 23, 166, 168, 174, 175,

209, 227, 228, 235temen˛ı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . 168, 199temenna (inf.) . . . . . . . 168, 195temenna (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177temennen (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 177temennen (part.fut.) . . . 168, 199temennena (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . 177temennenı (part.fut.l.f.) . 168, 199temenneye (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 177temenn¯e (1.sg.fut.) . . . . 168, 177temenne (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177temenneva (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . 177temetta (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 174temeyye (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 174tem¯e (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 174tem¯e (part.pres.) . . . . . . 168, 199tem¯eva (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 174temı gan (2.sg.impv.III) . 168, 227temı gatin (1.sg.pret.III) . . . . 227temıge (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228temıgen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . 227temılai (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . 227tem˛ı (abs.) . . . . 23, 168, 212, 215tem˛ı tem˛ı (red.abs.) . . . . . . . . 215tem˛ıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) 232, 235tem˛ıfe (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . 227temumma (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . 176temun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236temun (part.pret.) . 168, 175, 199,

209temun- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . 168temun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . 168, 196temunin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . 168, 176temunna (3.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . 176temunne (2.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . 176tem¯u (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 176tem¯unı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . 168, 199tem¯uva (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176terein (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Page 257: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

253Word forms: Fua

c

Mulaku

teu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-te

c

(plur.suff.) 71, 87, 88, 99, 163te ˙len (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62te ˙le

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 84te ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 35, 62, 84tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tevıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115ti (dem.pron.) . . . . 134, 146, 147,

149-151, 161ti mıhun (pers.pron.obl.pl.)134, 141,

143ti mıhunge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) 143,

144ti mıhunna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) 143ti mıhu (pers.pron.nom.pl.)134, 141,

143tia (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . 149, 150tibenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242tibi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 162, 261tibima (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 243tiki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47tima (pron.) 48, 133, 145, 146, 161timage (pron.gen.) . . . . 144, 146timage feraten (pron.abl.) . . . 146timai (pron. + conj.) . . . . . . . 247timamen (pron.pl.) . . . . . . . . 146timamenge (pron.gen.pl.) 144, 146timamenge feraten (pron.abl.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146timamenna

c

(pron.dat.) . . . . . 146timasa (pron.dat.) . . . . . . . . . 146tin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109tin has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121tindo ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122tindo ˙los eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 122/tin-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109tineti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124tine

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109tinsateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121tinvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123tirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116tirıs de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs e

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs nuva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs nuvae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tiu (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . 149, 150tiusa (pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . . . 149tı ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66tır . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46to (pers.pron.nom.) . . . . 133, 141-tta (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 168udagu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31uddan ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42udihıfe (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . 257u ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 65ufaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 104ungu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

uhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32uhu (neg.partc.) . . . 23, 250, 260/uk-dan ˙di/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42uku ˙nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-un (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 59-un (plur.suff.) 71, 86, 87, 130, 155-un (vb.n.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 196u ˙na- (num.elem.) . . . . . . . . . 114u ˙naahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120u ˙nafansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120u ˙nahattari . . . . . . . . . . 114, 120u ˙naha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120u ˙nasa ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120u ˙nasatta . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 120u ˙natirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 120u ˙navai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120u ˙navihi . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 120/us/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32uturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65uxtu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-u (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 177uru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 65uterima ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256-va (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . 168, 175-va- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 170vand- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . 167vandi (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . 167, 184vandima (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . 184vandima (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . 173vandimun (ger.) . . . . . . 167, 197vandin (1.sg.pres.) . . . . 167, 173vanditta (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 173vandiu (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . 184vandivva (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . 173vandıyye (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 173va ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86va ˙diun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86va ˙do . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 36, 65vago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227vago jahanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227vagutu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65vaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103vai . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 68, 103vaigada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103vamma (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176van (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 176van (part.pret.) . . . 167, 175, 199,

205van- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 167van- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 167-vana (ord.suff.) . . . . . . 123, 124vanin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . 167, 176vanıyye (2.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176vanna (3.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 176vannaha (inf.) 167, 181, 195, 196vannaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205, 235vannaı (part.pres.l.f.) 167, 199, 200vannan (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 167vann¯a (part.pres.) . 167, 181, 199,

200vann¯ahimma (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . 177vann¯ahimva (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . 177vann¯ahin (3.sg.fut.) . . . . 177, 181vann¯ahin (part.fut.) . . . . 167, 199vann¯ahinin (1.sg.fut.) 167, 177, 181vann¯ahinı (part.fut.l.f.) . 167, 199vann¯ahinna (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . 177vann¯ahinne (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 177vann¯ahinye (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 181vanun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . 167, 196vanva (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 176varaha (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 106varaha gina (adv.) . . . . . . . . . 106varakaha (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . 158varo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 158varogada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103vasgada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103va ˙t ˙tanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26vaul . . . . . . . . . . . 22-24, 87, 88vaulamen (pl.) . . . . . . . . . 87, 88vaule (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24vaulte

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 88vareheduni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47v¯andi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . 173, 213v¯anı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . 167, 199ve (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215vende (abs.) . . 167, 212, 213, 215vende vende (red.abs.) . . . . . 215vendefe (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . 227vendegen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . 227vendelai (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . 227vendevıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) 232,

235vendun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237ve ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27vege (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . . 149vegen (abs.III) . . . . . . . 159, 255vegen (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 255/vel/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25vel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22velai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27venı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208, 235-veri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86veri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 124-veria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86veria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-verin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 124vesi- (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206vesi ni ovun (3.sg.pot.pret.neg.) 237vesionnaha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . 181vesionnaı . . . . . . . . 28, 206, 235vesionnahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . 181vesionn¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . 181/vesiot/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 206vesiove (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 214vesiove (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 214vesiovıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . 235vesiovun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237

Page 258: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

254 Indexes

vesio

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 206vesiotı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . 206ve ˙t ˙tenı . . . . . . . 26, 212, 235, 251ve ˙t ˙tevıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 235ve ˙t ˙tı (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212ve ˙t ˙tıge (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 251veu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25/vev/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25vevıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) 235, 236vevun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237ve (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215, 236v¯e (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 200v¯en ˙devıennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . 235v¯en ˙devun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237

v¯en ˙di (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 214v¯en ˙din (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 36v¯en ˙dı (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214v¯en ˙dun (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 206v¯en ˙dunin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . 36v¯en ˙d¯unı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . 206vela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 254velai (conj.) . . . . . . . . . 249, 254velai (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . 249, 254veli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36vennen (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 236v¯e ˙n ˙naha (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 181v¯e ˙n ˙naı . . . . . . . 36, 206, 230, 235v¯e ˙n ˙n¯a (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 181

v¯e ˙n ˙n¯ahinin (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 181verun (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 74-verun (plur.suff.) . . . . . . 86, 124vidi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114vihivana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123vikkanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44vina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63vinaen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63vı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . 161, 208xadima . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 133/-ya/ (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 175-yye (2.sg.ending) . . 168, 175, 177/-yye/ (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . 175

Huvadu

-a ˙ta (dat. ending) . . . . . . . . . . 34dora ˙ta (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34enge (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 262fu ˙la (East-H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34galahu ˙t ˙te (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . 34guake (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 262

hu ˙ti (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 34, 256hu ˙la (West-H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 34kameke (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 262kan (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262kau ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 34matta ˙t (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34ma ˙taifai (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 256

no ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24nu enge (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . 262/ot/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 256ote (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 256ra ˙leke (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 262- ˙t (dat. ending) . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Standard Dhivehi (Male)

-∅ (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-∅ (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-∅ (3.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175-a (subst.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 136abadu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233ambi . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 90, 158⟨abi⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90ambin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90ambu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31amburanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230ambura (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 230ambura annanı . . . . . . . . . . . 230adabu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104adabuveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104andanı 31, 173, 181, 204, 213, 235,

237anda (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213anda (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213adi (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250adi-ves (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . 250a ˙d ˙diha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117a ˙d ˙du (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 131a ˙du . . . . . . . . . 65, 103, 152, 252a ˙dugada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103afuremenge (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . 33anga . . . . . . 59, 63, 90, 101, 103anga gada mitura . . . . . . . . . 103anga ma ˙du mitura . . . . . . . . . 103angae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 90⟨angaigai⟩ (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . 101

⟨angaige⟩ (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . 101angain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 59, 63angain (abl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 101angaga (loc.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 101angage (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 101angara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63angarain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 63anga

c

(dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 101agu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103agu huri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103ahanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148-150/ahannas/ (pers.pron.dat.) 233, 238,

248ahanna

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . 228, 233,236, 238, 248

aharemen (pers.pron.pl.) 130, 132,140, 142

aharemena

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . 142aharemenge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) 142,

144aharen (pers.pron.) 34, 61, 129-132,

140, 141, 228, 242aharenge (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . 72aharenge (pers.pron.gen.) 141, 144,

164, 242aharenna

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . 141aharu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 109aharumen (pers.pron.pl.) . . . . 130ahulu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90ahuluveria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

ahuluverin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 90ahuren (pers.pron.) . . . . 130, 131ai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 46ai (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 207aidan ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43ais (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215aitila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63[aitila] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 63aı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . 164, 207-ak (indef.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 72/-ak-as/ (dat.sg.indef.ending) . 101-akı (foc.marker) . . . 72, 73, 149,

252-254-aku (indef.suff.obl.)72, 82, 89, 101,

252/-ak-un/ (abl.sg.indef.ending) . 101akuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6/al/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22alanasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 48ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35alifan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33aligada . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 103alı buxairı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45a ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35a ˙lugan ˙dakı (pers.pron. + foc.

marker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254a ˙lugan ˙da

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . 141a ˙lugan ˙du (pers.pron.)129, 132, 140,

141, 254a ˙lugan ˙du (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . 252

Page 259: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

255Word forms: Standard Dhivehi (Male)

a ˙lugan ˙duge (pers.pron.gen.)141, 144a ˙lugan ˙dumen (pers.pron.pl.) . 132,

140, 142a ˙lugan ˙dumena

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

a ˙lugan ˙dumenge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 144

a ˙lukan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133amanatteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/amanat-veri/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 104amilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-an (1.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 177-an (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . 177-an (1.sg./pl.ending) . . . . . . . 181-an (inf.ending) 173, 182, 193, 194an (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 204andanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . 31, 204/an-ek/ (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . 163/anek-ak-as/ (dat.sg.indef.) . . . 152ane

c

(pron.adj.) . . . . . . . 152, 163anganı (caus.) . . . . . . . . 31, 236anhen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 158anhen geri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158anhen mıha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158anhena (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 89ania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104aniaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104annanı145, 150, 164, 169, 172, 179,

180, 185, 193, 207, 215,229-231, 235, 236, 238,243-245, 247, 256, 257

annanı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . 252annase (inf.impv.) . . . . . 185, 194appu ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 54aranı . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 229, 233as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 83assanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 233assateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121asseri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42/as/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 117/-as/ (dat.ending) . 57, 58, 62, 100⟨ara⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109asahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120asa ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118asanavai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120asara . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 114, 116asavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116/as-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 109ase

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 109asuhaiteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119asuha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119asutirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118asuvanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119/at/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 43ato ˙lu . . 27, 28, 35, 36, 47, 66, 97,

201, 206ato ˙luveria . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 89/atpu ˙lu/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54/at-tila/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

attila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 63attilain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63atun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 60/a ˙t-diha/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117au . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46avas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102/avas/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38avas-avas (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 75ava ˙t ˙teria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38ava

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38avi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103avigada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103a

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 117-a

c

(dat.ending) . . . 57, 58, 62, 100-a

c

(inf.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 173a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 46, 102-a (abs.ending) . . . . . . . 212, 227-a (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249-a (obs.def.suff.) . . . 105, 137, 139ada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20adavegen (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . 233ade (aff.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 250adıtta . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 42, 63adıttain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63ahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 117-ai (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 102/badal-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . 164bande (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213bandevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . 232,

233bandevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . 237bande (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 213bafain (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90bagıca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 88bai . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 124, 140bai kamun (ger.) . . . . . . . . . . 198bai kanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233baivaru mıhun . . . . . . . . . . . 162baivaru (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . 162baiveria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90baiverin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90bakamunu . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 65bakari . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 90, 91bakarie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 90bakarita

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 91/bal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22bala- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . 26, 167balama (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . 183balamu (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 169balamu (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 169balamun (ger.) . . . . . . . 167, 197balan (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . 167, 169balan (inf.) . . . . . . 167, 192, 193balanı 74, 151, 166, 167, 174, 175,

187, 226, 230, 231, 232, 236, 245balanı (part.pres.l.f.) 167, 198, 199bala (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . 183bala (2.sg.impv.) 167, 183, 186-188bala (2.sg./pl.impv.) . . . . . . . 261

bala (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169bala (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169bala (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169bala (abs.) . . . . . . . 167, 211, 215bala bala (red.abs.) . . . . . . . . 215bala (part.pres.) . . . 167, 198, 199balafai (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . 227balafa (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . 227balagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . 227balala (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . . 190balala dı fanan (abs.II + abs. +

2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 190balalai (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . 227balanan (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 176balanan (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . 167, 176balane (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 176balane (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 176balane (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 176balane (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 176balane (part.fut.) . . . . . . 167, 198balanı (part.fut.l.f.) . . . . 167, 198balanu (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 176balanu (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 176balas- (inf.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 194balase (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 194balati (2.sg.impv.post.) . . . . . 186bali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103bali ve innanı . . . . . . . . . . . . 230ballavai gannavamu (2.sg.pres.) 249ballavai gannavanı . . . . . . . . 249ba ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65bamia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89ban (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 204bannanı44, 173, 181, 204, 213, 232,

233, 235, 237bappa . . . 41, 46, 48, 90, 91, 102bappae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 90bappamen (nom.pl.) . . . . 91, 102bappamenga (loc.pl.) . . . . . . . 102bappamenge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . 102bappamenna

c

(dat.pl.) . . . . . . 102bappamenge faratun (abl.pl.) . 102barabara

c

(adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 58barabaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58/baru/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106baru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103/bas/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42bas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161bas-bas (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 75basi . . . . . . . . . . 23, 34, 46, 62batteli . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 47, 92batteli-faharu (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 92batteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19bayahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119baya ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118bayanavai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120⟨ba

c

pa⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91⟨ba

c

teli⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92ba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 102

Page 260: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

256 Indexes

ba (quest.partc.) . . . . . . 248, 258bahaiteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119baha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119bananı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234bara . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111, 122barugada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103bava (interr.partc.) . . . . . . . . 164bavanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118bavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114bazaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45baze

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 89bazu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 89beleni (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 74beleni veria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74belenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231beli (2.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 175beli (3.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 175beli (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 175beli (part.pret.) . . . 167, 174, 198,

202beli- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . 26, 167belidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . 232, 236belin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . 167, 175belı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . 167, 198belımu (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 175belımu (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . 231belımu (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 175belun (vb.n.) . . . . . 167, 196, 257belunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236beru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 91beruta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 91be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136bebe . . . . . . . . . . 22, 67, 91, 136bebemen (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 91befu ˙la (nom.sg.def.) 89, 136, 137befu ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137befu ˙lun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . 137, 147bengu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107bekala (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 89bekale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136/benumek/ (nom.sg.indef.) 61, 262benume

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 262benun . . . . . . . . . . 46, 104, 262benunteri . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 104bes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 64, 83besveria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47bindanı . 173, 181, 204, 232, 235,

237binde (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214bindevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . 237binde (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 214bindidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) 232, 233bindunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237/bilet/ (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91biletta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 91bile

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91billuri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42/bim/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 26

bin (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 204binnanı . 173, 181, 204, 214, 232,

234, 237bis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 91bista

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 91bıru . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 66, 102bon ˙danfu ˙le

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . 249bo ˙de

c

(adj.indef.) . . . . . . . . . 262bo ˙du . 18, 31, 47, 65, 92, 102, 138boe (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215boe (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 215, 237boi (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215/bok/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64bokkura . . . . . . . . 42, 47, 79, 92bokkura-faharu (pl.) . . . . . . . . 92/bol/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22boli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90bolie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 90boluga rissanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44bonı . . . . 207, 215, 233-235, 237bovidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 233bovunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237bo

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64⟨bo

c

kura⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92bo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 64bokiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47bon (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194bose (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . 194bo ˙tu-faharu (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 92buda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63budain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63buddi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 104buddiveri . . . . . . . . . 53, 74, 104bu ˙d ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42bui (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 207buı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 207/bu ˙lal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97bu ˙lal- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89bu ˙lale

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 89bu ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89, 97buma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63bumain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63bunanı138, 147, 150, 152, 169, 234,

258buna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 152bunati (2.sg.impv.post.) . . . . . 186bune (abs.) . . . . . . . . . 190, 211bune dı fanan (abs. + abs. + 2.

sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190bune (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 186bune (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . 169, 211bunı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 154bunun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 258burasfati . . . . . . . . . . 33, 37, 43da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dambidu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 60dan ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43dagan ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

dahiveti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105dai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25daido ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43dakkanı . . . . . . 43, 199, 226, 236dakka (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 199dakkafanan (1.sg.fut.I) . 189, 226dakkala (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . 188dakkala devva (abs.II + 2.sg.

impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188dakkala dı bala (abs. + abs. +

2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 188dakkala dı bala (abs.II + abs. +

2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 188dakkanan (1.sg.fut.) . . . 189, 226/dam/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49damanı . . . . . . . . . . . . 184, 227dama (2.sg./pl.impv.) . . . . . . 184damvaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dane (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214danı . 11, 32, 35, 40, 48, 49, 138,147, 148, 169, 194, 200, 207, 214,

228, 229, 231, 232, 234,236-239, 242-244, 251, 257

danı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . 151, 242dannanı . . 44, 181, 207, 214, 236⟨danvaru⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151danvaru (obl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 242dappu ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41daranı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200dara (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200dari . . . . . . . . . . 89, 90, 102, 248darie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 90darifu ˙la (voc.form) . . . . . . . . . 89darifu ˙lu . . . . . . . . . 89, 137, 248darin (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . 90, 102daringa (loc.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 102daringe faratun (abl.pl.) . . . . . 102daringe (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 102darinna

c

(dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 102/dasas/ (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 194dasa

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 194dasuga (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dasun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49/dat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 43datta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 46daturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49dan (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251/danan/ (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 35dane (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 232, 233-dane (pot.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 232[da ˙nan] (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 35dase (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . 194dati (2.sg.impv.post.) . . . . . . 186de . . . . . . . . . . 46, 109, 124, 147de bai ku ˙la e

c

bai . . . . . . . . . 124de faharu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92de has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121de mıhun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Page 261: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

257Word forms: Standard Dhivehi (Male)

/de-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109de-guna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125dekenı 44, 181, 203, 213, 231, 236,

249deke (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213deki (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213dekunu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 65demun demun (red.ger.) . . . . 198demun (ger.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 198den (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 250den (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250dene (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214denı 103, 187, 190, 191, 194, 200,

205, 215, 230, 234, 235, 237,242, 245

de-tin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125devana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123devunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237devvanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187devva (2.sg.impv.) . . . . 187, 188devvase (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . 185de (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 186de (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 103, 200den (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194dese (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . 194deti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109dia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63dia (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . 239, 251dia (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 207dia-hikkanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44diain (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 239diain (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 239diain (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 239diain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63diaı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 207dida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63didain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63/dig-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 158dige

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 158digga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42digu . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 102, 158diha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110dihae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110din (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 205direnı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103dire (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 103divehi5, 32, 38, 40, 47, 62, 90, 131divehi rajje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39divesse

c

(nom.sg.indef.) 40, 47, 90dı (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . 187, 188dı (abs.) . . . . 187-190, 215, 242dıfan (2.sg.impv.I) . . . . . . . . 242dıfanan (2.sg.fut.I) . . . . . . . . 190dıfanu (2.sg.fut.I) . . . . . . . . . 190dogu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104doguveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104do ˙lahaka

c

(dat.indef.) . . . . . . 126do ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 43

do ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 122do ˙los de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙los dihae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙los eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122do ˙los tine

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122domveli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 102donkel- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . 89donkele

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 89donkeo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 89donnanı . 181, 206, 214, 232, 233,

235, 237dora

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34doru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 91doruta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 91dove (abs.) . . . . . . . . . 214, 233dovevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 232dovevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237dove (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . 214, 233dovunı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . 206dovunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237dovunu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 206doni . 20, 27, 35, 40, 90, 92, 233doni bannanı . . . . . . . . . . . . 232doni-faharu (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 92donita

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92doñña

c

(dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 40doññe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 40, 90drag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249duisatta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121/dum/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20dun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20dunita

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 91durana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27/dur-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 158dure

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 158duru . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 147, 158duru vanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147duru vı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . 147duruvanı . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 172duruve (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 169/dus/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 203dusin (2.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 249duvahaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . 72duvan (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194duvanı . 26, 43, 169, 172, 202, 229/duvas-aku/ (obl.sg.indef.) . . . 160duvase (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . 194duve (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169duvi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 202duvvanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 43du

c

(part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 203du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 60du kollanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-du (top.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 131duni . . . . . . . . 26, 35, 40, 90, 91duñña

c

(dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 40duññe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . 40, 44, 90-e (2./3.sg./pl.ending) . . . . . . 181

-e (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 177-e (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 177-e (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 177-e (3.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 177-e (abs.ending) . . . . 211-214, 238e bai mıhun (pers.pron.pl.)140, 143e bai mıhunge (pers.pron.gen.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 144e bai mıhunna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

e befu ˙la

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . 142e befu ˙la (pers.pron.nom.) 139, 140,

142e befu ˙lu (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . 142e befu ˙luge (pers.pron.gen.)142, 144e befu ˙lun (pers.pron.pl.) 139, 140,

143e befu ˙lunge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) 143,

144e befu ˙lunna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) 143e bekala (pers.pron.nom.) 139, 140,

142e bekalea

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . 142e bekale (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . 142e bekalege (pers.pron.gen.)142, 144e bekalun (pers.pron.pl.) 139, 140,

143e bekalunge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) 143,

144e bekalunna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) 143e (dem.pron.) 6, 20, 61, 106, 128,

137-139, 146, 147, 150, 151,252

e- (dem.pron.stem) . . . . . . . . 138e eccecca

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . 143e ecceti (pers.pron.pl.) . . 138, 140,

143e eccetıga (pers.pron.loc.pl.) . 143e eccetıge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) . 143e eccetın (pers.pron.abl.pl.) . . 143e mıhun (pers.pron.pl.) . 130, 140,

143e mıhunge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) 143,

144e mıhunna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . 143e (pers.pron.) . . . . . 140, 142, 149e reas (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106e takecca

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . 143e taketi (pers.pron.pl.) . . 138, 140,

143e taketıga (pers.pron.loc.pl.) . . 143e taketıge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) . 143e taketın (pers.pron.abl.pl.) . . 143ea

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . . . . 142ea (pers.pron.) 138, 140, 142, 150ebbas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42emburenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230emburi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 230emburi annanı . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Page 262: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

258 Indexes

emburili (part.pret.II) . . . . . . 255ecca

c

(dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39ecceti (distr.pl.) . . . . 39, 75, 138ecce

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 39, 90edenı . . . . . . . . . . . 174, 226, 236endevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237endu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66endun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31edunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236eduru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 91edurunta

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . 88, 91egara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110⟨egara⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111engara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 122engenı . . . . . . . . . . 31, 232, 236engidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 232engun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31engunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236eha (adv.) . . . . 27, 151, 162, 242/ehakas/ (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 242ehen (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151ehı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105ehıteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105ehıteria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 105ein (pers.pron.abl.) . . . . . . . . 142eı (dem.pron. + foc.marker) . 138,

252/ek/ . . . . . . 42, 44, 108, 109, 161ek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17/-ek/ (indef.suff.) 72, 89, 101, 108,

160ek- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164ekaku anekaka

c

(recip.pron.) . 152/ek-aku/ (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . 152ekati anekacca

c

(recip.pron.) . . 152ekahaiteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ekaha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ekahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119eka ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118ekanavai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120ekavanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118ekavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114/ek-ek/ . . . . . . . . . 104, 108, 109eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . 104, 108, 109/-ek-gai/ (loc.sg.indef.ending) . 101/-ek-ge/ (gen.sg.indef.ending) . 101eki (indef.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 160eki mıs-mıhun . . . . . . . . . . . 160/ek-kuranı/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44ekkuranı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44/ek-me/ (pron.adj.) . . . . . . 42, 46/ek-men/ (pron.adj.pl.) 46, 91, 161eko ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110eku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/eku-gai/ (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . 249/eku-gai/ (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 104ekugai (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 249ekuga (conj.) . . . . . . . . 249, 250ekuga (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

ekunifanas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122ekunitindo ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . 122ekuveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/ek-vana/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123/ek-ves/ (conj.) . . . . . . . . 38, 164/em/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46emme gina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161emme madu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161emme (pron.adj.) 42, 46, 107, 133,

160, 161emmen (pron.adj.pl.) . 46, 91, 161,

162en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46enani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104enaniveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104endun (caus., vb.n.) . . . . . . . . 31endunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237engun (caus., vb.n.) . . . . . . . . 31es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 91essidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . 232, 233esta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 91eti . 20, 39, 75, 90, 105, 124, 138,

153, 162, 186-eti (adj.suff.) . . . . . 53, 103, 105/eti-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . 160, 162,

164/eti-eti/ (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 138ettirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118/-eve/ (quot.partc.) . . . . . . 39, 48eve (quot.partc.) 61, 148, 152, 164,

182, 199, 249, 251, 258, 259,260

⟨eve⟩ (quot.partc.) . . . . . 102, 144evvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 123evves (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38evves ecce

c

ne

c

. . . . . . . . . . . 164evves ecce

c

nun . . . . . . . . . . 164evves mıhaku ne

c

. . . . . . . . . 164evves mıhaku nun . . . . . . . . 164evves mıhe

c

nun . . . . . . . . . . 164evves tanaka

c

nun . . . . . . . . . 164⟨eya⟩ (dem.pron.subst.) . . . . . 138e

c

. . . . . . 44, 108, 109, 123, 161[e

c

] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17e

c

duvahaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . 72e

c

has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121-e

c

(indef.suff.) . 72, 89, 101, 108,109, 158, 163

⟨e

c

vana⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37-e (3.sg.pres.ending) 211, 213, 214-e (quot.partc.) . . . . . . . . . 39, 48e (quot.partc.) . . . . . . . 106, 144[e] (quot.partc.) . . . . . . 102, 258ecca

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . . . 142ega (pers.pron.loc.) . . . . . . . . 142ege (pers.pron.gen.) . . . 142, 149-en (inf.ending) . . . . . . 182, 194ena (pers.pron.) 20, 139, 140, 142,

149, 150, 154, 233, 242

enaakı (pers.pron. + foc.marker) . . . . . . . . . 149, 253

enaa

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . . . 142enage (pers.pron.gen.) . . 142, 144eti (pers.pron.) . 20, 138, 140, 142etıga (pers.pron.loc.) . . . . . . . 142etıge (pers.pron.gen.) . . . . . . 142etın (pers.pron.abl.) . . . . . . . . 142[fae] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67faffalo-ta

c

(distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 75fagıru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 103faharu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 92-faharu (plur.suff.) . . . . . . 76, 92fahe

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109fai . . . . . . 21, 25, 42, 64, 67, 68-fai (abs. ending) . . . . . . . . . . 25faidigumakunu . . . . . . . . . . . . 65faitila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63faitilain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63faivan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25fa ˙l ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43fa ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 67fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-fan- (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 190fanara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 112fanas . . . . . . . 110, 116, 122, 123fanas de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123fani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 26, 35fansahaiteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119fansaha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119fansavanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119fansavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115fansayahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120fansaya ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118fansayanavai . . . . . . . . . . . . 120fansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 123fanta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 91⟨faqıru⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103faratun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62farubada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63farubadain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 63fas . . . . . . . 23, 32, 97, 109, 124fasdo ˙las . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 116fasdo ˙las de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙las eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙las nuvae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . 123fasdo ˙las tin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117fasdo ˙las tine

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 117/fas-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109fassateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121⟨fassehi⟩ (Geiger) . . . . . . . . . 122⟨fassehi-haye

c

⟩ (Geiger) . . . . . 122fassihi . . . . . . 110, 115, 122, 123fassihi de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122fassihi eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 122fasvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33fasa- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26fasagatun (vb.n.III) . . . . . . . . 170fasanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 170

Page 263: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

259Word forms: Standard Dhivehi (Male)

fasuvanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170/fat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 64, 67fatanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 43fattanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-fa (abs. ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 27[fa] (abs. ending) . . . . . . . . . . 25faga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fagain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fanan (2.sg.fut.aux.) . . . . . . . 190-fanan (impv.suff.) . . . . 189, 226fanu (2.sg.fut.aux.) . . . . . . . . 190-fanu (impv.suff.) . . . . . 189, 226faru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66[f¯a] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67[f¯avan] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25fehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105fen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 33, 59fen bonı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233fenenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 245fenidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 236fennanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236/fenunu/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 61fesenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26fesi- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26fetenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26fedu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131feru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66[fevan] (dial.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25fia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fiain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fiava ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65findanfu ˙lak-a (obl.sg.indef. +

conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249fihanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171fikuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 138fino ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 132fiohi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 47, 84fiosse

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 47firi . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 132, 157firihen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 157firihen geri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158firihen kujja . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157firihen mıha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157firihena (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 89firin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90fissavanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171⟨fiya⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47fınanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 229fode

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 89fodu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89fo ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65foi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 64, 91[foi] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18foita

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 91fonu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 63fonun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63fonuvala (abs.II) . . . . . . 187, 190fonuvala dı (abs.II + 2.sg.

impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

fonuvala dı fanu (abs.II + abs.+ 2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . . 190

fosi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 90fosie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 90/fot/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 64, 91fot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18/fotas/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25fota

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25/fot-tak/ (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 91fotuge (gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25fo

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64/fuak/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64fua

c

mulaku (top.) . . . . . . . . . . 64fuffu

c

(distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 42-fu ˙lu (hon.suff.) . 41, 54, 89, 136,

249fuppa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41fuppame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41furatama . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 123fura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27fura ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 35, 48fureta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90furetae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 90/fus/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42fusi . . . . . . . . 33, 41, 90, 91, 132fusie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 90fusita

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 91⟨furu⟩ (Geiger) . . . . . . . . . . . . 42fu

c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

fu ˙lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144fu ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 65, 144gada . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 103, 105gada fehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105gan ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 132[gan ˙du] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30⟨ga ˙du⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-gan ˙du (suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 133gahaka

c

(dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 101gahaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . 72, 101gahakun (abl.sg.indef.) . . . . . 101gaha

c

(dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 101gahegga (loc.sg.indef.) . . . . . 101gahegge (gen.sg.indef.) . . . . . 101gahe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 101gahuga (loc.sg.) . . . . . . 100, 101gahuge (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 101gahun (abl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 101gai . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 57, 67, 100-gai (loc.ending) . . . . . . . 25, 238/-gai/ (loc.ending) . . . . . . . 57, 62gai (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 205/gal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 43gal- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88galamko ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54gamıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 233gamısko ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54gan (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20gane (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 213, 229ganevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237

gane (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213gannanı19, 170, 181, 201, 205-207,

213, 227, 229, 235, 237gannavamu (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . 249gas . . . . 32, 64, 72, 91, 101, 102gasd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36gastakaka

c

(dat.pl.indef.) . . . . 101gastakakun (abl.pl.indef.) . . . . 101gastaka

c

(dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 102gastakegga (loc.pl.indef.) . . . . 101gastakegge (gen.pl.indef.) . . . 101gastake

c

(nom.pl.indef.) . . . . . 101gastakuga (loc.pl.) . . . . . . . . 102gastakuge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . 102gastakun (abl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 102gasta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . 91, 102/gat/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 19, 205gatı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . 19, 205ga . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 24, 64, 88[ga] (loc. suffix) . . . . . . . . . . . 25-ga (loc.ending) . 57, 62, 100, 101gananı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234ge . . . . . . . . 21, 55, 67, 101, 164-ge (gen.ending) . 55, 56, 62, 100,

101/ge-ak-as/ (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . 164[geaka

c

] (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 164geakı (nom.sg.indef. + foc.

marker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144/ge-as/ (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 242gea

c

(dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . 67, 101gein (abl.sg.) . . . . . 67, 101, 251gen (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229-gen (abs.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 227gen gu ˙lenı 181, 203, 213, 229, 235,

237gendanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229gendan (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 229genes (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188genes dı (abs. + 2.sg.impv.) . . 188genes dı bala (abs. + abs. + 2.

sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 188gengos (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 229gennan (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 230gennan (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 255gennanı . . . . . . . . . 229, 230, 234gevehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90gevesse

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 90gega (loc.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 101gege (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . 67, 101gievunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . 237, 238gina ginain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163gina (pron.adj.) . . . . . . 161, 162gon ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 62goi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 151gos (abs.) . . . . 32, 214, 215, 257/gosfai/ (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . 242gosfa (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242/goslai/ (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Page 264: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

260 Indexes

gosla (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . . 242/got/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 151got . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75gotakun (abl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 160/got-as/ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 151got-got (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 75govanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 235gova (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 186gova (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200govati (2.sg.impv.post.) . . . . . 186guguri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66gui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68gu ˙lanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171gu ˙lenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 200gu ˙le (part.pres.) . . . . . . 103, 200gu ˙luvanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171gu ˙luvvanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171guna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125guna kuranı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-guna (num.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 125gunanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125gura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27hadaifın (1.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . 230hadan (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22hadanı148, 149, 151, 195, 230, 231hadafanan (1.sg.fut.I) . . . . . . 231hadaka

c

(inf.dat.indef.) . . . . . . 22haddavanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210handu . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 32, 65/ha-ek/. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109haekka

c

(dat.indef.) . . . . . . . . 126hae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hafanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171hafta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 89hagıgı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 103hai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109haidiha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117haidiha has . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121haisateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121haiteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117hakuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65halanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169hale (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169happavanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171⟨haqıqı⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103harakatteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/harakat-veri/ . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hasada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hasadaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hasateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121hašiš . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249/hat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109/hatar-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hatare

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hataru . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 112hataru bai ku ˙la e

c

bai . . . . . . 124hatarusateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121hatavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116/hat-diha/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

hate

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109haturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66ha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117havıru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66[hayata

c

] (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . 164ha22, 24, 32, 64, 88, 109, 112, 242ha (aff.partc.) . . . . . . . . . 23, 250ha (pron.adj.) . 27, 151, 157, 160,

162, 242/hal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112hal- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121hedenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255hedi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255hedi (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255hendunu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66hehenı . . 181, 203, 213, 235, 237hehi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213hehunu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 203hei (quest.partc.)154, 157, 248, 249,

256, 258hen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151, 157henı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235henveru (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . 157herenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232heridane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 232heyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248heyy-eve (quest.partc. + quot.

partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249he (quest.partc.) . . . 154, 157, 248hia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121-123hia ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 65hicce (adj. + quot.partc.) . . . . . 39hifanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41hingama (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . 184hingama dama (1.pl.impv. + 2.

sg./pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . 184hinganı . . . . . . . . . 184, 201, 229hinga (2.sg./pl.impv.) . . . . . . 184hiki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 102hikkanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44hila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63hilain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63hima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 102himaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 65hippanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 41hippi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41hisab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61hisabun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . 61, 62/hit/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38hitadu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131hitama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hitamaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104hiti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39/hiti-eve/ (adj. + quot.partc.) . . 39/hit-varu/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38hivvaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38⟨hiya⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47hi

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

honihiru . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 66honu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 66hodanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 235homa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63homain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63honu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91honuta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 91hudu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 105huhi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34hukuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65hu ˙langu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102hun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46hunnan (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 203hunnanı 34, 44, 103, 107, 149, 151,

162, 181, 203, 205, 207, 210,214, 226, 228, 232, 234, 235,237-239, 243, 245, 252, 256,

257, 261huras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27hure (abs.) . . . 205, 214, 238, 257hurefin (1.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . 226hurejjain (1.sg.pret.IV) . 228, 239hurejje (2.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228hurejje (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228hurelin (1.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . . 226hurevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 232/hurevijjais/ (3.sg.pret.IV +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 238hurevijjas (3.sg.pret.IV +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . 237, 238hurevijje (3.sg.pret.IV) . . 237-239hurevun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237hurevunıs (3.sg.pot.pret. +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . 237, 238hurevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237hure (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214huri (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 261huri ha duvahaku (indef.pron.) 160huri ha ecce

c

(indef.pron.) 160, 162huri ha (indef.pron.) . . . 160, 162huri ha taku (indef.pron.) . . . . 160huri (part.pret.) . 34, 103, 203, 256⟨huriha⟩ (indef.pron.) . . . . . . 162hurin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 243hus nun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30[huri] (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 34huturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 102hu ˙t ˙taifin (1.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . 229hu ˙t ˙tanı . . . . . . 44, 229, 232, 238[hu ˙t ˙tafin] (1.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . 229hu ˙t ˙tala (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . 188hu ˙t ˙tala dı (abs.II + 2.sg.impv.) 188hu ˙t ˙tenı . . . . . . . . . 229, 232, 238hu ˙t ˙tenı (caus.intr.) . . . . . . . . . 44hu ˙t ˙tevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.)232, 233hu ˙t ˙tevunıs (3.sg.pot.pret. +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 238hu ˙t ˙tene (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 233hu ˙t ˙ti (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Page 265: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

261Word forms: Standard Dhivehi (Male)

hu ˙t ˙tidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) 232, 233hu ˙t ˙tijjain (1.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . 229hu ˙t ˙tunıs (3.sg.pot.pret. + emph.

partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238hu ˙t ˙tunu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 238huvandu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32hunu . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 65, 102/ ˙hayat-as/ (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . 164

˙hilmı (p.n.nom.) . . . . . . . . . . 251

˙husain (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-i (abs.ending) . . . . . . . 212, 238-i (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 202inde (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214indefin (1.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . 226indejjain (1.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . 228indejje (2.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228indejje (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228indelin (1.sg.pret.II) . . . . . . . 226indevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 232indevun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237indevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237inde (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214ingili . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 91ingilifu ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 137ingilita

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 91inguru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 66[inguru] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30⟨iguru⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30ihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 46, 62ilmu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-in (abl.ending) . . . . 59, 62, 100in (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 130, 204-in (plur.suff.) 74, 90, 91, 102, 132innan (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203innanı 44, 130, 173, 181, 201, 205,

214, 226, 228, 230, 232, 235,237, 243, 245, 257, 261

irakun (abl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 158/ir-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 158ire

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 158iru . . 66, 157, 158, 242, 249, 255iru (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . 249, 255irun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66is (emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 238isdu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 60iskuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37istasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 43isınde (abs.) . . . . . . . . . 214, 230isınde inde (abs. + abs.) . . . . 230isınde in (abs. + part.pret.) . . . 230isınde inı (abs. + part.pres.l.f.) 230isınde inna (abs. + part.pres.) . 230isınde innanı (abs. + part.pres.l.

f.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230isındevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 232isındevun (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237isındevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . 237isınde (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 214isın (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 205

isınnama (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . 184isınnama hinga (1.pl.impv. + 2.

sg./pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . 184isınnanı . 173, 181, 205, 206, 214,

228, 230, 232, 235, 237, 243, 245itura

c

(adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106ituru (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . 61, 106ivenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 174ivenı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 252/ive/ (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 152iya (cond.conj.) . . . 239, 241, 242iyye (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 238-ı (foc.marker) . 72, 138, 251-253,

260-ımu (1.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 175-ımu (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 175-ın (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175ı ˙tu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 65jambu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 65jamburolu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65jaha- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26jahanı 26, 32, 40, 43, 75, 164, 170,

171, 200, 236, 257, 262jahagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . 227jassanı (caus.) . . 40, 43, 170, 171jassavanı (doub.caus.) . . . 170-172javvu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65jadu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67jehenı . . . 26, 171, 172, 236, 262jehi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 75jehi- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 26jehunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . 236, 262jessenı (caus.intr.) . . . . . . . . . 171jessevenı (doub.caus.intr.) . . . 171-jjaimu (1./2.pl.pret.IV ending) . 40-jjain (1.sg.pret.IV ending) . . . . 40-jje (2./3.sg./3.pl.pret.IV

ending) . . . . . . . . . . 40, 239jo ˙de

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 89jo ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89joli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20kambulo (voc.form) . . . . . . . 135kamburu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 81kaduru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65kafa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63kafain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63kafanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41kahambu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65⟨kahabu⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65kahala (pron.adj.) . . 154, 163, 164kai (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215kakkanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 149kal- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134kalamijja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39kala (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 141kale

c

a

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . . 141kale (pers.pron.) 134, 136, 140, 141kalege (pers.pron.gen.) . 141, 144kalemen (pers.pron.pl.)91, 140, 143

kalemenge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) 143,144

kalemenna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . 143/kam/ . 46, 53, 61, 133, 164, 255/kamakas/ (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . . 61kamu nu de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103kamu (obl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 103kamun (ger.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 198kan . 18, 46, 53, 61, 133, 164, 255-kan (suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133kanı . . . 148, 208, 215, 227, 230,

233-235, 237, 243kan-kan (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 75kantakugai (loc.pl.) . . . . . . . . 164kappavanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . . 41kara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 67karain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63karu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65kasi . . . . . . . . . . 23, 24, 34, 90kasie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 90katıbu kuren (obl. + postpos.) . 61katıbu (obl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 61kattala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43kafuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 65kage (interr.pron.gen.sg.) . . . . 155kagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . 227kaka

c

(interr.pron.dat.sg.) . . . . 155kaku (interr.pron.nom.sg.) 153, 155kakuge (interr.pron.gen.sg.) . . 155kakun (interr.pron.abl.sg.) . . . 155ka ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 105kan (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194kase (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . 194kati (2.sg.impv.post.) . . 186, 187keheri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66kekenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44/kel/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36kela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27keo ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66kevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 233kevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237ke (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 186ke (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215ke (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 208keı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 208ki- (interr.pron.stem) . . . 152, 153,

156-158kiaman vanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104kiamanteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104kianı 145, 147, 185, 200, 227, 257,

259kiala (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . . 188kiala dı bala (abs.II + abs. + 2.

sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 188kiek (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 154kiha dige

c

(interr.pron.) . . . . . 158kiha dure

c

(interr.pron.) . . . . . 158kiha (interr.pron.) . . 27, 157, 162kiha irakun (interr.pron.abl.) . 158

Page 266: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

262 Indexes

kiha ire

c

(interr.pron.) . . . . . . 158kiha varaka

c

(interr.pron.dat.) . 158kiha vare

c

(interr.pron.) . . . . . 158/ki-hin-ek/ (interr.pron.) . . . . . 158kihine

c

(interr.pron.) . . . 158, 159kihine

c

vegen (interr.pron.) . . 159kiru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66kirun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66kitake

c

(interr.pron.) . . . . . . . 158kita

c

(interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 158kık (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 154kıke (interr.pron.) . . . . . 154, 155kıne (interr.pron.) . . . . . 154, 155⟨kınhe⟩ (interr.pron., Geiger) . 154kıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 47, 84kıvve (interr.pron.) . . . . . 38, 158kı

c

(interr.pron.) . . . 154, 155, 159/kı

c

-ve/ (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . 38⟨kı

c

ve⟩ (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . 158koba (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . 156kobahe (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . 157koddin-ia (abs. + part.pret. +

cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . 242koddıfi (abs. + part.pret.I) . . . 242koddıfı-a (abs. + part.pret.I +

cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . 242kondu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65koffi (part.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . 242kokko . . . . . . . . . 22, 42, 67, 91kokkomen (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . 91/kol/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22kollanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44ko ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 59, 66-ko ˙lu (hon.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 54ko ˙luma ˙dulu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . 28komme duvahaku (indef.pron.) 160komme ecce

c

(indef.pron.) . . . 160komme gotakun ves (indef.

pron.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160komme (indef.pron.) . . . 160, 161komme mıhe

c

(indef.pron.)160, 161komme mıhe

c

ves (indef.pron.) 160komme tane

c

(indef.pron.) . . . 160komme tane

c

ves (indef.pron.) 160komme ves ecce

c

(indef.pron.) 160komme ves (indef.pron.) . . . . 160komme ves mıhe

c

(indef.pron.) 160komme ves taku (indef.pron.) 160kommehecce

c

(indef.pron.) . . . 160kommehecce

c

ves (indef.pron.) 160kommes mıhe

c

(indef.pron.) . . 160kommes taku (indef.pron.) . . . 160kon ecca

c

(interr.pron.dat.) . . . 155kon ecce

c

(interr.pron.nom.) . 153-155

kon etıge (interr.pron.gen.) . . 155kon etın (interr.pron.abl.) . . . . 155kon (interr.pron.)152-154, 156, 157,

159, 164, 254

kon kahala (interr.pron.) 154, 164kon taka

c

(interr.pron.) . . . . . 151kone (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213konevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 232konevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237kone (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 213koniraku (interr.pron.obl.) . . . 157/kon-me eti-ek/ (indef.pron.) . 160/kon-me/ (indef.pron.) . . 160, 161/kon-me mıs-ek/ (indef.pron.) . 160konnanı . 181, 203, 213, 232, 234,

235, 237/kon-tanaku/ (interr.pron.obl.) . 156kontakas (interr.pron.dat.) . . . 242kontaka

c

(interr.pron.dat.) . . . 156kontaku (interr.pron.obl.) . . . . 156kontakun (interr.pron.abl.) . . . 156konunu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 203koppanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44/kos/ (abs.) . . . 44, 215, 238, 242kos (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17kosanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41, 202kosaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65/kos-din-ya/ (abs. + part.pret. +

cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . 242/kos-dı-fi/ (abs. + part.pret.I) . 242/kos-dı-fi-ya/ (abs. + part.pret.I

+ cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . . 242/kosfanı/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44kosi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41kosi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 202/koslanı/. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44kota ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65ko ˙tari . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 91, 101ko ˙taria

c

(dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 101ko ˙tarie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 90ko ˙tarita

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 91ko ˙tarıga (loc.sg.) . . . . . . . . . 101ko ˙tarıge (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . 101ko ˙tarın (abl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 101ko ˙t ˙tavanı (doub.caus.) . . . . . . . 41ko

c

(abs.) . . . . . . 17, 44, 215, 238ko

c

dı bala (abs. + abs. + 2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

⟨ko

c

ko⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91ko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22koce (interr.pron.nom.) . 154, 155kudi- (stem) . . . . . . . 89, 90, 163kudin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 163ku ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 163kujjaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 72kujja . . . . . . . 39, 72, 89, 90, 163kujje

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 39, 90kuku ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35kula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105ku ˙la (part.pret.) . . . 36, 124, 208ku ˙landuru huhi . . . . . . . . . . . . 34ku ˙laı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 208ku ˙le (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

ku ˙lenı 181, 203, 206, 214, 235, 237ku ˙levunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237ku ˙le (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 214ku ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 35ku ˙l ˙lava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42ku ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66ku ˙lunu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 203kuni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35kuramu (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 169kuran (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 169kuran (inf.) . . . . . . 22, 194, 262kuranı . . 33, 36, 44, 61, 124, 169,194, 200, 201, 202, 208, 210, 214,215, 233, 236, 238, 241, 242, 245,

248, 262kuranı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . 154kuravanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . . 200kurava (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 200kuravvanı (doub.caus.) . . . . . 200kuravva (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 200kuravva ˙nem (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . 182kura (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200/kurakas/ (inf.dat.indef.) . . . . 262kuraka

c

(inf.dat.indef.) . . . 22, 262kurane (part.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 61kurase (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 194kurati (2.sg.impv.post.) . 186, 187kuren (postpos.) . . . . . . . . 61, 62kurevene (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 236kurevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.)233, 236,

248/kurevijjais/ (3.sg.pret.IV +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 238kurevijjas (3.sg.pret.IV +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 238kurevijje (3.sg.pret.IV) . 238, 239kurevunıs (3.sg.pot.pret. +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 238kurevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 238kure (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169kure (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 186kure (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169kure (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . 169, 238kuri (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 208, 241kurı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 208kurumba . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 63[kurumba] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30⟨kuruba⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30kurumbain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 63kurun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 194⟨ku

c

ja⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90labagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . 48labanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48labba (aff.partc.) . . . . . . . 42, 250/labbai/ (aff.partc.) . . . . . . . . 250ladu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105laduveti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105lagganı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44lanı . 226, 227, 231, 234, 235, 237

Page 267: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

263Word forms: Standard Dhivehi (Male)

lappanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 225la

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44⟨la

c

ganı⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44⟨la

c

panı⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44lagen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . . 227lahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90lasse

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 90le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27liamun (ger.) . . . . . . . . 198, 257liamun liamun gos (red.ger. +

abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257liamun liamun (red.ger.) . . . . 198lian (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 193, 194lianı 22, 182, 190, 234, 236, 245,

256, 257liase (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . 194liben (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194libenı . . . . . . . . . . 174, 232, 242libese (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 194libidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . . 232libijje (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 242lievunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237liunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . . 236lobu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 105lobuveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 104lobuveti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105/lol/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22lo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22lobi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 105lobiveria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104lobiverikan . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104lobiveti . . . . . . . . . 53, 104, 105lumbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109ma (pers.pron.obl.) . 129, 130, 144macca

c

(dat.) . . . . . . . . . . 34, 39madu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65madu fehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105madu madun . . . . . . . . . . . . 163madu (pron.adj.) . . . 105, 161, 163madun (pron.adj.abl.) . . . . . . 163ma ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 163mage

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 89magu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 91maguta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 91mahakun (abl.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 59mahe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 89mahun (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59maibada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63maibadain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 63main bafain (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 90main (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90maja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102makunudu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . 131/mal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 43mal- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88mamen (pers.pron.pl.) . . . . . . 142mamena

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . 142mamenge (pers.pron.gen.pl.) . 142mamma . . . . . . . . 42, 48, 90, 91

mammaegge (gen.sg.indef.) . . 148mammae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 90mammamen (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . 91maniku . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 137manikufanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137⟨manma⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 91maradu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 131maranı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185marase (inf.impv.) . . . . 185, 194maru vanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249maru vı (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . 249/mas/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43mas . . . 18, 32, 59, 83, 89-91, 97/masakkat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248masakka

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248masakke

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 242maskiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90maskibae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . 90massaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65masta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 91/mas-un/ (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 59masveria . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 90masverin (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 90masafai (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 256masi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 59mati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 39ma . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 24, 43, 88ma (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106madama (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 23makana- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 89makana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89mamui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-me (emph.partc.) . . . . . 161, 250me (partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161medu . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50, 66mehi . . . . . . . . 25, 32, 40, 47, 62mehumanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91mehumanun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 91-men (plur.suff.)70, 72, 74, 91, 102,

130, 132, 161menduru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66me . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41meva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88meze

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 89mezu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89mi (dem.pron.) 106, 146, 147, 150,

151, 164, 238, 242, 248, 252mi gota

c

(adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 151mi kahala (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . 164mi re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106mi urenge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . 131miadu (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 161miadu-me (adv. + emph.partc.) 250miaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 66mihen (adv.) . . . . . . . . 151, 242mi-ı (dem.pron. + foc.marker) 148,

252mila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63milain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

minanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169mine (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 169mirus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64/miskit/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72miskitaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . 72miski

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72mis-mıhun (distr.pl.) . . . . 75, 160/mitanugai/ (pron.adv.) . . . . . 238mitaga (pron.adv.) . . . . . . . . 238mituru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 103miturun (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 47mı (dem.pron. + foc.marker) . 252/mıdal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97mıdal- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89mıdale

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 89mıda . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89, 97mıdu (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131mıhaku (obl.sg.indef.) 72, 164, 252mıha 48, 72, 89, 90, 101, 102, 124mıhaga (loc.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 101mıhage (gen.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 101mıhain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59mıhain (abl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 101mıha

c

(dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 101mıhe

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 89mıhun (pl.)18, 24, 90, 91, 102, 124,

162mıhunga (loc.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 102mıhunge faratun (abl.pl.) . . . . 102mıhunge (gen.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 102mıhunnakı (nom.pl. + foc.

marker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254mıhunna

c

(dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 102mıhunta

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91mına (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 150mıru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106/mıs-/ (stem) . . . . . . . . 162, 164mıs- (stem) . . . 89, 102, 124, 140/mıs-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 164-mu (1.pl.ending) . . . . . 168, 175-mu (2.pl.ending) . . . . . 168, 175muazzif . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42mudarris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42mun ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65mugu . . . . . . . . . . 65, 102, 105/mul/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22mu ˙li (pron.adj.) . . . 107, 162, 164mu ˙lin (pron.adj.abl.) . . . 107, 162mu ˙lin ranga ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . 162-mun (ger.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 197mussandi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42musi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 105musimaha (obl. + conj.) . . . . 147/musimas-ai/ (obl. + conj.) . . . 147mu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22munu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65musun . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 47, 64-n (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . 168, 175-na (part.pres.suff.) . . . . . . . . 201

Page 268: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

264 Indexes

naganı . . . . . . . . . . 164, 194, 200nagase (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 194nakai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25/nakat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25/nam/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72nama (cond.conj.) . . 239-242, 250namakı (obl.sg.indef. + foc.

marker) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72nama-ves (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . 250namadu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45nan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72nanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65nasehai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25nasıbu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104nasıbuveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104nava- (num.elem.) . . . . . . . . 120/nava-ahi/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navafansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navahaiteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navaha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117navasa ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navatirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navanavai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120navara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114-116navavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92na-faharu (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 92na ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 107naringu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66naru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65nasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24negenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200nege (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 200nei (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . . . . 261nesi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 202/net/ (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . . . 261/net/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . 164, 208netı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . 208netun (vb.n.) . . . . . 107, 164, 208netunı . . . . . . . . . . 138, 208, 261netunu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 208nevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149niaduru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 65niafati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33nidanı . . . . . . . 23, 229, 236, 247nida (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 23nidunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 236nikameti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103nikkuri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42/nil/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22nimenı . . . . . . . . . 209, 212, 228nimi (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212nimijjaimu (1.pl.pret.IV) . . . . 228nimijjaimu (2.pl.pret.IV) . . . . 228nimijjaimu (2.sg.pret.IV) . . . . 228nimijjain (1.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . 228nimijje (2.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228

nimijje (3.pl.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228nimijje (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228nimmalanan (1.sg.fut.II) . . . . 226nimmanan (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 226nimunu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 209/nit/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42/nit-kuri/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42ni

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42nu bala (2.sg./pl.impv.neg.) . . 261nu belene (3.sg.pot.pres.neg.) . 232nu bindene (3.sg.pot.pres.neg.) 233nu essene (3.sg.pot.pres.neg.) . 233nu gu ˙le (part.pres.neg.) . . . . . 103nu hu ˙t ˙tevene (3.sg.pot.pres.

neg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233nu hu ˙t ˙tene (3.sg.pot.pres.neg.) 233nu kan ˙da (2.sg.impv.neg.) . . . 186nu kan ˙dati (2.sg.impv.post.

neg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185nu kurati (2.sg.impv.post.neg.) 187nu kurevene (3.sg.pot.pres.

neg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233nu kurevunıs (3.sg.pot.pret.neg.

+ emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . 238nu marase (inf.impv.) . . . . . . 185nu marase (inf.impv.neg.) . . . 194nu (neg.partc.) 45, 184, 233, 250,

260-262nu ta ˙lase (inf.impv.neg.) . . . . 194nu temevene (3.sg.pot.pres.

neg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232/nu u ˙len-ya/ (neg.partc. + part.

pres. + cond.conj.) . . . . . 242nu vadevene (3.sg.pot.pres.

neg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 233nuhanu (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 106nukui (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 205nukume (abs.) . . . . 60, 214, 230nukume u ˙lemu (abs. + 1.pl.

pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230nukume u ˙len (abs. + 1.sg.pres.) 230nukume u ˙le (abs. + 2.pl.pres.) 230nukume u ˙le (abs. + 2.sg.pres.) 230nukume u ˙le (abs. + 3.pl.pres.) 230nukume u ˙le (abs. + 3.sg.pres.) 230nukumejjaın (1.sg.pret.IV) . . . 257nukumejje (1.sg.pret.IV) . . . . 228nukumejje (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . 251nukumevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) 232nukumevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . 237nukume (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 214nukunnama (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . 184nukunnama hinga (1.pl.impv. +

2.sg./pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 184nukunnanı 60, 181, 201, 205, 214,

227, 228, 230, 232, 234, 235,237, 251, 257

/nukut/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 205nukutı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . 205

nura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27nuva . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 116, 120nuvadiha . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 117/nuva-ek/. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110nuvae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110nuvasateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121nu . . . . . . . . 20, 22, 61, 103, 105nu ˙leñña (neg.partc. + part.pres.

+ cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . . 242nun (neg.partc.) 23, 250, 260-262ñakas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45ñam ñam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45ñam ñam gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45⟨ñamu ñamu⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45ñaki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45ñeku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45o ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 92, 206o ˙di-faharu (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 92o ˙dita

c

(pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92oi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 68oi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 205, 256oivaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68ona- (num.elem.) . . . . . . . . . 114onaahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120onafansas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120onahaiteri . . . . . . . . . . 114, 120onaha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120onasa ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120onasatta . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 120onatirıs . . . . . . . . . 114, 115, 120onavai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120onavihi . . . . . . . . . 113, 114, 120onnanı 56, 61, 151, 161, 181, 205,

206, 214, 227, 228, 232, 235,237, 243, 248, 256, 261

onu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65/os/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 46osoi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 206osonnanı . 28, 181, 205, 206, 214,

228, 232, 235, 237, 243/osot/ (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 206osotı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 206osove (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 214osove (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214osovevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 232osovevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . 237/ot/ (part.pret.) . . . . 61, 205, 256otı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . . 205ovevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 232ovevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 237ove (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 214o

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 46o ˙daru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20ogaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104raffu

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42ranga ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 107rai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105raiga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43raimas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Page 269: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

265Word forms: Standard Dhivehi (Male)

rakkau kuranı . . . . . . . . . . . . 105rakkau vanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105rakkauteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104rakkateri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104ran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102/ras/ . . . . . . . 38, 42, 64, 91, 132ras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 18, 50ras-ras (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 75/ras-tak/ (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 91rasugai (loc.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 242/rat/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 105/rat-gal/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43/rat-mas/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43ra ˙t ˙ta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 91ravvehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 38ra

c

. . . . . . . . . 38, 42, 64, 91, 132[ra

c

] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 18ra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21rajje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39ra ˙le

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 89ra ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89reas (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106[rea

c

] (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106rekenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23reke (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 23re . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 67, 68, 106riha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 63rihain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63rihenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44rihi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102rissanı (caus.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44riveti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105rıcce (adj. + quot.partc.) . 39, 102rındu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105rıeti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105rıti . . . 39, 53, 102, 105, 107, 161/rıti-eve/ (adj. + quot.partc.)39, 102rıtikan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 105ronı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257rosi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34ro (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 252/ruk/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 91ruke

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 89/ruk-ruk/ (distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 75/ruk-tak/ (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 91rul- (stem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89rule

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 89ru ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35rutta

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 91ru

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 91ru

c

-ru

c

(distr.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 75ru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89sabbıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115sahaiteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119saha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 25, 68sa ˙lıs de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117sa ˙lıs de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117satahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

sata ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118satanavai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120satara . . . . . . . . . . 110, 113, 114sateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 123satekavana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123satta . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 120, 121sattirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118satuhaiteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119satuha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119satutirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118satuvanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sauda . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 112saurahaiteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sauraha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sauratirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118sauravanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119saurayahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120sauraya ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118saurayanavai . . . . . . . . . . . . 120sauvıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 118savanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sayahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120saya ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118sayanavai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120sada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 112safu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47salıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sa ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116[s¯a] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25seke ˙t ˙trı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91seke ˙t ˙trın (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91sekre ˙tarı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91sekre ˙tarın (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 91[se] (dial.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25sigare ˙tu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 65singire ˙tu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31sirru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43si ˙tı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 112so ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 112, 113sukkun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30suvalu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61/suvalutakek/ (nom.pl.indef.) . . 61sura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 148surae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 90-se (inf.impv.ending) 185, 193, 194šahıdu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91šahıdun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91šarıfu (p.n.nom.) . . . . . . . . . . 251šukuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104šukuruveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-t (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 205ta (quest.partc.) 154, 233, 248, 249,

258taguva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104taguvaveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/-tak/ (plur.suff.) . . . . 71, 91, 102/tak/ (pron.adj.) . . . . . . 138, 158taketi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138ta ˙lanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

ta ˙lase (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 194tan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 160/tan-ak-as/ (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . 164/tan-aku/ (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . . 160/tan-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 160tanu (obl.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 238⟨taquva⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104tari . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 62, 90, 91/tari-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 47tarie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 90tarita

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 91⟨tariye

c

⟩ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 47⟨tari

c

e

c

⟩ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 47tarın (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 62tarujama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37tasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 90, 91tasie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 90tasita

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 91tayyaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-ta

c

(plur.suff.) 71, 74, 76, 91, 92,102, 163

ta

c

(pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 138ta

c

lımu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107ta

c

ulımu . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 149tarıx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45taza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 103teduvanı . . . . . . . . 104, 227, 257teduvegen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . 257teduveri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/tel/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 25te ˙li (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 202teme- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . 168temelin (1.sg.pret.II) . . . 226, 228temema (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . 184tememu (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 174tememu (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . 174tememun (ger.) . . . . . . . 168, 197temen (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . 168, 174temen (inf.) . . . . . . . . . 168, 195temenı . . 166, 168, 174, 175, 199,

209, 226-228, 231, 232, 236, 238,245

temenı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . 168, 199temevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . 232temevunıs (3.sg.pot.pret. +

emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 238teme (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 184teme (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . 168, 184teme (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 174teme (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 174teme (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 174teme (part.pres.) . . . . . . 168, 199temenan (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177temenan (1.sg.fut.) . . . . 168, 177temene (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 177temene (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 177temene (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 177temene (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 177temene (part.fut.) . . . . . 168, 199

Page 270: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

266 Indexes

temenı (part.fut.l.f.) . . . . 168, 199temi (abs.) . . . 168, 212, 215, 238temi temi (red.abs.) . . . . . . . . 215temifai (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . 227temifa (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . 227temigen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . . 227temijjain (1.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . 228temijje (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . . 228temilai (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . 227temividane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . 232temun- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . 168temun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . 168, 196temunin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . 168, 176temunı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . 168, 199temunımu (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . 176temunımu (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . 176temunıs (3.sg.pot.pret. + emph.

partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238temunu (2.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176temunu (3.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176temunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . 236temunu (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176temunu (part.pret.) . . . . 168, 175,

199, 209, 238teo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 25, 64-teri (adj.suff.) . . . . . 53, 103-105/-teri-a/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105teya ˙lıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118teahi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120teanavai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120tehaiteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119teha ˙t ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tevanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119tevıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115ti (dem.pron.) . 136, 146, 147, 150,

151, 164, 242, 252-ti (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . 185, 186tia befu ˙la

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . . 141tia befu ˙la (pers.pron.nom.) . . 136,

139-141tia befu ˙lu (pers.pron.obl.) . . . 141tia befu ˙luge (pers.pron.gen.) 141,

144tia befu ˙lun (pers.pron.pl.) 137, 140,

143tia befu ˙luna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) 143tia befu ˙lunge (pers.pron.gen.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 144tia bekala (pers.pron.nom.)140, 141tia bekale

c

a

c

(pers.pron.dat.) . . 141tia bekale (pers.pron.) . . 134, 136,

139-141tia bekalege (pers.pron.gen.) 141,

144tia bekalun (pers.pron.pl.) 136, 140,

143tia bekalunge (pers.pron.gen.

pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 144

tia bekalunna

c

(pers.pron.dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

tia (dem.pron.) 139, 144, 150, 164tia kahala (dem.pron.) . . . . . . 164tia manikufana

c

(pers.pron.dat.) 141tia manikufanu (pers.pron.) . 136,

140, 141tia manikufanuge (pers.pron.

gen.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141tia (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . 134, 136tibejjaimu (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . 239tibenı 56, 160, 162, 200, 239, 242,

243, 245, 261tibe (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 200tibi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 162tibımu (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 243tiki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47tila . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 43, 90tilae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 90timange (pron.gen.) . . . . . . . . 146tima (pron.) 48, 127, 133, 144-146timage (pron.gen.) . . . . 144, 146timamen (pron.pl.) . . . . 133, 146timamenge (pron.gen.pl.) 144, 146timamenna

c

(pron.dat.pl.) . . . . 146tima

c

(pron.dat.) . . . . . . . . . . 146timenge (pron.gen.) . . . . . . . . 146timennage (pron.gen.pl.) . . . . 146tin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109tin bai ku ˙la e

c

bai . . . . . . . . . 124⟨tin do ˙los hatare

c

⟩ (Geiger) . . 122tin has . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121tindo ˙los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122tindo ˙los eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . 122/tin-ek/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109tineti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124tine

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109tin-guna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125tinsateka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121tinvana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123tirıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116tirıs de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs de

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs eke

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs e

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs ha has a

c

sateka fasdo ˙las . 121tirıs nuva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tirıs nuvae

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117tına (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 150tır . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-to (quest.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . 189to ˙d ˙du (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19to ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 35, 62, 90to ˙lie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . . 90to ˙lın (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62tosi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34to (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255to (quest.partc.) 248, 249, 255, 258tunu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

˙tıcaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65undagu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31[undagu] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30⟨udagu⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30undagu kuranı . . . . . . . . . . . 187uddan ˙di . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42undoli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20uduhenı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257u ˙du . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 65ufaddanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104ufa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242ufaveri . . . . . . . . . . 48, 53, 104ufaverikan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53ufeddun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . 104ufeddunteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104ungu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65/uk-dan ˙di/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42ukunu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35u ˙le (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214u ˙lefin (1.sg.pret.I) . . . . . . . . . 226u ˙lemu (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 230u ˙len (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 36, 230u ˙lenı 36, 181, 182, 200, 206, 214,

226, 230, 232, 234, 235, 237,242

u ˙lenı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 151u ˙levidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 232u ˙le (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 230u ˙le (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 230u ˙le (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 230u ˙le (3.sg.pres.) . . . . 214, 230, 233u ˙le (part.pres.) . . . . . . . 200, 242u ˙lunin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 36u ˙lunı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . 206u ˙lunu (part.pret.) . . . . . 130, 206-un (abl.ending) . . . . 59, 62, 100-un (plur.suff.) 74, 90, 91, 102, 139-un (vb.n.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 196-unu (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . 208us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32uturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65uxtu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 66-u (1./2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 181-u (1.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 177uru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 65-va- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 170vad- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 167vade (2.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 173vade (3.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 173vade (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . 173, 213vade (abs.) 167, 212, 213, 215, 230vade u ˙lemu (abs. + 1.pl.pres.) 230vade u ˙len (abs. + 1.sg.pres.) . 230vade u ˙le (abs. + 2.sg.pres.) . . 230vade u ˙le (abs. + 2.pl.pres.) . . 230vade u ˙le (abs. + 3.pl.pres.) . . 230vade u ˙le (abs. + 3.sg.pres.) . . 230vade vade (red.abs.) . . . . . . . 215vadefai (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Page 271: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

267Word forms: Standard Dhivehi (Male)

vadefa (abs.I) . . . . . . . . . . . . 227vadegen (abs.III) . . . . . . . . . 227vadelai (abs.II) . . . . . . . . . . . 227vadevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) 232, 233vadevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . 237vade (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 184vade (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . 167, 184⟨vaduna-⟩ (stem) . . . . . . . . . . 196

va ˙day (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172va ˙day gannavanı . . . . . . . . . . 172/vagut-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . 242vagutu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 65vai . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 68, 103vaigada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103vakaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249vaki vanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252vaki vı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . 252va ˙li . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 91va ˙lie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 90va ˙lita

c

(nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 91va ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 65van (2.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 176van (3.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 176van (3.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 176van (part.pret.) . . . 167, 175, 199,

205van- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 167van- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 167-vana (ord.suff.) . . . . . . 123, 124vanin (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . 167, 176vanı . 40, 75, 149, 151, 158, 161,

200, 208, 210, 215, 230, 232,234-240, 242, 255

vanı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . 167, 199vanımu (1.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176vanımu (2.pl.pret.) . . . . . . . . 176vanna (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 167,

199-201vannama (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . 184vannamu (1.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . 173vannamu (2.pl.pres.) . . . . . . . 173vannamun (ger.) . . . . . . 167, 197vannan (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 173vannan (inf.) . . . . . . . . 167, 195

vannanı . . 44, 166, 167, 173, 175,181, 205, 213, 228, 230, 232, 234,

235, 237vannanı (part.pres.l.f.) . . . . . 167,

199-201vanna

c

(inf.) . . . . . . 167, 195, 196vannanan (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177vannanan (1.sg.fut.) . . . 167, 177vannane (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177vannane (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177vannane (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177vannane (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . 177vannane (part.fut.) . . . . 167, 199vannanı (part.fut.l.f.) . . . 167, 199vanun (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . 167, 196/var-ak-as/ (dat.sg.indef.) . . . . 158varaka

c

(dat.sg.indef.) . . 126, 158vara

c

(adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106vara

c

gina (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . 106/var-ek/ (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 158vare

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 158varu . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 103, 158varugada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103vas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103vasgada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103vasanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206va ˙t ˙tailan (inf.II) . . . . . . . . . . 231va ˙t ˙tanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26vazan kuranı . . . . . . . . . . . . 188va . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 24va (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 200vahaka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90vahakae

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . 90vanan (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . 242vane (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . . . 242vareduni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47ve (abs.) . . . . . . . . 159, 215, 230veddye (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . . 239vegen (abs.III) . . . . . . . 159, 255vegen (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 255vehen (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194vehese (inf.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 194vehi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38vejje (3.sg.pret.IV) . . . . . 40, 239/vel/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 25veli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36veo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 25

-veri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 89veri . . . 54, 74, 75, 103, 104, 124-veri (adj.suff.) . . . . 53, 103, 104veriaku (obl.sg.indef.) . . . . 72, 74-veria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89/-veri-a/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105veria (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . 72, 74verie

c

(nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 74verifarai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74verikan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 74verin (nom.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 74verira

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74ves (emph.partc.) . 148, 160, 161,

164, 250-veti (adj.suff.) . . . . 53, 103, 105ve ˙t ˙tenı . . . . . . . . . . 26, 206, 212ve ˙t ˙ti (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212/vev/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25vevidane (3.sg.pot.pres.) . . . . 232vevunu (3.sg.pot.pret.) . . . . . . 237ve (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 215vela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 27ve ˙taru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90ve ˙tarun (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91vi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 208, 237viduvaru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vihi . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 114, 131vihivana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123vikkanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44vilu (kula) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105vina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63vinain (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63vı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vı (part.pret.l.f.) . . . . . . . . . . 208vıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114-vıs (num.elem.) . . . . . . . . . . 115vo ˙di (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 201-vunu (pot.pret.suff.) . . . 237, 238vure (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106vuren (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106xadimu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133yagın . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49yaumıya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49ya (cond.conj.) . . . . 239, 241, 242yo ˙tu(-doni) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49zınatteri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104/zınat-veri/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Old Indic (Sanskrit)

adhástat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49ak ˙si ˙na (instr.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 61amb´a- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 158-ana- (vb.n.suff.) . . . . . 191, 193-anaka- (vb.n.suff.) . . . . . . . . 191anyá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 163√as . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168asmá(d)- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130asman (pers.pron.acc.pl.) . . . . 130

asti (3.sg.pres.) 105, 138, 178, 186,208, 224

asıtí- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117a ˙s ˙t´a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109a ˙s ˙t´acatvarimsat- . . . . . . . . . . 118a ˙s ˙t´adasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙s ˙t´anavati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120a ˙s ˙t´apañcasat- . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙s ˙t´asaptati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

a ˙s ˙t´asıti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120a ˙s ˙t´a ˙sa ˙s ˙ti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙s ˙t´atrimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118a ˙s ˙t´avimsati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115avanayá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104ava ˙tá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-aya- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 170ayám (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 137acaryà- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 80

Page 272: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

268 Indexes

adityá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20´agata- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 207agatya (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 215ák ˙si- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61amrá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-anam (gen.pl.ending) . . . . 57, 70ánga- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-apaya- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . 170ártha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57ártham (acc.sg.) . . . 57, 191, 192árthaya (dat.sg.) . . . . . . . . 57, 58atm´a (nom.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 145atmán- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-aya (dat.ending) . . . . . . . . . 192áyas- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49baddhá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 204badhirá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21badhn´ati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 204bahú- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163bandha- (pres.stem, BHS) . . . 204bha ˙n ˙takı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23bhái ˙sajya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21bháva- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . 208√bhid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204bhinátti (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 204bhindati (3.sg.pres., BHS) . . . 204bhinná- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 204bhóga- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69√bhu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208bh´umi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26bhutá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 208bi ˙dala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97b ˙rhaspatidiva- . . . . . . . . . . . . 37b ˙rhaspativara- . . . . . . . . . . . . 37b´˙rhaspáti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37buddhi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 104candrá- . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 32, 50capala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 32catu ˙hpañcasat- . . . . . . . . . . . 119catu ˙hsaptati- . . . . . . . . . . . . 119catu ˙h ˙sa ˙s ˙ti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119caturasıti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120caturgu ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125caturnavati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120catv´ara ˙h (nom.pl.m.) . . . . . . . 109catvarimsát- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116cáturdasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112cáturvimsati- . . . . . . . . . . . . 115cátustrimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . . 118cátuscatvarimsat- . . . . . . . . . 118*ci ˙s ˙ta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33dattá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 205√da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 205dádati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 205dása . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110desá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60dhautá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 206√dhav . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206dhavati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 206

dhumá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20dís- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60drógha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104dró ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20dro ˙nı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20√d ˙rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203d ˙r ˙s ˙tá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 203duv´adasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122duváu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109duvé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109*duvevimsati- . . . . . . . . . . . 115dvacatvarimsat- . . . . . . . . . . 118dv´adasa . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 122dvapañcasat- . . . . . . . . . . . . 118dv´asaptati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119dva ˙sa ˙s ˙ti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119dv´atrimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118dv´avimsati- . . . . . . . . . 114, 115dvé . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109*dvevimsati- . . . . . . . . . . . . 115dvígu ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125dvinavati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120dvisata- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121dvıpá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 131dvyasıti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119éka- . . . . 69, 109, 113, 121, 122ékacatvarimsat- . . . . . . . . . . 118ekanavati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120ékapañcasat- . . . . . . . . . . . . 118ékasaptati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119éka ˙sa ˙s ˙ti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ékatrimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118ékavi ˙msati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ékadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 122ekasıti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ekona- (num.elem.) . . . . . . . . 122ekonatrimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . . 115ekonavimsati- . . . . . . . . . . . . 114-ena (instr.ending) . . . . . . . . . 60e ˙sá (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 137e ˙sá (dem.pron.nom.sg.m.) . . . 137etá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137gadya ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69√gam . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 215ga ˙naya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125ga ˙náyati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 125gatá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 207-gatya (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214g´atra- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67gehá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 67gehe (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55ghaná- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162gr´ama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19g ˙rbhıtá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 205g ˙rbh ˙n´ati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 205g ˙rhá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 67g ˙rhıtá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 205g ˙rh ˙n´ati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 205-gu ˙na- (num.suff.) . . . . . . . . 125

gu ˙ná- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125gu ˙náyati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 125gutha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68hanmi (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 172hanti (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . 172har ˙sa ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58har ˙sa ˙narthaya (dat.) . . . . . . . . 58hásta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60hástena (instr.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 60hindola- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20√h ˙r ˙s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58hyá ˙h (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43√i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207idanım (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25ik ˙sú- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42imá- (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 147√indh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204í ˙s ˙taka- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-ita- (part.pret.suff.) 174, 202, 208iti (quot.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 258-itva (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . . 211jambu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60jambudvıpa- (top.) . . . . . . . . . 60janati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 207jávate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27*jhola- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20jıvitá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50√jña . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207-ka- (suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 179, 191karm´ara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31karó- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . 208ká- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152ká ˙h púnar (interr.pron.) . . . . . 153kalá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157ká ˙n ˙taka- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23kárman- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 133√khan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203khanati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 203√khad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208kh´adati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 208khaditá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 208khálu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73khatá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 203√khya . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258, 259kím (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 154kiyat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50√k ˙r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208krakaca- . . . . . . . . . . 21, 50, 84√krami . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205kr´ı ˙dati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 203k ˙r ˙nó- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . 208k ˙rtá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 208k ˙rtv´a (abs.) . . . . . . . . . 215, 238k ˙sudrá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163kuk ˙sí- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60lóhita- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27ma- (pers.pron.stem) . . . . . . . 129maha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106mak ˙sa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Page 273: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

269Word forms: Old Indic (Sanskrit)

man´ak (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54manda- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163mangala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31ma ˙ní- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137mádhu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24mádhya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50mákara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22mák ˙sika- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 40-mana- (part.med.suff.) . . . . . 197ma ˙nikya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137mitrá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 80m ˙rttika- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 59mudrá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23mu ˙s ˙tí- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26m´u ˙s- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97m´u ˙sika- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97-na- (part.pret.suff.) . . . 202, 204navatí- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117ná (neg.partc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 208naman- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241narikela- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24n´asti (neg.partc. + 3.sg.pres.) 208,

261náva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 116ni ˙skramati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . 205ni ˙skranta- (part.pret.) . . . . . . 205n´ıla- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19pañcagu ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125pañcasaptati- . . . . . . . . 119, 123pañca ˙sa ˙s ˙ti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pañcasát- . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 123pañcasıti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120pa ˙tala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-paya- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 170√pa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207p´ada- . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 42, 68páñca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 109páñcacatvarimsat- . . . . . . . . . 118páñcadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112páñcanavati- . . . . . . . . . . . . 120páñcapañcasat- . . . . . . . . . . . 119páñcatrimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . . 118páñcavinsati- . . . . . . . . 115, 122panıya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 59pátra- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67phála- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67pha ˙nita- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26phupphusa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41píba- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . 207pi ˙s ˙tá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42pıtá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 207prathamá- . . . . . . . . 36, 37, 123pra ˙naka- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23p ˙r ˙s ˙thá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42púru ˙sa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132rak ˙sa ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58rak ˙sa ˙narthaya (dat.) . . . . . . . . 58rak ˙sati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 58r´ajan- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

rajyá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39rása- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21ra ˙s ˙travasin- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38ra ˙s ˙trá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38r´atrı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 67, 68rupá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105√sad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 204sahásra- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121samena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70sa ˙mgha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57√sañj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204sañjayati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 204sanná- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 204saptanavati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120saptapañcasat- . . . . . . . . . . . 119saptasaptati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sapta ˙sa ˙s ˙ti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119saptatí- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117saptatrimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . . 118saptá . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109saptácatvarimsat- . . . . . . . . . 118saptádasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113saptasıti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120saptávimsati- . . . . . . . . . . . . 115sattvá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58sá ˙mdyati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 204sámiddha- (part.pret.) . . . . . . 204sáminddhe (3.sg.pres.med.) . . 204sámu ˙dha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162sárva- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58séna- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157senapati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157síndhu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31s´ıma- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32srótas- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68√stha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 243sth´ana- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156sthapayati (3.sg.pres.caus.) 170, 243sthitá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 203sugandha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32suptá- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 206sukará- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21s´ura- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157s´urya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157suta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20s´utra- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20√svap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206-sya (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 55satá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sátru- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 80s ˙rgalá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32s ˙rngavera- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

˙sa ˙dasıti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

˙sa ˙s ˙tí- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

˙sa ˙tcatvarimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . 118

˙sa ˙tsaptati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

˙sa ˙t ˙sa ˙s ˙ti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

˙sádvimsati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

˙sá ˙n ˙navati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

˙sá ˙t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

˙sá ˙tpañcasat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

˙sá ˙ttrimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

˙só ˙dasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-ta- (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . 202-207táva (pers.pron.gen.sg.) . . . . . 134-tha (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 183ti ˙s ˙thati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 203tmán- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145traya ˙hsaptati- . . . . . . . . . . . . 119traya ˙hsa ˙s ˙ti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119trayascatvarimsat- . . . . . . . . . 118trayonavati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120tráya ˙hpañcasat- . . . . . . . . . . 119tráyastrimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . . 118tráyodasa . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 112tráyovimsati- . . . . . . . . . . . . 115tribhír gu ˙nái ˙h (instr.pl.) . . . . . 125trimsát- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116tr´ı ˙ni (nom.pl.ntr.) . . . . . . . . . 109tryasıti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120tuvám (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . 133-tva (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . . 211tv´a (pers.pron.instr.sg.) . . . . . 134tvám (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 133*uparika- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74unatrimsat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115unavimsati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113uná- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122vallı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25vardháyati (3.sg.pres.caus.) . . 172vap´ı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25vára- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75várdhate (3.sg.pres.med.) . . . . 172vasín- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38v´ata- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68véla- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20vidyút- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vihara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157vi-khya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258vikhyata- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258vi-kri ˙na- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . 44vimsatí- . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 131vırá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vrajita- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 205*vrañjati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 173vrájati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 173vrıhí- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131√v ˙rj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 205v ˙r ˙nákti (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 173√v ˙rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206-ya (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 211yak ˙sá- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3√ya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207-yá- (pass.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 174y´ama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49y´ati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . 11, 49, 207y´atra- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Page 274: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

270 Indexes

Middle Indic:

Apabhra ˙msa

a ˙thatalısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118a ˙t ˙tasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

bi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109chahattari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

tısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116tısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Pali

amba- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-ana- (vb.n.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 192anga- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69añña- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152asi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117ası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117asıti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117-assa (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 57attha ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57atthaya (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57atthi (3.sg.pres.) . . . 138, 186, 224a ˙t ˙tha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109a ˙t ˙thasa ˙t ˙thi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙thatalısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118a ˙t ˙thadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙t ˙tharasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙t ˙thavısati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115aya(s)- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49abhara ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60acariya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66adaya (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212-ana (part.pres.med.suff.) . . . . 199-ana ˙m (gen.pl.ending) . . . . . . . 70-ape- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 170baddha- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 204barasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111bavısati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114bhesajja- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50bhinna- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 204bhoga- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69bhumi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 60bhuta- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 208bi ˙lala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97bi ˙lara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97buddhi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 104bu ˙d ˙dha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42canda- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 32cattalısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116catta ˙lısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116cattarısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116cattaro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109catuddasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112catuvısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115cha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109chabbısati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115cha ˙lasıti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120chasa ˙t ˙thi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119cuddasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112daka- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

dasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110dassanaya (dat.sg.vb.n.) . . . . . 192dassati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 203dani (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25dhovati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 206dhuma- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20dinna- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 205di ˙t ˙tha- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 203dıpa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 131dıpaka- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131do ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20duve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109dvadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 122dvavısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115dvavısati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115dve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109eka- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109ekatalısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118ekavısa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ekadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111ekarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111ekunavısa(ti)- . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ga ˙ne- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125gata- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 207gama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 60geha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67gehena (instr.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 61hattha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60hiyyo (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43idani (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25ima- (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 147jambu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60jambudıpa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60kakaca- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 84kamma(n)- . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 133kammara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31kara ˙naya (dat.sg.vb.n.) . . . . . 192kata- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 208ka ˙ta- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 208kala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157khalu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73khanati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 203khudda- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163kula- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60mahila- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5mahiladıpaka- (top.) . . . . . . 5, 10majjha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50makara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22manda- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

ma ˙ni- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137mattika- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26mitta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66mu ˙t ˙thi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26musika- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97natthi (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . . 208nava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110nama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241nıla- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19pañca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109pañcadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pañcapaññasa . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pañcasattati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pañcavısa . . . . . . . . . . 115, 122pañcavısati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122paññasa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116pa ˙n ˙narasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pa ˙n ˙navısati . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115pa ˙n ˙nasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116pa ˙n ˙nuvısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115parampara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60parihına- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 209patta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67pa ˙tala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35pa ˙thama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123pada- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68panıya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-pe- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 170phala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67pha ˙nita- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26purisa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132ratti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 67, 68ra ˙t ˙thavasin- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38raja (nom.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50rupa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105sahassa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121samena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70sanna- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 204sata- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121satta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109satta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58sattadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113sattarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113sattari- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117sattavısati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115sattu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66sa ˙t ˙thi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117saya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sigala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Page 275: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

271Word forms: Middle Indic: Pali

singivera- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31sıma- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32so ˙lasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112sota(s)- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68sugandha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32suriya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157sutta- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 206sura- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157tava (pers.pron.gen.sg.) . . . . . 134taya (pers.pron.instr.sg.) . . . . 134telasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111te ˙lasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

terasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tevısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115tesattati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119tesa ˙t ˙thi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ti ˙msa(ti)- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116ti ˙n ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109tı ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109tuma- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145tvaya (pers.pron.instr.sg.) . . . . 134

˙thana- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

˙thito- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 203u ˙t ˙thaya (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 212vajati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 173

vara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75vata- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68vijju- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vikki ˙na- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . 44vıhi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114vısati- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114yakkha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3yama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49yati (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . 49yatra- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-yya (cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . . 241

Prakrits

aa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49acchina (instr.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 61amba- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31a ˙n ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152appa- (refl.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 130appa (refl.pron.nom.) . . . . . . 130-assa (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 57atta- (refl.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 130atta (refl.pron.nom.) . . . . . . . 130a ˙thattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙tarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙t ˙tha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 117a ˙t ˙thadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙t ˙thahattari- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙thahattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙tha ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57a ˙t ˙thasa ˙t ˙thi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙thava ˙n ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙tha ˙nauim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120a ˙t ˙tharasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙t ˙thasıi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120a ˙t ˙thavısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115a ˙t ˙thaya (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57aü ˙navısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113ava ˙da- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36aya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49aaa- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 207aaria- (.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66ada (refl.pron.nom.) . . . . . . . 130agamamına- (part.pres.med.

AMg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197-ana( ˙m) (gen.pl.ending) . . . . . . 70ata (refl.pron.nom.) . . . . . . . . 130-ave- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 170ayariya- (AMg.JM.) . . . . . . . . 66aya (refl.pron.nom.) . . . . . . . 130bahira- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21bandha- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . 204bahattari- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119baraha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111barasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111basa ˙t ˙thi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

basa ˙t ˙thi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119bavannam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118bava ˙n ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118bava ˙n ˙nam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118bavattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119bavısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114bayalısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109bhesajja- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 50bhinna (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 204bhua- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 208bhumı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26bhuya- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 208buddhı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 104bu ˙d ˙dha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42cattalısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116cattaro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109caüddaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112cauddasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112caüddasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112cauhattari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119cauvvısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115cavala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 32calısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116cha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109chappanna ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119chasa ˙t ˙thi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119chavvısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115chavattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119chayalısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118coddaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112coddasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112daha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110dasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110dhuma- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20dinna- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 205dıva- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131do ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109do ˙nı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20duvalasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122duve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

egarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111ekava ˙n ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118ekka- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109ekka ˙nauim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120ekka ˙nauı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120ekkavısaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ekkavısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ekkarasa . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 118ekkasıi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ekkavannam . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118ekkava ˙n ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118eï (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 207ekasattarı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119gaa- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 207gama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19geha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67hijjo (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43hio (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43igu ˙navısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113igu ˙nıvısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113ima- (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 147-itta (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . . 211i ˙t ˙taga- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20i ˙t ˙ta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20jatta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49jai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 49jama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49jıvi(y)a- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50ka ˙da- (part.pret. AMg.) . . . . . 208kamma(n)- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53kammara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31ka ˙n ˙taa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23kaya- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 208kha ˙nai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 203khu ˙d ˙da- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163lohiya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27macchia- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25mae (pers.pron.instr.sg.) . . . . 129magara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22mahu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24majjha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50manda- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Page 276: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

272 Indexes

ma ˙na (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54ma ˙ni- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ma ˙t ˙tiya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26mayara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22maya (pers.pron.instr.sg.) . . . . 129mudda- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23naui ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117nauı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117nava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

˙natthi (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . . 208

˙nama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241pa ˙dala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35pañca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109pañcahattarı- . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pañcasa ˙t ˙thi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pañcattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pañcavanna ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pannarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pa ˙navısaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115pa ˙navısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115pa ˙nayalısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118pa ˙n ˙naraha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pa ˙n ˙narasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pa ˙n ˙nayalısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118pa ˙n ˙nasa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116patta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67paa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 68paya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 68phala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

pha ˙niya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26rasa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21raı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 68sada- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sahasa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sahassa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sanna- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 204satta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109satta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58sattadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113sattahattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sattarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113sattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117sattasa ˙t ˙thi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sattavannam . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sattalısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118satta ˙nauim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120sattasıi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120sattavısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115sa ˙t ˙thı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117savva- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58siyala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32sıma- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32solaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113solasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113so ˙lasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112soa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68soya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68suandha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32suara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

suya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20tae (pers.pron.instr.sg.) . . . . . 134tava (pers.pron.gen.sg.) . . . . . 134teraha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111terasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tevısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115/tera/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111/teraha/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111/terasa/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tesa ˙t ˙thim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119tevannam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119teva ˙n ˙na ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119teyalısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118teyası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120trisa (Niya-Pkt.) . . . . . . . . . . 116-tta (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 211tuha (pers.pron.gen.) . . . . . . . 134vamjai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 173vara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75vaa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68vavı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25vaya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68-ve- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 170vikki ˙na- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . 44vimsadi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114vıhi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vısaï . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114vısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114vısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Other Middle Indic varieties

aa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49acchina (instr.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . 61amba- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31a ˙n ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152appa- (refl.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 130appa (refl.pron.nom.) . . . . . . 130-assa (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 57atta- (refl.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 130atta (refl.pron.nom.) . . . . . . . 130a ˙thattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙tarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙t ˙tha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 117a ˙t ˙thadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙t ˙thahattari- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙thahattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙tha ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57a ˙t ˙thasa ˙t ˙thi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙thava ˙n ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙t ˙tha ˙nauim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120a ˙t ˙tharasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙t ˙thasıi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120a ˙t ˙thavısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115a ˙t ˙thaya (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57aü ˙navısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113ava ˙da- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36aya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

aaa- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 207aaria- (.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66ada (refl.pron.nom.) . . . . . . . 130agamamına- (part.pres.med.

AMg.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197-ana( ˙m) (gen.pl.ending) . . . . . . 70ata (refl.pron.nom.) . . . . . . . . 130-ave- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 170ayariya- (AMg.JM.) . . . . . . . . 66aya (refl.pron.nom.) . . . . . . . 130bahira- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21bandha- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . 204bahattari- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119baraha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111barasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111basa ˙t ˙thi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119basa ˙t ˙thi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119bavannam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118bava ˙n ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118bava ˙n ˙nam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118bavattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119bavısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114bayalısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109bhesajja- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 50bhinna (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 204

bhua- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 208bhumı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26bhuya- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 208buddhı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 104bu ˙d ˙dha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42cattalısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116cattaro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109caüddaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112cauddasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112caüddasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112cauhattari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119cauvvısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115cavala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 32calısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116cha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109chappanna ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119chasa ˙t ˙thi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119chavvısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115chavattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119chayalısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118coddaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112coddasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112daha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110dasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110dhuma- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20dinna- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 205

Page 277: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

273Word forms: Other Middle Indic varieties

dıva- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131do ˙na- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20do . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109do ˙nı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20duvalasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122duve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109egarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111ekava ˙n ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118ekka- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109ekka ˙nauim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120ekka ˙nauı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120ekkavısaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ekkavısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ekkarasa . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 118ekkasıi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ekkavannam . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118ekkava ˙n ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118eï (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 207ekasattarı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119gaa- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 207gama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19geha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67hijjo (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43hio (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43igu ˙navısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113igu ˙nıvısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113ima- (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . . 147-itta (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . . 211i ˙t ˙taga- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20i ˙t ˙ta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20jatta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49jai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 49jama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49jıvi(y)a- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50ka ˙da- (part.pret. AMg.) . . . . . 208kamma(n)- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53kammara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31ka ˙n ˙taa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23kaya- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 208kha ˙nai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 203khu ˙d ˙da- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163lohiya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27macchia- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25mae (pers.pron.instr.sg.) . . . . 129magara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

mahu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24majjha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50manda- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163ma ˙na (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54ma ˙ni- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137ma ˙t ˙tiya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26mayara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22maya (pers.pron.instr.sg.) . . . . 129mudda- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23naui ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117nauı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117nava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

˙natthi (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . . 208

˙nama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241pa ˙dala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35pañca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109pañcahattarı- . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pañcasa ˙t ˙thi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pañcattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pañcavanna ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pannarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pa ˙navısaı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115pa ˙navısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115pa ˙nayalısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118pa ˙n ˙naraha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pa ˙n ˙narasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pa ˙n ˙nayalısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118pa ˙n ˙nasa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116patta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67paa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 68paya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 68phala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67pha ˙niya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26rasa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21raı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 68sada- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sahasa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sahassa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121sanna- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 204satta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109satta- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58sattadasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113sattahattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sattarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113sattari ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117sattasa ˙t ˙thi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

sattavannam . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sattalısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118satta ˙nauim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120sattasıi ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120sattavısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115sa ˙t ˙thı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117savva- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58siyala- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32sıma- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32solaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113solasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113so ˙lasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112soa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68soya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68suandha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32suara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20suya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20tae (pers.pron.instr.sg.) . . . . . 134tava (pers.pron.gen.sg.) . . . . . 134teraha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111terasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tevısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115/tera/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111/teraha/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111/terasa/ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tesa ˙t ˙thim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119tevannam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119teva ˙n ˙na ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119teyalısa ˙m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118teyası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120trisa (Niya-Pkt.) . . . . . . . . . . 116-tta (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 211tuha (pers.pron.gen.) . . . . . . . 134vamjai (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 173vara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75vaa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68vavı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25vaya- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68-ve- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 170vikki ˙na- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . 44vimsadi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114vıhi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vısaï . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114vısam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114vısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Modern Indo-Aryan languages:

Assamese

bara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 pondara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

trix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Bengali

a ˙tasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120bara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

bha ˙ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23cabbis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

chabbıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115chiyasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Page 278: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

274 Indexes

codda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112curanabbai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120egara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111ekanai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

ekasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ekattar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119panera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112ponera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tetrıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118tris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116unis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Gujarati

a ˙rtrıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118batrıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118chattrıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118chavvis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115pacyası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

panara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pañjahatari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119sattavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115satyası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

so ˙l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tetris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118trıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116vıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Hindi / Urdu

a ˙tharah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙t( ˙t)hası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-a (part.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 218ana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222bahattar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119bai ˙thna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222bayalıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118bayası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119baz (Urdu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66baıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 114barah . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 111bara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111bıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114calna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222caubıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115caudah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112cauhattar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119caurası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120chabbıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

chiyanawe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120chiyası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120ci ˙t ˙thı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33dasguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125dena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222duguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

˙dalna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222ekanwe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125guna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125hindol(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20igarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110ik-hattar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119ikkaıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ı ˙t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20jana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222kamugati . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19le ana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224le jana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224lena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

mehman (Urdu) . . . . . . . . . . . 91naragı (Urdu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66nikalna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222pahumcna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222pandrah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pa ˙rna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222pana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222rakhna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222satası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120satrah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113solah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113sola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113-ta (part.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 218terah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tiguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125tihattar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119tıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116un(n)ıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113u ˙thna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Marathi

bahattar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119bavıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115bevıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115caurehattar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119caurya ˙n ˙nav . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

cauryası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120eko ˙nıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113eku ˙nıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113eku ˙nvıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

pacyası . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120so ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113teıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111vıs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Nepali

bayasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119cauhattar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

ekais . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111tihattar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Oriya

bara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111bayaasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119caüra ˙lisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118chaasa ˙thi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

chayalisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118chayanabe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120egara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111ekasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119pañca ˙lısa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111teyaasi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120teyalisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118trisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Page 279: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

275Word forms: Panjabi

Panjabi

akahat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119a ˙thaha ˙t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

baha ˙t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119bia ˙nve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

satar˜a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113vañj ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Sindhi

chaha ˙thi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 ekaha ˙t ˙thi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119jjato . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

sataha ˙thi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Sinhalese

-∅ (3.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175amba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 158ambu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 158andinava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204anga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-aha (gen./dat.ending) . . . . 57, 58-aha ˙t (dat.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 58-ak (indef.suff.) . . . . . . . 71, 108-ak (indef.suff.fem.) . . 71, 73, 74-ak (indef.suff.inanim.) . . . . . . 74-ak (indef.suff.ntr.) . . . . . . 71, 73-ak (indef.suff.ntr.obl.) . . . 71, 73-aka (indef.suff.fem.obl.) . . 71, 73-aku (indef.suff.masc.obl.) . 71, 73ambara ˙nin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 60ammavaru (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-an (plur.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 70an- (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . 152, 163-ana (gen.pl.ending) . . . . . 57, 70-ana ˙t (dat.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . 58anik- (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . 163anika (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . 152anikı (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . 152-anna ˙t (inf.ending) . . . . . . . . 191-anna ˙ta (inf.ending) . . . . . . . 191-anu (inf.ending) . . . . . . . . . 192-anuva ˙ta (inf.ending) . . . . . . . 191anu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117anuva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117apa (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . . . . . 130api (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . . 130ara- (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 146ara-gannava . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224ara ˙m (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224aran-äti (abs. + 3.sg.pres.) . . . 224-asa (gen./dat.ending) . . . . 57, 58asa (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212asu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117asuva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117ata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-ataye (dat.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 57atin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-a ˙t (dat.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . . 58a ˙ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 125-a ˙ta (dat.ending) . . . . . . . . 57, 58a ˙ta ˙loha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙ta ˙los- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

a ˙ta ˙losa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙tara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113a ˙tarasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113-a ˙taya (dat.ending) . . . . . . . . . 57a ˙ten (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125a ˙ten pa ˙mguva . . . . . . . . . . . . 125a ˙ten tunpa ˙mguva . . . . . . . . . 125avud (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215avuj (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215avut (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215-ay (abs.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 212-aya (abs.ending; Sinh.Pkt.) . . 211-a (abs.ending) . . . . . . . 212, 213-a (def.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69a (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207ap (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . . 130a-pu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 223-ä (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . 55, 57-ä (loc.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . . 57ändi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 204äduru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66äha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61ähi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-än (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 61-äna (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 61-äni (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 61äs- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61äsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61äsin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60äta (3.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . 138, 208äti (3.sg.pres.) 105, 138, 178, 186,

208, 224ävit (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215¯a (pers.pron.f.) . . . . . . . 139, 148bada (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 204badina (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 199bandinava . . . . . . . . . . 204, 223bahinava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201bala (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 183bala-bala (red.abs.) . . . . . . . . 215balala (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224balamha (1.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . 183balamin (ger.) . . . . . . . . . . . 218balan (inf.) . . . . . . . . . 191, 193balana- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178balana (part.pres.) . . . . . 179, 199balana ˙ta (inf.) . . . . 191-193, 195

balanava . . . . 189, 191, 224, 241balanna ˙ta (inf.) . . . . . . . 191, 195balanna (part.pres.subst.) . . . . 179balannaha (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . 179balannahu (2.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . 179balannehi (2.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 179balannem (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 179balannemi (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . 179balannemu (1.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . 179balanne (3.sg.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 179balanno (3.pl.fut.) . . . . . . . . . 179balan ˙ta (inf.) . 191, 193, 195, 241balanu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . 191, 193balav (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 183balava (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . 183balay (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212bala (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 212, 218balapalla (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . 189balapan (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . 189balapiya (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . 189balapiyav (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . 189ba ˙lal- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97ba ˙lala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97bara . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 111, 122barin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61ba ˙tu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23bagaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125bända (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213bända-damanava . . . . . . . . . . 224bända-gannava . . . . . . . . . . . 223bälilla (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 196bälıma (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . 196bälma (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 196bälu (part.pret.) . . . . . . 174, 202bäluma (vb.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . 196bäluvem (1.sg.pret.) . . . . . . . 179bändä (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213behed- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 50beheda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 50behet- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 50beheta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 50bindinava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204bihiri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21bik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28bim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26bimä (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57bimin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Page 280: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

276 Indexes

bı (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215bı (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 207bıpu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 223bıri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21bonava . . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 223brahaspatinda . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37b ˙rhaspatinda . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37bun (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 204damba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60dambadiva (top.) . . . . . . . . . . 60daha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 121daha-a ˙ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113daha-hata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113daha-hatara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112daha-nama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114daha-namaya . . . . . . . . . . . . 114daha-nava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114daha-navaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114dahas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121dahasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121daha-saya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113daha-tun- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111daha-tuna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111dakinava . . . . . . . . 203, 223, 224dakinu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223dama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28damanava . . . . . . . . . . 184, 224danimi (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . 172danmi (1.sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . 172dannava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207dannu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223dasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 121dat (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 207danava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224das . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121däka-däka (red.abs.) . . . . . . . 215däka-gannu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . 223däkala (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 224däka-piyanava . . . . . . . . . . . 223däkä (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 213, 224dän (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 250däna-gannu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . 223de-gu ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125deka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109dekak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108denava . . . . . . . . . . . . 189, 223dena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108de ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27depa ˙ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125des- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60desa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60desen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60desin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60de-tun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125devarak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125devisi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115devissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115devuva (pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 206dialla (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 189

diva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131divayina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131divi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50divu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131divu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 202divu- (pret.stem) . . . . . . . . . . . 27diyan (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 189diyen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60dı (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215dıpalla (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . 189dıpan (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 189dıpiya (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . 189dı-piyanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223dıpiyav (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . 189do ˙laha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 122do ˙los- . . . . . . 110, 111, 113, 122dovanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206dum- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19duma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19dun (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 205du ˙tu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 203duva- (pres.stem) . . . . . . . . . . 27duvanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202dupata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131duva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131dvi-gu ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125dvıpaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131e- (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . 137, 147-e (nom.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 69-ehi (gen./loc.ending) . . . . . . . 56ek- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 124-ek (indef.suff.) . . . . 69, 71, 163-ek (indef.suff.anim.) . . . . . . . 74-ek (indef.suff.masc.) . . . . 71, 73-ek (indef.suff.ntr.) . . . . . . 71, 73eka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109ekak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108eko ˙los- . . . . . . . . . 110, 111, 113ekuntis- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115ekuntisa . . . . . . . . . . . . 115, 116ekunvisi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ekunvissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ekvisi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114ekvissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114-en (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . 60, 61-ena (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 61enava . . . . . . . . . . 207, 223, 224-eni (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 61-enu (inf.ending) . . . . . . . . . 192eya (pers.pron.ntr.) . . . . . . . . 148eya (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 139eya (pers.pron.m.) . . . . . 139, 148e- (dem.pron.) . . . . 137, 146, 147-e (gen./loc.ending) . . . . . . 56, 57-ga (2.sg.impv.ending) . . . . . 183gam- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19gama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19gama ˙t (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58gamä (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

game (gen./loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 56gannava . . 201, 207, 223-225, 227ga ˙ninava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125gat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67gat (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 205, 207gava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100gaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67gämin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60ge (postpos.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56-gen (abl.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 61gena (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 213, 225gena-enava . . . . . . . . . 224, 230gena-gihilla (abs.) . . . . . . . . . 225gena-yanava . . . . . . 224, 225, 229gena-giyapu (abs. + 3.sg.pret.) 225genenava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224geniyanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224geya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55geyi (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55ge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67-ge (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . 55, 56genava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224gihilla (abs.) . . . . . 224, 225, 241gihilla äti (abs. + 3.sg.pres.) . . 224gihin (abs.) . . . . . . 214, 224, 225giya- (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 207giya (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 241giya (pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225gohin (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214gos (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 214, 215gosin (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214gotanu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224gota-lanu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 224goviya-ge (loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 55-gu ˙na (num.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 125gu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68ha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-ha (3.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 175handa . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 32, 50handinava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204hat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hatalis- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116hata ˙lis- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116hatara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109hataren pa ˙mguva . . . . . . . . . 125hataru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109haturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66-ha ˙ta (dat.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 58hav- (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . 58haya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109händi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 204hätt¯a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117hä ˙ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117-hi (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . 168, 175-hi (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 55hindinava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204hima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32hira- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Page 281: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

277Word forms: Sinhalese

hiri- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157hiru- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157hi ˙ta-pu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 223hi ˙ti (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 203hi ˙tinava . . . . . . 44, 203, 223, 224hi ˙tinu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 205hivala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32hot (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 206hovinava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205hoya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68hodanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223hoda-gannava . . . . . . . . . . . . 223honava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205hu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-hu (2.pl.ending) . . . 168, 175, 183-hu (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 55huya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20hura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20huru- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-i (abs.ending) . . . . . . . 211, 212indinava . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 224idolu-va . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20ingu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42inguru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31ik- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42-illa (vb.n.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 196ima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-in (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . 60, 61-in (plur.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-ina (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 61-ini (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 61innava . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 224ira- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157iri- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157iru- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157-ı (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . 202, 208-ıma (vb.n.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 196ıye (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43-k (indef.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 69kamburu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31ka ˙daya (abs.; Sinh.Pkt.) . . . . . 211kal- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 255kala (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255ka ˙la (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 36, 208kam- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133kama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 133kanavaya (abs.; Sinh.Pkt.) . . . 211kanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208kaninava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203⟨ka ˙ninava⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203kapa-kapa (red.abs.) . . . . . . . 215kapa-kapa unim (red.abs. + 1.

sg.pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225kapamin indim (ger. + 1.sg.

pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225kapamin unim (ger. + 1.sg.

pres.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225kapannemi (1.sg.fut.) . . . . . . 179kapa-damanava . . . . . . . . . . 224

kara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61kara (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . 215, 238karanava . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 255karan ˙ta (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 241karanu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214karavaya (abs.; Sinh.Pkt.) . . . 211karava-piyanu (inf.) . . . . . . . 223karay (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212ka ˙tu (abs., Sinh.Pkt.) . . . . . . . 215ka ˙tu-va . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23ka (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215kämiyan keren (abl.pl.) . . . . . . 61kämiyan (obl.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 61känna (pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 203k¯a (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 208ke ˙la (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 208ke ˙li (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 203ke ˙linava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203keren (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61ke ˙tu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 202ki-kala (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . 157kiyanna ˙ta (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . 184kiyat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50kiyat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50kiyata (nom.sg.) . . . . . . . . . . . 50kiyapalla (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . 189kiyapan (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . 189kiyapiya (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . 189kiyapiyav (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . 189ko ˙t (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215ko ˙ta (abs.) . . . 214, 215, 238, 255ko ˙ta (conj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255ko ˙tanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202ko ˙tu (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215kudu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163ku ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163kulen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60kuma- (interr.pron.stem) . . . . 159kumak- (interr.pron.) . . . . . . . 159kuma ˙t (interr.pron.dat.) . . . . . 159kuma ˙ta (interr.pron.dat.) . . . . 159kusen (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60kusin (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60lamaya (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . 241lanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224-226la (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224-la (abs.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 225lehe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27liyanava . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 223liya-pu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 223lı (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 224-lı (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 225lu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 224-lu (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . . 225-m (1.sg.ending) . . . . . . 168, 175-ma (emph.partc.) . . . . . . . . . 161manda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163magul-a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

mangul-a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31maha- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106maharad’ha ˙t (dat.) . . . . . . . . . 58maha-sangna ˙t (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . 58male (gen./loc.) . . . . . . . . . . . 56mama (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . 241ma ˙ta (pers.pron.dat.) . . . . . . . 241ma- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106ma (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . . . . . 129mäda . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50, 163mähi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 40mä ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137mä ˙nik- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137mä ˙nika . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137mäsi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 40mässa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40mä ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26mä ˙ti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59me- (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 147mehe-karuvan ˙ta (dat.pl.) . . . . . 58men (adv.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70me- (dem.pron.) . . . . . . 146, 147-mha (1.pl.ending) . . . . 168, 175-mi (1.sg.ending) . . . . . 168, 175-min (ger.suff.) . . . . . . . 197, 218miniha (nom.sg.def.) . . . . . . . . 71minihek (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . 71minisna ˙t (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . 58mi ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137mit- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66miturana ˙ta (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . 58mituru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66mi ˙ti- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 137mı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 97mıya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97-mo (1.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . 175mora- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-mu (1.pl.ending) . . . . . 168, 175mudu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23mu ˙lu (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . 162muvara- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-na (part.pres.suff.) . . . . . . . . 199nam- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241nam (cond.conj.) . . . . . . . . . 241nama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 241nama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110namak (nom.sg.indef.) . . . . . . . 71namaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110na ˙tu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24na ˙tuva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24nava- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110navaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-na (inf.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 192nät (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . . . . 208näti (3.sg.pres.neg.) . . . . . . . . 208nä ˙tu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 202-nen (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 61-ni (abl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 61nikmavanava . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Page 282: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

278 Indexes

nikmenava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205nikut (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 205nil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19nimavay (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . 212nimava (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 212nuvara (obl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 241ona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104ot (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 206oya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68oya- (dem.pron.) . . . . . . 146, 147o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68o- (dem.pron.) . . . . . . . 146, 147paha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109paha ˙loha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112paha ˙los- . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 113paha ˙losa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112pala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67palla (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 223-palla (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 189pallı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43pallıva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43pa ˙lamu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123pa ˙lamuveni . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124pa ˙lamuveniya . . . . . . . . . . . . 124pa ˙laveni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124pa ˙mguva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125pan (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . . 223-pan (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 189panaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116panas . . . . . . . . . . 110, 116, 123panasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116-panna (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . 189pansalis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118pa ˙nara . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 112pa ˙nuva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 35papu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41parapuren (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 60pas- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109pasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109pasvisi- . . . . . . . . . 110, 115, 122pasvissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115pat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67pata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67paya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68pa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 68pän . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 59päni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 35pä ˙ni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 35penena (part.pres.) . . . . . . . . 199peni-penı (red.abs.) . . . . . . . . 216pipenava . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 224pipila (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224pipı (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212pirihun (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 209pirihu ˙nu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 209pirimi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132pi ˙ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42pi ˙ti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42piya (2.sg.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 223

-piya (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 189-piyan (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . 189piyanava . . . . . . . . . . . . 223-225piyanu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189piyav (2.pl.impv.) . . . . . . . . . 224-piyav (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . 189-piyava (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . 189pı (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 223, 224-pı (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . . 225pupphusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41puris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132pu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 223, 224-pu (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . . 225rad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50rada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50⟨raja⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50rat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50ra ˙taväsi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37ra ˙taväsiya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37ra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21räya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68r¯a- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 68ruva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105ru- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105sa- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109sanda . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 32, 50sanga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 57⟨sagaha a ˙taya⟩ (dat.) . . . . . . . . 57⟨sagaha a ˙taye⟩ (dat.) . . . . . . . . 57sagaha ˙ta (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 58⟨sagaha ˙ta⟩ (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . 57*saga ˙ta (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57*saga ˙taya (dat.) . . . . . . . . . . . 57sahasa- (Sinh.Pkt.) . . . . . . . . 121sat- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 109satalis- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sata ˙lis- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sata ˙los- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113satana ˙ta (dat.pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 58satara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109satar(a)visi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115satar(a)vissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115sata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 109saturu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66sav- (pron.adj.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 58sava satana ˙ta (dat.) . . . . . . . . . 58savisi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115savissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115saya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109salis- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sa ˙lis- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sätt¯a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117sä ˙ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117sävula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 32sen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157senevi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157senevirada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157sidu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31sindu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

sima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32si ˙tinava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224sivala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32siya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121siyaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121so ˙lasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112so ˙los- . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 113so ˙losa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112soya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68so . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68suvanda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32-t (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . 168tabanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243tama (refl.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 145tan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156ta (pers.pron.obl.) . . . . . 133, 134tä ˙lu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . 202te-gu ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125te ˙les- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111te ˙lesa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111temi (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . 209temu ˙nu (part.pret.) . . . . 175, 209tera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 111tevarak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125tevisi- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115tevissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-ti (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 168tibanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243tibenava . . . . 212, 225, 241, 243tibenu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225tibı (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212tibu ˙na (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . 241tiha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116tis- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116tisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116tiyenava . . . . . . . . 212, 225, 243to (pers.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . . 133tri-gu ˙na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125tudus- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112tudusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112tuma (refl.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . 145tun- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109tuna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109tunak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108tundena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108tunpa ˙ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125tunveniya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124- ˙ta (dat.ending) . . . . . 57, 58, 191-u (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-u (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 208ugu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42uk- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42uk-da ˙n ˙da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42u ˙lu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20u ˙lu kä ˙taya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-uma (vb.n.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 196un (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 204-un (plur.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-u ˙nu (part.pret.suff.) . . . . . . . 208

Page 283: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

279Word forms: Sinhalese

ura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20uru- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-v (2.pl.impv.ending) . . . . . . 183-va (2.pl.impv.ending) . . . . . . 183-va (2.sg.impv.ending) . . . . . 183-va- (caus.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 170vadanakı (nom.sg. + foc.

marker? Sinh.Pkt.) . . . . . . 73vadinava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205vadinu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172vadna (inf.) . . . . . . 172, 192, 196va ˙danava . . . . . . . . 172, 201, 206va ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35van (part.pret.) . . . . . . . 175, 205-vana (ord.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . 123-vanna (ord.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 123vaña ˙nu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 173-varu (plur.suff.) . . . . . . . . . . . 74-varun (plur.suff.gen.) . . . . . . . 74vasanava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200va ˙t ˙tanı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206vavula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

va- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68vä (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215väl- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25väsiya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38vä ˙tenava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206väv- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25vehera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157venava . . . . . . . . . . . . 208, 237-veni (ord.suff.) . . . . . . 123, 124vidu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131virenava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224virı-yanu (abs. + part.pret.) . . 224viru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131visi- . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 114, 131visi-de- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115visi-deka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115visi-ek- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114visi-eka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114visi-nama- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116visi-namaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116visi-nava- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116visi-navaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116vissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 131

viya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vı- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131vı (abs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215-vu (2.pl.ending) . . . . . . 168, 183vu ˙nu (part.pret.) . . . . . . 209, 237vuu kali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73vu (part.pret.) . . . . . . . . 208, 237-y (3.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 168ya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-yahu (gen.ending) . . . . . . . . . 55yaka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-yalla (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 189yam (rel.pron.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 52yama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-yan (impv.suff.) . . . . . . . . . 189yanava 11, 49, 207, 214, 224, 225,

241yanu (inf.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189yaturu- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49ya ˙ta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49-yi (2.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 168-yi (3.sg.ending) . . . . . . . . . . 168

Other Modern Indo-Aryan languages

Hindki jjata . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Hindki jja ˙nia . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Konkani pha ˙la . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Lahnda jata . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Lahnda vañja ˙n . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Arabic

u˘ht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 66

adab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104amana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104amanat (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104ahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90bazar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45baqin . . . . . . . . . . 154, 155, 160bamia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89bamiat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89badal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164badala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164billaurı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42ballurı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42be . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136⟨beyk⟩ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136tarı

˘h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

targamat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37taclım . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 149taqwa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

˙haraka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

˙harakat (pl.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

˙hisab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

˙hasad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

˙Hasan (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

˙Husain (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

˙haqıqı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 103

˙hayat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

˘hadim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 133

˘hadima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45duca

c

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81al-dıbagat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

¯dıbat al-ma ˙hal . . . . . . . . . . . . 5ra ˙hmat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81zınat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104su

c

al . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Sali ˙h (p.n.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116sirr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43šay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68šukr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

šahıd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

˙surat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 148cadat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20cilm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36faqır . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 54, 103fikr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 138qa ˙sd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36qamı ˙s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33mudarris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42mausim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33makka (top.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60muwa ˙z ˙zaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42na ˙sıb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104na ˙sı ˙hat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25higrat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59wazn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188waqt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37yaqın . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49yaumıyat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Persian

alu-boxara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45baz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 66bazar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45bagca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 88bamiya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89taza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 103

tayyar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42gadu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68šahıd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91mehman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

mıva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88nareng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66narangı . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66naring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66namaz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45hafta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 89

Page 284: The Dhivehi Language. A Descriptive and Historical Grammar of

280 Indexes

Other languages

Engl. ananas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Engl. cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Engl. order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Engl. screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Engl. secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Engl. to hammer . . . . . . . . . 219Engl. toddy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Engl. waiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Engl. yacht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Fr. chez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Germ. gelegen . . . . . . . . . . . 203Lat. casa (abl.) . . . . . . . . . . . 131Lat. hic . . . . . 146, 147, 149, 150Lat. ille . . . . . 137, 139, 146, 147,

149, 150Lat. iste . . . . . 136, 139, 146, 147,

149, 150PIE: *-mh1no- (part.med.suff.) 197Pol. pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Pol. pani . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Russ. bagrit’ (ipfv.) . . . . . . . 221Russ. govorit’ (ipfv.) . . 216, 220Russ. mazat’ (ipfv.) . . . . . . . 220Russ. namazat’ (pfv.) . . . . . . 220Russ. napisat’ (pfv.) . . . . . . . 220Russ. narisovat’ (pfv.) . . . . . . 220Russ. nažat’ (pfv.) . . . . . . . . 220Russ. obagrit’ (pfv.) . . . . . . . 221

Russ. obagrjat’ (ipfv.) . . . . . . 221Russ. otkryt’ (pfv.) . . . . . . . . 216Russ. otkryvat’ (ipfv.) . . . . . . 216Russ. pisat’ (ipfv.) . . . . . . . . 220Russ. podzabyt’ (pfv.) . . . . . . 220Russ. porabotat’ (pfv.) . . . . . 220Russ. prorabotat’ (pfv.) . . . . . 220Russ. rabotat’ (ipv.) . . . . . . . 220Russ. risovat’ (ipfv.) . . . . . . . 220Russ. skazat’ (pfv.) . . . . . . . . 216Russ. zabyt’ (pfv.) . . . . . . . . 220Russ. zagovorit’ (pfv.) . . . . . 220Turk. beg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Turk. bey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136